A survey of race relations in : 1975

http://www.aluka.org/action/showMetadata?doi=10.5555/AL.SFF.DOCUMENT.BOO19760100.042.000

Use of the Aluka digital library is subject to Aluka’s Terms and Conditions, available at http://www.aluka.org/page/about/termsConditions.jsp. By using Aluka, you agree that you have read and will abide by the Terms and Conditions. Among other things, the Terms and Conditions provide that the content in the Aluka digital library is only for personal, non-commercial use by authorized users of Aluka in connection with research, scholarship, and education.

The content in the Aluka digital library is subject to copyright, with the exception of certain governmental works and very old materials that may be in the public domain under applicable law. Permission must be sought from Aluka and/or the applicable copyright holder in connection with any duplication or distribution of these materials where required by applicable law.

Aluka is a not-for-profit initiative dedicated to creating and preserving a digital archive of materials about and from the developing world. For more information about Aluka, please see http://www.aluka.org A survey of race relations in South Africa: 1975

Author/Creator Horrell, Muriel; Hodgson, Tony Publisher South African Institute of Race Relations, Date 1976-01 Resource type Reports Language English Subject Coverage (spatial) South Africa, South Africa, South Africa, South Africa, South Africa, Namibia, Zimbabwe, , Angola Coverage (temporal) 1975 Source EG Malherbe Library, ISBN 0869821199 Description A survey of race relations in South Africa in 1975 and includes chapters on: Political developments: The White population group; Coloured population group; The Indian group; Political affairs of Africans; The churches and Christian movements; SA Institute of Race Relations; The population of South Africa; Measures for security and control of persons; Control of publications and entertainments; Justice; Group areas and housing: The Coloured, Asian and White population groups; Urban African administration; Services and amenities for Black people; The ; General matters; The African homelands; Employment; Education: Comparative statistics; Bantu school education; School education for Coloured pupils; School education for Indians; School education for White pupils; Technical and vocational training: Africans, Coloured, Indians, Whites; University education; Student organisations; Some bursary (scholarship) funds); Health; Social welfare; Sport; International matters; Mozambique and Angola; Rhodesia; (Namibia); Legislation. Format extent 384 pages (length/size)

http://www.aluka.org/action/showMetadata?doi=10.5555/AL.SFF.DOCUMENT.BOO19760100.042.000

http://www.aluka.org $OUTH ~ ~ ~ AFRA INTIUT

$OUTH ~ ~ ~ AFRA INTIUT I RACE RE *~ - Å - t OFRCÅELTOSI *SOUTH Å - ÅA - 19ss

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS IN SOUTH AFRICA Compiled by MURIEL HORRELL TONY HODGSON Research staff South African Institute of Race Relations ISBN 0 86982 119 9 I SOUTH AFRICAN INSTITUTE OF RACE RELATIONS P.O. BOX 97 JOHANNESBURG JANUARY 1976

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Very grateful thanks are expressed to the Rockefeller Brothers Fund, which made a handsome grant to the Race Relations Research and Library Trust. The Trustees of this Trust decided to allocate the major portion of the grant towards the costs of producing this issue of the Survey of Race Relations. Dr. Ellen Hellmann again gave generously of her time and knowledge by reading the manuscript and making constructive suggestions. Mrs. Ann Honeywill once more checked the proofs with meticulous care. Mrs. Renata Walker and Mrs. Connie Matthews again kept Press cuttings, checked material, and did the typing. The main load of this work was cheerfully undertaken by Mrs. Walker, because of the unavoidable absence of Mrs. Matthews during the latter part of the year. Yet again, members of the Institute's library, publications, and administrative staff gave much help. The writers express their very sincere gratitude to all of these colleagues. Grateful thanks are given, too, to Mrs. Edna Grek, who collected material on health and welfare matters; and to Members of Parliament of various parties, government and municipal officials, and others who contributed information. The writers are appreciative of the co-operation again given by the staff of the printing firm, The Witness (Pty) Ltd. NOTE This Survey is stated to be for the year 1975. As it was wished t have it published early in the new year, however, it was impossible to include mention of events that took place during the last few Weeks of the year. This will be done in the next issue. All dates mentioned refer to the year 1975 unless otherwise stated. Printed by THE NATAL WITNESS (PTY) LTD 244 Longmarket Street, , Natal.

CONTENTS Page POLITICAL DEVELOPMENTS: THE WHITE POPULATION GROUP National Party ...... 1 United Party...... 4 Formation of the Reform Party ...... 5 Creation of the Progressive Reform Party ...... 6 Democratic Party ...... 9 COLOURED POPULATION GROUP Meeting in January of the Prime Minister and delegates from the Coloured Representative Council ...... 11 Budget of the CRC ...... 12 Election of elected members of the CRC ...... 13 Attitude to the CRC initially adopted by the Labour Party ...... 14 Coloured Persons' Representative Council Amendment Act, No. 32 of 1975 ...... 14 Decisions made by the Labour Party ...... 17 Members of the CRC nominated by the Government ...... 18 Labour Party's views on liaison machinery ...... 18 Session of the CRC held in September ...... 19 Ruling by the Minister ...... 19 Meeting in October of the Prime Minister and the Labour Party Executive...... 19 The Budget of the CRC ...... 20 THE INDIAN GROUP Reconstitution of the SA Indian Council ...... 22 Opening of the new Council's first session ...... 22 Meeting with the Prime Minister ...... 23 Session of the Indian Council in 1975 ...... 23 Political party ...... 24 Abolition of assisted emigration of Indians...... 24 Citizenship and immigration ...... 24 Removal of restrictions on inter-provincial movement ...... 25 POLITICAL AFFAIRS OF AFRICANS Meeting of homeland leaders with the Prime Minister ...... 26 Black Renaissance Convention ...... 27 Alleged dissent among political exiles ...... 28 THE CHURCHES AND CHRISTIAN MOVEMENTS International church organisations ...... 29 SA Council of Churches ...... 29 Notes on some individual churches and ecumenical moves ...... 30 Federal Theological Seminary ...... 31 Christian Institute of Southern Africa ...... 32 University Christian Movement ...... 36 SA INSTITUTE OF RACE RELATIONS iv A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 THE POPULATION OF SOUTH AFRICA Estimated size of the population ...... 38 Vital statistics ...... 39 Race classification ...... 40 MEASURES FOR SECURITY AND THE CONTROL OF PERSONS Expenditure on Defence, Police, Prisons, and Security ...... 41 Some notes on Defence Force personnel ...... 42 The Simonstown naval base ...... 43 Restriction orders on persons ...... 44 Banishment of Africans ...... Travel documents ...... 46 CONTROL OF PUBLICATIONS AND ENTERTAINMENTS Statistics for 1974 ...... 47 Coming into effect of the Publications Act, 1974 ...... 47 Concern amongst certain writers ...... 48 Censoring of plays by Administration Boards ...... 49 JUSTICE Contraventions of the law ...... 50 Criminal statistics ...... 50 Capital punishment ...... 51 Corporal punishment ...... 53 Crime in Black townships of Johannesburg and the Cape Peninsula ... 53 Use of prison labour ...... 54 Education of prisoners ...... 55 Photographs and sketches of prisoners ...... 55 Assaults in prisons, and conduct of warders ...... 55 Conduct of the police ...... 56 Trials and imprisonment under the security laws, 1974 ...... 57 Detentions towards the end of 1974 and early 1975 ...... 58 Trials resulting from the Saso and BPC detentions ordered late in 1974 60 Trial of Messrs. Seleoane and Ngalo ...... 61 Trial of Messrs. Molobi and Bloem...... 62 Detention and trial of Mr. Suttner ...... 62 Detention of further Black people in August and September . 63 Detention of certain White persons ...... 63 Trial of Mr. J. M. Molokeng and others ...... 64 Trial of Mr. Breyten Breytenbach ...... 64 GROUP AREAS AND HOUSING: THE COLOURED, ASIAN, AND WHITE POPULATION GROUPS Housing Amendment Act, No. 40 of 1975 ...... 66 Group Areas Amendment Act, No. 22 of 1975 ...... 67 Community Development Amendment Act, No. 19 of 1975 ...... 67 Disqualified families under the Group Areas Act ...... 68 Estimated shortage of housing ...... 69 Dwelling units provided in 1974 ...... 69 Some comments on the shortage of housing ...... 70 Provision of housing by development companies ...... 71 Housing loans and income limits ...... 71 Depreciation and appreciation contributions ...... 72 National Physical Development Plan ...... 72 Effects of the Group Areas Act on Indian and Chinese traders ...... 73 Indian manufacturing concerns ...... 74

CONTENTS Notes on group areas and housing in certain areas: Johannesburg (75), the Cape Peninsula (76). Other parts of the (77), Cape Midlands (77), Northern Cape (77), Natal (78). Transport services for Coloured people and Indians ...... 78 Local government in group areas ...... 79 URBAN AFRICAN ADMINISTRATION Administration Boards 81 Decisions resulting from the Prime Minister's conference with homeland leaders: Home ownership (82), Traders and professional persons (83). Types of houses in urban African townships ...... 83 Some notes on housing for urban Africans: Johannesburg (84), Cape Peninsula (85), Port Elizabeth (86), Grahamstown (86). Transport services ...... 87 Urban Bantu Councils ...... 89 SERVICES AND AMENITIES FOR BLACK PEOPLE Accommodation for Black people at hotels and licensed restaurants ... 90 Passengers on luxury trains ...... 93 Airports ...... 93 Theatres ...... 94 Witwatersrand Agricultural Show...... 97 Abolition of certain racial restrictions by local authorities ...... 97 Suggested committees to investigate and eliminate racial friction ...... 98 THE PASS LAWS Prosecutions under the pass laws ...... 99 Aid centres ...... 100 Production of reference books on demand ...... 101 Consideration of the system of migrant labour ...... 102 Travelling between independent homelands and the Republic ...... 103 Proposed rehabilitation institutions in the homelands ...... 104 African widows and divorcees in urban areas ...... 106 Foreign Africans ...... 107 Advice Offices ...... 109 GENERAL MATTERS State expenditure on behalf of Africans ...... 110 Taxation ...... 110 Legal status of African women ...... 111 Coloured cadets ...... 111 Coloured Development Corporation ...... 112 Rural Coloured areas ...... 113 THE AFRICAN HOMELANDS Area of the homelands ...... 115 Plans for partial consolidation: Broad details (115), Transfer of two areas from the to the (117), Transkei (118), Ciskei (118), KwaZulu (119), Northern (120), (120), Qwaqwa (120). Financing of the administration and development of the homelands ... 121 Notes on constitutional matters and economic development ...... 126

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 General developments: Transkei ...... 126 Ciskei ...... 129 KwaZulu ...... 130 BophuthaTswana ...... 134 ...... 138 G azankulu ...... 139 ...... 140 Qwaqwa ...... 140 N debele ...... 140 Farming in the homelands ...... 141 Mining ...... 144 Commerce and industry ...... 145 EMPLOYMENT The economic situation ...... 150 Foreign investment in the South African economy: General (151), United Kingdom (154), United States (156), Western Europe (157). Cost of living ...... 159 Minimum living standards ...... 161 Income levels and wages ...... 163 Economically active persons and unemployment ...... 165 African labour bureaux and contract labour (166), Unemployment (168), Unemployment insurance (169). Reservation of work ...... 170 Manpower, labour shortages and training ...... 172 Employment in the manufacturing industry: General (175), Clothing industry (176), Textiles (177), Motor industry (177), Iron, steel, engineering, metallurgical (178), Other industries (178). The decentralisation of industries: General (179), Incentives (181), Selected growth points (182), Physical Planning Act (182), Progress in various areas (183). Employment in agriculture ...... 184 M ining ...... 186 Construction ...... 190 Finance and commerce ...... 192 Public authorities: Central government and general (194), Provincial Administrations (198), Local authorities (199). Railways, Harbours and Airways Administration ...... 199 Posts and Telegraphs ...... 202 Domestic W orkers ...... 203 Trade Unions: General (204), African trade union rights (205), Trade Union Council of SA (207), SA Confederation of Labour (208), Workers' Service and Educational Organisations (209), The International Labour Movement (210). Strikes and work stoppages ...... 210 Bantu Labour Relations Regulation Act ...... 211 Workmen's Compensation ...... 212 Sheltered employment ...... 213 EDUCATION: COMPARATIVE STATISTICS Costs ...... 214 Students taking secondary school courses ...... 214 Salary scales for teachers ...... 214

CONTENTS vii BANTU SCHOOL EDUCATION Expenditure on education ...... 216 Schools ...... 216 Double sessions ...... 218 Pupils ...... 219 Restructuring of school classes and curricula ...... 221 Medium of instruction ...... 222 Textbooks ...... 223 Examination results ...... 223 Special education ...... 224 Teachers ...... 225 Student teachers ...... 227 Adult education ...... 228 Disturbances at schools...... 229 SCHOOL EDUCATION FOR COLOURED PUPILS Finance ...... 230 Schools and use of platoon system ...... 230 Pupils ...... 23t Examination results ...... 232 Teachers ...... 233 Student teachers ...... 234 Adult education ...... 235 SCHOOL EDUCATION FOR INDIANS Finance ...... 236 Schools and use of platoon system ...... 236 Pupils ...... 237 Examination results ...... 238 Teachers ...... 239 Student teachers ...... 239 Adult education ...... 240 SCHOOL EDUCATION FOR WHITE PUPILS Finance ...... 241 Pupils ...... 241 Curriculum ...... 242 Teachers ...... 243 Student teachers ...... 244 TECHNICAL AND VOCATIONAL TRAINING: AFRICANS Trade schools ...... 246 Technical secondary courses ...... 247 Commercial secondary courses ...... 247 Vocational training for girls ...... 248 Trade instructors ...... 248 Advanced technical courses ...... 248 Specialised ad hoc training of factory operatives for border industries 250 General ad hoc training of factory operatives for border or homeland industries ...... 250 Departmental industrial training centres in African urban residential areas ...... 250 Subsidised private in-service training centres in industrial complexes ... 251 Private in-service training schemes ...... 253 viii A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 COLOURED ...... 254 INDIANS ...... 256 Wi rl s...... 258 UNIVERSITY EDUCATION Student enrolment ...... 259 Degrees and diplomas awarded ...... 259 Salary scales of members of academic staff ...... 261 Notes on developments at certain universities ...... 261 STUDENT ORGANISATIONS National Union of SA Students (Nusas) ...... 263 SA Students' Organisation (Saso) ...... 263 Afrikaanse Studentebond (ASB) ...... 264 SOME BURSARY (SCHOLARSHIP) FUNDS Awarded by the State and homeland governments ...... 266 Bantu Investment Corporation ...... 267 Some privately-sponsored funds ...... 267 HEALTH Hospitals in the common area of SA ...... 269 Health services in the African homelands ...... 269 Tuberculosis ...... 270 Distribution of skimmed milk powder and PVM ...... 270 Medical practitioners ...... 271 M edical students ...... 271 Dentistry ...... 273 N urses ...... 273 Pharm acists ...... 274 Para-medical personnel ...... 274 Health education ...... 275 SOCIAL WELFARE A Guide to Social Pensions ...... 276 Homes for children ...... 276 Homes for elderly persons ...... 276 Social pensions ...... 276 Johannesburg Indian Social Welfare Association ...... 278 SPORT Government policy ...... 279 Finance and administration ...... 280 Bantu Sport and Recreation Fund ...... 282 INTERNATIONAL MATTERS UN Security Council, October 1974 ...... 283 Policy statement by Mr. Vorster ...... 283 UN General Assembly, November 1974 ...... 284 General Assembly, December 1974 ...... 284 South Africa's membership of the UN ...... 285 Relations between SA and certain other African States ...... 286 Cabinet committee (286), Increasing contact (286), Trade with other African States (286), Aid given to other African States (287), SA's diplomatic representation in Africa (288). Relations with the "BLS" States ...... 288

CONTENTS M alaw i ...... Mr. Vorster's visit to the Ivory Coast, and reported contact with Negotiations between SA and Zambia, late 1974 ...... Mr. Vorster's visit to Liberia ...... Contact with representatives of certain other African states ...... Meeting in January of the OAU's Liberation Committee ...... Conference of Foreign Ministers of OAU States, April ...... Commonwealth Prime Ministers' Conference, May ...... Conference of the ILO, June ...... Conference of the OAU, July ...... UN General Assembly, October ...... MOZAMBIQUE AND ANGOLA Mozambique ...... A ngola ...... RHODESIA Population ...... Lusaka talks in December 1974...... Proposed common front of Rhodesian African nationalists ... Reported agreement reached in Lusaka ...... Conservative groups of Whites in Rhodesia ...... Visit to Southern Africa by Mr. James Callaghan ...... Continued warfare ...... Sentences on guerrillas ...... Preliminary discussions in Salisbury ...... Use of the SA Police ...... Detention of Mr. Sithole...... Dissent among members of African nationalist groups. President Kaunda's visit to the United States ...... Violence in Salisbury ...... Further discussion of plans for a constitutional conference ... Renewed guerrilla activity ...... Reactions in other countries ...... Withdrawal of the SA Police from Rhodesia ...... "Pretoria Agreement" ...... The Conference at the Victoria Falls, 25 August ...... Split in the ANC ...... Attitudes of heads of other States ...... Television statement by Mr. Ian Smith ...... Guerrilla fighters in Mozambique...... Talks between Mr. Nkomo and heads of States...... 302 ...... 304 ...... 308 ...... 308 ...... 309 ...... 310 ...... 312 ...... 312 ...... 313 ...... 314 ...... 314 ...... 315 ...... 315 ...... 317 ...... 318 ...... 318 ...... 318 ...... 319 ...... 320 ...... 321 ...... 321 ...... 322 ...... 323 ...... 325 ...... 325 ...... 327 ...... 327 SOUTH WEST AFRICA (NAMIBIA) Plea by Mr. Vorster ...... UN Security Council meeting, December 1974 ...... Plans of the UN Commission on SWA ...... Representations to SA by the United States, Britain, and Commonwealth Prime Ministers' Conference ...... Plans of Swapo-in-exile ...... New official survey ...... Population ...... Proposed constitutional talks ...... Existing forms of political government ...... Attitudes of members of various groups: Coloured (333), Basters (333), Namas (334), Ovambos (334), Kavango (338), East Caprivians (338), Damaras (339), Hereros (340), National Convention and NNC (341). 290 290 291 293 294 295 295 297 298 300 301 x A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Statements by SA authorities ...... 342 Moves by the SWA authorities to ease tensions ...... 344 UN Security Council meeting, June ...... 346 Expulsion of Church leaders from SWA ...... 347 Assassination of Chief Elifas, and subsequent arrests ...... 347 Constitutional talks ...... 348 Military action ...... 350 Notes on the area of homelands in SWA ...... 351 Financing of development of homelands ...... 352 Notes on irrigation and agricultural development ...... 353 Commerce and industry in Native homelands ...... 354 Education and other social services ...... 355 INDEX ...... 357

CONTENTS LEGISLATION OF 1975 Bantu Laws Amendment Act, No. 9/1975 ...... 81, Coloured Persons' Representative Council Amendment Act, N o. 32/1975 ...... Community Development Amendment Act, No. 19/1975 ... General Law Amendment Act, No. 57/1975 ...... Group Areas Amendment Act, No. 22/1975 ...... Housing Amendment Act, No. 40/1975 ...... Liquor Amendment Act, No. 58/1975 ...... Transkei Constitution Amendment Act, No. 61/1975 ...... Page 121, 126, 335 ...... 14 ...... 67 ... 24, 44 ...... 67 ...... 66 ...... 90 ...... 127

POLITICAL DEVELOPMENTS THE WHITE POPULATION GROUP NATIONAL PARTY During the year under review, South Africa has inevitably become increasingly concerned and involved with events in the neighbouring countries of Rhodesia, Mozambique, and Angola. The Prime Minister, Mr. B. J. Vorster, has pledged himself and his government to strive for peace, co-operation, progress, and development in Southern Africa and Africa as a whole. In doing so, he has made new and highly significant contacts with Zambia, Tanzania, Botswana, and certain other African states, besides overseas countries. Speaking in the House of Assembly on 7 February' Mr. Vorster said, "I think a better understanding of South Africa has developed in the world and in Africa... There has been a clear acceptance that we are of Africa". However, as noted later in this Survey, the attitudes of a number of the OAU States to South Africa have hardened. As described in the chapter on South West Africa, Mr. Vorster has made it clear that this territory will be granted complete independence as soon as possible, but that it will be for the people of the territory concerned, and not for the UN nor Swapo, to determine their future form of government. The emphasis that Mr. Vorster has placed on the importance of d6tente and of "normalising relationships" was reflected in his amendment to the United Party's no confidence motion in the Assembly on 7 February.- He moved 'to omit all the words after "That" and to substitute "this House1. is of the opinion that it is incumbent upon every South African to promote sound relations between peoples and races in South Africa and between South Africa and all noncommunist peoples and countries; and 2. furthermore, notes with appreciation what the Government has done and intends doing in this field."' This amendment was adopted by 116 to 45 votes. Describing his contacts with leaders of other States, during the course of his speech, Mr. Vorster said he had made it clear that the policy of separate development would continue to regulate developments within South Africa. He admitted that there was historic discrimination on many levels in SA, and continued, "we 1 Hansard I cols. 379-83, 397-8. - Hansard I col. 403.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 should do something to get away from it, and the only way as I see it - and I really do believe in this - is by means of the policy of separate development". Referring to his internal programme of action,3 the Prime Minister said that this must be seen over three decades. The first of these "was the decade of , when we had to separate what had been allowed over the years to intermingle... And it goes without saying . . . that we often had to take very negative action during that decade to achieve the goal". Then, Mr. Vorster continued, the decade arrived in which the emphasis fell on separate development, "and in that process we created governments, gave people status". "Now", he said, "we have entered the third decade of our policy". He invited to his office the people who were in charge of the various governments "and I discuss matters with them... as one man to another . . . as equals . . . I speak to them very frankly and I tell them: Lqok, I am not prepared . . . to give you a say over my people ... But I will not have a say over you for all time either. You must lead your own people . . . I am prepared . . . to face the consequences of multi- nationalism squarely". Talks which Mr. Vorster and senior Cabinet Ministers and officials had with African homeland leaders and with the then leaders of the Coloured People's Representative Council and the SA Indian Council, and the outcome of these, are described in subsequent chapters. Mr. Vorster made it clear to the Assembly that the talks had been conducted on the basis of and within the framework of the National Party policy. "It is within the framework of that policy that I am seeking the solution for SA and its problems". He admitted that during the talks requests were made which had to be refused immediately, for example in regard to representation in the central Parliament, and freehold tenure of land for Africans in urban areas. These requests ran counter to National Party policy. But Mr. Vorster stated his view that "in spite of differences which exist . . . there is acceptance on the part of the responsible leaders of the position as I have now sketched it here". (However, -the attitude of Black politicall opponents, the Coloured Labour Party for example, indicated that acceptance did not necessarily mean concurrence.) Some of the actions taken by the Government in the cause of d6tente have, naturally, been opposed by White right-wing extremists, within and outside the NP. By-elections during the first half of the year in Pretoria West, Middelburg (Transvaal), and Gezina - all highly conservative constituencies - showed a small swing away from the NP to Dr. Albert Hertzog's Herstigte 3 Cols. 383-6.

POLITICAL AFFAIRS: WHITES Nasionale Party, although the NP retained the seats with comfortable majorities. Mr. Vorster received considerable backing, however, from both the Afrikaans and the English Press in SA, and it appeared that many of SA's White voters preferred his decisive approach to the more ambiguous one followed by the United Party. At a by-election in the country constituency of Caledon, in August, the votes cast for the NP candidate, who adopted a "verlig" line, gave him a substantially increased majority over the UP candidate than that obtained in 1972 or 1970. During the year under review -the Transkei has moved steadily towards independence, and the powers and functions of certain other of the African homeland governments have been extended. The Government has agreed in principle to widen very considerably the powers and functions of the Coloured Persons' Representative Council (CRC), to grant Cabinet status to its executive committee members, and to set up a statutory liaison body representative of the White and Coloured Cabinets to consider matters of common concern. Similar developments are envisaged for the SA Indian Council. At a meeting with representatives of the then CRC liaison committee in January, Mr. Vorster promised that the White Cabinet would discuss in detail plans for the "systematic and orderly elimination of unnecessary and purely irritating race discriminatory measures", which were considered to be unnecessary in applying the policy of separate development. It was subsequently decided that Coloured and Indian people should be represented on various statutory boards and commissions. Certain restrictions on inter-provincial travel by Indians were removed. The Department of Coloured Relations has suggested that all magistrates should form local committees consisting of White, Coloured, and Indian persons from various walks of life to help to overcome race friction. The Government undertook to narrow the wage gap as soon as possible. Job reservation has been relaxed in the building industry and some other fields, including government service. Training facilities for African workers in the common area of SAI are being extended. The creation is envisaged of African industrial committees with powers to bargain with employers. Africans are to be included on the boards of homeland corporations. Homeland leaders were invited by the Government to submit suggestions for eliminating undue hardships caused by influx control regulations without jeopardising their effectiveness. Bantu Affairs Administration Boards are to be allowed to use 80 per cent, instead of 20 per cent, of profits on the sale of liquor for services for Africans in their administrative areas. In regard to urban Africans, the Government has decided to relax I i.e. outside the African homelands.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 certain restrictions, thus reverting to a situation which prevailed before 1968. Africans who qualify to remain in urban areas will still not be allowed to own land there, but will be permitted to buy the right of occupation of such land on a 30-year lease basis. This will enable them to build their own homes and to sell or bequeath these, and to buy, extend or alter municipality-built houses. A condition is that those who buy or build houses in urban areas must be citizens of a homeland. Professional men and traders will be able to possess their own consulting rooms, shops, or offices in urban areas. Restrictions on the business activities of African urban traders are to be removed. So far as sport is concerned, multi-racial invitation teams were permitted to play against touring foreign rugby and cricket sides. More flexible arrangements have been made in regard to the admission of Blacks to hotels, licensed restaurants, and theatres in White areas. There is no doubt that world pressures had considerable influence on the NP's course of action. Mr. Vorster's negotiations, in co-operation with Zambia and certain other African States, to facilitate constitutional talks between the Whites and Blacks of Rhodesia were clearly designed to try to avoid armed conflict in Rhodesia which might spread to SA. But, further to this, some commentators expressed the view that Mr. Vorster hoped that these negotiations in connection with Rhodesia, together with efforts in South West Africa to bring together representatives of all racial groups to decide freely upon their own future, would stave off international action against South Africa in regard to its internal racial affairs, -thus giving the NP more time in which to seek to achieve a peaceful and generally acceptable accommodation there in terms of its policy of separate development. UNITED PARTY The racial policy of the UP was described on page 2 of last year's Survey. As mentioned, the party believes, inter alia, that SA should become a federation of communities identified according to ethnic and geographical considerations. An account is given in the next sections of this Survey of widespread resignations from the UP that took place in 1975, and of the formation of the Progressive Reform Party. In an article published in the Sunday Times on 10 August the prominent "verlig" UP member, Mr. Japie D. du P. Basson, M.P. (later elected Transvaal' leader) said he believed that the new party had made a major mistake in selecting for its first target "opposition to the Opposition". Inter-opposition-party warfare, he said, would benefit only the National Party. Mr. Basson considered that the franchise plan of the new PRP (described later) would prove to be its biggest handicap.

POLITICAL AFFAIRS: WHITES The practical outcome of this plan would in practice mean the control of the proposed federal assembly and of its federal states by Black Africans, he maintained. Leaving aside the merits of this, no political party in SA would be able to bring about such a situation using ordinary democratic party political processes. Political co-operation between SA's diverse peoples would have to be launched from a basis of cultural and political security for each of these peoples, Mr. Basson stated. From -there on, one could hope for the growth of mutual confidence. Only the UP's policies provided for this. FORMATION OF THE REFORM PARTY In the past three annual issues of this Survey descriptions were given of mounting dissension within the United Party and the emergence of the "Young Turks". Starting in December 1974 there was a wave of resignations from the UP: divisional, and branch committee members and leaders of the youth wing, mainly along the Witwatersrand and in the Western Cape and Port Elizabeth. Mr. Dick Enthoven, M.P., was expelled from the Party caucus following his initiation of a public opinion poll which included questions relating to the Party leadership. Mr. , M.P., defied Party whips and walked out of the House when a vote was to be taken on the Prime Minister's amendment to the no confidence motion, described earlier. Both of these men, together with two other M.P.'s, Mr. Horace van Rensburg and Mr. David Dalling, were eventually expelled from the U.P., while Senator Brian Bamford resigned from the Party. Senator Eric Winchester did so later. During February, 10 of the 13 UP members of the Transvaal Provincial Council, 'led by Mr. Alf Widman, resigned from the Party and formed a new Opposition in the Council, which they called the Reform Party. There were similar resignations by 14 of the 36 Johannesburg UP City Councillors and four Randburg Town Councillors. (Further Johannesburg City Councillors resigned later.) Most of those who had resigned from the UP became members of the new Reform Party. Mr. Harry Schwarz accepted an invitation to become the leader of this party. For the time being it adopted the aims and principles set out in Mr. Schwarz's 1973 Act of Dedication.' The main points of this had been incorporated in the UP's programme of principles, but the Reformists maintained that the UP had not taken action on these points. The membership of the main governing bodies affected was then as follows: I See 1973 Survey, page 7.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 NP UP PP RP House of Assembly ...... 123 37 7 4 Senate ...... 43 10 - 2 Transvaal Provincial Council 61 3 2 10 Cape Provincial Council ...... 37 17 1 CREATION OF THE SA PROGRESSIVE REFORM PARTY Following lengthy negotiations and consideration of policy, it was announced on 19 May -that the leaderships of the Progressive Party and the Reform Party had agreed on a merger, subject to approval by their respective national congresses. The Progressives had, meanwhile, been rethinking their qualified franchise policy, outlined on page 5 of last year's Survey. A commission consisting of Dr. Frederick van Zyl Slabbert, M.P. and Senator Brian Bamford had been appointed to re-examine this policy. It was decided that the leader of the combined party should be Mr. Colin Eglin, M.P. (PP), the national' chairman Mr. Ray Swart (PP), and the chairman of the national executive Mr. Harry Schwarz, M.P. (RP). During July, the merger was accepted by the congresses of both parties concerned. Then, at a joint meeting, a federal executive committee was elected. PRINCIPLES AND POLICY OF SA PROGRESSIVE REFORM PARTY Principles The principles and policy of the new party were set out in a joint statement issued during May. Mr. Colin Eglin described these and elaborated on them in a speech to delegates at a joint congress held in July. The principles were as follows: 1. the recognition of the dignity and worth of the individual human being; 2. the elimination of discrimination against any citizen on the grounds of race, religion, language, or sex, and the creation of conditions in which equality of opportunity could be exercised; 3. the protection of the religious, language, and cultural heritages of the various groups forming the SA nation; 4. the equitable sharing of political power by all citizens of the country, with safeguards against domination and oppression of any race by another; 5. the restoration and maintenance of the rule of law and the protection of civil liberties; 6. the improvement of the quality of life and the standard of living of all citizens through the energetic development of a modern economy utilising to the full the country's national resources;

POLITICAL AFFAIRS: WHITES 7. the upholding of SA's status as a sovereign African state, the fostering of understanding and co-operation on the continent, and the promotion of the social and economic progress of its people. Constitutional and franchise proposals It was stated that the new party recognised that any political system in which individuals or groups were, on the ground of race alone, denied the franchise in the state of which they were citizens was indefensible and destined to cause conflict. The party believed that a federal system consisting of selfgoverning states, linked through a rigid constitution together with a Bill of Rights interpreted by a powerful independent judiciary, was a system which could provide for the equitable sharing of power in SA and the protection of the rights of individuals and groups. The states, the boundaries of which would be drawn taking into account group and other interests and such homelands as had not chosen independence, would have the maximum feasible legislative and executive powers. The federal government would have only such powers as were essentially national in character. Non-political corporations would provide inter-state services. The government of each state would consist of a single chamber. The franchise and the system of election for each state legislature would have to take into account any system which might already be functioning there; and no citizen who qualified by virtue of permanent residence in a particular state would be denied the franchise on the ground of race alone. The basis on which the franchise would be granted to citizens of a state would be decided by negotiation: one man one vote, or a qualified franchise, or a combination of systems. The federal parliament would consist of a House of Assembly and a Senate with equal and co-ordinate powers. The Senate would be elected by political parties in the state legislatures, proportional to the representation these parties enjoyed in the legislatures. The number of Senators allocated to each state would be proportionate to the number of persons in that state registered to vote on a constituency basis for the House of Assembly. The House of Assembly would be elected directly by the voters in each state through a combination of proportional representation and constituency systems. In this way, an orderly transition could be brought about to a responsible multi-racial government. Within each state one half of the seats in the Assembly allocated to that state would be voted for on the basis of proportional representation of the parties by all citizens who had basic literacy. The other half would be voted for on a constituency basis by voters who had the required level of educational

ASURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 achievement or who had at any stage been registered as parliamentary voters. The required level of educational achievement would -be the level of free compulsory education which it was the party's policy that the State should provide. This level was set, for the time being, at Standard VIII or its vocational training equivalent. Subject to a minimum, the number of seats allocated to each state would be proportionate -to the number of voters in that state who were registered -to vote on a constituency basis. Any Senator acting on behalf of a group or state could refer to the Federal Appeal Court any alleged breach of the Bill of Rights which would be written into the constitution. The constitution could not be amended save by a threequarters majority of both the House of Assembly and of the Senate, and in any matters which would diminish the powers of any state, with the approval of a three-quarters majority of the legislature of such state. Other points of policy Among the other points of policy were the following. I. The party stood for an open society. People would be entitled to associate with whom they liked, and to use whatever public amenities they liked. They would be able to own or occupy property wherever they liked. At the same time, the State should not interfere with the right of admission to private premises. Universities, cultural societies, trade unions, etc. would have the right to decide for themselves whom to admit. 2. Parents who wished to send their children to church or nongovernment schools would be allowed to do so. The State would have to provide facilities for separate and for shared schools. Academic freedom and university autonomy would be restored to universities. 3. The colour bar in employment would be scrapped; workers would receive equal pay for equal work; the racial basis of influx control measures would be removed, and positive measures taken to provide work for work-seekers. The migrant labour system would be phased out. Further details of this policy were under consideration at the end of the year. It was decided that it should be submitted to a national convention of all race groups before finalization, to secure the widest possible concurrence.Meeting with Black leaders On 27 September an important meeting was held in Johannesburg between leading representatives of the Progressive Reform 2 Corrkcd from accounts in the Rand Daily Mail, 26 May and 28 July; Sunday Express, 27 July; Sunday Times, 3 August.

POLITICAL AFFAIRS: WHITES Party, the homeland governments of KwaZulu, , Lebowa, and Qwaqua, the (Coloured) Labour Party, and the SA Indian Council. All signed a joint declaration, which read:3 "We, the leaders of organisations and statutory bodies which have been separated from one another by the laws of our country, declare that we will work together for peaceful change in South Africa. Because we share a common ideal for our Fatherland, South Africa, and are in agreement on the fundamental issues relating to the future of our country, we have decided to create the necessary machinery in order to: (i) examine and articulate our agreement on these fundamental issues; (ii) consult at regular intervals during the next year; (iii) keep lines of communication open so that immediate consultation between us will take place if the circumstances render it necessary. "We realise that plans for the future of our country will have to be the outcome of frank discussion and exchange of views between representatives of the various sections of our wider South African community, and to be successful must have broad national assent. "We accordingly declare our intention of working towards the holding of a convention as representative as possible of all who are South Africans, for the purpose of obtaining a mandate from the people for the constitutional and other proposals which will emanate from the initiative we have taken today. "We are agreed that apartheid or, as it is called, separate development, does not offer a solution and that any constitutional system must embody a Bill of Rights safeguarding the rights of both individuals and groups. "We accept that in one united South Africa, territory and not race must form the basis of government which should not be racially exclusive." DEMOCRATIC PARTY During April' the leader of the Democratic Party, Mr. Theo Gerdener, revealed at a public meeting that verligte leaders of various parties had met to discuss the possibility of merging, but said that his party had decided not to join the Progressive Reform Party because of a fundamental difference in its constitutional plan for SA. The PRP wanted a federal system with a central Parliament repreentative of the various racial groups. But the Democrats wanted a confederation in which the constituent states would be independent. 3 Sunday Times, 28 September. I Star, 10 April.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 However, the national chairman of the DP, Professor S. A. Strauss, held out the possibility of an election pact between verligte politicians. Later, in July, the DP's national executive revised details of the party's constitutional plan.2 In terms of this plan there would be one state in which the Whites, Coloured, and Asians would be grouped together, all the rights at present enjoyed by the Whites gradually being extended to the others. The African homelands, consolidated and developed, would constitute further independent states, and African urban states would be established as well. Matters of common concern would be handled by a Community of States - a loose, voluntary association, headed by a Council of Ministers, in which decisions would be taken on a basis of consensus. 2 Star, 17 July. THE COLOURED POPULATION GROUP MEETING IN JANUARY OF THE PRIME MINISTER AND DELEGATES FROM THE COLOURED REPRESENTATIVE COUNCIL It was reported on page 18 of last year's Survey that during September 1974 the Prime Minister, the Minister of Coloured Relations, and his Deputy Minister had discussions with a delegation representing all the Coloured parties in the CRC and the independents. Federal Party representatives considered that the discussions had been of some, if limited, practical value and that contact and dialogue should be continued. The Labour Party leader, Mr. Sonny Leon, however, disagreed with this view and said that he was not interested in further "window-dressing talks". The Prime Minister's tentative proposals for the future, made when opening a session of the CRC in November, were outlined on page 20 of the 1974 Survey. On 23 January of the current year the Prime Minister, Minister of Coloured Relations, and Deputy Minister again met a delegation from the CRC which, in the absence through illness of Mr. Tom Swartz, was led by the acting leader of the Federal Party, Mr. J. A. Rabie. Labour Party members declined the invitation to be present. According to various Press reports' the Coloured representatives present submitted a memorandum in which they said, inter alia, that they shared the culture and languages of the Whites, and claimed no part of SA as traditionally their own. Consequently they believed that their interests would be best served by direct representation in the central Parliament. But the Prime Minister again rejected this submission, stating that it would lead to political chaos. Agreement in principle was, however, reached on a number of matters, mainly arising from suggestions made by Mr. Vorster the previous November, as elaborated upon by him and by the CRC members. It was agreed in principle that the powers and functions of -the CRC should be considerably extended. It would control up to thirteen portfolios instead of five, and would be kept informed on other matters through a proposed inter-Cabinet council. The Executive Committee of the CRC would be given Cabinet status, with each Minister responsible for his own department. These Ministers would have power to initiate legislation without the prior 1 Rand Daily Mail, Daily Dispatch, and Star of 24 January.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 approval of the Republic's Minister of Coloured Relations (which had thus far been necessary). The fiscal policy for the CRC would be revised. A statutory inter-Cabinet council would be established, consisting of the CRC Cabinet and an equal number of Ministers from the White Cabinet, under the chairmanship of the Prime Minister. (In a speech subsequently made in Ceres2 Mr. Vorster said, "'I can report tonight that where we struggled for years with the problem that you cannot have two or three sovereign parliaments in one country, I believe we have found the unique solution". Each group, he continued, should have an exclusive say in its own affairs. but spheres of common interest could be discussed in the inter-Cabinet council and then in each group's own legislative body.) The Prime Minister is reported to have reiterated his willingness to appoint Coloured people to statutory boards and commissions dealing with matters of common concern, such as the Group Areas Board, the Housing Commission, the Liquor Board, the Wage Board, the National Road Transportation Board, the Road Safety Council, and the Race Classification Board. He is stated to have committed the Government to implementing the principle of equal pay for equal work as soon as was possible. He promised that the White Cabinet would discuss in detail plans for the "systematic and orderly elimination of unnecessary and purely irritating race discrimination measures". Mr. Rabie told the Press that these 'had been the most successful talks ever held between the then CRC's liaison committee and the Government. BUDGET OF THE CRC According to the Report of the Administration of Coloured Affairs for the fiscal year ended 31 March 1973,; the CRC's expenditure during that year was: Revenue Account R Finance and Auxiliary Services ... 1 192 294 Education ...... 53270550 Welfare Services and Pensions ... 32 624 119 Rural Areas and Settlements ... 708 365 Local Government ...... 1 764 87797092 Loan Account ...... 48014 87 845 106 2 Rand Daily Mail, 17 March. 3 Contained in the Report of the Administration of Coloured Relations and Rehoboth Affairs for that year, RP 27/1975.

POLITICAL AFFAIRS: COLOURED GROUP Details of expenditure for subsequent years are not available at the time of writing; but according to the Controller and AuditorGeneral' the CRC spent R106 396 770 from its revenue account in the year ended 31 March 1974, leaving an unexpended balance of R5 194 230. Of this, R500 000 was retained by the Council and the rest refunded to the Consolidated Revenue Account. As mentioned on page 21 of last year's Survey, the following sums were allocated to the CRC in 1974-5 from the revenue vote of the Department of Coloured Relations: R Provision for the CRC ...... 132 993 000 Salaries of 1 292 educational personnel seconded to the CRC 6 475 000 139468000 (The salaries of seconded personnel are not included in the figures for previous years, given above. None of the totals quoted includes expenditure on the University of the Western Cape, met by the Department of Coloured Relations itself. Expenditure from Loan Account is excluded from all but the first of the totals.) According to the official estimates for 1975-6,' the following sums were allocated to the CRC from Revenue Account for that year: R Main estimates ...... 153 784 000 Supplementary estimates ...... 4 586 000 158370000 (Again, expenditure on the University and on the salaries of seconded personnel, and expenditure from Loan Account, are excluded.) ELECTION OF ELECIED MEMBERS OF THE CRC The CRC has 40 members elected by constituencies throughout the country, and 20 members nominated by the central Government. In the Assembly on 8 April' the Minister of the Interior gave details of the elections conducted in 1969 and in March 1975: 4 Report for 1973-4, Part II, RP 53/1974, page 253. 5 Estimates of Expenditure to be Defrayed from Revenue Account, RP 2/1975, Vote 13; also Supplementary Estimates, RP 6/1975. 6 Hansard 9 col. 651.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 1969 elections 1975 elections Seats Seats Votes gained' Votes gained' Estimated no. of persons qualified to register as voters ...... 802 500 900 000 No. of voters registered ...... 637 587 521 557 Percentage voters registered7 ...... 79,5 58,0 No. of votes cast8 ...... 300666 251 631 Votes cast for various parties8 Federal Coloured People's Party ... 92705 11 75851 8 Labour Party ...... 136845 26 151410 31 Republican Party ...... 30241 1 2 934 Social Democratic Party ...... - - 2736 Conservative People's Party ...... 3 216 - - National People's Party ...... 21 630 1 - Independent Federal Party ...... 1 224 - - Independents ...... 10183 1 13805 1 Total votes excluding spoiled papers 296044 246736 The following points are noteworthy: (a) the percentage of potential voters who registered, which was low in 1969, declined in 1975; (b) in both cases the Federal Party gained fewer seats than did the Labour Party. In 1969 the Government gave the FP a majority in the Council by nominating 20 persons who supported this party. In 1975, however, the LP gained a clear majority, irrespective of the political affiliations of persons to be nominated. ATTITUDE TO THE CRC INITIALLY ADOPTED BY THE LABOUR PARTY As reported on page 17 of last year's Survey, Mr. Sonny Leon said during 1974 that the Labour Party would use the elections to obtain a mandate from the people for full parliamentary representation and for the rejection of separate development and of the CRC. After the election he stated9 that his party, having gained a clear majority, would now call upon the Prime Minister to scrap the CRC and to give full parliamentary representation to the Coloured people. COLOURED PERSONS' REPRESENTATIVE COUNCIL AMENDMENT ACE, No. 32 OF 1975 Terms of the Act It was mentioned on page 17 of the 1972 Survey that during that year the Government, by majority vote, passed amendments 7 Figures added by the writer. 8 Excluding three constituencies that were uncontested in 1969. These are included in the total showing seats gained. 9 Rand Daily Mail, 25 March.

POLITICAL AFFAIRS: COLOURED GROUP to the Coloured Persons' Representative Council Act, 1964. It was, inter alia, provided that if the Council failed to appropriate moneys for the services it controlled the Council's executive might do so, and this action would be deemed to have been taken by the Council itself. Should the executive fail to appropriate moneys, the Republican Cabinet Minister concerned might do so, and his action would be deemed to have been taken by the Council. The object of this amendment was to ensure that the Council's budget would be passed, thus providing revenue for the services controlled by the Council, even if the Labour Party sought to render the Council ineffective by rejecting the budget. At that time several members had crossed the floor from the FP to the LP, and it was possible that the latter might command a majority of votes. Before the full results of the 1975 election had become known, the Government introduced another Amendment Bill which became law as Act 32 of 1975. It deleted the clause mentioned above, which was rendered superfluous by a new clause, which read: "If the Minister is satisfied that the chairman of the executive, the executive, or the Council fails, for whatever reason, to exercise or perform, in terms of this Act, any power, function, or duty conferred or imposed by this Act, the Minister may exercise or perform such power (except the power... to make laws"0), function or duty, or authorise any other person to exercise or perform such power, function, or duty. "Any such power, function, or duty so exercised or performed, shall for the purposes of this Act be deemed to have been exercised or performed by the chairman of the executive or the executive or the Council, as the case may be, in terms of this Act." Parliamentary debate In the Assembly on 20 March" the Minister of Coloured Relations moved that leave be granted to introduce the Bill. Mr. Colin Eglin of the Progressive Party12 opposed the First Reading. The long title of the Bill (the only portion of it that was publicly known at the time) indicated, he said, that it involved a deprivation of Coloured rights. It, thus, represented a negation of the Prime Minister's recent uhdertaking that the powers of the CRC would be extended. Mr. Eglin was supported by Mr. Harry Schwarz (Reform Party), who said" that the introduction of the measure, especially 10 The words in brackets were included by the Government during the Parliamentary Debate. 11 Hansard 7 col. 3009. 12 Cols. 3009-11. 13 Col. 3015.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATiONS, 1975 at a time when the full election results were not known, was a piece of cynicism. Faith with the Coloured people would be broken if the Minister's motion were not opposed. Sir De Villiers Graaff (United Party) disagreed, however, saying'" that his party would support the Minister's motion because its members wanted the matter to be debated at that stage. The world should realize that the CRC was merely a symbol. It was obvious that the Bill meant the end of the road so far as this Council was concerned. Members of the United Party had stated repeatedly that, if the Government was determined to stand by the unitary constitutional system, it had no alternative but to give the Coloured people representation in the House of Assembly. When introducing the Bill at its Second Reading,1 the Minister pointed out that it was the declared aim of "certain persons" to destroy the CRC. The Bill was intended as an entrenchment and assurance of the continued existence of the Council's financial and administrative functions. Sir De Villiers Graaff moved" that the measure be read that day six months. He condemned it as "a return to naked ". A vacuum was being created which would be filled by developments through which the Coloured people would seek to realise their hopes and aspirations. "The danger exists that the method they choose may become unconstitutional ... All my information is that the mood among the Coloured people is becoming ugly, very ugly indeed." Sir De Villiers revealed that he had that day held consultations with Mr. Sonny Leon and other political leaders. He said, "The statesmanlike thing for the Minister to do would be to agree to the adjournment of the debate to consult with the party-the Labour Party-that has taken over. I believe that despite the election propaganda a compromise could be arrived at". Mr. Eglin opposed the Bill1" (while not supporting the UP motion"). But he agreed that the onus was on the Government to consult with the CRC executive before introducing the measure. He said that when it was realised that the Federal Party had received only 16 per cent of the votes cast, and that the degree of abstentions had been high, it became clear that the election represented a massive vote against the whole system of apartheid. Mr. Schwarz moved"9 to omit all the words after "That" and to substitute "this House declines to pass the Second Reading of the... Bill on the grounds that its passing will represent a serious blow to, race relations and to South Africa's international image". 14 Col. 3013. 15 Hansard 8 cols. 3298-302. 16 Cols. 3302-13. 1 7 Cols. 3322-33. I Both the Progressive and the Reform Parties considered that the Bill shoukl be rejected outright. " Cols. 3339-47.

POLITICAL AFFAIRS: COLOURED GROUP If the Minister wanted to show goodwill, Mr. Schwarz said, he should abolish the Council's nominated members, offer Mr. Leon the chairmanship of the CRC, review the power of this body with him to make it more meaningful, and speed up the socio-economic upliftment of the Coloured people. Mr. Schwarz challenged the Prime Minister to call a special referendum among White voters to decide on the question of direct Coloured representation in Parliament. He believed that a high proportion of these voters were in favour of such representation.20 In replying to the Second Reading debate, the Minister said2 he regretted that it had been necessary to introduce the legislation; but it was essential to prevent the CRC from committing suicide. He saw no reason why Mr. Leon should not be the chairman of the CRC executive. He undertook that, in nominating members, the Government would ensure that the Labour Party would have a workable majority. It was reported later22 that the Government had invited the ,Labour Party to take office and to submit the names of eight persons suitable for nomination to the Council. DECISIONS MADE BY THE LABOUR PARTY Mr. Leon is reported to have said on 23 March"a that, in view of the introduction of the Bill described above, "a walk-out or boycott would merely play into the Minister's hands". But the Labour Party would remain faithful to its pledge to fight against apartheid and to press for equality for the Coloured people, with direct representation in Parliament. The CRC would, for the time being, be used as a platform from which to make such demands. The Labour Party caucus met in Kimberley early in April. Sharp differences of opinion were expressed; but a majority of members decided to recommend to the party's national executive that Mr. Leon should accept the chairmanship of the CRC's executive, and that names of persons suitable for co-optation to the Council be submitted to the Minister. It was left to Mr. Leon to take action, and he is stated to have sent two telegrams to the Minister, in the first accepting the chairmanship of the CRC's executive, and in the second saying that the party would submit names of persons considered suitable to hold nominated seats. A list of such persons was, apparently, sent. The party's deputy leader, Mr. David Curry, is reported to have headed the opposition to these decisions, considering that the party should not change its original policy. The whole matter 20 According to The Star of 5 February, a survey conducted by Market Research Africa among 1 000 Whites in towns and villages throughout the country indicated that 66 per cent of Whites believed that Coloured people should be represented in Parliament, 57 per cent considering that such representatives should be elected irrespective of race. 21 Cols. 3494-3505. 22 Rand Daily Mail, 4, 7, 8 and 12 April. 2. Ibid., 24 March.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 was referred to a meeting of the national executive committee of the party, held in Uitenhage a few days later. This national executive is stated to have agreed that the Labour Party should use the CRC as a means to an end, this end being the total emancipation of the Coloured people. It agreed, too, that Mr. Leon should accept the chairmanship of the CRC's executive. But it regretted that nominations for the unfilled seats had been submitted to the Government and called upon Mr. Leon to withdraw these. This he did. MEMBERS OF THE CRC NOMINATED BY THE GOVERNMENT The Government's nominations were announced on 20 April." The Minister said in an official statement that the persons concerned had been nominated, not because of their alliance with any political party, but in view of their particular status and the respect they enjoyed in the Coloured community, or in view of their exceptional knowledge of education, welfare, or culture. They came from various parts of the country, and included businessmen, the chairman of the Housewives' League, and members of the Malay and Griqua communities. LABOUR PARTY'S VIEWS ON LIAISON MACHINERY The proposed statutory inter-Cabinet council, on the creation of which the Prime Minister and the Coloured delegation led by Mr. Rabie had agreed in January, has been described earlier. The Labour Party opposed the establishment of such a council on the grounds that it would be in a position to block the wishes of the Coloured people on the casting vote of the Prime Minister, and in any case would in essence be no more than advisory machinery in the formulation of the Prime Minister's policy decisions. Instead, Mr. Leon proposed an interim body to deal with matters of mutual White- Coloured concern until his party's goal of direct Coloured representation in Parliament could be realized. Both the White and the Coloured legislatures would voluntarily delegate sovereignty to this body in specific areas of government which were of mutual concern. On the suggested body the two legislatures would, presumably, be represented equally, and their representatives would be selected so as to be proportional in numbers to the strength of the various political parties in Parliament and in the CRC. With the introduction of members of opposition parties, deadlock along racial lines would be less likely and truly shared-power decisions would be possible.25 24 Rand Daily Mail and Star of 21 April. 25 Star, 26 March.

POLITICAL AFFAIRS: COLOURED GROUP SESSION OF THE CRC HELD IN SEPTEMBER The new CRC convened for its first session on 5 September. Some Coloured students are reported to have picketed the entrance to the Council chamber, jeering at arriving members and guests, but to have been dispersed after the police had been called. During the no-confidence debate Mr. Leon moved that "this Council stands adjourned until such time as the Government meets the demands of the Coloured people as expressed by the first Council during its sessions". It appeared, however, that the wording of this motion was technically out of order; thus it was dropped from the Order Paper for the following day. Meanwhile the new leader of the opposition Federal Party, Mr. W. J. Bergins, moved that a deputation from the Council should seek urgent discussions with the Prime Minister and the Minister of Coloured Relations to negotiate for co- partnership for the CRC in SA affairs through the inter-Cabinet council that had been proposed by the Prime Minister. His motion was rejected by 34 votes to 22. On 12 September Mr. Leon moved that the Council should stand adjourned until 19 March 1976. This motion was adopted by majority vote. Mr. Leon is reported to 'have predicted that, within this time-period, the SA Government would introduce fundamental changes in its Coloured policies.26 RULING BY THE MINISTER On 17 October, in terms of Government Notice 1993, the Minister of Coloured Relations overruled the CRC's motion by declaring that on 8 October he had prorogued the Council until a date to be determined by him at a later stage. MEETING IN OCTOBER OF THE PRIME MINISTER AND THE LABOUR PARTY EXECUTIVE On 20 October the Prime Minister, the Minister of Coloured Relations, and the Deputy Minister held four-hour discussions with the CRC Executive led by Mr. Leon. According to various reports,7 the Prime Minister described his plan for a considerable extension of the powers and functions of the CRC and the creation of a statutory inter-Cabinet council (see page 12). He said that this council would meet at pre-determined times or as circumstances demanded. Efforts would be made to reach decisions on a basis of consensus. Only the decisions reached would be minuted. The Coloured leaders submitted 27 questions designed to throw light on the Government's ultimate intentions in regard to constitutional development. What was to be the end of the political road for the Coloured people? 26 Various Press reports, 6 to 12 September. 27 Star, 21 October; Rand Daily Mail, 24 and 25 October. A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 The Prime Minister claimed that it "would be putting the cart before the horse" to give replies to all the questions posed. The Minister said that the intention had been that further detailed planning would be carried out in conjunction with the Coloured leaders, whose suggestions would be sought with a view to converting the CRC into a positive instrument with concrete powers over a wide sphere affecting Coloured interests. The Coloured leaders claimed that Mr. Vorster had not given the information that they wanted on the question of full citizenship for their people. Mr. Leon told the Press the Prime Minister had made it clear that the Government would not depart from its policy of separate development. Therefore in no circumstances could his people expect to be part of the law-making processes of their country. In the light of this, his Executive could not commit itself to acceptance of the Government's proposals until it had reported back to the people. The Press commented that the Labour Party's response to the official proposals was likely to be determined first by a meeting of the party's national executive on 8 and 9 November, and finally by its national congress in January. Thereafter, a further meeting with the Prime Minister would probably take place. THE BUDGET OF THE CRC As mentioned on page 13, Parliament voted a gross amount of R158 370 000 to the CRC for the 1975-6 financial year, in accordance with estimates prepared by the previous Federal Party Executive as approved by the Ministers of Coloured Relations and of Finance. The appropriation of this money was to be executed by the Council itself, which was expected, as usual, to pass a Budget. But during the short session of the CRC in September, the Budget was taken only as far as its Second Reading. It became necessary for urgent steps to be taken to ensure that the salaries of some 25 000 Coloured teachers and other officials and the social pensions and other grants of about 148 000 people would continue to be paid after the first few days of November, when available funds would run out. The onus to take such steps rested on the chairman of the Executive, or the Executive, or, failing them, the Minister. On 23 October the Minister delegated power to Mr. Leon to appropriate moneys for the execution of the Budget. The CRC Labour Party Executive met on 29 October and, after what was reported to be a lengthy discussion, decided that Mr. Leon should not appropriate the moneys. The Budget, members considered, was racially discriminatory; insufficient funds had been provided; and the Labour Party had played no part in the preparation of the estimates. The Executive decided to refer the matter to a meeting of the party's National Executive. This meeting, held on 8

POLITICAL AFFAIRS: COLOURED GROUP November, unanimously endorsed the decision that Mr. Leon should not approve the Budget." He wrote a formal letter to the Minister, expressing his refusal to do so. In terms of the Council's constitution, Mr. Leon had been appointed by the Minister to be the Executive chairman, not elected as such by members. On 10 November the Minister announced that this appointment had been revoked because Mr. Leon had not only failed to exercise the duties conferred on him, but had refused to do so. The State President had seen fit to appoint Mrs. Alathea A. Jansen (a Government-nominated, independent, member) to succeed him as chairman of the CRC Executive, and she had been authorised to make the necessary funds available for the continuation of the services provided by the Council, the Minister stated. The four other members of the CRC Executive then announced their resignations from these offices. 28 Press reports of 9 November.

THE INDIAN GROUP RECONSTITUTION OF SA INDIAN COUNCIL In 1968, when the SA Indian Council first became a statutory body, it consisted of 25 members appointed by the Government, and had advisory powers only. As recorded on page 22 of last year's Survey, in terms of Proclamation R167 of 1974 the Council would be reconstituted, to consist of 30 members, half of them nominated and 'half elected by persons who on the election day were elected members of Indian local authorities, local affairs committees, or management or consultative committees. (The Government had stated that it was not yet feasible to compile a general voters' roll.) Legislative and executive powers would gradually be delegated to this Council in respect of matters previously dealt with by the Minister of Indian Affairs (but not matters dealt with by this Minister in conjunction with other Cabinet Ministers). Such matters included education and community welfare. The first elections were held during November 1974, and shortly afterwards the Government nominated the remainder of the members, selecting them in such a way as to make the Council as representative as possible. An elected member, Mr. J. N. Reddy, was appointed by the Government to be chairman of the Council's executive. The four other members 'of the executive were, in terms of the Proclamation, appointed by the Council itself, as was the chairman of the Council, Mr. A. M. Moolla. OPENING OF THE NEW COUNCIL'S FIRST SESSION The first session of the new Council was opened by the Prime Minister on 27 November 1974.' He paid tribute to the practical and realistic approach of those who had previously served as appointed members. Mr. Vorster said that it would be one of the Council's tasks, in consultation with the Minister and his department, to work out the next steps in constitutional development. The Government envisaged development along the same lines as those decided upon for the Coloured community (described on page 11). The Council, Mr. Vorster stated, had made repeated representations for the naturalisation of other categories of Indians than stateless Indians who were legally and permanently resident in the Republic (whose applications were granted). This matter was under consideration. 1 The proceedings were reported in the Press on 28 November 1974 and in the issue of Fiat Lux for December 1974.

POLITICAL AFFAIRS: INDIANS MEETING WITH THE PRIME MINISTER On 24 January (the day after he had held discussions with representatives of the Coloured Representative Council) the Prime Minister and senior officials met the members of the Indian Council's executive.2 Mr. Vorster made it clear, as he had to the Coloured delegation, that requests which had been made for representation in the central Parliament could not be considered. However, he agreed in principle to the enhancement of the status and functions of the Indian Council, suggesting that detailed proposals should be worked out by the executive committee in consultation with the Minister of Indian Affairs and other Cabinet Ministers concerned. Matters for such consideration included: (a) a possible increase in the membership to 45 persons; the extension of the franchise; and the number of persons to be elected (the Prime Minister suggested that there should continue to be some nominated members chosen to represent minority groups and special interests); (b) the delegation of executive functions to the Council, which would involve the creation of a Secretariat and the establishment of Cabinet posts; and the stage at which legislative powers should be granted; (c) the form of liaison to be established with the Government. The Prime Minister said he envisaged an inter-Cabinet council on which representatives of an Indian Cabinet, as well as of the Coloured and White Cabinets, would meet together. Mr. Vorster indicated that Indian as well as Coloured persons might be appointed to statutory bodies, boards, and commissions; and that the wage gap would gradually be narrowed. He recommended that the executive members should discuss with the Ministers concerned various other matters raised by the delegation, such as the admission to the Republic, on individual application, of wives and children of Indian South Africans who had married during visits abroad, the shortage of land and housing, and difficulties experienced by Indian traders in White group areas. Mr. Reddy told the Press that he considered the discussions to have been frank, honest, and fruitful. SESSIONS OF THE INDIAN COUNCIL IN 1975 Sessions of the SA Indian Council were held during February and July.' Particular attention was given to the political future of Indians. It was agreed to accept the suggestions outlined above as interim measures pending representation in the central Parliament. The Council also urged, inter alia, that Indians be granted direct representation on local authorities. 2 The discussions were described in the Press on 25 January and in the issue of Fiat Lux for March. 3 Press reports on 19 February and 25 July.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 It was reported in The Star on 29 October that, at a meeting of the Council's executive, the Minister of Indian Affairs stated that the Government had rejected the proposal by the Indians that the Council should become a fully-elected 45- member body. The Government proposed creating a 40-member Council with 30 elected and 10 nominated members. POLITICAL PARTY It was announced in July' that an Indian Labour Party of SA had been launched, led by Mr. Y. S. Chinsamy, a member of the Indian Council. ABOLITION OF ASSISTED EMIGRATION OF INDIANS The General Law Amendment Act, No. 57 of 1975, repealed the Indians Relief Act of 1914 (which had resulted from the Smuts-Gandhi agreement), and a further Relief Act of 1927. In terms of these measures, Indians in South Africa could be granted a free passage and/or other financial assistance to enable them to resettle in India or Pakistan. Speaking in the Assembly on 23 May,5 the Minister of Indian Affairs said that all applications for such assistance had been granted, but very few applications had been made in recent years. The numbers received since 1965 had been: 1965 171966 4 1967 2 1970 2 (but one applicant then changed his mind) In a speech made at a gathering in Port Elizabeth on 15 May' the Minister said that the repeal of the laws concerned should not be interpreted as a withdrawal of a concession, but as an indication that SA wanted its Indian community. CITIZENSHIP AND IMMIGRATION In terms of General Notice 779 of 29 November 1974, 27 more stateless people from India were granted SA citizenship during the three months ended 30 September 1974. The Minister said in the Assembly on 12 June' that existing restrictions on the immigration of Indians would not be relaxed. Rand Daily Mail, 17 July. -fansard 15 col. 1029. " Rand Daily Mail, 16 May. Earlier statistics have been given in previous issues of this Survey. "Stateless" Indians are persons who settled in the Republic before constitutions for India, Pakistan. the Malagasy Republic, etc., came into effect on the achievement of independence by thesc countric, M-fansard 18 cols. 8160-4.

POLITICAL AFFAIRS: INDIANS REMOVAL OF RESTRICTIONS ON INTER-PROVINCIAL MOVEMENT In the course of his speech in the Assembly on 12 June, mentioned above, the Minister announced that, with immediate effect, Indians in SA would no longer need permits to travel from one province to another. They could in future, without seeking permission, settle anywhere in the country that they wished except in the Free State or certain areas of Northern Natal (although they might travel through these areas where the restrictions remained). The Minister described the historical background to the restrictions. He indicated in a Press interview' that if the authorities responsible for the remaining restricted areas (apparently the Free State and Natal provincial administrations) indicated that they were prepared to accept Indian residents, he would legislate accordingly. (In terms of the Group Areas Act persons may, of course, settle only in group areas allocated to members of their own racial groups.) Rand Daily Mail, 13 June.

POLITICAL AFFAIRS OF AFRICANS MEETING OF HOMELAND LEADERS WITH THE PRIME MINISTER The first meeting of the leaders of homeland governments with the Prime Minister was described on page 22 of last year's Survey. As mentioned, discussion of the affairs of urban Africans was postponed. A second meeting, to discuss these postponed matters, was held on 22 January. According to various Press reports, Mr. Vorster did not agree to any of the major demands made by the homeland leaders. Certain minor concessions were, however, announced. 1. The Government would consider a form of leasehold tenure of land for Africans who qualified to live in towns and cities in the "common area" of SA. (The leaders had demanded full freehold rights.) 2. The laws and regulations restricting African trading rights in these urban areas would be reconsidered. 3. It would be arranged for representatives of the homeland governments to meet officials of the Department of Bantu Administration and Development to discuss the easing of hardships caused by influx control regulations without impairing the efficacy of these regulations. (Chief Buthelezi of KwaZulu refused to be a party to these discussions which, he considered, could result only in the "cosmetic treatment" of regulations which were strongly opposed by Africans because they were racially discriminatory.) 4. Consideration would be given to the creation of bodies which would incorporate both urban Bantu councils and the councils which represented the homelands in urban areas. These bodies, if established, would have greater powers and responsibilities than urban Bantu councils possessed. 5. The official recognition of African trade unions had previously been declared contrary to Government policy; but the leaders could discuss this matter with the Minister of Labour. 6. Consideration would be given to allowing the return of political exiles who were not communists and who had committed no crime other than leaving the country without passports, if application were made by homeland leaders who were prepared to vouch for the persons concerned. 7. The Prime Minister would again discuss with the Minister of Justice the position of African political leaders who were under "banning" orders. (The homeland leaders had asked for an amnesty for political prisoners.) 8. Africans would be included on the boards of homeland corporations.

POLITICAL AFFAIRS: AFRICANS Chief Buthelezi released to the Press a memorandum which he had read out to the Prime Minister. In this he is reported to have said, inter alia, that unless the homelands were enlarged and properly consolidated, the only alternative was for Africans to be represented in the central Parliament. Moves to bring about racial d6tente in the sub-continent had aroused the expectations of South African Africans. Unless there were meaningful changes within the country, the pent-up frustrations of these people would inevitably lead to civil disobedience and the disruption of services. Chief Buthelezi announced that Mr. Vorster had rejected any possibility of being declared a homeland. The outcome of the Government's consideration of the matters mentioned is described in subsequent chapters. BLACK RENAISSANCE CONVENTON A convention was arranged at St. Peter's Seminary, Hammanskraal, during December 1974 by the Black Renaissance Committee, which was headed by Mr. Maurice Ngakane. The organising secretary was Father Smangaliso Mkhatshwa. About 300 delegates attended. Mr. Ngakane is reported' to have said that the purpose of the convention was to achieve Black solidarity, to articulate the Black people's aspirations, and to outline a programme of action for the liberation of Blacks. According to reports, African homeland delegates, who included the then Lebowa Minister of the Interior, Mr. Collins Ramusi, were not generally welcomed. By majority vote, Blacks working with the separate development system were excluded from voting. "" were regarded as being tribally divisive. Delegates from the SA Students' Organisation (Saso) and the Black People's Convention (BPC) are stated to have interrupted proceedings continually and to have boycotted speeches by Dr. Manus Buthelezi, Natal director of the Christian Institute, and Mrs. Fatima Meer, a lecturer at the University of Natal. Father Smangaliso told a Press reporter later that, strategically, the performance of Saso and BPC members had been a disaster. They alienated the more mature delegates, and arrogantly created the false impression that they were the sole custodians of the term Black. Nevertheless, they deserved admiration for the dogged determination that they' brought to the convention. Besides censuring "doctrinaire blacker-than-thou-ism", as being a danger to Black solidarity and resurgence, Father Smangaliso criticised White liberals for diluting the fervour for change of Black freedom-lovers. The voting delegates adopted a resolution that stated, "We, the Black people of South Africa at the Black Renaissance Con- 1 Various Press reports, 16 to 18 December 1974 and 1 February.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 vention ... hereby declare that we condemn and so reject separate development and all its institutions. We reject all forms of and discrimination. We dedicate ourselves towards striving for a totally united and democratic South Africa free from all forms of oppression and exploitation". The convention dedicated itself to a society in which all people could participate fully in the government of the country through the medium of one-man-one-vote. It called for an equitable distribution of wealth, and the release of all political prisoners, detainees, and banned people. It called "upon all the countries of the world to withdraw all cultural, educational, economic, manpower, and military support to, the existing government and all its racist institutions". ALLEGED DISSENT AMONG POLITICAL EXILES It was reported in the Sunday Times of 27 July that African nationalists in the African National Congress of SA-in-exile alleged that White, Coloured, and Indian communists had "hijacked" the leadership of the organisation and were in control of its funds, granted largely by Russia and other Eastern European countries. Internal differences, it was stated, had reduced the efficiency and morale of ANC cadres in camps in Tanzania. Eventually, during October, eight prominent African nationalists were expelled from the ANC.

THE CHURCHES AND CHRISTIAN MOVEMENTS INTERNATIONAL CHURCH ORGANISATIONS During the year under review the World Council of Churches again allocated considerable amounts from its Special Fund to Combat Racism to Black nationalist liberation movements in Southern Africa. These grants, described in more detail on page 43 of last year's Survey, are intended for humanitarian purposes. The support given by the WCC to the bodies concerned has been strongly critised by the rival International Council of Christian Churches.' As described on page 45 of the 1974 Survey, at an assembly of the All Africa Conference of Churches (AACC), held in Lusaka during May of that year, it was resolved that the Churches of Southern Africa, in consultation with the AACC, should convene a consultation to discuss the role of the churches in achieving liberation, justice, and reconciliation. It was decided that this consultation should be held in Gaborone, Botswana, during February. Two weeks before it was due to begin, however, the AACC announced that the proceedings would be postponed indefinitely. SOUTH AFRICAN COUNCIL OF CHURCHES (SACC) The 1975 national conference of the SACC was held at St. Peter's Theological College, Hammanskraal, during July? About 120 delegates were present, representing 23 denominations and 13-million Christians. Some 75 per cent of these delegates were Black. Two churches made up of African adherents were admitted as full members of the Council - the Nederduitse Gereformeerde Kerk in Afrika4 and the independent Bantu Methodist Church. Observer status was granted to the Students' Christian Movement, the African section of the Students' Christian Association. In his annual report the Council's general secretary, the Rev. John Rees, said that the day of the Black man's liberation from humiliation and oppression was upon him. A nationalism had developed that was as racialistic as any other nationalism in the world, and as vicious. There was no longer talk of gradualism, nor acceptance of compromise. I Rand Daily Mail, 23 July. 2 Ibid, 28 February. 3 Account based on reports in the Rand Daily Mail, 23 and 24 July, and Sunday Times, 27 July. 4 A "daughter-church" of the (White) Nederduitse Gereformeerde Kerk.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Violence and revenge were terms that were easily understood in this new surging experience, Mr. Rees continued. Many Blacks were fearful of this attitude. But at a distance they felt committed, for their humiliation over the years cried out for justice, and if there were no justice, for revenge. That was the challenge facing the Black Christian. Where did his ultimate commitment lie? Where did he stand in regard to the White man's future in SA? The future of SA was now firmlly in the hands of the Black man. The president of the Council, the Rev. John Thorne, said that, as a Black Christian, he felt that the sun had set on a very, very long day of exploitation, oppression and domination of Blacks. The conference adopted a resolution stating that, while the SACC welcomed all efforts at true detente and all dismantling of racial discrimination, the Government had taken but superficial steps to reverse such discrimination. Steps towards the creation of a radically new social order were spelled out. The resolution warned that unless there was a far more radical and rapid reversal of SA's whole racial policy, peace would not be achieved. It was decided that because of the conference's schedule of priorities two motions, likely to prove controversial, should be referred to the Council's division of justice and reconciliation. These were a further strongly-worded motion on conscientious objection,5 and a proposed statement on "preparing for the future" which took into account a possible large-scale turning away from Christianity towards Marxism. Among its practical projects, the SACC's Inter-Church Aid Division supports the Dalisu ("Make a Plan") agricultural project among Africans in the Ladysmith area of Natal. Together with the Christian Institute, the SACC has sponsored a community health centre near King William's Town.' NOTES ON SOME INDIVIDUAL CHURCHES AND ECUMENICAL MOVES It was announced in November 19748 that six churches in SA, with almost five- million adherents (more than three-milon of them Black), had formally agreed to a "Declaration of Intent to Unite". The Churches concerned were the Church of the Province of South Africa (Anglican), the Presbyterian Church of Southern Africa, the Methodist Church of South Africa, the Bantu Presbyterian Church, the Tsonga Presbyterian Church, and the United Congregational Church of Southern Africa. Special services for "Commitment to Christian Unity" were held by these churches in December 1974, in ten languages. Observers from the , Sce 1974 Survey, page 47, for the terms of a resolution adopted by majority vote that year. 6 Kairos, May. 7 Daily Dispatch, 19 April. 8 Star, 4 'November and 20 December 1974.

CHURCHES AND CHRISTIAN MOVEMENTS Roman Catholic and Lutheran Churches were invited to attend. Later, however, the General Assembly of the Presbyterian Church of Southern Africa decided, by 96 votes to 37, to withdraw from the Declaration. According to the November issue of The Franciscan, the reason for this decision was unwillingness to accept the system of Bishops. At assemblies held during 1975, both the Methodist and the Congregational Churches installed Coloured ministers as titular heads.' A third Roman Catholic African bishop has been appointed,"° and an African has been elected as Anglican Dean of Johannesburg. For the first time an African minister has been elected as moderator of the (African) Nederduitse Gereformeerde Kerk in Afrika." As mentioned earlier, this church (unlike its "mother" White church) has become a member of the SACC. At its synod held during June, the African church decided to reject the apartheid system, to become one church, if possible, with 'the White, Coloured, and Indian NG churches, and to reassess the authority over White missionaries who belonged to the White NGK but practised as ministers in the Black churches.12 FEDERAL THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY A Federal Theological Seminary was established at Alice in the Ciskei in the early 1960s to train Black clergy and ministers of the Anglican, Congregational, Methodist, and Presbyterian churches. It accepted students of the various Black groups, and was situated near to the . According to Dr. Alex Boraine, M.P.' the land on which the Seminary stood was part of a site given to the Church of Scotland by a Xhosa chief more than 100 years previously for church work in education, medicine, and other missionary endeavours. During 1971 the University of Fort Hare enquired whether the churches concerned were willing to sell the property, but they refused to do so. The Minister of Bantu Administration and Development announced2 that the land was required for extensions to the university. As prolonged negotiations for its purchase failed, a notice of expropriation had been served on the Chairman of the Seminary's Council on 26 November 1974, informing ,him that as from 26 December of that year the land and premises would become the property of the SA Bantu Trust. Star, 6 August. 5o Rand Daily Mail, 28 March. 1 Ibid, 8 March. 12 Rand Daily Mail, 5 June; Sunday Times, 20 July. I Rand Daily Mail, 25 April. 2 Assembly, 4 February, Hansard 1 Question cols. 12-13; Assembly, 5 May, Hansard 13 cols. 5432-5; and Press statement issued on 23 April.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 During December the executive committee of the SA Council of Churches issued a statement' in which it noted the Government's decision with deep anger. When the Seminary was originally established the then Minister had given an assurance of security of tenure. There had been no "prolonged negotiations", it was asserted. No negotiations had in fact taken place since the churches decided unanimously in 1972 that they would not sell the property. The expropriation order had been sprung on the Seminary without any notice whatsoever. The SACC claimed that there was sufficient land adjacent to Fort Hare for :the expansion of the university. According to various Press reports between February and April, the President of the Seminary was instructed to apply to the Rector of Fort Hare if he desired to rent any section of the premises temporarily after 10 March, the date fixed for removal. But the Council of the Seminary considered conditions laid down by the Rector to be unacceptable. He is reported to have warned that any provocative statements or actions by staff or students could lead to the premature cancellation of the lease. The church authorities decided to move the Seminary to temporary premises at St. Bede's Anglican College at Umtata in the Transkei. As these were inadequate in size, the accommodation would be supplemented by using tents or caravans. At the time of writing the Seminary is looking for alternative accommodation at another venue. Compensation of more than R2-million was subsequently paid by the Government to the Seminary. CHRISTIAN INSTITUTE OF SOUTHERN AFRICA Confiscation of passports During December 1974 the police withdrew the passports of the Rev. Dr. C. F. Beyers Naud6, Director of the Christian Institute, the Rev. Brian Brown, its Administrative Director, the Rev. Theo Kotze, its Cape Director, the Rev. Roelf Meyer, editor of the journal Pro Veritate, Mr. Peter Randall, editor of an associated publishing company, and Mr. Horst Kleinschmidt, Director of the Programme for Social Change. No reason was given. Mr. Meyer refused to hand over his passport. The passports of these men had been confiscated previously, but most of them had been returned within the past few months. Trials of persons who refused to testify before the Schlebusch/Le Grange Commission The trials of certain persons who refused to testify before the Schlebusch Commission (which later became known as the 3 Quoted in Kairos, January/February, 1975.

CHURCHES AND CHRISTIAN MOVEMENTS Le Grange Commission) were described on pages 39-42 of last year's Survey. As mentioned, Dr. Beyers Naud6 was found guilty in the Pretoria Regional Court of having refused to take the oath or to testify, and was fined R50 or one month, and given a further three months' conditionally suspended prison sentence. He appealed successfully to the Supreme Court, Pretoria, which set aside his conviction and sentence. Mr. Justice .Bekker and Mr. Justice Botha, who heard the appeal, found that Dr. Naudd's conviction had been invalid because the Commission had not been properly constituted at the time when he refused to testify. The body before which Dr. Naud6 appeared had consisted merely of a committee of the Commission. The judges found it unnecessary to go into the merits of a further ground of appeal, which was Dr. Naud6's moral objection to testifying. The State was granted leave to appeal against this judgment. Mrs. D. Cleminshaw, too, had in the Pretoria Regional Court been found guillty of refusing to give evidence without sufficient cause. She, also, appealed against the conviction and sentence, the appeal being heard in the Pretoria Supreme Court by Mr. Justice Snyman and Mr. Justice Viljoen. It was based on similar gyrounds to that of Dr. Naud6. The judges found that the judgment in Dr. Naud6's case had been wrong and that, in effect, a committee of the Commission had possessed the same power as the full Commission possessed to require a witness to testify. Meanwhile, after Dr. Naud6's successful appeal, cases against certain other persons for similar offences were withdrawn, or the persons concerned were acquitted, or the trials were postponed. The appeal by the State in Dr. Naudd's case was heard in the Appellate Division during December 1974, and, in a majority judgment, was upheld. The case was referred back to the Supreme Court, Pretoria, being heard in March by Mr. Justice Boshoff and Mr. Acting Justice Williamson. This time, the defence argument was based on Dr. Naudd's submission that he had and sufficient reasons on religious and moral grounds for refusing to testify, and had, thus, not acted unlawfully. Judgment was reserved. Pending this judgment, judgment was reserved, too, when the Rev. Theo Kotze and when Mr. Peter Randall appeared successively before magistrates of the Regional Court on charges of refusing to testify. They, likewise, pleaded that they had sufficient cause for declining to do so. It was announced on 1 November that Mr. Justice Boshoff and Mr. Acting Justice Williamson had been unable to reach agreement in Dr. Naud6's case. The matter would have to be considered afresh by a full bench of three judges of the Transvaal Provincial Division. A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Le Grange Commission's Report on the Christian Institute The 180-page Final Report of the Commission of Inquiry into Certain Organisations on the Christian Institute of Southern Africa (RP 44/1975) was tabled in Parliament on 28 May. Very briefly, the Commission found that the Christian Institute, the planners of the associated Sprocas (Study Project on Christianity in Apartheid Society), Programme for Social Change, and Black Community Programme, and the leaders of the publlication Pro Veritate, had consistently conditioned public opinion to accept a possible, even an inevitable, violent change in the existing order, resulting in the emergence of a Black-dominated socialist State. The desire for such change and the strategy adopted had been characteristic of revolutionary socialist technique. The aims of the WCC had been promoted. The Christian Institute had operated mainly, if not exclusively, in the political, economic and social spheres. The Institute, it was stated, had worked on an annual budget of about R500 1)00, the major part of which had been obtained from overseas sources. The foreign organisations giving financial support had been able to influence the Institute unduly, the Commission claimed. In the light of the cumulative effect of its findings, the Commission came to the conclusion that certain activities of the Christian Institute constituted a danger to the State. On the strength of its conclusions, the Commission stated 'that "it considers that certain statutory provisions may apply to the organisation under consideration and recommends that the proper authorities give the necessary attention to the organisation in this connection". The report was a unanimous one, being signed by the three United Party members of the Commission as well as the seven members of the National Party. Statement issued by the Christian Institute On the evening of the day that the Commission's report was tabled in Parliament the board of management of the Christian Institute issued a statement' refuting the allegations made against it. as had been reported in the Press. The Institute stated, inter alia, that it had no secrets, and had consistently advocated Christian change by non-violent means and justice through reconciliation. It formulated its policies according to the Gospel of Jesus Christ, and did so independently. It had never supported the violent overthrow of the Government, nor the substitution of the existing order with a "Black-dominated socialist system" by revolutionary means. Its policies had always been followed by the Sprocas project, too. Rand Daily Mail, 29 May.

CHURCHES AND CHRISTIAN MOVEMENTS The Institute received no financial support from the WCC, it was stated. All its overseas funds were contributed directly by churches and Christian agencies from various countries. Protest by Churches A number of church organisations rejected the Commission's findings and protested against the attack on the Christian Institute and the Commission's methods of working in secrecy. These bodies included the SA Council of Churches, the Roman Catholic Board of Bishops, the National Council of Churches in the United States, and the headquarters in Germany of the United Evangelical Lutheran Churches.' Declaration of the Christian Institute to be an affected organisation The Affected Organisations Act of 1974 was described on pages 25 et seq of last year's Survey. An organisation may be declared by the State President to be an affected organisation if it is deemed by him that politics are being engaged in -by or through the organisation with the aid of or in co-operation or consultation with or under the influence of an organisation or person abroad. Before such a declaration is made, the Minister of Justice must consider a factual report on the organisation made by a committee of three magistrates. It is an offence to ask for foreign money on behalf of an organisation declared affected, or to receive or in any way deal with such money or cause it to be brought into the Republic with the intention that it be used on the organisation's behalf. Following earlier reports by the then Schlebusch Commission, the National Union of SA Students (Nusas) and its subsidiary bodies were during 1974 declared to be affected organisations. On 30 May the Minister of Justice announced in the House of Assembly that the Christian Institute, too, had been declared to be an affected organisation, barred from receiving funds from overseas. The declaration applied also to the Institute's associated programmes; but some weeks previously, the organisers concerned had decided that the Programme for Social Change should be ended in August because it had made little impact on Whites in SA. This Programme had taken over some of the activities of Sprocas, which ceased operating at the end of 1973 when it completed the task it had undertaken. The Director of the Christian Institute, Dr. Beyers Naud6, said that it would carry on its work, although on a considerably reduced scale. It could function effectively on a budget of R200 000 a year, but even if this were cut by half the major part of the activities could be continued.3 2 Ibid, 30 May. 3 Star, 30 May.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 The SA Council of Churches made a grant to the Institute from its own funds, and asked all its member churches to do likewise. Owen Cardinal McCann of the Roman Catholic Church and a number of other leading churchmen urged all congregations under their jurisdiction to contribute. A body called the Friends of the Christian Institute was set up to co-ordinate support among non-Christians. UNIVERSITY CHRISTIAN MOVEMENT The final report of the Le Grange (.formerly Schlebusch) Commission, RP 64/1975, was tabled in Parliament in June. It dealt with the University Christian Movement, which was disbanded in 1972. The Commission found it notable that churches had been persuaded to support an organisation from which they would probably have dissociated -themselves if they had first properly investigated its motives. The main aim of the movement had been to bring about polarisation between Blacks and Whites, it was stated. However, the eventual withdrawal of support by the churches and other donors had led to the demise of the movement.

SA INSTITUTE OF RACE RELATIONS The 45th annual council meeting of the Institute of Race Relations was held in East London during January. It was preceded by the presidential address by Dr. , entitled Parliament in a Caste Society.' The proceedings were largely devoted to a conference on "Intergroup Relations in the Common Area of South Africa" (i.e. the whole of SA outside the African homelands). The main papers presented were: The Economic Structure of the Common Area (RR 182/1974), by Dr. Stephan du Toit Viljoen. The Political Structure of the Common Area (RR 5/1975), by Dr. Andr6 du Toit. The Social Structure of the Common Area (RR 1/1975), by Dr. Frederick van Zyl Slabbert, M.P. An overview of the papers and discussions was given by Professor L. Schlemmer (RR 6/1975). Professor Monica Wilson delivered the Hoernl6 Memorial Lecture during September, her title being So Truth be in the Field.' Other work of the Institute is mentioned in relevant chapters of this Survey. I Published by the Institute of Race Relations.

THE POPULATION OF SOUTH AFRICA ESTIMATED SIZE OF THE POPULATION OF THE REPUBLIC According to the Minister of Statistics, the estimated mid-year population of the Republic was as follows for the years stated:' 1973 Whites Coloured Asians Africans 4082000 2246 000 691 000 17 298 000 24317000 16,7 9,2 2,9 71,2 100,0 4160000 2306000 709 000 17 745 000 24 920 000 1974 16,7 9,3 2,8 71,2 100,0 The estimated African population, by ethnic group, was as follcws in mid-1974:2 Zulu ... Xhosa ... Tswana ... Sepedi ... Seshoeshoe Shangaan Swazi ... Venda ... Other Foreign Afr ic cans ...... 4 758 000 4633000 1 989 000 1 901 000 1 606000 770000 559 000 425 000 582 000 522 000 17745000 26,8 26,1 11,2 10,7 9,0 4,3 3,3 2,4 3,3 2,9 100,0 In a speech made during January,3 the Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration said that official figures showed that there were then more than 9-million Africans in "White" areas; but that these statistics were incomplete, since they did not account for Africans who had avoided census officials. A speech by Mr. J. C. K. Erasmus, chairman of the Cape Midlands Administration Board, was quoted in the issue of Bantu for March. He estimated that by the year 2000 there would be 8 600 000 Africans in "White" urban areas and 7 100 000 in "White" rural areas. Natural increase rates for 1971 and 1972 were given by the Minister of Statistics in the Assembly on 22 April.4 They repre1 Assembly, 22 April, Hansard 11 col. 766. Percentages calculated by the writer. 2 STATS, January 1975. 'Ed. R. B. Olliver. Quoting De'w. of Statistics. 3 Rand Dai'v Mail, 17 January. 4 Hansard 11 col. 766

POPULATION sented the rates per 100 of population, and were the latest available figures. The statistics in respect of Africans were estimates, and excluded foreign Africans. 1971 1972 Whites ...... 1,45 1,42 Coloured ...... 2,22 2,13 Asians ...... 2,72 2,63 Africans ...... 2,80 2,80 According to the Department of Statistics,' preliminary figures showed that there were 35 647 immigrants to the Republic during 1974, and 7 055 emigrants. (Nearly all the immigrants were Whites.) VITAL STATISTICS The official quarterly Bulletin of Statistics for June 1975 gave the following birth and death rates per 1 000 of the estimated mid-year population in 1971:6 Birth rate Death rate Whites ...... 22,9 8,5 Coloured ...... 35,0 13,1 Asians ...... 33,7 6,8 The infant death rates per 1 000 live births in 1971 were: W hites ...... 20,9 Coloured ...... 122,1 Asians ...... 35,6 The Minister of Statistics gave the following figures showing the life expectancy at birth, in years, during the period 1969-71:1 Males Females Whites ...... 64,50 72,28 Coloured ...... 48,84 56,09 Asians ...... 59,31 63,87 It is not yet possible to calculate similar statistics in respect of Africans because far from all their births and deaths are registered, although this is officially compulsory. The Minister of Statistics said on 27 May8 that between 30 and 50 per cent of African births were probably registered-the figure varied from year to year. It was estimated that during the period 1970-4, approximately 60 per cent of African deaths were registered. 5 News release dated 27 March. 6 Table 1.2. 7 Assembly, 28 February, Hansard 4 col. 318. 8 Hansard 16 col. 1058.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 RACE CLASSIFICATION The Deputy Minister of the Interior said in the Assembly on 30 April9 that about 10 per cent of the applications for change of race classification made to the Secretary for the Interior were granted. The rest were refused. According to the departmental report for 1974,10 120 reclassifications were made by the Secretary during that year, as follows: White to Coloured ...... 10 Coloured to White ...... 33 Coloured to Indian ...... 24 Chinese to White ...... 2 Chinese to Coloured ...... 2 Indian to Malay ...... 8 Indian to Coloured ...... 26 Malay to Indian ...... 13 Bantu to Indian ...... 1 Bantu to Coloured ...... 1 During that year, 19 appeals were made to Race Classification Boards against decisions by the Secretary, of which 5 were rejected. Of those that succeeded, one person's classification was changed from Coloured to White and those of 13 persons from Bantu to Coloured. Refusals continue to cause great hardship. It was reported in June for example11 that a young Coloured woman had married an Indian and lived with him in Lenasia, Johannesburg. Their two children were classified Indian. But her application for reclassification to this group was refused, leaving her in a state of insecurity, for if she became widowed or divorced she would probably be required to leave her home and children. IMMORALITY AND MIXED MARRIAGES No comprehensive statistics relating to prosecutions and convictions under the Immorality Act were given in Parliament during the year under review. Hansard 12 col. 5154. 10 RP 29/1975 pages 9-10. 11 Rand Daily Mail, 27 June.

MEASURES FOR SECURITY AND THE CONTROL OF PERSONS EXPENDITURE ON DEFENCE, POLICE, PRISONS, AND SECURITY The official estimates of government expenditure from Revenue Account for the year ending 31 March 1976 on the services indicated were:' R Contribution to Security Services Special Account ...... 14 000 000 Defence ...... 948122000 Police ...... 167 627 000 Prisons ...... 66 000 000 1 195749000 This represents 23,28 per cent of the estimated total expenditure from Revenue Account. The budget for Defence was R256 097 000 more than during the previous year. Proposed expenditure from Loan Account was:' R Buildings: Defence ...... 31 090 700 Police ...... 6 862 250 Prisons...... 11967900 Purchase of shares in Armaments Development and Production Corporation ...... 22539000 72459850 This total amounts to 11,09 per cent of the estimated total expenditure from Loan Account. In a White Paper on Defence and Armament Production-1 that was tabled in Parliament by the Minister of Defence, it was claimed that despite the increase in expenditure on defence, the SA figures compared favourably with those of most Western countries. In the Assembly on 22 April4 the Minister referred I RP 2/1975 Votes 3, 4, 42 and 43. 2 RP 3/1975 Votes B and 0. 3 WPE 1975 dated 27 March. 4 Hansard 11 col. 4578.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 to the 1973 issue of the US publication Military Balance,in which it was stated that the Republic of SA was then spending $28 per capita of the population on defence, as against $1 310 in Israel, $377 in the United States, $162 in France, $156 in the Netherlands, $155 in Britain, and $134 in Russia. The White Paper stated that the SA Defence Force was being modernised. The land forces had been subdivided into a counterinsurgency force and a conventional force. In the former, personal contact with the local population and goodwill on their part was of decisive importance. The strategic importance of the Cape sea-route had once again been stressed by the world fuel crisis, it was noted. Some 25 000 ships passed round the Cape annually, more than 12 000 of them calling at SA ports. The SA Navy intended acquiring further submarines from France for maritime defence, and the construction in SA of six fast guided missile-carrying craft would commence shortly. A description of a wide range of highly sophisticated military equipment being manufactured in SA was given in the issue of the Sunday Times of 20 April. SOME NOTES ON DEFENCE FORCE PERSONNEL The same newspaper reported on 4 May that SA was by then able to put into the field a complete army corps consisting of an infantry division and an armoured division. The Minister of Defence announced on 29 April' that 678 Coloured men were serving in the Cape Corps, a unit of the Permanent Force, some in the army and others in the navy. The first seven Coloured soldiers received their commissions as officers during May: an amendment was introduced -to the first schedule to the Defence Act, the effect being that Whites will have to salute Black commissioned officers who are senior to themselves. A Coloured crew was in April manning a naval survey vessel, and Coloured sailors were being trained in combat roles on a SA minesweeper. Their ranks ranged from Able Seaman to Chief Petty Officer, the Minister said.' The White Paper on Defence, mentioned above, stated -that some 400 Coloured youths had completed their training in the SA Cape Corps Service Battalion (one of the auxiliary services), while another 200 were undergoing training. The establishment of a SA Indian Corps Training Battalion and a SA Indian Corps was reported on page 56 of last year's Survey. r Assembly Hansard 12 col. 852. 6 Hansard 10 cola. 4100-1. 7 Hansard 11 cols. 4582-5, and Star, 20 May.

DEFENCE FORCE According to the White Paper on Defence and the Minister of Defence,8 the first group of 36 Africans to be enrolled in an African Corps had by April completed their basic training as well as an instructors' course, and were being employed in the training of a second group. The highest rank that Africans would be able to reach was that of Warrant Officer. THE SIMONSTOWN NAVAL BASE The "Simonstown" Agreement was a loose contract entered into in 1955, in terms of which the SA Government would take over from Britain the Simonstown naval base, maintain and develop it, and, in time of war, allow Britain the use of SA harbours and certain airfields. The two navies would act in co-operation to defend the Cape sea route. Britain would strengthen the SA Navy by selling to it a number of anti-submarine frigates, minesweepers, and seaward defence aircraft. The Agreement would remain in force until the two governments otherwise decided. The British Foreign Secretary, Mr. James Callaghan, said during November 1974' that his government would consult with Commonwealth and African governments over the future use of the base. He is reported to have added that the political disadvantages, which were great, would have to be balanced against the military advantages, which were small. The British Defence Secretary, Mr. Roy Mason, stated during the following month10 that a termination of the Agreement would be part of a programme for defence cuts. The Prime Minister, Mr. Harold Wilson, told the House of Commons1' that Britain saw no need for the Agreement, but that mutual assent would be required for its termination. In a speech to the Cape National Party congress-12 SA's Minister of Defence, Mr. P. W. Botha, stressed that the facilities at Simonstown were intended to serve not only SA, but also every country in the free world that was friendly towards the Republic. On 16 June, Mr. Botha told the House of Assembly13 that, following discussions between the British Ambassador and representatives of the SA Government, the Simonstown Agreement had been formally terminated. "Now", he continued, "the two navies will deal with each other on the same basis as either of them would deal with any other navy with which they have no special relationship." A Foreign Office spokesman in London said'4 that there would be no further joint exercises between the two navies. Assembly, 22 and 29 April, Hansard 11 cols. 4582-5 and Hansard 12 col. 852. 'Rand Daily Mail, 17 November 1974. 10 Star, 4 December 1974. 11 Ibtd, 20 December 1974. 12 Rand Daily Mail, 5 November 1974. 13 Hansard 19 col. 8489. 14 Rand Daily Mail, 17 lune.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Meanwhile, SA continued to develop the naval base. It was announced during November 1974" that the Simonstown harbour was to be considerably extended. A synchro-lift dock had been constructed for servicing submarines. A sophisticated underground maritime communications centre, called Silvermine, had been built into a hillside near Fishhoek, with sub-headquarters located at Walvis Bav and ." RESTRICTION ORDERS ON PERSONS "Restriction" or "banning" orders, dealt with in the paragraphs, that follow, refer to orders which may be served on persons in terms of the Suppression of Communism Act if the Minister of Justice is satisfied that the person concerned is in any way encouraging the achievement of any of the objects of communism (widely defined in the Act), or is likely to do so, or engages in activities which may do so. The types of restrictions which may be imposed were described on pages 38 and 42 of the 1963 Survey and in a memorandum RR. 58/1974 published by the Institute of Race Relations. All restricted persons are prohibited from attending gatherings. In terms of the original Act, it was rendered an offence to record or reproduce by any means, or to print, publish, or disseminate, any speech, utterance, writing, or statement, or extract thereof, made or produced anywhere at any time by certain categories of persons, unless the Minister of Justice gave his consent, or except for the purposes of proceedings in a court of law. The categories of persons concerned were: (a) persons to whom the provisions of this paragraph were especially applied by virtue of a notice issued under the Act; (b) listed persons - i.e. those who were office-bearers, officers, or members of certain organisations that had been deemed unlawful; (c) persons who at any time had been prohibited from attending gatherings. Section 3 of the General Law Amendment Act, No. 57 of 1975, altered this last category. It will now apply to persons in respect of whom a prohibition order to attend any gathering is in force. It would appear that persons who have received banning orders may in future be quoted after their restrictions have expired or Ibave been lifted. It does not seem to be clear what the position is in respect of a banmed person who has died while his banning orders were in force. . lbid, ": and 9 November 1974. 1, Scec '.; Survey, page 54.

BANNING ORDERS Questioned in the Assembly,1 the Minister of Justice said that as at the end 1974 there were 164 banning orders in force, of which 13 had been renewed once and 16 twice (generally, for five-year ,periods). During the'last §ix months of 1974, the Minister continued, 9 new orders were issued, 2 withdrawn, and 23 were allowed to expire. The latest official list of banned persons was gazetted on 11 July.2 It contained the names of 26 White and 121 Black persons. During the period now under review three previously-issued orders were renewed for periods of five years, and five for periods of two or three years. One of the persons concerned was Mrs. Lilian Ngoyi, former president of the Federation of SA Women, who was first banned in 1962 and subjected to house arrest. Her order was lifted for a time in 1973, but has been reimposed in respect of attendance of gatherings: the house arrest provision was not repeated. Similarly, Messrs. Eli Weinberg and Ivan Schernbrucker have been re-banned from attending gatherings but are no longer subject to house arrest. Both men were originally banned in 1970 after serving five-year prison sentences imposed under the Suppression of Communism Act. Mr. R. I. Arenstein's house arrest order was re-imposed, however, together with other restrictions. Three further Africans have been banned on their release from after serving sentences imposed under the security laws. Two of them were confined to stated areas in the homelands, considerable distances away from their previous urban homes. Following representations made by the Chief Minister of Lebowa, the Minister of Justice agreed to lift a banning order on Mr. Godfrey Pitje, a Johannesburg attorney. His order had originally been imposed in 1968, and was renewed twice. Similar representations by homeland leaders failed, however, in the case of Mr. , the former leader of the banned Pan-African Congress, who was confined to Kimberley on his release after serving a prolonged period of detention on Robben Island.' Accounts were given on page 71 of the 1969 Survey and pages 57-62 of the issue for 1970 of the detention, trial, and eventual acquittal of 22 Africans on a number of charges under the Suppression of Communism Act. When they were acquitted the Africans were immediately re-detained, 19 of them subsequently being charged under the Terrorism Act. Again they were acquitted. They were then served with banning orders. Two of those concerned were Mrs. Winnie Mandela, wife of the imprisoned former ANC leader, Mr. , and Mr. Peter Magubane. By 1 Hansard 3 col. 158. 2 GN 1328, contained in Government Gazette No. 4782. See 1969 Srivey, page 43.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 then they 'had spent between 17 and 19 months in detention. When their banning and house arrest orders expired during September, they were not renewed. The Civil Rights League of SA has published a booklet entitled Sounds of Silence: the Rule of Law in Relation to the Banning System under the Suppression of Communism Act. BANISHMENT OF AFRICANS The provisions of Section 5 (1) (b) of the Bantu Administration Act in terms of which Africans may be banished from their homes, and the conditions of banishment, were described on page 43 of the 1967 Survey. As mentioned in subsequent issues, for some years prior to 1974 the Government did not invoke these powers, but during 1974 Mr. L. L. Mtshizana was banished from Mdantsane, outside East London, to the district of Herschel bordering on Lesotho. Replying to a question in the Assembly on 14 March, the Deputy Minister of Bantu Development said that a second person banished in 1974 'had been Mr. Mkubo Mngomezulu, who had been ordered to go from to the Port Shepstone area. TRAVEL DOCUMENTS The following statistics in regard to travel documents were contained in the report of the Department of the Interior for 1974.1 During that year: 183 253 passports were issued, 151 refused, and 13 withdrawn; 3 577 other types of travel documents were issued and 8 refused; 8 permanent exit permits were granted; 198 persons renounced and 23 were deprived of SA citizenship; 248 094 visas were issued" and 1 828 refused; 239 deportation orders were issued; 179 persons who entered SA illegally were removed. Apparently at the request of the Chief Minister of the Transkei, Mr. Tsepo Letlaka, a lawyer, was permitted to return to SA without penalty. He escaped without travel documents following the Sharpeville shootings in 1960 and became one of the leaders of the Pan-African Congress-in-exile. He is reported7 to have said that he applied to return because 'he felt that when the Transkei became independent it would embody the freedom which he cherished. After he came back he was one of a small group of men selected for training in Pretoria for service in the Transkeian diplomatic corps. 4 Hansard 6 col. 469. 5 RP 29/1975. 6 Citizens of certain countries do not require visas. 7 Rand Daily Mail, 23 July.

CONTROL OF PUBLICATIONS AND ENTERTAINMENTS STATISTICS FOR 1974 In its report for 1974,1 the Department of the Interior gave the figures that follow relating to the control of publications, films, and public entertainments during that year by the Publications Control Board. (This was before the new form of control, dealt with below, came into operation.) Rejected Approved Publications and objects submitted to the Board: by members of the public ... 44 143 in terms of the. Customs and Excise Act, 1964 ...... 685 661 by publishers ...... 114 123 by the Police ...... 216 100 Numbers Full-length fims examined by the Board: rejected ...... ? ...... 127 approved unconditionally ...... 207 approved subject to excisions ...... 383 approved for showing to certain groups of persons only ...... 349 Public entertainments and proposed public entertainments considered by the Board: rejected ...... 2 approved conditionally ...... 3 approved unconditionally ...... 5 Appeals to the courts against decisions of the Board: Publications and objects: 2 upheld, 1 rejected, and in 5 cases the prohibition was lifted before the appeal was decided. Films: 11 upheld, I partly upheld, 63 rejected. Public entertainments: 1 upheld. COMING INTO EFFECT OF THE PUBLICATIONS ACT, 1974 The terms of the Publications Act, 1974, were described on pages 73 et seq of last year's Survey. As stated, the Act provided for new machinery of control consisting of: (a) an administrative Directorate of Publications; (b) committees appointed by this Directorate from a panel of names compiled by the Minister of the Interior, the function I RP 29/1975 pages 10-11.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 of these committees being to consider publications, other objects, and public entertainment or intended public entertainments submitted to the Directorate, and all films intended for public exhibition; (c) a Publications Appeal Board. The right of appeal to courts of law was abolished. Regulations under this Act were gazetted as Government Notice R536 of 18 March. It was announced that day that the chairman of the Publications Appeal Board for the forthcoming five years would be Mr. Justice J. H. Snyman. Mr. J. L. Pretorius was appointed Director of Publications, with a deputy director and three assistant directors. The Minister released the names of 190 people from amongst whose ranks the committees would be appointed: five Coloured and five Indians (but no Africans), were included. The new Act came into operation on 1 April. CONCERN AMONGST CERTAIN AFRIKAANS WRITERS In 1974, for the first time, a novel written in Afrikaans was banned - Professor Andrd Brink's Kennis van die Aand. Then, during July, two Afrikaans plays and a book of poems were prohibited. Dr. Ampie Coetzee, senior lecturer in Afrikaans- Nederlands at the University of the Witwatersrand, is reported' to have commented that "Afrikaans authors have been lazy and have allowed English literature to be banned. They were to naive to realize that bannings would soon affect them as well. Now they have". Afrikaans writers are particularly affected, of course, since their works are not understood overseas. A group of about 40 of the leading Afrikaans authors met at Broederstroom, near Pretoria, in mid-July and decided to form an Afrikaans Writers' Guild, membership of which would be open to all writers in this language, irrespective of race. But anyone actively connected with the censorship machinery would be debarred from membership.' It was reported4 that members planned to meet the Minister of the Interior to propose that serious literature be censored, not by the committees, but by expert writers or academics, and that it be judged in context and as a whole. During the same week, however, the Federasie van Afrikaanse Kultuur Vereenigings held its annual meeting in Paarl, to mark the centenary of the launching of the Afrikaans language movement. One of its motions, passed with only one dissenting vote, backed the new censorship machinery as likely to guard "the norms and morals of the nation".5 2 e.g. Rand Daily Mail, 23 July. a Various Press reports of 12 and 13 July. 4 Rand Daily Mail, 23 July. a Sunday Times, 13 July.

CONTROL OF PUBLICATIONS CENSORING OF PLAYS BY ADMINISTRATION BOARDS The creation of Bantu Affairs Administration Boards, having jurisdiction over African affairs in all parts of the country outside the homelands, was described on pages 127 et seq of the 1973 Survey. As mentioned later, certain of these Boards have dropped the words "Bantu Affairs" from their titles. The Bantu Urban Areas Act, 1945, empowers officials of the Administration Boards to demand a private viewing of any form of entertainment to determine whether, in their view, it is suitable for public showing to Africans. During the year under review the West Rand Administration Board, which has a drama department, angered African playwrights by requiring them to submit scripts for scrutiny when application was made to hire halls to stage the plays in Soweto. Interviewed by the Rand Daily Mail6 the chairman of this Board, Mr. Manie Mulder, said that he had personally stepped in on two occasions when he thought that plays were not desirable or up to standard, and should make way for better productions. The newly-appointed Director of Publications stated that his directorate had no powers to prevent the Boards from censoring plays which had been approved by a committee set up in terms of the Publications Act of 1974. The Minister of the Interior added that this question had not been raised when the Commission of Inquiry drafted the Act concerned. If the overlapping legislation was causing problems the matter would have to be discussed at Cabinet 1level. 6 3, 4, and 7 July.

JUSTICE CONTRAVENTIONS OF THE LAW According to the annual report of the Commissioner of the SA Police for the year ended 30 June 1974,1 the numbers of cases reported to the police during this period and the previous year were: Offences ...... Infringements of the law 1972-3 938648 2150689 1973-4 930420 2027388 3089337 2957808 The cases sent for trial were: 1972-3 Offences ...... 463 138 Infringements of the law ... 2 128 959 1973-4 469 823 2004243 2592097 2474066 CRIMINAL STATISTICS In his report for the year ended 30 June 1974,2 ,the Commissioner of Prisons stated that during that year 341 846 sentenced prisoners had been admitted to prisons, together with 203 765 unsentenced persons who were not convicted. A summary of the sentences imposed is: Sentences Death penalty ...... Life imprisonment ... Indeterminate sentence Prevention of crime (5-8 years) ...... Corrective training (2-4 years) ...... 2 years and over ... 6 months up to 2 years 4 to 6 months ...... I to 4 months ...... Up to and including 1 month ...... Periodic imprisonment Corporal punishment only (cane) ...... Whites Coloured 4 17 -1 70 285 73 333 166 416 802 620 1 563 2914 202 9 Asians 3 3 Africans 63 22 756 7 1 147 688 1 955 3 165 3 990 10857 2 185 8 685 17 391 21 193 88 841 Totals 87 23 1114 1 560 3044 11 111 21466 25 921 101 628 24013 848 147468 175243 88 7 103 400 22 1 6839 45414 1522 288071 341846 I RP 36/1975, pages 6 and 19. 2 RP 35/1975.

CRIME According to the writer's calculation, of the total number of sentenced prisoners of all races, 64 per cent were Africans jailed for periods up to and including four months. However, the Commissioner of Prisons reported that of the 276 871 persons of all races with sentences up to and including four months, 112 094 were released on parole, the great majority within 24 hours after admission. Of the total number of admissions, 61 531 were women. The daily average of sentenced and unsentenced prisoners in 1973-4 was: White Coloured Asian African M 3 890 17611 534 70437 92472 84 1021 19 5 255 6 379 It was stated on behalf of the Minister of Statistics in the Senate on 13 May3 that as at 30 June 1974, the convicted prisoners per 100 000 of each population group were: W hite ...... Coloured ...... Asian ...... African ...... (These statistics include prisoners in SWA.) The Commissioner of Prisons reported that of prisoners as at 30 June 1974 was: Minimum security (Group A) ...... Medium security (Group B) ... Maximum security (Groups C and D) Unsentenced prisoners and those serving sentences of less than 2 years Not yet classified ...... the classification Percentage 18,5 27,4 5,1 46,1 2,9 CAPITAL PUNISHMENT In his report for the year ended 30 June 19744 the Commissioner of Prisons stated that at the beginning of that year, 40 persons who had been sentenced to death were in custody. A further 87 were admitted during the year. Of these: 3 Senate Hansard 10 col. 2425. 4 RP 3/1975 page 9. 79,9 653,9 63,8 318,7

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 43 were executed; 25 had their sentences commuted; 2 appealed successfully; 1 was transferred to an institution for mentally ill persons; 56 were in custody at the end of the year. Questioned in the Assembly on 21 March,5 the Minister of Justice said that during the calendar year 1974, 2 Whites, 21 Coloured, and 63 Africans were sentenced to death. All were men. Those executed during the year (some of whom had been convicted in 1973) were: Crime Whites Coloured Asians Africans Murder ...... 1 3 2 26 Rape ...... - 1 - 1 Child-stealing...... - - - 1 Murder and robbery with aggravating circumstances - 2 - 1 Robbery and rape ...... - 1 - Murder and robbery ...... - - - 1 1 7 2 30 Following the so-called "scissors murder" during 1975, Miss M. Lehnberg and Mr. M. Choegoe were sentenced to death. In the appeal court, however, three judges unanimously found extenuating circumstances and commuted the sentences to terms of imprisonment. Asked by the Press6 to comment, Professor Barry Dean, head of the department of Public Law at the University of . said, "One is forced to ask if such a clearly irrevocable judgment is appropriate when such eminently reasonable people as judges can differ so radically about whether it is fit in a particular case". Professor John Dugard, Dean of the Faculty of Law at the University of the Witwatersrand, said, "One wonders how often an accused person whose case does not arouse such public interest as the Lehnberg-Choegoe trial did is denied the assistance of eminent counsel and psychiatrists' evidence. In a society of haves and have-nots there will inevitably be a great discrepancy in the quality of the defence presented. Surely this is a strong reason for abolishing the death penalty in SA'". Professor Barend van Niekerk, founder of the Abolitionist Society and Professor of Law at Natal University, said, "The case demonstrates that the concept of mitigating circumstances is of an elasticity of celestial proportions. .. The presence or otherwise of extenuating circumstances is, and has always been, purely a Hansard 7 cols. 570-1. Rand Da:ly Mail, 25 July.

CRIME matter of personal inclination of the judge, and this being so, the absence of an automatic appeal where the death sentence is imposed is a lacuna in our law of tragic dimensions". CORPORAL PUNISHMENT In the Assembly on 6 March7 the Minister of Prisons gave the information upon which the following table is based. The statistics are for the year ended 30 June 1974. No. of persons receiving corporal punishment Males under 21 years 8 242 534 Males 21 years and over 29 387 1 2113 Average no. of strokes inflicted Males under 21 years 6 5 5 CRIME IN BLACK TOWNSHIPS OF JOHANNESBURG AND THE CAPE PENINSULA Tie Minister of Police was asked in the Assembly during April for statistics in regard to specified crimes committed in Black townships of Johannesburg and the Cape Peninsula. He gave the information contained in the tables that follow: Soweto, Johannesburg (African)8 First 6 months of 1973 Year ended 30 June 1974 Cases Cases sent Cases Cases sent M urder ...... Rape ...... Culpable homicide ...... Assault with intent to do grievous bodily harm ... reported 318 526 31 3 251 for trial 200 291 30 2 181 Coloured Townships of Johannesburg' M urder ...... Rape ...... Culpable homicide ... Assault with intent to bodily harm ... Robbery ...... do grievous reported 854 1 282 92 7 682 Cases 1973 89 163 37 1001 341 for trial 544 655 90 4487 reported 1974 97 329 41 988 329 Hansard 5 col. 386. Averages calculated by the writer. Hansard 9 col. 649, as subsequently corrected by the Minister. Hansard 10 cols. 731-2. Figures given for each suburb have been totalled by the writer. Whites Coloured Asians Africans Males 21 years and over 5 5 6 5

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Cape Peninsula1" Cases reported 1973 M urder ...... 425 Rape ...... 1024 Culpable homicide ...... 435 Assault with intent to do grievous bodily harm 8 614 Robbery ...... 3 440 Of the cases reported in 1974, the following numbers took place in Coloured and in African townships of the Peninsula: Coloured African townships townships Murder ...... 288 84 Rape ...... 780 192 Assault with intent to do grievous bodily harm ...... 5110 2053 Robbery ...... 1 877 383 Asked about police reservists enrolled in Black townships of the Cape Peninsula, the Minister said" that in 1974 there had been 136 in the Coloured areas of Athlone, Bishop Lavis, and Kensington, and 110 in the African townships of Guguletu and Langa. Coloured people have formed vigilante groups to assist in maintaining order.12 During May, the police made a determined effort to stop the activities of gangs of youths who had been terrorising Johannesburg's Western Coloured township. The police agreed to withdraw for six months about fifteen charges involving the gangs, on condition that no further cases were reported, and they helped arrange for two gangs to disband and form a social club instead.3 USE OF PRISON LABOUR The Minister of Prisons said in the Assembly in April" that during 1974 a daily average of 6 121 prisoners worked for government departments (other than the Prisons Department itself) and provincial administrations, while an average of 18 142 worked daily for local authorities and private persons. Fees were paid by local authorities and private persons, the amounts varying according to whether a prison guard supervised the prisoners or whether the employer provided his own guard. The fees payable per prisoner per day were: 10 Hansard 10 cols. 705-7. Totals for 1974 are omitted as, in the Hansard teport, they did not correlate with totals given for the Coloured and African townships. " Hansard 11 col. 848. 12 Cave Times, 24 April. 13 Rand Daily Mail, 26 May. 14 18 April, Hansard 10 col. 728.

PRISONERS Prison Employer's guard guard Urban areas up to 8 km from the prison: Weekdays ...... R1,00 70c Saturdays ...... 56c 40c Other urban areas: Weekdays ...... 90c 60c Saturdays ...... 46c 30c Country areas: Weekdays ...... 60c 42c Saturdays ...... 34c 24c In reply to a further question,5 the Minister said that 331 inspections were carried out during 1973 into the conditions for prisoners hired out as farm labourers, and 356 inspections in 1974. The farms on which conditions were found to be unsatisfactory numbered seven in the former year and six in the latter. During these two years, the provision of prisoners on parole was permanently stopped in six cases, while in seven cases it was stopped until the facilities available had been improved. EDUCATION OF PRISONERS According to the report of the Commissioner of Prisons for the year ended 30 June 1974,16 during that period 285 prisoners sat for school, academic, or technical examinations, of whom 27 obtained certificates ranging from Junior Certificate to Bachelors' degrees or N.T.C. V. There were 442 prisoners who took trade tests, 291 of them passing. Literacy classes had been introduced in 29 prisons: 342 persons completed the course during the year, bringing the grand total to 3 041. PHOTOGRAPHS AND SKETCHES OF PRISONERS A liaison officer for the Prisons Department announced on 28 August'7 that, following representations by the Newspaper Press Union, the ban on the publication of photographs or sketches of prisoners would be lifted for a trial period of seven months. During this period attention would be given to the way in which news media applied the concession and to the reactions of relatives and friends of prisoners. ASSAULTS IN PRISONS, AND CONDUCT OF WARDERS Questioned in the Assembly on 11 February,18 the Minister of Prisons said that during 1974 five prison warders were seriously 15 18 February. Hansard 3 col. 159. 16 RP 35/1975 page 13. 17 Rand Daily Mail. 28 August. 18 Hansard 2 col. 68.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 injured by prisoners: none was killed. Seven prisoners had been killed and sixteen seriously injured by warders, all of those killed and three of those injured being shot in attempted escapes. Fifteen prisoners had been killed by fellow-prisoners, and 104 seriously injured. According to the Prison Commissioner's report mentioned earlier, the Medal for Faithful Service in the Prison Service was awarded to 190 persons during the year ended 30 June 1974, while 42 received the Medal for Merit. CONDUCT OF THE POLICE The Commissioner of Police stated in his report for the same period that during the year reviewed the following awards were made to policemen: Whites Blacks SA Police Cross for Bravery ...... 1 SA Police Star for Distinguished Service 5 SA Police Star for Merit ...... 83 71 SA Police Medal for Faithful Service ... 441 351 Excluding the victims of motor accidents, nine White policemen, one Coloured, and seven Africans lost their lives in the Republic in the execution of their duties. Casualties among SA policemen on border patrol in Rhodesia, in ambush or as a result of landmine explosions, were: Whites Africans Killed ...... 7 1 Wounded ...... 44 1 M issing ...... 1 Questioned about civilian casualties resulting from police action in the Republic, the Minister of Police said in the Assembly9 that during the six months ended 31 December 1974 the following numbers of persons were shot at and killed or wounded by the police in the execution of their duties: Total numbers Killed Wounded Adults Juveniles Adults Juveniles Whites ...... 2 - 2 Coloured ...... 4 - 25 1 Asians ...... Africans ...... 45 1 119 12 Of these, casualties resulting from attempts to escape arrest: Whites ...... 2 2 Coloured ...... 2 23 1 Asians ...... - Africans ...... 36 1 105 10 19 18 March, Hansard 7 col. 515.

POLICE FORCE It was stated in the Report of the Controller and AuditorGeneral for the fiscal year 1973-40 that the following compensation payments were made to members of the public during that year: R 52 cases of unlawful arrest ...... 33 490 60 cases of injuries as a result of police action ...... 37 543 53 miscellaneous payments ...... 6769 77 802 Of the total amount, R5 119 was recoverable from sixteen members of the Force. According to -the Minister,1 during 1974 a total of R21 974 was paid to members of the public by way of compensation. Asked in the Assembly about convictions of policemen for certain offences, the Minister said22 that, during 1974: 58 Whites and 122 Blacks were convicted of common assault 4 Whites and 21 Blacks were convicted of assault with intent to do grievous bodily harm; 1 White was convicted of culpable homicide. Of these men, eleven had previous convictions for common assault, and two for assault with intent to do grievous bodily harm. Two of the convicted Whites and ten of the Blacks were discharged from the Force. TRIALS AND LMPRISONMENT UNDER THE SECURITY LAWS, 1974 In reply to a question in the Assembly on 7 February,3 the Minister of Justice gave the statistics that follow, relating to convictions under the security laws during 1974, and the number of persons who were serving prison sentences under these laws at the end of that year: Convictions during 1974 Whites Coloured Asians Africans Section 21 of the General Law Amendment Act of 1962 (sabotage) ...... - - - 1 Suppression of Communism Act ...... 2 2 1 7 Terrorism Act ...... - - _ RP 53/1974 page 187, Vote 22. S11 April. Hansard 9 cots. 672-3. -2 21 March, Hansard 7 col. 548. Hansard 2 col. 55.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Those serving prison sentences as at 1 January 1975. Whites Coloured Asians Africans General Law Amendment Act of 1962 (sabotage) ...... 7 3 9 219 Suppression of Communism Act ...... - - 4 Unlawful Organisations Act - - - 8 Terrorism Act ...... 2 3 4 61 Replying to a further question,24 the Minister of Police said that 19 Africans were detained during 1974 under the Transkei Emergency Proclamation 400 of 1960, having been arrested at dates varying from 12 August to 18 October. All were still in detention at the end of the year. During the debate on the Prime Minister's Vote in the Assembly in April, Mr. Colin Eglin (PP) appealed to Mr. Vorster to consider a remission of sentence for political prisoners. Reference was made to Mr. Nelson Mandela, the former ANC leader who was serving a life sentence on Robben Island. The Prime Minister replied,25 "One is not dealing here with political detainees... but with people who were sentenced by a competent court to imprisonment . . . self-acknowledged, card-carrying communists . . . What was at issue here was not simply certain ideologies which these people cherished . . . but substantive acts of murder, arson, and so on which these people committed .... I personally issued the warning that there were people who were playing with fire in South Africa and that the persons concerned would serve out the sentences which the courts would impose if they were in fact to commit these acts". One of the persons who had been sentenced to life imprisonment was Mr. "Bram" Fischer: his trial was described on pages 77-8 of the 1966 Survey. Early in 1975 Mr. Fischer became seriously ill, suffering from cancer. After ,treatment at the H. F. Verwoerd Hospital in Pretoria he was eventually allowed to go to the home of his brother in Bloemfontein, where he died on 8 May. DETENTIONS TOWARDS THE END OF 1974 AND EARLY IN 1975 It was mentioned on page 66 of last year's Survey that on 24 September 1974 the Minister of Justice prohibited any meetings to be held anywhere in the country during the period up to 20 October at the instigation of or on behalf of the SA Students' Organisation (Saso) or the Black People's Convention (BPC). Despite this ban, meetings were held the next day at Currie's Fountain, Durban, and at the University of the North. The police arrested a number of people reported to be members of Saso, the BPC, the Black Allied Workers' Union, or associated bodies such 24 Col. 96. 2- 21 April, Hansard 11 cols. 4496-7.

DETENTION AND TRIALS UNDER SECURITY LAWS as the Theatre Council of Natal (Tecon), the People's Experimental Theatre, and the SRC of the University of the North. Some of these people were detained under the General Law Amendment Act of 1966, which authorizes the police to detain for interrogation, for periods of up to 14 days at a time, persons suspected of having committed offences under the security laws, or of possessing information relating to such offences. At the end of the 14 days, however, it was reported that a number of those arrested were being held, instead, under Section 6 of the Terrorism Act, 1967, which sets no time limit to the period of detention. The Press' reported in mid-December 1974 that by the end of September about 20 people had been arrested in Durban and others in various parts of the country. Then, during November, further arrests followed. About fifteen Coloured and Africans were apprehended, mainly in Johannesburg, in February and March; but it became evident later that this was probably in connection with another case (that of Messrs. Molobi and Bloem, described below). Press estimates of the total number detained during these months ranged from 40 to 50. Questioned in the Assembly on 4 February,' the Minister of Justice refused to give information on this point. The Attorney-General of the Transvaal said on 9 March3 that, besides 13 by then on trial, there were 26 in detention; but by that time a few had been released. Possibly about 12 persons were conditionally released, being warned that they might later be subpoenaed to give evidence for the State. Four of those who had been released were served with banning orders. It was reported4 -that at least 34 and perhaps up to 50 members of "Black consciousness" movements had fled the country. The arrests caused great concern in the country. A number of meetings and demonstrations were held, and petitions signed, protesting against detention without trial. Those responsible included church leaders, a large number of Black women, both of the main parties in the Coloured Representative Council, the Black Sash, the executive committee of the Institute of Race Relations,5 and others. For a number of weeks a vigil of prayer was held in St. George's Cathedral, Cape Town; and there were prayer services in Johannesburg and Durban. On 11 March Mrs. (PP) moved in the AssemblyG that the House should adjourn to discuss the matter of people being detained without trial. A snap debate followed. Mrs. Suzman pointed out that some of the persons concerned had ' e.g. Rand Daily fail, 14 December 1974. 2 Hansard I Question col. 3. 3 Rand Daily Mfail, 10 March. 4 Sunday Times, 2 March; Rand Daily Mail, 10 May. 5 RR 121975. 6 Hansard 6 cols. 2350, 2353-4. A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 by then been held incommunicado for over five months. She maintained that the authorities had used the Currie's Fountain rally as an excuse for moving in to smash the "Black consciousness" movements. The Minister of Justice and of Prisons replied7 that there had been no undue procrastination in taking action. The authorities had had to examine a tremendous amount of material found in various offices, to interrogate the detainees, and to correlate the information. TRIAL RESULTING FROM THE SASO AND BPC DETENTIONS ORDERED LATE IN 1974 On 31 January (four months after most of them had been arrested), 12 men, mainly members of Saso and/or the BPC, appeared in a Pretoria Magistrate's Court on charges under the Terrorism Act. They were remanded in custody for summary trial. A few days later, a thirteenth man joined them. It was reported8 that about 26 persons still in detention were being held to give evidence, if required. The men committed for trial were Mr. Sathasivan Cooper, Mr. Absolom Z. Cindi, Mr. Rubin Hare, Mr. Sulayman A. Ismail, Mr. Mosioua G. P. Lekota, Dr. Maitshe N. A. Mokoape, Mr. Sivalingam Moodley, Mr. Strinivasa R. Moodley, Mr. Justice E. L. Myeza, Mr. Pandeleni J. Nefolovhodwe, Mr. Nkwenke V. Nkomo, Mr. Gilbert K. Sedibe, and Mr. Sadecque Variava. They appeared in the Pretoria Supreme Court on 12 March, but at the request of their attorney the case was postponed. It was explained that great difficulty had been experienced in securing counsel, largely in view of the possibility of inadequate time being given in which to prepare the defence case, and uncertainty about the length of the case. The full indictment, running to 105 pages, had not become available to the defence until 7 February, and photostat copies of statements made by the accused had not been provided until the previous week.9 Very briefly, it was alleged that, with the intent to endanger the maintenance of law and order, the accused had conspired to transform the State by unconstitutional, revolutionary and/or violent means; to foster feelings of racial hatred and antipathy by Blacks towards the Whites and/or the State; to condition the Black population groups for violent revolution; to produce, publish or distribute subversive and anti-White utterances and publications; and to discourage foreign investment in the SA economy.'0 The case was heard by Mr. Justice Boshoff, with Mr. C. Rees, S.C., the deputy attorney-general, appearing for the State, and Mr. 7 Cols. 2350-2, 2358-61. s Sunday Express, 2 February. 9 Star, 12 March. 10 Ibid.

DETENTION AND TRIALS UNDER SECURITY LAWS Roy Allaway, S.C., heading the defence team. After two postponements, proceedings were again postponed on 16 May, when the defence successfully applied for further particulars relating to the charges. On 9 June, counsel for the defence submitted that the full particulars requested had not been supplied. The indictment was so confused, and the charges against the various accused were so ill-defined, as to prevent the preparation of a proper defence." The judge adjourned the trial for ten days to enable him, he said, to set out his reasons for regarding the indictment as vague.12 On 23 June the State withdrew its charges against Messrs. Sulayman Ismail and Sivalingam Moodley, and announced that Messrs. Rubin Hare and Sadecque Variava would be charged separately from the rest. (In the event, the charges against Mr. Hare were subsequently withdrawn,3 and he was released on 3 October.) A new charge sheet was drawn up against the remaining nine men. The trial of these nine accused was resumed on 7 August. The hearing of State witnesses continued until 7 October, when the court went into recess until 3 November. Major N. J. Stadler of the Durban Security Branch ,told the court on 7 October that, of the 40 Saso and BPC members who had been detained after the pro-Frelimo rallies held in September 1974, seven were still in detention. All the others had made statements and had then been released.14 The remaining seven were released on the following day, together. it was reported5 with three men who had been held as possible State witnesses. At the time of going to Press, the trial of the nine accused was still in progress, and the charge against Mr. Variava had not been publicly announced. TRIALS OF MESSRS. SELEOANE AND NGALO Messrs. David T. Seleoane and Weizle 0. M. G. Ngalo appeared in the Supreme Court, Bloemfontein, during June on charges under the Suppression of Communism and Terrorism Acts. It was alleged by the State that they had planned to undergo military training that could be used in endangering the maintenance of law and order in SA. Mr. Seleoane was stated to have journeyed to Botswana for the purpose, although he returned after he had failed to make contact with the necessary persons. Mr. Justice Smuts found both men guilty under the Terrorism Act, and sentenced each to five years' imprisonment.' 11 Rand Daily Mail, 10 and 11 June. 12 Ibid, 12 June. '' Counsel for the State said that the charges were being withdrawn because the main State witnesses had disappeared. 14 lbid, 7 October. '. Ibid, 9 October. Rand Daily Mail, 4, 14 and 18 June.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 TRIALS OF MESSRS. MOLOBI AND BLOEM Two men who apparently were among those detained in Johannesburg in February and March appeared in a Johannesburg Magistrate's Court on 28 August on charges under the Terrorism, Suppression of Communism, and other Acts. They were Messrs. Eric Marooi Molobi and Bernard Bloem. No evidence was led, and the trials were adjourned. Mr. Molobi appeared in the Rand Supreme Court on 10 November for summary trial. He pleaded not guilty to charges under the Terrorism Act and alternate charges under the Suppression of Communism Act, but pleaded guilty to one charge under the Suppression of Communism Act and to lesser charges under the Customs and Excise Act and the Indecent Photographic Matters Act. The prosecution alleged that, in the last half of 1973 and the first four months of 1974, Mr. Molobi approached certain people with the aim of involving them in sabotage. It was stated that he planned to sabotage public places such as post offices, Urban Bantu Council chambers, stadia, etc. He had intended to form trade unions which, together with existing unions, would organise a general strike. The aim would have been to force the SA Government to bring about change in its racial policies. Evidence for the State was given by several people who were warned as accomplices. One of them said -that he had accompanied Mr. Molobi and two friends on a visit to Botswana, where they met former PAC and ANC members and discussed the liberation of Blacks in South Africa. Mr. Frank Molobi was called as a witness, but, on refusing to give evidence for the State, was sentenced to four months' imprisonment. Mr. Eric Molobi was found guilty on certain of the charges (excluding those relating to sagotage) and was sentenced to two terms of five years' imprisonment, to run concurrently. Leave to appeal was granted. The charges against Mr. Bloem had not been announced at the time of going to Press. DETENTION AND TRIAL OF MR. SUTTNER On 17 and 20 June, three members of the University of Natal were arrested and detained under the Terrorism Act. They were Mr. Raymond Suttner, a senior lecturer in law, Miss Jennifer A. Roxburgh, a lecturer in Zulu, and Mr. Lawrence I. Kuny, a law student. The summary trial of Mr. Suttner began in the Supreme Court, Durban, on 3 November. He pleaded guilty to two counts of contravening the Suppression of Communism Act. Mr. Kuny, who was warned as an accomplice, was called as a State witness. He said that Mr. Suttner recruited him and trained him in the African National Congress. He had become a member

DETENTION AND TRIALS UNDER SECURITY LAWS 63 of the organisation and had been accepted as a probationary worker. Miss Roxburgh, who was also warned as an accomplice, said that after Mr. Suttner had recruited her, she had assisted him in producing and posting pamphlets called Inkululeko (Freedom) and Vukani (Awake), the mouthpieces of the SA Communist Party and the ANC. The judge discharged both witnesses from liability to prosecution. He found Mr. Suttner guilty on two charges of contravening the Suppression of Communism Act. Mr. Suttner, he said, had received training overseas, for example in the issuing of pamphlets; had maintained close contact with the SA Communist Party and the ANC, which supported the use of violence to bring about change in SA; and had recruited and trained Mr. Kuny and Miss Roxburgh to form an underground cell. Mr. Suttner was sentenced to seven-and-a-half years' imprisonment.1 DETENTION OF FURTHER BLACK PEOPLE IN AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER It was reported during August and September that, following a series of police raids in Soweto and nearby Coloured townships in Johannesburg, further Black people had been detained. Amongst them were Messrs. Malebelle Molokeng, Sandile Mfenyana and Kgotoduwa A. Molotsana, stated to be members of a National Youth Organisation (Nayo), and two young Coloured women who were, however, released shortly afterwards. Subsequent reports announced the detention of at least twenty others, arrested in various parts of SA. DETENTION OF CERTAIN WHITE PERSONS Five White people were detained under the Terrorism Act on 20 August: they were the Rev. James Polley, a member of staff of the , a friend of his, Miss Megan Reilly, the Nusas president, Mr. Karel Tip, Mr. Gerry Mar6 of the Nusas Executive, and Mr. Glen Moss, a past president of the SRC at the University of the Witwatersrand. Miss Reilly was released after a few days. These arrests sparked off a further wave of protests against detention without trial and of demands for reassurance that no detainee was being physically or mentally harmed. Petitions or open letters to the Minister were signed by considerable numbers of persons on the academic staff of the Universities of Cape Town and the Witwatersrand, and by members of the public. Protest meetings and demonstrations were held at the English-medium 1 Rand Daily Mail, 4, 5, 13 and 14 November.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 "White" universities. The SA Council of Churches, the Black Sash, the Human Rights Committee, the SA Institute of Race Relations, and other organisations protested. A Charge or Release Committee was formed in Johannesburg, and a Campaign for Justice launched in Durban. Some days after the first detentions it became publicly known that the prominent Afrikaans poet, Mr. Breyten Breytenbach, had been arrested while visiting SA from his home overseas. He was travelling with a false passport under an assumed name. Mrs. Diirten Rohm was detained at about the same time. Then, on 3 September, a trainee journalist, Mr. Laurence P. Dworkin, was arrested in Johannesburg. There was a fresh wave of arrests on 15 September, those detained being Mr. Horst Kleinschmidt of the Christian Institute, two university students, Messrs. Patrick Martens and Gordon Young, and a salesman, Mr. Norman Lewis. Miss Jeanette Curtis of the Institute of Race Relations was detained on 23 September. TRIAL OF MR. J. M. MOLOKENG AND OTHERS On 10 November six men and a woman appeared briefly in the Johannesburg Magistrate's Court on a charge under the Terrorism Act, in respect of an alleged offence committed on 19 August. They were Messrs. Joseph M. Molokeng, Nkosiyakhe A. Masondo, Bheki W. J. Langa, Kgotoduwa A. Molotsane, Patrick Monsela, Benjamin Mteyane, and Miss Phumza P. Dyantyi. No evidence was led, and the case was postponed. TRIAL OF MR. BREYTEN BREYTENBACH The indictment against Mr. Breytenbach listed charges under the Terrorism Act, alternatively, the Suppression of Communism Act. It was alleged that he, together with certain men overseas, had formed an underground organisation called Okhela, or Atlas, to be a White wing of the banned African National Congress. The aim of the organisation was to bring about revolutionary change in South Africa under the leadership of the Black liberation movement by various means, including armed struggle and underground activities. The ultimate goal was to overthrow the White government and replace it with a Black government. During the period December 1972 to March 1973, it was alleged, Mr. Breytenbach visited SA and during this visit made contact with certain persons, some of whom he brought into the underground organisation, giving them specific tasks such as under. going training in activities of a subversive nature, or forming revolutionary action groups which would eventually 'become involved in urban terrorism, or collecting information on various matters. On 8 August 1975 Mr. Breytenbach arrived in SA in disguise, under a false name and with a false passport. He was stated then

DETENTION AND TRIALS UNDER SECURITY LAWS to have recruited members for Okhela among young White people, and to have distributed copies of the Okhela manifesto. Some of the alleged co-conspirators in SA were Mrs. DUrten Rohim and Messrs. Paulus "Gerry" Mar6, James Polley, Robert Young, Norman Lewis, Nicholas Martens, Laurence Dworkin, Karel Tip, Horst Kleinschimdt, and Glen Moss. Mr. Breytenbach appeared in the Supreme Court, Pretoria, on 21 November. He pleaded guilty on the main charges against him, subject to certain amendments to the charge sheet, which were accepted by the Attorney-General. Five detainees were called by the State as witnesses Mrs. Rohm and Messrs. Lewis, Tip, Dworkin, and Moss. The Attorney-General supported a plea by the Defence counsel for the minimum sentence. The accused, he said, had been merely a pawn in the game of the architects of Okhela, Mr. Barend Schuitema and the Rev. Don Morton, who were in safety overseas. The judge, Mr. Justice Cillie, found Mr. Breytenbach guilty of taking part in terrorist activities and being party to a conspiracy to overthrow White government in SA. A sentence of nine years' imprisonment was imposed. Later that day, eleven detainees were released: the five mentioned above, Miss Jeanette Curtis, and Messrs. Kleinschimdt, Martens, Polley, Mard, and Young. Nusas issued a statement deploring the fact that some students had been misled by idealistic but untenable ideas emanating from overseas.

GROUP AREAS AND HOUSING COLOURED, ASIAN, AND WHITE POPULATION GROUPS HOUSING AMENDMENT ACT, No. 40 OF 1975 The Housing Amendment Act extended the definition in the principal Act of a housing scheme which may qualify for a loan from the National Housing Fund to include: (a) a service centre for providing recreational, educational, health, and auxiliary welfare facilities for elderly persons who are not inmates of a home for the aged (i.e. are living on their own); (b) creches for children of working mothers or of fathers who have to care for children; (c) facilities for community development - e.g. hall;, swimming baths, and recreational facilities. When introducing the Bill in the Assembly' the Minister of Community Development said that community facilities were needed particularly in newly-established and rapidly-developing Coloured and Indian townships. (He made no mention of African townships, which are separately financed.) The Minister said that, before applying for loans for these purposes, local authorities would first have to make use of maintenance and rent reserve funds accumulated over the years in respect of existing housing schemes, surplus rentals on leasing schemes in respect of which the loans had already been redeemed, and profits on the sale of land acquired by means of loans from the Housing Fund. A total of almost R50-million had been accumulated by local authorities in these ways. Rentals charged in respect of housing schemes had been loaded by 1 %, the Minister stated, to swell the funds available for the community facilities mentioned. This decision had been supported by both the Coloured Persons' Representative Council and the SA Indian Council. The Amendment Act provided that in cases where a need for the facilities existed and the local authority concerned took no action in the matter, the National Housing Commission might call upon the local authority to present a scheme. If it did not do so, the Commission might itself prepare and carry out a scheme, debiting the local authority with the costs. The Minister was empowered to appoint a committee for the determination of the standards with which schemes for community development facilities must comply. He said in the Assembly that this committee would include representatives of his department, the National Housing Commission, the provincial administrations, 1 27 March, Hansard 8 cols. 3575-81, 3590-1.

GROUP AREAS AND HOUSING the United Municipal Executive, 'the Departments -of Indian Affairs and of Coloured, Rehoboth, and Nama Relations. Opposition parties supported the measure. In reply to a question in the Assembly on 20 May,2 it was stated on the Minister's behalf that since the beginning of 1974, ten local authorities had applied for assistance to enable them to provide community facilities in their areas such as halls, libraries, and recreation and sports facilities. In one case they were for Whites, and in the rest for Coloured citizens. Nine of the applications for loans had been granted, the tenth still being under consideration. The rates of interest charged on the loans were either 1% or 9 % (according to whether subeconomic or economic loan funds were made available). GROUP AREAS AMENDMENT ACr, No. 22 OF 1975 The principal Act provided that the Minister of Planning might at any time appoint a committee to investigate the desirability or otherwise of establishing a local 'authority for any area in respect of which a management committee had been established. The committee must consist of not more than five members, of whom at least one must be nominated by the Administrator of the province concerned, and another nominated by the local authority having jurisdiction in the area. In terms of the Amendment Act, such a committee must in future consist of not more than ten members (instead of five). When introducing the Bill in the Senate,3 the Minister of Planning explained that, so far as the Coloured community was concerned, the furtherance of local government matters had been delegated to the CRC and its Executive. It was, thus, necessary that this Executive should have direct representation on a committee of the type concerned by appointing two of its members to this body. Local Coloured management committees (depending on their number) should be empowered to nominate either one or two members. Further, a legal adviser, expert in municipal finances, should serve on the committee to give assistance in deciding on arrangements for disentangling the intertwined financial interests of the Coloured and White communities concerned. Similar arrangements could, when necessary, be made in respect of Indian representation on committees. This measure, too, encountered no opposition in Parliament. COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AMENDMENT ACT, No. 19 OF 1975 Section 43A of the Community Development Act (inserted in 1968) provided that no licence referred to in a schedule to the Licences Act of 1962 might be issued for a first time to a person 2 Hansard 15 cols. 991-3. 3 12 March, Hansard 4 cols. 933, 937.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 who was racially disqualified under the Group Areas Act (i.e. a person who was not entitled to occupy land or premises in the area concerned) unless the Minister or someone authorised thereto by him granted a permit for its issue. Four types of trading licences were excluded from these provisions, the main category of holders being hawkers. The Amendment Act of 1975 referred to provincial ordinances instead of to the Licences Act (since in 1968 licensing became the responsibility of provincial authorities) but retained the Minister's power of control over the issue of new licences. In terms of the wording of the amendment, the four types of -trading licences referred to in the previous paragraph are no longer excluded from the provisions mentioned, and occupational licences are to be included-e.g. for brokers, appraisers, etc. The Bill was introduced in the Senate. On behalf of the United Party4 Senators L. E. D. Winchester and W. M. Crook opposed the Bill because, they maintained, the clause described would have very serious effects for Indian -hawkers in Natal who wished to obtain licences for a first time to sell vegetables and other goods in White areas. White housewives would be affected, too, they said. The Minister of Community Development replied,5 however, that a hawker wishing to obtain a licence would require a permit only if he intended occupying land or premises in a group area set aside for members of a racial group other than his own. If he merely visited the area as an itinerant vendor he would not need a permit. Another clause of the new Act increased the maximum penalty for persons convicted of having erected, altered, or extended buildings on land belonging to a racially disqualified owner, without having secured the permission of the Community Development Board. As before, a fine of up to RI 000 or imprisonment for up to two years may be imposed. The amending measure added that the convicted person may also be required to demolish the unauthorised structures. DISQUALIFIED FAMILIES UNDER THE GROUP AREAS ACT Replying to questions in the Assembly on 18 February and 4 March,6 the Minister of Community Development said that, from the date when the Act came into operation until the end of 1974, the following numbers of families 'had become disqualified to remain in their previous homes: ' Senate Hansard 2 cols. 406, 430-3, 433-6. 5 Col. 452. 6 Hansard 3 col. 166, Hansard 5 cols. 377-8.

GROUP AREAS AND HOUSING White Coloured Indian ... Chinese ...... 1668 ... 75472 ...... 39501 ...... 1228 The following numbers of these families had group areas by the end of 1974: White ...... Coloured ...... Indian ...... , Chinese ...... been resettled in 1 579 53 203 29969 91 (The figures are not final ones, as various group areas are still to be proclaimed.) ESTIMATED SHORTAGE OF HOUSING On 11 February the Minister was asked7 to furnish estimated figures indicating the shortage of housing at the beginning of 1975. He replied that on the basis of all available information his de- partment had calculated that the been approximately as follows: Cape ...... Transvaal .., Natal ...... Free State ... Totals shortage of dwellings had then Whites ...... 2700 ...... 1500 ...... 1200 ... 500 Coloured 50000 6500 4000 800 Indians 1 700 2200 13000 5900 61300 16900 (The Department of Community Development is not responsible for the housing of Africans. The situation for Africans in various -towns is described later.) DWELLING UNITS PROVIDED IN 1974 On subsequent occasions' the Minister indicated that the numbers of dwelling- units provided by the various authorities during 1974 had been as follows: Authority Dept. of Community Development ... Local authorities ... Totals Whites Coloured Indians 1 064 2216 729 7514 128 1 354 3280 8243 1482 7 Assembly Hansard 2 col. 83. 8 Assembly, 27 February and 4 March, Hansard 4 col. 298 and Hansard 5 col. 378.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 (These totals do not include privately-built dwellings.) The nature of the dwelling-units provided for Coloured and Indian people had been: Coloured Indians Houses ... 5 955 1 482 Flats ...... 2288 Totals ...... 8 243 1 482 Estimates of the dwelling-units to be provided during 1975 were: Coloured Indians Houses ... 11278 2699 Flats ...... 2 820 675 Totals ...... 14098 3374 The Minister added that local authorities9 had built 6 944 houses for Africans in "White" urban areas during 1974, and intended building 3 413 in 1975. SOME COMMENTS ON THE SHORTAGE OF HOUSING During the Budget debate in the Assembly, Mr. Colin Eglin (PP) maintained0 that the shortage of housing for Black people constituted a crisis situation. At current rates of building this shortage would by no means have been overcome at the end of the existing five-year programme. These remarks were very strongly endorsed in interviews with the Rand Daily Mail" by Mr. Sonny Leon, leader of the Labour Party, and Mr. H. E. Joosub, former chairman of the SA Indian Council. Mr. Joosub contended that the Government had failed to take into account the swift growth of the urban population. Both men pointed out that highly inadequate facilities in country areas had caused a large-scale migration to the towns, especially to the larger cities, where the overcrowding of existing accommodation was causing deep human problems and intense frustration. The Government has repeatedly been urged to suspend further removals under the Group Areas Act until all those without proper homes have been housed; but in many areas local authorities are still required to allocate a quarter of the dwellings in new schemes to the Department of Community Development to accommodate Coloured and Indian people being moved from areas that have been allocated to Whites. Presumably, in most cases Administration Boards. 10 11 April. Hansard 9 cols. 3924-5. 11 14 August.

GROUP AREAS AND HOUSING PROVISION OF HOUSING BY DEVELOPMENT COMPANIES On 21 February the Minister of Community Development was asked in the Assembly whether building and development companies controlled by Whites were permitted to construct houses in Coloured areas, for sale to Coloured people. He replied'12 that there was nothing to prevent such companies from tendering for and being awarded contracts to construct houses which were to be provided by his department, local authorities, or qualified private entrepreneurs. White-controlled companies and White employers could build houses for Coloured people on land acquired from local authorities on a long-term lease basis. Employers were encouraged to do so. The Cape Town Chamber of Commerce, for example, was erecting 1 300 houses for its Coloured employees. But disqualified (Whitecontrolled) companies were not allowed to acquire land in Coloured group areas for development purposes. This would prevent Coloured companies from obtaining their rightful share in such development. Furthermore, in view of their generally low incomes most Coloured people were housed in Governmentsubsidized dwellings, which were thus cheap. Such schemes were not an attractive proposition for White companies. Utility companies were, however, being encouraged to establish filial companies which within limited periods must become Coloured-controlled. Such companies could, of course, develop Coloured areas. The same approach applied in the case of housing for Indians. (Some examples of housing schemes being built by companies are given later in this chapter.) HOUSING LOANS AND INCOME LIMITS The Minister said in the Assembly on 13 June'3 that the rates of interest charged for economic housing loans were 9 per cent in respect of housing schemes for Whites, Coloured, Indians, and Africans who lived in "White" residential areas (i.e. urban townships outside the homelands). The rates for sub-economic loans were 1 per cent in respect of housing schemes for all groups except Africans. Sub-economic loans for African schemes were considered to be unnecessary. Firstly, land for the development of African residential areas had to be donated to the responsible authorities by way of endowments by township developers. This did not apply in the case of residential areas for other racial groups. In addition, most services for the development of African townships were financed from the levies fund, instituted in terms of the Bantu Services Levy Act, 1952, and from profits on the sale 12 Hansard 3 cols. 224-5. 13 Hansard 18 col. 1158.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 of Bantu beer, the Minister continued. Furthermore, semi-skilled labour was used for the erection of the houses. Because of these factors, no further subsidies were considered necessary to make the rents low enough for the occupiers. Applications for economic loans for African schemes were made by Administration Boards via the Department of Bantu Administration and Development to the Department of Community Development, and were then considered by the Bantu Housing Board. Loans made for housing were repayable in six-monthly instalments over periods of 30 years (economic loans) or 40 years (sub-economic). The Minister announced increases in the family income ceilings for subsidized housing, as follows: Economic Housing Whites: married couples without children - R380 a month families with 1 or 2 dependent children - R440 a month families with 3 or 4 dependent children - R550 a month Coloured and Asians: R400 a month. Sub-economic housing Whites --R200 a month Coloured and Asians - R100 a month. DEPRECIATION AND APPRECIATION CONTRIBUTIONS14 In reply to further questions in the Assembly, on 19 February,15 the Minister of Community Development said that during 1974 the Community Development Board paid R15 676 in depreciation contributions. It received no appreciation contributions. The Board made the following payments during that year in respect of the goodwill value attaching to a business or profession, and/or to make good any actual financial loss or inconvenience caused by the acquisition of affected properties: No. of payments Total amounts Whites ...... 7 R47 165 Coloured ...... ! 1 R 6 377 Indians ...... 2 R 4 622 NATIONAL PHYSICAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN A National Physical Development Plan, drawn up by the Prime Minister's Planning Advisory Council and the Department of Planning and the Environment, was tabled in Parliament on 14 The provisions of the law relating to these contributions were described on page 192 of the 1967 Survey. 15 Hansard 3 col. 198.

GROUP AREAS AND HOUSING 14 March. It laid down broad guidelines for orderly, purposeful development in the Republic outside 'the African homelands, and for the optimal use of land and resources. The report emphasized the need to develop new focal points away from existing metropolitan areas (without prejudicing the continued growth of these areas) in order to cater effectively for the expected doubling of the population by the turn of the century. It was pointed out, however, that internal and external changes, coupled with continuous advance in science and technology, would necessitate regular revision and adaptation of the plan. The existing Pretoria-Witwatersrand-Vereeniging (PWV) complex would, it was suggested, form the centre of an "octapus" of development to the north, east, and west of it, with axes of development linking it with Natal ports and with Bloemfontein. The Cape Peninsula, Durban-Pinetown, and Port Elizabeth would continue to be separate metropolitan areas. It was proposed that future metropolitan areas should be planned for , East London-King William's Town, and Saldanha Bay. There would be subsidiary growth areas at George-KnysnaMossel Bay, in the north-western Cape between Springbok and Upington, Kimberley, Bloemfontein, Newcastle-Ladysmith, Potchefstroom-Klerksdorp, Rustenburg, Witbank-Middelburg, and Pietersburg. As described on page 158 of last year's Survey and in earlier issues, regional townships for Coloured people and Indians are being created at certain of the planned growth-points. Further, "border" industries to employ Africans living in adjacent homelands are being developed at some of the growth-points, e.g. Richards Bay, East London-King William's Town, NewcastleLadysmith, Rustenburg, and Pietersburg. EFFECT'S OF THE GROUP AREAS ACT ON INDIAN AND CHINESE TRADERS On two occasions the Minister of Community Development was questioned in the Assembly6 about the effect of the Group Areas Act on Asian traders. He said that since the commencement of the Act and up to 30 June 1974, 5 058 Indian traders had become disqualified to remain in their existing premises, of whom 984 had been re-settled. So far as Chinese traders were concerned, 620 had become affected, of whom one had been resettled. (There are proclaimed group areas for Chinese at Port Elizabeth and Uitenhage only.) More detailed figures were as follows: 16 9 April, and 16 May, Hansard 9 col. 663 and Hansard 14 ol. 960.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Indian traders Total no. Not yet affected Resettled resettled Natal ...... 1 022 326 696 Transvaal ... 3000 566 2434 Cape ...... 1 036 92 944 5058 984 4074 The Asian traders who had not yet been resettled were distributed as follows: Indians Chinese Municipal areas of: Cape Town ...... 428 7 Port Elizabeth ... 125 183 Durban ...... f 401 10 Johannesburg ... 930 139 Pretoria 119 41 Rest of 391 116 Rest of Natal ...... 295 Rest of Transvaal ...... 1 385 123 Free State ...... 4074 619 It was reported in May7 that representatives of Indian communities throughout the Transvaal had met to discuss appeals to the Government to stop their gradual removal to "Oriental bazaars". Mr. Joe A. Carrim of the SA Indian Council said, "The uncertainty kills you. You can't plan because you don't know when the axe is going to fall." INDIAN MANUFACTURING CONCERNS A number of Indians are turning from commerce to manufacturing. Detailed statistics are not available. Replying to a question in the Assembly on 17 June,'8 the Minister of Economic Affairs said that during 1974 State agencies or the Industrial Development Corporation had assisted three Indians in Rustenburg and Pietersburg by granting loans to a total amount of R178 000. The men concerned had established clothing, textile, and vegetable oil factories, respectively. Additional employment had thereby been created for 5 Indians and 127 Africans. The chairman of the SA Indian Council's executive committee, Mr. J. N. Reddy, is reported19 to have said that during 17 Sunday Times, 25 May. 18 Hansard 19 col. 1173. 19 SA Digest, 7 March.

GROUP AREAS AND HOUSING December 1974 the Industrial Development Corporation decided to embark on a programme, to cost more than R3-million, in terms of which 15 industrial sites would be developed for Indians in Chatsworth (Durban) and others at Stanger and Tongaat. These activities would later ,be extended to the Transvaal and Cape. NOTES ON GROUP AREAS AND HOUSING IN CERTAIN AREAS Johannesburg According to information given on behalf of the Minister of Community Development in the Senate on 18 February,-0 the following housing was built in Johannesburg during 1974 (excluding housing for Africans, dealt with in a subsequent chapter): Community Private Municipality Development enterprise Totals Whites ...... 926 356 10434 11716 Coloured ...... 937 235 16 1188 Indians ...... - - 20 20 Dr. P. S. Rautenbach, Secretary for Planning and the Environment, announced on 23 December 19741 that a massive housing scheme for Coloured people was to be developed in the south of the existing Black suburbs, around the township of Ennerdale (now partly White and partly Coloured-owned). The area is to the west of the highway linking Johannesburg and Vereeniging. The Department had already begun buying up White-owned property for the purpose. Dr. E. J. Jammine, head of the municipal Coloured and Asian division, welcomed the plan, but warned that it would provide no immediate solution to the grave shortage of Coloured housing, for even if planning were to start immediately, building could not begin within three years. The City Council and the Department of Community Development were planning to build about 2 500 dwellings a year for Coloured people at Eldorado Park and Riverlea, but it would take a long time to catch up with the demand caused by natural increase and a large influx to the city. (It was officially estimated in August 1974 that 7 000 additional dwellings were needed at once.) In the Press statement referred to above Dr. Rautenbach said that the Indian township of Lenasia was to be considerably expanded, mainly to the south and east. The SA Indian Council has urged2 that Indian residents of the Fordsburg- Pageview area should be allowed to remain there. These representations were supported by the Johannesburg City Council's Management Committee, but were rejected by the Minister of Planning. 20 Senate Hansard 1 col. 104. 1 Rand Daily Mail, 24 December 1974. 2 Ibid, 7 June and 22 Octobr. A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 The Cape Peninsula According to the Minister of Community Development,3 about 8 000 dwelling units for Coloured people were to be built during 1975 in the three local authority areas of the Cape Peninsula. As about 5 000 were needed a year to accommodate the natural increase in the population, the housing backlog (of some 40 000 dwellings) was for a first time being slightly reduced. The Minister said on 10 June4 that 2 556 Coloured and 162 Indian families had still to be moved from the major part of , that had been proclaimed a White group area. On 23 May he announced5 that a previously unzoned portion of the area, comprising the Zonnebloem College, Walmer Estate, and Trafalgar Park, was to be declared a group area for occupation and ownership by Coloured people. (This was done in terms of Proclamation 134 of 13 June.) A large new Coloured township, which may eventually house half-a-million people, is to be developed at Dassenberg, near the historic village of Mamre. It is at present 45 km north of Cape Town using present roads, but the Minister of Planning said in the Assembly on 23 May6 that this distance could be cut to 25 km. Industries were to be established in the new town, he added: ten factories were already being built. It was reported in May7 that a company called New Garden Cities, which would build houses for Coloured people, was to be registered. Its board would initially consist of four White and two Coloured directors, but most of the Whites would eventually be replaced by Coloured men. The employees would as far as possible be Coloured: this would provide opportunities for architects, engineers, and town planners, and the company would provide funds for the training of Coloured men in these professions. It would operate on a non-profit basis, selling houses at cost. The provision of houses by the Cape Town Chamber of Commerce and other private employers for their Coloured employees is mentioned on page 71. Because of the shortage of housing, thousands of Coloured and African squatters have been living in shacks on the Cape Flats and near Nyanga African township. Mr. Geoff Budlender, chairman of the Institute of Race Relations for the Western Cape, estimated in August that there were 150 000 to 200 000 Coloured and 7 000 African squatters. Site-and-service schemes have been established at Vrygrond near Muizenberg and off Lansdowne 3 Assembly, 27 May, Hansard 16 col. 6796. 4 Assembly Hansard 18 col. 1122. Assembly Hansard 15 col. 6675. f Hansard 15 coIs. 6629-31. 7 Cape Times, and Rand Daily Mail. 22 May. Rand Daily Mail, 8 August. The Cape Western Regional Committee of the Institute has published Squatters: A Report on some Socio-Economic Characteristics of Four Squatter Settlements in Greater Cape Town, by M. Hubbard, J. Humphrey, and V. Domingo.

GROUP AREAS AND HOUSING Road at Philippi for the temporary rehousing of the Coloured people (schemes for the Africans are described in a subsequent chapter). The Minister of Community Development reported in the Assembly on 21 March9 that, since September 1974, 1103 families had been rehoused. Mr. Budlender said that various organisations had formed a Cape Flats Committee to assist the squatters. Other parts of the Western Cape During the year under review White and Coloured group areas have been proclaimed at Graaffwater and Vanwyksvlei, in the Clanwilliam and Carnarvon districts respectively, and Coloured group areas at Malmesbury, Strandfontein, and Melkhoutfontein (Riversdale district). Cape Midlands According to the Minister of Community Development,10 the following dwelling units were built in Port Elizabeth during 1974: Department of By the local Community Private authority Development enterprise Totals Whites ...... 9 245 1189 1443 Coloured ...... 34 - 61 95 Indians ...... - 50 22 72 The Minister said in the Assembly on 20 February" that about 6 500 more housing units were required for Port Elizabeth's Coloured people. It was planned to build some 1 500 a year in 1976 and 1977. South End, from where nearly all the Coloured people and Indians have by now been moved, is being redeveloped as a prestige suburb for Whites. Indian traders who have to leave White areas of Port Elizabeth can move to a small "free trading area" in North End, where people of any racial group may trade, but this area is overcrowded. The Minister of Indian Affairs said in the Assembly on 12 June2 that the establishment of an Oriental Plaza was under consideration. Further Coloured group areas have been proclaimed in Uitenhage, Pearston, and Adelaide. Northern Cape Postmasburg has been declared an entirely White area; but a Coloured group area has been proclaimed in Gordonia. 9 Hansard 7 col. 552. 10 Senate, 18 February, Hansard I col. 104. " Hansard 3 col. 199. 1_ Hansard 18 col. 8222.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Natal In his report in the Senate, quoted above, the Minister of Community Development said that the following dwelling units were built in Durban during 1974: Department of By the local Community Private authority Development enterprise Totals Whites ...... 7 - 2416 2423 Coloured ...... 266 390 25 681 Indians ...... 470 43 684 1197 He added later" that, of the dwellings provided for Coloured people 560 were flats and the remaining 96 houses. In 1963 Cato Manor in Durban was proclaimed a White group area. About 40 000 Black people, mainly Indians, had to move out. But Whites did not settle there, and the SA Indian Council has been pressing for the return of the whole area to Indians. At the Prime Minister's request, the Minister of Indian Affairs visited the area during July. He mentioned that reports on the matter were being studied by the Minister of Planning and the Minister of Community Development.14 The Minister of Planning announced in the Senate on 18 March5 that a portion of Clairwood in Durban had been zoned for industrial purposes (apparently for Indian factories). The properties were almost entirely Indian-owned. Occupants who would be displaced were about 420 Indian families, 321 Coloured, and 2 White. He added that without his prior approval, no African would be allowed employment in or in connection with any factory to be erected in the area. A trading centre has been built to accommodate Indian merchants in Ladysmith; and an Indian group area has been proclaimed in Dundee. TRANSPORT SERVICES FOR COLOURED PEOPLE AND INDIANS The Transport Services for Coloured Persons and Indians Act was described on page 158 of the 1972 Survey. In terms of Government Notice 148 of 24 January, its provisions were applied retrospectively from April 1974 in respect of adult Coloured workers in the magisterial districts of Kuils River and Goodwood, the rate being fixed at 20 cents per employee a week. The Minister of Transport said in the Assembly on 14 February' that the Act had not yet been applied anywhere in respect of Indian employees. The amounts paid by employers in levies in respect of Coloured workers until the end of 1974, 13 Hansard 3 col. 190. 14 Sunday Times, 20 July. 15 Hansard 5 col. 954. 1 Hansard 2 col. 114.

GROUP AREAS AND HOUSING and the amounts paid in subsidizing road transport services, were as follows: Amount Subsidies collected paid RR Seven magisterial districts of the Western Cape ...... 4144544 267058 Municipal areas of Port Elizabeth, Despatch, and Uitenhage ...... 678 299 241 166 Municipal area of Johannesburg ...... 265 208 37 434 According to the official Estimates of Expenditure from Revenue Account for the year ending 31 March 1976,2 the Department of Transport will spend about R22 100 000 on subsidizing railway services to and from Coloured, Indian, and African townships. LOCAL GOVERNMENT IN GROUP AREAS Coloured Replying to a question in the Assembly on 17 June,3 the Deputy Minister of Coloured Relations said that there were four Coloured local affairs committees in Natal, two of them having nominated members only but the other two, in Durban and Pietermaritzburg, being fully elective bodies. In the rest of the Republic there were 97 management committees, 81 of them having elected as well as nominated members. Indian The February issue of Fiat Lux reported that the Indian local authority of Isipingo had been elevated from the status of a town board to that of a borough council. According to the Minister of Indian Affairs,' in February there were Indian town boards at Verulam and Umzinto. Sixteen Indian local affairs committees existed in Natal, three of them having elected as well as nominated members. In the rest of SA the following committees had been set up: Transvaal Cape Management committees with elected members ...I...... 1 Nominated management committees 2 6 Nominated consultative committees ... 27 The Durban City Council has been considering obtaining Provincial Council permission to offer full local authority autonomy to the Indians of Chatsworth.' 2 RP 2/1975 Vote 9. 3 Hansard 19 col. 1178. 4 Assembly, 26 February. Hansard 4 col. 294. 5 Rand Daily Mail, 19 February.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 A similar offer tentatively made to the Indians of Lenasia in Johannesburg was rejected by the (elected) management committee, whose leaders maintained that suburban autonomy was impossible without industrial autonomy. Indian and Coloured leaders have called, instead, for direct representation on the city council. The Minister of Indian Affairs and the chairman of the Johannesburg City Council Management Committee toured Lenasia during October, and were handed a memorandum setting out problems faced by residents. A civic lunch followed, at which speeches were made by the Minister and by the Mayor of Johannesburg. Dr. Rashid Saloojee, chairman of the Lenasia management committee, who apparently wished to express the views of Indians, was not permitted to speak. Thereafter, all six members of the current Lenasia management committee resigned. New elections were due on 29 October. All the candidates for election to the incoming committee withdrew their nominations. A member of the Johannesburg Coloured management committee resigned his position in a gesture of solidarity with the Lenasia leaders.6 6 Star, 11 October; Rand Daily Mail, 13 and 20 October

URBAN AFRICAN ADMINISTRATION ADMINISTRATION BOARDS The creation of Bantu Affairs Administration Boards was described on pages 127 et seq of the 1973 Survey. These Boards have jurisdiction in both urban and rural parts of their respective areas, and have taken over all the assets, powers, and functions of urban local authorities relating to Bantu administration. Certain of the Boards have dropped the words "Bantu Affairs" from their titles for everyday usage. The body that controls Soweto and West Rand African townships, for example, is now generally known as the West Rand Administration Board. The financial difficulties in which these Boards found themselves were mentioned on page 165 of last year's Survey. These difficulties persisted in spite of decisions to increase rentals in many of the urban townships and to raise the fees payable by employers in respect of African employees. Provision to ease matters to a limited extent was made in the Bantu Laws Amendment Act, No. 9 of 1975. Moneys received by district labour bureaux and fines collected in connection with offences under labour bureaux regulations were previously paid into the Consolidated Revenue Fund. The Administration Boards, however, have taken over the running of nearly all these bureaux. The Act provided in consequence that the revenue derived from such bureaux should accrue to the Board concerned. The Amendment Act provided, too, that Bantu Affairs Administration Boards would be able, with the approval of the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development and subject to such conditions as he might determine, to obtain overdrafts from commercial banks. According to an Explanatory Memorandum issued with the relevant Bill, this would mean that the Boards would be able to keep smaller amounts of money in their current accounts. A more significant decision was made administratively during July. The Liquor Amendment Act of 1961 had removed restrictions on the sale of liquor to Africans, and thereafter, Africans could buy hard liquor from licensed bottle stores in the "White" parts of towns. In urban African townships, however, liquor licences were granted almost exclusively to the local authorities concerned. They were required to spend 20 per cent of the profits on social, social welfare, or recreational services for Africans in their areas, and to pay the remaining 80 per cent to the Government Department of Bantu Administration and Development for use in the general interests of Africans.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 These licences have been taken over from the local authorities by Administration Boards. It was decided in July1 that the Boards would be allowed to retain 80 per cent (instead of 20 per cent) of the liquor profits, to be used for services in the urban areas from which these profits derived. DECISIONS RESULTING FROM THE PRIME MINISTER'S CONFERENCE WITH HOMELAND LEADERS As reported on page 26, when the Prime Minister held discussions with homeland leaders during January he promised that certain matters relating to urban Africans would receive further consideration. In the Assembly on 1 May2 the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development announced some of the decisions which had been made. Home ownership in urban townships The Minister said that, from a date to be announced later, restrictions that had been imposed in 1968' on home ownership by Africans in urban townships outside the homelands would be removed. Africans would still not be granted freehold title to land in these areas, but would again be able to buy houses situated on land belonging to Administration Boards. Many still owned houses acquired under the old system: about 120 000 of the 440 000 dwellings in the urban residential areas were the property of Africans. These owners, and others who acquired houses, would again be permitted to sell or bequeath them to Africans who qualified to live in the areas concerned.' Qualified Africans would be able to buy houses from the Administration Boards, or to lease vacant plots and build their own homes. Payment could be made in a lump sum or over a period. As had been decided previously, tenants could make improvements to houses belonging to Administration Boards provided the prior approval of the Board concerned was obtained. When such houses were vacated no compensation for the expenditure incurred would be payable by the Boards, but the improvements could be sold to the new tenants.5 (Further details of the home-ownership scheme were announced by the Secretary for Bantu Administration and Development in an address to the annual conference of the Institute of Administrators of Non-European Affairs, as reported in The Star on 29 October. Those wishing to own houses would have to become citizens of a homeland, and would be required to produce certificates of citizenship when they applied for ownership. The right of 1 Star, 31 July. 2 Hansard 12 cols. 5231-4. 3 See 1968 Survey, page 167. 4 In terms of Section 10 of the Bantu (Urban Areas) Consolidation Act. 5 Minister, 21 April, Assembly Hansard 11. co. 753.

URBAN AFRICAN ADMINISTRATION occupation of the stand would be for 30 years which, upon expiry, might be extended for up to another 30 years. A person wishing to buy a house would be allowed to obtain a loan from his employer or a financial institution, or could apply to an Administration Board for a loan of up to R650, repayable over 30 years.) African traders The Minister also announced on 1 May that restrictions imposed in 19636 on the activities of African traders in urban areas were to be removed. The procedure for the renewal of licences would, as far as possible, be brought into line with that applying to White traders. Africans would again be allowed to own and to erect their business premises; they would be able to trade in an increased range of commodities; they could establish more than one type of business on the same premises; and partnerships would once more be permitted. Persons with established businesses in a homeland would be allowed to have businesses, as well, in urban areas. Professional persons Further restrictions to be abolished were those imposed in 19691 on the ownership of consulting rooms and offices by African medical practitioners and other professional men in urban townships. Those who qualified to be in a specified area could in future follow their professions there and build or purchase the necessary premises. TYPES OF HOUSES IN URBAN AFRICAN TOWNSHIPS The re-introduced provision for qualified African urban residents to be allowed to build their own homes on leased plots, and the decision to permit them to make improvements to municipally-built houses, will mean that the better-off Africans will be able to have more satisfactory homes. Speaking in the Assembly on 2 May,8 the Deputy Minister of Bantu Affairs said that the Department was to experiment in building with modules - completed units which could be joined together in various ways. It might prove feasible to produce plans which could be used by Africans wishing to build inexpensive homes on leased sites. Better housing was needed for the growing number of middleclass Africans, the Deputy Minister continued. In the past, a standard four-roomed house had been built in the townships (Type 51-6A), with a cost limit of about R500. Because of rising 6 See 1963 Survey, page 149. 7 See 1969 Survey, page 113. 8 Hansard 12 cols. 5312-5.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 costs, the Bantu Housing Board had increased this limit to R750. It was now proposed that houses costing some R950 should be provided, with interior doors to bedrooms, a pantry, shelves in the kitchen, and (where facilities were available) an indoor bathroom with a water closet and small bath, and a sink in the kitchen. The chairman of the West Rand Administration Board announced during March' that the Department was moving away from the concept of large hostels with as many as 2 500 people under one roof. It was thinking, instead, of hostels for groups of 500 to 700 men, and cottage-type housing for groups of about eight women. SOME NOTES ON HOUSING FOR URBAN AFRICANS Johannesburg In a speech made in the Assembly during April,0 Mrs. Helen Suzman (PP) said that the shortage of housing for Africans at Soweto was reaching crisis proportions. It was estimated that 2500 houses were needed annually merely to keep up with the demand by newly-married couples (without taking the backlog into account). The number of houses built during recent years had been: 1970 ...... 3703 1971 ...... 1 089 1972 954 Last 18 months 1138 The numbers of families on waiting lists, Mrs. Suzman said, were: Primary list (Section 10 (1) (a) people") ...... 5 889 Secondary list (Section 10 (1) (b) and (c) people) 8 536 Women's list (divorcees with dependants, etc.) 2800 17225 These 17 225 families represented approximately 86 000 people, Mrs. Suzman pointed out. And the figures took no account of the many people who, even if illegally in Soweto, were nevertheless physically present there, many in employment. Every home in Soweto was grossly overcrowded. Almost every dwelling had more than one family, or subtenants. Invited to comment on this speech, the chairman of the City Council's management committee, Mr. J. F. Oberholzer, M.P.C., stated'12 that a crash housing programme backed by millions of 9 Star, 10 March. 1 0 10 April, Hansard 9 cols. 3857 et seq. 1 In terms of the Bantu (Urban Areas) Consolidation Act. 12 Rand Daily Mail, 12 April.

HOUSING FOR URBAN AFRICANS rands of Government funds was urgently needed at Soweto. Mr. J. V. de Villiers, director of the West Rand Administration Board, gave slightly different figures,13 saying that there were "7 891 families on the waiting list and about 9 000 families waiting to get on to the waiting list". He announced that work was proceeding on 2 300 houses, while plans for another 2 050 were very far advanced. A first hotel has been opened in the Soweto complex - the one-star Hotel Diepkloof, built by the Bantu Resettlement Board.14 The Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration said in the Assembly on 14 February" that the first men's hostel at Alexandra Township was fully occupied, with 2 642 residents. The women's hostel, which could accommodate 2 727, had 1 446 residents. As mentioned earlier, the Department is re-thinking its original plan to build more of these very large hostels. It was announced in February6 that the reconstructed Alexandra Township would house about 30000 people instead of the 60000 contemplated. But the authorities continue to be adamant that there will be no family housing in this township. Cape Peninsula In the Assembly on 4 March1 the Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration replied to a series of questions about the African residents of townships in the Cape Peninsula, giving the information that follows. Numbers accommodated on the last day of 1974 Children under Men Women 16 years Langa ...... 24977 2350 3705 Nyanga ...... 10275 2942 3823 Guguletu ...... 16082 12422 25565 Of the men aged 16 years and over: No. who qualified to remain No. accommodated iin the urban area (Section in bachelor 10 (1) (a) or (b)) quarters Langa ...... 5 905 23 622 Nyanga ...... 1905 8019 Guguletu ... 1173 4 691 At the end of 1974 there were 802 names on the waiting list for family accommodation, the Deputy Minister said. During 1974, 255 families were given such accommodation. It is clear, from these figures, to what a large extent the contract labour system is in force in the Western Cape. '3 Star, 18 April, Rand Daily Mail, 15 April. I Rand Daily Mail, 7 November 1974. '5 Hansard 2 col. 126. I1 Star, 25 February. Hansard 5 col. 353.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 The waiting list mentioned apparently referred to families who were legally in the area concerned and qualified to remain there. But, as stated in the previous chapter, in August there were an estimated 7 000 African squatters living in shacks beyond Nyanga township, near the D. F. Malan Airport, and in isolated settlements elsewhere. From time to time eviction notices were served, and shacks destroyed. Early in May officials of the Administration Board made a pre-dawn raid on the main settlement, arresting numbers of men and women and charging them with being in the area illegally and/or trespassing, and in some cases, with having brought women from the homelands into the area. Most of these accused were, apparently, cautioned and discharged, or given suspended sentences.'. It was reported3 that if Africans were found to be legally entitled to be in the area, they were given accommodation in an emergency camp at Nyanga. The Minister of Health said in the Assembly on 22 Apri4 that -one of the women who entered the squatter camp from elsewhere was found to be suffering from typhoid. All the inhabitants of the camp were then immunized, and the Department of Bantu Administration and Development agreed to provide the camp with sanitation and refuse removal facilities and clean water supplies. The Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration reported5 that this had been done to safeguard the health of -other people in the Cape Peninsula, but that the squatters must realise that they would not be allowed to stay. This must be realised, too, by Whites who employed some of the women, illegally, as domestic servants. Port Elizabeth According to the Eastern Province Herald of 16 October, the Cape Midlands Administration Board accepted a loan of RI 300 000 from the Ford Motor Company, to be used for the erection of 200 high-class houses for sale to Africans. A similar offer by the General Motors SA Company might be taken up later, if still available, after the extent of the demand for such housing became known. A loan from the Department of Community Development would be used for constructing 260 of the "bettertype" houses described on page 84, and 100 plots would be made available for African owner-builders. Grahamstown As described on page 199 of the 1970 Survey, during that year group areas were demarcated in Grahamstown. Many of the 2 Cape Times, 2 May. I Ibid, Weekend Magazine. 12 AprI. ' Hansard 11 col. 781. Assembly, 11 April, Hansard 9 cols. 3931-3.

TRANSPORT SERVICES FOR AFRICANS Africans of the city live in the Fingo Village, where a number have freehold rights, but most of this village was allocated to Coloured people in terms of the group areas determination. The official plan was that the Africans should be removed to a new township to be created at Committees Drift, -about 40 km from Grahamstown. During the next few years there were repeated protests by African and White residents and a number of organisations, and deputations to various authorities. The Africans, apparently, gained the impression that the proposed move to Committees Drift had ,been shelved. During April, however, they learned that this was not necessarily the case. At a mass meeting held at the end ,of April, residents of the Fingo Village adopted a resolution calling upon the Government to arrive at a satisfactory alternative to Committees Drift. A Rhodes University lecturer and member of the Institute of Race Relations, Mrs. Nancy Charton, went to Cape Town and presented a copy of the resolution to the Deputy Minister of Bantu Development.' On 2 May the Minister said in the Assembly,7 "Not a single Bantu person who has freehold in Fingo Town will leave without being offered alternative freehold elsewhere . . . We shall not cause anyone who has to leave Fingo Town to lose his legitimate work in Grahamstown . . . A place is being sought where they can live with their families ... and travel to work every day... People who are dependent and who are not working are resettled, but the people who are working in Grahamstown will not, with the removal, be deprived of their work." He intended discussing the whole matter with the government of the Ciskei, the Minister said. On 19 October the Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration announced that the Committees Drift resettlement project, as originally envisaged, would be shelved for the time being because of the Government's cut-back on expenditure. Attention would, however, still be given to the Fingo villagers and "others who need to be resettled because of overcrowding". TRANSPORT SERVICES As mentioned in the previous chapter, the Department of Transport has allocated R22 100 000 for the subsidization during the 1975-6 fiscal year of railway services carrying commuters between Black townships and urban centres.' The most congested railway service in the country continues to be the line between Soweto and Johannesburg. The public 6 Daily Dispatch, I and 5 May. Hansard 12 cols. 5364-6. The Minister elaborated on this statement in the Assembly on 5 May, Hansard 13 cols. 5427-31. 1 Estimates of Expenditure from Revenue Account, RP 2/1975. Vote 9.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 relations officer for the Railways Administration is reported2 to have said during May that more than 280 000 Black commuters used Johannesburg-bound trains in the peak period between 4 am and 8 am, during which 98 trains were used. The carrying capacity of those trains had been improved by increasing the number of coaches per train and using newer coaches with sliding doors and more standing room. Most of the Africans who travel daily to East London now live in the homeland township of Mdantsane. As the railway line passes only along the fringe of this township, most commuters travel by bus. The buses used were until the end of 1974 owned by a White-controlled company, the Border Passenger Transport Company. Towards the end of that year the Road Transportation Board granted an application for an increase in fares, in spite of objections raised by representatives 'of the residents of Mdantsane. The people then decided to boycott the buses. For six weeks an almost total boycott was maintained, the African travelling by car, taxi, or train, or walking. The Company is reported to have lost R130 000 a week during this period. There were a few minor outbreaks of violence at the beginning of the boycott and at the end, when the Company capitulated. Ciskeian political parties apparently played some part in disputes as to whether or not the bus company's terms and the arrangements then made should be accepted. It was, however, decided that the company should be bought out by the Xhosa Development Corporation and that the preboycott fares should be restored.' Similar trouble took place in Newcastle during October.4 Bus services between Newcastle and the African townships of Madadeni and Osizweni (12 km and 23 km from town, respectively) 'had been run by the Trans-Tugela Transport Co., sponsored by the Bantu Investment Corporation. Large numbers of workers in Iscor, the Veka Clothing factory, Bester Homes, Durban Falkirk, and other large concerns were transported to and from work daily. As the bus company was operating at a loss, fares were raised in 1973 and the following months from 8c to 25c a single fare. It was announced during October that the fares were again to be raised, to 30c. (Less expensive monthly tickets for workers would still be available.) Mass meetings of Africans decided that the people could not afford to pay the increased amounts, and that the buses would be boycotted. Some violence occurred, vehicles being stoned, two bottlestores looted, and two beerhalls wrecked. Some people were injured and two men killed. The police were called out in strength. 2 Rand Daily Mail, 6 May. 3 Information from the East London office of the Institute of Race Relations and from various Press reports. ' Account based on numerous Press reports.

URBAN BANTU COUNCILS Four White officials were for a time held as hostages in a compound, and the police attempting to restore order were stoned. After warning a surrounding mob to disperse the police opened fire. During this affray, two Africans were shot dead and three policemen seriously injured. The work of factories and other concerns in Newcastle was seriously disrupted. Many Africans stayed at home, numbers of others walked to work, others hired taxis or used private cars, and some employers provided transport for their employees. It was reported that the Department of Transport, acting under an obscure provision of the Workmen's Compensation Act, stopped vehicles carrying bus boycotters and ordered them off the road. After lengthy discussions, it was agreed that the KwaZulu Government and the BIC would form a holding company on a 50-50 basis to take over the Tugela Transport Company as well as other transport companies operated by the Corporation in KwaZulu. The bus boycott then began to peter out (some four weeks after its commencement). URBAN BANTU COUNCILS In replying to a question in the Assembly on 21 February,5 the Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration said that Urban Bantu Councils were operating in the following towns: Transvaal Cape Alberton Guguletu, Cape Town Carletonville Grahamstown Benoni Uitenhage Boksburg Ermelo Natal Johannesburg Krugersdorp Durban Nigel Oogies Free State Roodepoort Standerton Bethlehem Vereeniging Bloemfontein Witbank Odendaalsrus Parys Virginia .. Welkom The Minister said in the Assembly on 2 May6 that the feasibility was being considered of merging Urban Bantu Councils with the urban councils which had been established by various homeland governments, and granting increased powers to the combined bodies. 5 Hansard 3 col. 217. 6 Hatsard 12 col. 5360. SERVICES AND AMENITIES FOR BLACK PEOPLE ACCOMMODATION FOR BLACK PEOPLE AT HOTELS AND LICENSED RESTAURANTS The Liquor Act of 1928 as amended contained certain restrictions on the serving of liquor to Coloured persons, Africans, and Asians in hotels and licensed restaurants; but stated that such restrictions would not apply to any person who was duly accredited to the Republic by the government of any other state, or to any member of his family living with him, or to such members of his staff as were not domiciled within the Republic. As mentioned on page 154 of last year's Survey, an Amendment Bill, published in 1974, was referred to a Parliamentary Select Committee which was directed to investigate too, the question of hotel accommodation for Blacks from SA as well as for Black visitors from other countries. The Secretary for Justice announced interim arrangements which would apply pending the introduction of new legislation. An Amendment Bill, based on a majority report by the Select Committee, was published during the year now under review, becoming law as the Liquor Amendment Act, No. 58 of 1975. Black visitors from other countries The amending measure stated that no provisions of the Liquor Act, or conditions imposed under its authority, which differentially affected any African, Asian or Coloured person, would apply to any person who held a temporary permit issued to him under the Aliens Act, 1937, or who had been permitted in terms of this Act to enter the Republic without holding any permit. When introducing the Bill at its Second Reading in the Assembly,' the Minister of Justice said that foreign Black visitors wishing to avail themselves of the facilities of hotels or licensed restaurants would have to produce passports incorporating permits validating their presence in SA. Blacks who entered the Republic under a migratory labour scheme would not fall within the ambit of the exemptions, since they were not issued with permits of the nature described. 1 22 May, Hansard 15 col. 6562.

HOTELS AND LICENSED RESTAURANTS Black residents of the Republic The Select Committee recommended, and Parliament by majority vote agreed, that certain provisions of the principal Act, as slightly amended, should be retained. These were that, subject to the exceptions described below, it would be a special condition of an on-consumption liquor licence issued in respect of premises established to cater wholly or mainly for Whites that the holder of the licence must not, on the premises, supply -to a Black person any refreshments, meals, accommodation, or liquor for on-consumption, nor might he admit a Black person as a guest. The exceptions were: (a) the restrictions mentioned would not apply to Black persons employed by the licensee or by any White guest provided that the facilities were made available in a -portion of the premises specially set aside for the purpose; and (b) a licensee might be authorised to sell liquor to Black persons for off or on-consumption provided that (unless a special permit was obtained) this was done in a part of the premises set aside for the class of Black persons concerned. Besides these matters, however, the new Act contained some entirely new provisions. 1. The holder of an on-consumption licence would be able to apply to the local magistrate for authority to sell or supply liquor or refreshments or meals or to provide accommodation on his premises to a Black person of any group (not neoessarily in a segregated part of the premises). After an enquiry by the National Liquor Board, the Minister of Justice might grant the application, subject to such conditions as he might deem fit to impose. Annual re-application for such authority would be necessary, and a prescribed fee would have to be paid. (The Minister referred to hotels granted such authority as "international" hotels.) 2. During the Parliamentary debate, a NP member suggested the inclusion of a further clause, which was accepted, to cover situations in which a speedy decision was necessary, e.g. if a Black traveller was forced to seek accommodation in a place where there was no international hotel. It was agreed to insert a provision to the effect that the Minister or any person acting on his authority might, in a specific case, authorise the holder of an on-consumption licence to sell or supply liquor or refreshments or meals or to provide accommodation on his premises to a Black person, subject to such conditions as might be imposed. During the Second Reading debate, referred to above,2 the Minister pointed out that it was to -be left to licensees, in their 2 Hansard 15 cols. 6562-5.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 absolute discretion, to decide whether or not they wished to apply for authority to admit Black persons. International hotels, he said, would display signs indicating their status as such, and Black persons would require no permit to make use of such an hotel. The Minister said that it remained Government policy that as far as possible each racial group should have its own hotels in its own residential areas. The need for international hotels and other on-consumption distribution points -to which Blacks might be admitted existed for the most part in cities, and to a lesser extent in rural towns on main traffic routes. Authority to admit Black guests would be granted very selectively, and control would be exercised to prevent abuses. Questions such as the holding of mixed dances and swimming would have to be considered when the applications were dealt with. Parliamentary debate On behalf of the UP, Mr. M. L. Mitchell opposed the Second Reading.' He moved to omit all words after "That" and to substitute "this House, while agreeing that provision should be made for open restaurant and hotel facilities, declines to pass the Second Reading of the Liquor Amendment Bill, inter alia because(1) it deprives citizens of rights and privileges under existing law; (2) it deprives the private sector providing public amenities of the right to decide who will be served; (3) it subjects both the public and hotel and restaurant holders to absolute bureaucratic control -based solely on race." Mr. Mitchell said, "Even in the shambles that it is at the moment, the law makes better provision in respect of public facilities provided by the private sector than can ever be done in terms of this Bill." He pointed out that an existing right under the Group Areas Act was being abolished: in terms of this Act Indians and Coloured persons might remain in a White group area for up to 90 days in any calendar year without requiring a permit. They could, thus, be accommodated in any hotel in a White area for such periods without applying for permits.4 Now, there would be restricted numbers of international hotels available to them. Mr. Mitchell stated that the UP su'pported a recommendation contained in the Select Committee's minority report to the effect that it be left to the entire discretion of a licensee to decide whether or not to admit any person whatsoever to his premises 3 Cols. 6567-76. , The question of the provision to them of meals and liquor was, however, apparently not clear under previous law.

HOTELS AND LICENSED RESTAURANTS and afford to him any or all of the facilities available on such premises. Ministerial permission should not be required.5 People like homeland leaders, Black school inspectors and lawyers and others would, in terms of the proposed legislation, experience difficulty when travelling, Mr. Mitchell said. The minority report had recommended that such people should be able to obtain permits authorising them for indefinite periods to have access to any hotels, restaurants, etc., intended for occupation by Whites. The Progressive Party and Reform Party rejected the Second Reading for much the same reasons as the United Party had done.' The Third Reading of the measure was passed by 97 votes to 39, all three opposition parties voting against it. Overnight accommodation for Black travellers The Minister of Bantu Administration and Development announced on 10 November that private entrepreneurs, as well as Administration Boards, would be permitted to erect overnight accommodation along main traffic routes for African travellers such as long-distance lorry drivers and drivers of new cars travelling in convoy. This accommodation would be for one-night stops, and should be functional and neat rather than luxurious. No liquor would be allowed on these premises.. He stated -that about 50 hotels for Black guests had been graded in the normal way by the Hotel Board in various towns, mainly in the Cape and Natal. PASSENGERS ON LUXURY TRAINS It was announced on 1 February' that the SA Railways and Harbours Administration had decided that passengers of all races on the luxury Blue Train and Drakensberg Express would be able to share the facilities of bars and dining saloons on these trains. Black passengers would, if they so wished, still be able to have meals in their compartments at no extra charge: Whites would continue to have to pay for this service. AIRPORTS During March, the editor of the Nigerian Sunday Times was refused service when he went with a White journalist to East London's Ben Schoeman Airport restaurant for Whites. Questioned about this incident, the Minister of Transport said in the Assembly2 that at domestic airports separate restaurant 5 The Institute of Race Relations had made a similar recommendation to the Select Committee. See 1974 Survey, page 155. 6 Hansard 16 cols. 6956-65, 7033-40. 1 Star, of that date. 2 7 May, Hansard 13 cols. 5570-1; and Rand Daily Mail, 9 May.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 facilities existed for Blacks and Whites. The Administration's agreements with the restaurant managers did not make provision for racial separation, but such an arrangement was generally tacitly accepted. (Separation did not apply in the international section of Jan Smuts Airport.) There was nothing contained in the agreements which prevented restaurant managers from serving racially mixed groups, the Minister continued. But the incident at the East London Airport had possibly been "only a little bit of mischief - just to see what would happen ... We live in a complicated country and I hope that when we are dealing with mixed groups, we will have the necessary co- operation from all the people involved." If problems arose in cases of mixed groups including prominent Blacks, the necessary arrangements could be made in advance for the provision of the facilities required. It would be unnecessary to issue permits, since State buildings did not fall under the permit control prescribed in the Group Areas Act. Arrival and departure lounges and concourses at airports were open to people of all racial groups. THEATRES Nico Malan Theatre, Cape Town When the Nico Malan Theatre was originally opened in Cape Town the Administrator-in-Executive Committee decided that it should be open to White audiences only. This decision provoked much resentment, particularly in view of the considerable musical and theatrical talent of many Coloured citizens, as demonstrated over the years in productions of the Eoan Group. Numbers of White citizens decided to boycott all, productions in the Nico Malan Theatre. At the end of January, however, the then Administrator, Mr. A. H. Vosloo, announced,' "Following discussions between the Government and the liaison committee of the CRC and other leaders last week, I have, after consultation with the Government, decided that in respect of the Nico Malan Theatre, arrangements will be made to accommodate also other population groups." Three weeks later, Mr. Vosloo qualified this announcement, however, stating2 that members of all population groups would be admitted from Tuesdays to Fridays, but that all performances on Mondays and Saturdays would take place before White audiences only. Widespread indignation was expressed. It was reported3 that the Cape leader of the National Party, Mr. P. W. Botha, M.P., intervened personally. Three days after the restrictions had been imposed the Administrator-in-Executive Committee lifted them. 1 Rand Daily Mail, 30 January. 2 Ibid, 20 February. 3 Sunday Times, 23 February.

THEATRES Later, the question arose as to whether racially mixed casts as well as mixed audiences were permissible in the Nico Malan Theatre. Reports stated4 that the general manager of the theatre had refused permission for a multiracial musical called Pippin to be staged there. The incoming Administrator, Mr. L. A. P. Munnik, ruled that in future, applications for permits to stage mixed shows, or shows with Black casts, should be made via the Cape Performing Arts Board (Capab) to the Department of Community Development if Coloured or Asian artists were involved, or to the Department of Bantu Administration and Development if the cast included Africans. The Minister of the Interior, Dr. Connie Mulder, stated at a National Party meeting that the decision in regard to mixed audiences at the Nico Malan Theatre had created no precedent for other theatres.5 Civic Theatre, Johannesburg Following the Nico Malian decision, the Civic Theatre Association in Johannesburg resolved to apply to the Government departments concerned for general permits for multiracial audiences and casts. Separate toilet facilities existed (although a complication would arise because of Government restrictions on the supply of alcohol to Africans). Any impressario who wished to stage a performance at the Civic Theatre would have to be willing for this to be done before a mixed audience. The large majority of members of the Johannesburg City Council supported the Association's decision. The Administrator of the Transvaal, Mr. Sybrand van Niekerk, stated' that the Performing Arts Council of the Transvaal (Pact) would not perform at the Civic Theatre if it were opened to all races. Pact's policy was to give separate performances for Whites and Blacks at theatres in their various group areas. Mr. Sam Moss, M.P.C., chairman of the Civic Theatre's Management Board, announced in Marchs that this Board had written to the Ministers of Justice, Community Development, and Bantu Administration and Development to ask if they would jointly meet a delegation from the Civic Theatre Association. (The Minister of Justice was involved because of the liquor question.) This meeting took place on 20 March. The Ministers reserved decision. Meanwhile, for the first time in its history, on 5 June the "Civic" was permitted to open its doors to people of all races to see a performance of an indigenous Biblical opera. 4 Rand Daily Mail, 26 June and 11 July. 5 lbid, 8 March. 6 Star, 4 and 26 February; Rand Daily Mail. 26 February. 7 Rand Daily Mail, 27 February. 9 lbid, 10 March; Star, 12 and 21 March.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Theatres in other centres During March, a full meeting of the Natal Performing Arts Council (Napac) decided that, provided Government approval could be secured, the Alhambra Theatre in Durban should be open to mixed audiences. Napac's director opposed mixed casts, however, refusing permission for the musical show Pippin to be shown in the theatre for this reason.9 A number of cultural societies and of prominent persons in Port Elizabeth expressed the wish for the Opera House there to be opened to people of all racial groups. A member of Capab's Board of Directors, Professor Frieda la Grange, wrote to the Board asking for a motion to this effect to be placed on the agenda for a meeting to be held during April. Her letter apparently went astray; but the Board allowed the matter to be raised under "General". The Board decided, however, that as in its opinion Professor La Grange had no full mandate from Port Elizabeth cultural societies the question would have to stand over until its next meeting in November.'0 In June, the East London City Council decided by majority vote to seek authority for the removal of racial restrictions in a number of public buildings, including the Orient Theatre and the Guild Theatre."' The City Council of Bloemfontein agreed unanimously in December 1974 that restrictions on the admission of Black people to its Civic Theatre should be amended -to allow the Council to use its discretion in particular cases. Later, in June, it resolved that, if authority could 'be obtained, mixed casts but not mixed audiences should be permitted in this theatre.12 It was reported in June13 that one of the National Party branches in Pretoria considered that a new opera house to be built in the city should be open to members of all racial groups. The Administrator, Mr. Sybrand van Niekerk, claimed that the matter was purely academic at that stage, as the new building would not be completed until about 1980. During this period the Government departments involved relaxed their previous policies to some extent, granting permits for Black audiences to attend segregated performances at certain theatres which had previously been reserved for Whites, e.g. the Civic, Colosseum, and His Majesty's Theatres in Johannesburg, the Feather Market Hall in Port Elizabeth, and others. On a few occasions, completely unsegregated audiences were permitted, e.g. at a ballet at His Majesty's Theatre. 9 Rand Daily Mail, 8 March and 11 July. 10 Cape Times, 28 April. 11 Daily Dispatch, 24 April; Rand Daily Mail, 11 July. 12 Star, 12 December 1974; Rand Daily Mail, 11 July. 13 Rand Daily Mail, 12 June.

"PETTY APARTHEID" MEASURES Statement of Government policy The policy decided upon by the Government was announced on 30 June by the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development, on behalf of himself and the Ministers of Community Development, Planning and Justice.14 It remained Government policy, the Minister stated, that the different racial groups should have their own facilities in their own residential areas. But in cases when no equivalent facilities existed for Blacks, permits allowing them to attend theatrical performances in venues for Whites would be considered if the owners or controllers of the premises concerned were agreeable. The way in which such performances would be arranged would be determined in consultation with the relevant theatre management. If several performances were to be held, Black people might be allowed to attend on some occasions. Conditions might be imposed, for example in regard to seating. Permits granted might be withdrawn if undesirable conditions arose. The consumption of liquor would be controlled in terms of the Liquor Act. It was announced on the following day15 that the status quo regarding the admission of Black people to -the Johannesburg Civic Theatre would be maintained - i.e., permits would be required for integrated or for separate Black audiences. The. chairman of the theatre's Board of Governors called on impresarios to take full advantage of the Government's willingness to issue permits for specific shows. The Performing Arts Council of the (Pacofs) welcomed the fact that the Government was prepared to consider granting permits.16 WITWATERSRAND AGRICULTURAL SHOW The Witwatersrand Agricultural Society again applied in 1975 for permission to open the Rand Show every day to members of all racial groups, but was allowed by the Cabinet Ministers con-, cerned to admit Black persons on five days only of the approximately thirteen days of the Show's duration.17 ABOLITIONOF CERTAIN RACIAL RESTRICTIONS BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES As mentioned on page 151 of last year's Survey, towards the end of 1973 the Johannesburg City Council set up two ad hoc committees, for Coloured Affairs and Indian Affairs respectively to consider the abolition of "petty apartheid" measures in matters under municipal control. A description was given of decisions that resulted. The Coloured and Indian members of the committees were at first co-opted, but it was later decided that they should be appointed by the respective management committees. National 14 Rand Daily Mail, 1 July. I5 (bid, 2 July. 1G Ibid. ' Star, 10 April.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Party City Councillors originally declined to serve on the ad hoc committees, but during 1975 agreed to do so.18 The Sandton Town Council decided unanimously to eliminate petty apartheid in its area."9 The Benoni Town Council asked departmental heads to report on petty apartheid bylaws and practices that could be abolished; and the Krugersdorp Town Council set up a committee to consult with Black leaders in this matter.20 The Cape Town City Council made renewed representations to the Department of Community Development, which this time were successful, for authority to admit members of all racial groups to symphony concerts in the City Hall.21 East London decided to admit Coloured and Indian persons to the municipal reference library and made representations for the removal of all race restrictions in halls in its area.22 During February, the Pretoria City Council agreed to the construction of a shopping centre for Blacks on a centrally-situated site, with a restaurant, cafeteria, and parking facilities.2 Certain desegregation measures taken in Pietermaritzburg in 1974 were described in last year's Survey. Subsequently, the City Council decided to invite representatives of the Indian and Coloured communities to attend Council meetings in an advisory capacity. It set up a special committee to investigate and where possible eliminate causes of racial friction. Racial separation in queues in municipal buildings was ended; certain "Whites only" signs on benches at bus stops were removed; and the Administration Board was asked to provide restaurant facilities for Africans in the city centre. Both the Pietermaritzburg and the Durban City Councils refused to pay their annual grants to the Natal Performing Arts Council until a promise was given of performances for Black audiences.24 SUGGESTED COMMITFEES TO INVESTIGATE AND ELIMINATE RACIAL FRICTION It was reported in May25 that the Department of Coloured Affairs had sent letters to all magistrates suggesting that they should be instrumental in setting up local committees consisting of equal numbers of White and of Coloured and Indian members to "extend the hand of friendship at grass roots level". People from municipalities, churches, schools, and other organisations would be brought together to investigate and discuss points of friction in an effort to eliminate them. 18 Star, 10 June. 19 Rand Daily Mail, 28 January. 20 Star, 26 February; Rand Daily Mail, 26 November 1974. 21 Star, 27 February. Between 1965 and 1975, a block of 24 seats only was reserved for Coloured patrons. 22 Star, 28 November 1974; Rand Daily Mail, I July. 23 Rand Daily Mail, 28 February. 24 Natal Mercury, 26 May. 25 Rand Daily Mail, 27 May.

THE PASS LAWS PROSECUTIONS UNDER THE PASS LAWS The Report of the Commissioner of the SA Police for the year ended 30 June 19741 contained information about certain of the cases sent for trial under the intricate laws and regulations that apply to Africans. Nature of law infringement Curfew Regulations ...... Registration and production of documents ...... Foreign Africans entering urban areas ...... Bantu (Urban Areas) Consolidation Act not elsewhere specified ...... Bantu Administration Act not elsewhere specified ... Masters and Servants Laws and Bantu Labour Regulation Act ...... Number of cases 1973-4 95219 194 187 16612 166 179 20335 18631 511 163 If these are compared with the figures given on page 171 of last year's Survey, it will be noted that there was a small decrease in the total number. The total represented 25,5 per cent of all the cases sent for trial in 1973-4 for infringements of the law, and was equivalent to 1 400 trials for every day of the year (Sundays and 'holidays included). The Police Commissioner's reports give no details of the exact nature of the charges that the persons concerned faced. It would appear that other matters besides infringements of the so-called pass laws were involved. Questioned in the Assembly on 11 February,2 the Minister of Police said that during 1974, 214 368 men and 60 273 women were arrested in the Republic for offences relating to identity documents and influx control. Totals for the main urban areas during that year were: East Rand ...... West Rand Central Witwatersrand Pretoria ...... Bloemfontein ...... Pietermaritzburg ... Durban ...... Cape Peninsula ...... Port Elizabeth ...... Kimberley ...... Men ...... 13709 ...... 5346 ...... 77498 ...... 10789 ...... 5415 ...... 3260 ...... 8209 ...... 11797 ...... 912 ...... 638 Women 2369 832 10912 11 595 1 678 1199 2479 8422 1 090 40 1 RP 36/1975 page 7. 2 Hansard 2 col. 65.

A SURVEY OF RACE R ELATiONS, 1975 AID CENTRES The establishment and functions of aid centres were described on page 162 of the 1972 Survey and page 173 of the issue for 1974. In reply to a question in the Assembly on 10 June,', the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development gave detailed information about the. 18 aid centres that were then functioning. A summary is as follows. (a) During 1974, 165 555 Africans arrested under influx control regulations and regulations under the Bantu (Urban Areas) Consolidation Act were referred to aid centres. (b) Of these people: 19 840 were not subsequently prosecuted; 13 076 were assisted to find employment; 18 467 were sent to African homelands. (The Minister did not say what happened to the rest. Presumably large numbers were prosecuted.) (c) Besides these people, 26 189 Africans reported voluntarily to aid centres. Figures for Johannesburg alone, included in the above totals, were (for 1974): 46 259 Africans were referred to the aid centre. Of these, 6 574 were not subsequently prosecuted; 8 650 were assisted to find employment; 10 111 were sent to homelands. A further 9 437 Africans reported voluntarily to the centre. These statistics do not correspond with figures given to the Rand Daily Mail by the then acting manager of the centre, Mr. Hennie du Plessis, and published in the issue of 5 February. His figures were: Number of cases referred to the 1972 1973 1974 centre ...... 41 235 40090 40 170 Number of cases withdrawn ... 24620 17480 13235 Number sent to court ...... 16 620 23 605 26 935 The newspaper pointed out that fewer cases were being withdrawn and more sent to court. Mr. Du Plessis explained that this was because many men who were given an opportunity of rectifying their "technical" offences failed to do so. When the same men were referred to the centre for a second or third time they were dealt with less leniently. Many of the Africans whose cases were withdrawn were ordered to 'homelands, the newspaper stated.4 It would appear that numbers of these either failed to go, or subsequently returned without the required documents because jobs were not available in the homelands. 3 Hansard 18 cols. 1129-30. 4 Issue of 6 February. 100

PASS LAWS Two members of the Institute of Race Relations visited the Johannesburg aid centre on 18 February. The figures given to them by Mr. Du Plessis were, again, different, as follows: 1973 1974 Cases referred to the centre ...... 43 380 43 586 Cases withdrawn ...... 18 980 14 866 Cases sent to court ...... 24 400 28 720 The trend revealed was, however, a similar one. Mr. Du Plessis told the visitors that all Africans arrested under the pass laws (except foreign Africans) were referred by the police to his centre and their cases were investigated that same day. If an investigation proved that the person concerned had committed no offence (e.g. if he had merely left his reference book at home) the court at the aid centre discharged him immediately. Should further investigation be necessary, the African was given a temporary identification certificate establishing his right to remain in the area in the meanwhile. But if it appeared that the African concerned had transgressed the law, he was detained by the police pending his appearance in the Bantu Affairs Commissioner's court. Persons who reported to the centre voluntarily were never charged, Mr. Du Plessis said. Their documents were put in order if this were possible. If not, they were advised to go to their homelands and there register for employment in the prescribed manner. There had been a significant increase in the numbers reporting voluntarily, which were: 1972 ... 3422 1973 ..., 5024 1974 ... 9437 PRODUCTION OF REFERENCE BOOKS ON DEMAND It was reported in last year's Survey that Mr. M. A. Zikalala, who was employed by a legal firm in Durban, was arrested by an African constable in 1972 for not being in possession of his reference book. He offered to fetch the book from his employer's office, where he had left it temporarily, but permission was refused. After spending a night in the police cells he appeared before a magistrate, was found guilty, and was sentenced to R2 or five days. Mr. Zikalala then sued the constable and the Minister of Justice and Police for RI 000 for wrongful arrest and imprisonment. He won the case, but was awarded only R7. Mr. Zikalala then took the matter on appeal to the Natal Supreme Court. The three judges who heard the case accepted his counsel's submission that an offence could have been committed only if he had failed to produce his reference book within a reasonable time. The award for damages was raised to R200. The African constable and the Minister appealed to the

ASURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Appellate Division against the judgment of the Natal Provincial Division, the appeal being based on the submission that an African who was called upon to produce his reference book should either have it on his person or in a place where, having regard to considerations of space and time, he could fetch it and produce it speedily and urgently. If the African were given a more extensive opportunity, this would render the Act unworkable and would defeat its objects. Mr. Zikalala's employer's office had been 30 km away from the place of his arrest, and it would not have been reasonable to have expected the constable to accompany him for so long a distance, especially as there was no proof that the reference book was in fact there. On 19 August the Chief Justice, with four judges of appeal concurring, found that ,the interpretation of the relevant law by the Natal Provincial Division had not given effect to the intention of the legislature, and could not be upheld., CONSIDERATION OF THE SYSTEM OF MIGRANT LABOUR Towards the end of 1974 the Department of Bantu Administration and Development announced its decision to investigate the whole question of migrant labour and to draw up a charter for the workers. Businessmen, politicians, academics, and others concerned with this question were invited to submit their views. This plan was generally welcomed. The Institute of Race Relations held discussions with departmental officials and at their request drew up a memorandum (RR. 180/1974) entitled The Urban African - Proposals on Influx Control and Related Matters. Among others who were reported' to have taken up the invitation were the Progressive Party, the Black Sash, and Dr. Francis Wilson, an economist at the University of Cape Town who had studied the whole matter in depth. The Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration said in the Assembly on 5 February7 that the departmental officials concerned had completed one interim report, but the enquiry was continuing. A considerable number of the recommendations made had been implemented, the object being to eliminate irritations and reduce the number of arrests. On 7 February the Prime Minister said in the Assembly that the Minister and he had held discussions over three days with the urban Bantu of various residential areas. There had been a great deal of criticism on their part of influx control. He had tried to convince them that such control was not a racially discriminatory measure. Similar problems relating to influx to the towns were being encountered in Lusaka, Nairobi, and, in fact, every city in Africa. 5 Natal Mercury, 14 May; Rand Daily Mail, 20 August. 6 Rand Daily Mail, 4 March. 7 Hansard I cols. 222-3. S Hansard 1 cols. 388-9. 102 MIGRANT LABOUR Mr. Vorster went on to talk of his discussions with homeland leaders (described on page 26). They had agreed, he said, that influx to cities created a problem. "I told them .. . we should give thought to how that problem should be solved ...I told them that I believed that the only way of doing this was to appoint three of their number who would, in consultation with the proper officials of the department, go into the entire matter and produce a better method of solving that problem ... Only one homeland leader, i.e. Chief Buthelezi, said that he was not prepared to co-operate in this regard because, as he said, this was a White man's law and he had not had a part in the making of that law ... The other seven homeland leaders adopted the standpoint that .... they would co-operate with the department." The Minister of Bantu Administration and Development announced in the Assembly on 1 May9 that steps had been taken towards the commencement of the consultations. According to the Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration,'0 the registration of Africans outside the homelands was being computerised during 1975. Every effort would be made not to prosecute Africans whose presence in certain areas was found to be illegal, but the whole matter would have to be regularised. It was senseless to have them drifting into towns if they had to be sent back again. Further, the housing and other needs of Africans in towns, in farming areas, and in the homelands had to be assessed properly. Adding to this statement, the Deputy Minister said in the Assembly on 11 April' that "the present situation under which thousands upon thousands of people are illegally entering the urban areas can no longer be tolerated". He is reported1" to have stated at a NP congress in September that the migratory labour system was a bad one. One needed only to look at Cape Town. TRAVELLING BETWEEN INDEPENDENT HOMELANDS AND THE REPUBLIC In a SABC television interview on 14 August,'3 the Deputy Minister said that the people of an independent Transkei, and of other homelands that become independent, would enjoy "preferential treatment" over the people in other independent states in Africa. Travelling would be made as easy as possible. In the case of the Transkei there might, possibly, be only two control posts, and the travel documents required would be very much simplified. People who had to travel daily across the border between their places of employment and their homes might ' Hansard 12 col. 5233. "o Star, 21 February. a Hansard 9 col. 3930. 12 Rand Daily Mail, 26 September. 1 Rand Daily Mail, 15 August.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 be given long-term concessions, making it unnecessary for them to call at border posts. PROPOSED REHABILITATION INSTITUTIONS IN THE HOMELANDS Terms of the relevant Proclamation Proclamation No. R133, gazetted on 6 June, made provision for Rehabilitation Institutions to be established in the homelands, after consultation with the Bantu Authority concerned, for the reception, treatment, and training of persons committed thereto under the Bantu (Urban Areas) Consolidation Act, 1945, or the Bantu Labour Act, 1964, "and of other persons transferred thereto under this Proclamation or under any other law". It was stated that the inmates of an institution "shall be detained therein for the purpose of improving their physical, mental, and moral condition by: (a) training them in habits of industry and work: (b) re-orientating them to the traditions, culture, custom, and system of government of the national unit to which they belong; (c) generally cultivating in them habits of social adaptation in the community and of good citizenship including the fostering of an awareness in regard to the observance of, and 'the necessity for, the laws of 'the country." The Minister of Bantu Administration and Development would appoint a board of management for each institution, and a Superintendent as head of it. The Superintendent would, inter alia, have the right to search an inmate (subject to certain conditions), also to receive and keep in his custody all money and personal effects which the inmate had in his possession on admission and, in the Superintendent's opinion, should not be allowed to retain while in the institution. A person committed or transferred to an institution would, normally, be detained there for three years. A board of management might, however, discharge him prior to the expiration of this period (subject to conditions, if it so decided). The Departmental Secretary might at any time order the transfer of any inmate from one institution to another. The Commissioner of Prisons or any person acting on his authority might, after consultation with the Secretary, order the transfer of any person undergoing a term of imprisonment to an institution for the unexpired portion of his term of imprisonment but not exceeding a period of three years. Inmates would be classified in different groups with due regard to their conduct, educational qualifications, physical fitness, etc. Unless prevented by illness, every inmate would be employed in such work as the Superintendent might determine, this work constituting an integral part of his programme of treatment. Normal hours of work should not exceed 56 a week. 104

PROPOSED REHABILITATION INSTITUTIONS Visitors would be allowed, but only with the authority of the Superintendent and subject to rules prescribed by the board. Full particulars of each visitor would be kept. Visitors could be searched. The Superintendent might open and read or examine any letter or parcel addressed to or by an inmate, and, in his discretion, withhold the letter or parcel. Any such action would have to be reported to the board. Rules for the maintenance of good order and discipline might be prescribed, and posted up together with -the regulations at a place accessible to the inmates. Offences under the Proclamation were specified. It would, inter alia, be an offence to sketch or photograph any institution or inmate. Persons found guilty of an offence would be liable to maximum penalties of R100 or six months. Comments on the Proclamation A strongly critical memorandum on Proclamation R133 was published by the Black Sash, and was widely publicised in the Press. The Black Sash maintained, inter alia, that people committed to a rehabilitation institution need not have been convicted of any offence. They would include ordinary pass offenders. The provisions of the Proclamation were similar to prison regulations. Superintendents would have almost unbridled powers. It was stated that one of the methods to be used in treating inmates would be to "re-orientate them to the traditions, culture, custom, and system of government of the national unit to which they belong". As many Africans who were ordered to leave urban areas had had no contact with their "national units", the wording of the Proclamation smacked of brainwashing. In a memorandum it issued,' the Institute of Race Relations, too, expressed the view that in terms of the Proclamation, Africans who had not been found guilty of any offence might be committed to a rehabilitation institution. The Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration' strongly denied any suggestion that the institutions would be used to indoctrinate inmates to a particular political philosophy. They were being established with the full' knowledge of homeland governments, he said. The purpose was to prevent idlers and young people who had landed in trouble from becoming hardened criminals by rehabilitating them so that they would become useful citizens. The institutions were not intended for general pass law offenders. Persons would not be sent to them except after a proper hearing in a court of law. The reason for forbidding photographs or sketches of inmates was to prevent their identification by the public, making their return to society difficult. 1 RR. 105/1975. 2 In a Press statement published on 19 July, and broadcast made on 27 July.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 The Press questioned homeland leaders, nearly all of whom denied any knowledge of the establishment of the institutions, and disapproved of the scheme. The Deputy Minister then explained3 that it had been planned to establish three institutions initially, in Lebowa, the Ciskei, and BophuthaTswana. The governments of these homelands had been consulted in 1971. Lebowa and the Ciskei had agreed in principle. (As it happened, new governments had, since, come into power in both of these homelands.) The BophuthaTswana Cabinet had asked for further time in which to consider its decision. Institutions were, accordingly, being built at Lebowa-Kgoma and at Queensdale in the Ciskei, but no action had as yet been taken in BophuthaTswana. The Deputy Minister admitted that the homeland leaders had not been consulted on the actual details of the Proclamation. (Chief Mangope claimed4 that he had confused the scheme with the establishment of aid centres.) The national president of the Black Sash, Mrs. Sheena Duncan, maintained in a Press statement, that, in terms of the wording of the Proclamation, Africans who had not appeared before a court of law could be committed to the institutions. She and others reiterated the view that these centres were intended for pass law offenders. The Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration replied6 that the two centres nearing completion could each accommodate only some 400 people. It was nonsensical to view them as part of the apparatus of influx control. Not only were they physically too small to fulfil that role, but the -problems and expense involved in transporting pass offenders to these remotely situated centres from urban areas many miles away would be well-nigh insurmountable. It was a misinterpretation to link the institutions with the pass laws, the Deputy Minister repeated, but now that this had been publicly done he could well understand why homeland leaders had been rejecting the scheme. Departmental officials would hold further talks with the leaders, and if necessary the proposals would be modified to take account of their views. AFRICAN WIDOWS AND DIVORCEES IN URBAN AREAS In the Assembly on 18 February' Mrs. Helen Suzman (PP) commented on certain information that had been given by the Deputy Minister to an African deputation from Pretoria which met him on 27 January, as supplemented by the Department of Bantu Administration and Development. 3 Rand Daily Mail, 23, 24 and 28 July, and 8 August. 4 Ibid, 5 August. 5 Ibid, 29 July. 6 lbid, 8 and 12 August. 7 Hansard 3 cols. 964-5. 106

AFRICAN WOMEN Until late in 1974, she said, urban African women who became widowed were not allowed to remain in their houses. Even if they themselves qualified to remain in the area, in terms of Section 10 (1) (a) or (b) of the Bantu (Urban Areas) Consolidation Act,8 and could pay the rent, they were nevertheless made to give up their houses and seek lodgings (unless they had adult sons who could take over the tenancy). But, according to the Deputy Minister, they were no longer being forced to move, provided that they possessed these qualifications. This did not apply to Section 10 (1) (c) widows9 who might, however, be allowed to remain in the town as lodgers. There had also been a change in policy as far as divorcees were concerned, Mrs. Suzman continued. (It appears, from what she said, that in order to retain her house, a divorced woman must still be able to prove that she was not the guilty party and has been granted custody of any children, and must still qualify in her own right to remain in the town and be able to pay the rent. But it is no longer necessary for her ex-husband to have to agree to transfer the tenancy to her.) Mrs. Suzman pointed out, however, that a woman's fate still depended very largely on the way in which a particular township superintendent exercised his powers. FOREIGN AFRICANS Foreign Africans are not allowed to work in the Western Cape. Elsewhere in the Republic, they may be granted permission to work on farms or mines, or, subject to certain conditions, in urban areas. In the Assembly on 8 April0 Dr. F. van Zyl Slabbert (PP) asked the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development what period of residence was required for foreign Africans resident in the Republic to obtain authority for continued residence and employment there. The Minister replied, "No period of residence is required. Cases are dealt with on merit." It would appear that large numbers of foreigners are, in fact, employed illegally in towns, their employment not having been registered. Questioned in the Assembly on 11 February,1 the Minister said that during the second half of 1974 the Fordsburg (Johannesburg) Bantu Commissioner's Court convicted 2051 foreign Africans of being in the Republic illegally. Almost half (1 019) of these people had had previous convictions for this offence - up to sixteen previous convictions in two cases. None of the convicted persons was deported, -but 58 were cautioned and 9 i.e. if they had been born in the area, or had worked there for one employer for at least ten years, or had been legally in the area for at least fifteen years, and fulfilled certain other qualifications. * i.e. "unqualified" women who had been married to qualified men. 10 Hansard 9 col. 637. 11 Hansard 2 col. 66.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 discharged, 1 992 fined (paying R18 501), 182 were given suspended sentences, and one was imprisoned.1" During January the Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration issued a statement which read,'-' "As it would appear that there is still a considerable number of foreign Bantu who have not yet legalised their stay and/or work position in the Republic of South Africa, I appeal to them, in their own interest, to do so without delay. According to existing arrangements, citizens of neighbouring countries who have been in the Republic for many years may apply to their local Bantu Affairs Commissioner's office for the necessary documents to legalise their position." According to a Press report,14 a Government official who wished to remain anonymous said he was given to understand by this statement and departmental directives that illegally employed domestic servants who could comply with certain conditions would be allowed to remain. He understood that the conditions were that the foreigner should be able -to prove that he had been employed in the Republic (legally or illegally) since before 1 March 1968, and had a clean criminal record. It was reported, in September that, by then, between 1 000 and 2 000 employers in the Johannesburg area had sought to legalise the presence of foreign Africans who were working for them. One of those involved said that she had furnished the necessary proof of her employee's length of residence and had paid a registration fee and repatriation deposit. After being finger-printed, the man concerned was conditionally registered for employment for six months. But when he returned at the end of this period, he was told to leave the country within a month. The report stated that, by then, about a thousand foreign workers whose employers came forward in good faith to register them had been deported. The only ones being permitted to remain were Rhodesians who had been in lawful employment since before 1 March 1968. The Johannesburg Bantu Affairs Commissioner is reported to have said that the Deputy Minister's statement was "not to be interpreted as just a hoax" to flush out illegal immigrants. If employers had not registered them, these employers would have been subject to prosecution and fines of between R25 and , while the employees would have been repatriated immediately instead of having been given a month's notice. The Press report stated, however, that there may have been some misunderstanding by officials of what the Deputy Minister had meant. 12 The total. which does not agree with the Minister's figure, possibly includes some persons who had been charged prior to the period to which the Minister was referring. As quoted in the Star, 11 September. 1 Ibid. '. Star, II and 12 September.

ADVICE OFFICES 109 BLACK SASH ADVICE OFFICES The Black Sash (in some cases in association with the Institute of Race Relations) continues to run advice offices in Athlone (Cape Town), Johannesburg, Durban, East London, and Grahamstown, at which Africans who find themselves in difficulties under the pass laws or who have other problems are given free advice. The annual reports of most of these offices were given in the issue of the periodical The Black Sash for May. The Johannesburg office reported that in the year ended 30 September 1974 it conducted an average of 29,9 interviews per day. It was proving more and more difficult to help the Africans because of the increasing rigidity with which the pass laws were being applied. Nevertheless the percentage of cases handled which were known to have been successful was 22. The final outcome of many cases was, however, not reported to the office by the Africans concerned.

110 GENERAL MATTERS STATE EXPENDITURE ON BEHALF OF AFRICANS Previous issues of this Survey have included estimates by the Controller and Auditor-General of State expenditure on behalf of Africans, but the tables concerned have, since, become relatively meaningless. From the information given it is impossible to separate expenditure in South West Africa from that in the Republic. Moreover, the tables exclude statutory payments to homeland governments, expenditure 'by these governments from other resources, advances and loans for housing, the financing of the three large development corporations, and expenditure incurred by the SA Railways Administration and the Postal Administration. Subsequent chapters of this Survey, however, contain estimates of expenditure: (a) in the homelands; (b) on education; (c) in South West Africa. TAXATION Replying to a question in the Assembly on 2. March,' the Minister of Finance said that the following amounts had been assessed for normal income tax payable during the 1974 tax year: No. liable Amount for tax assessed R Whites ...... 1056817 621106398 Coloured ...... 99437 8637138 Asians ...... 47390 11 142097 So far as Africans are concerned, information given in the Assembly by the Deputy Minister of Bantu Development on 18 February2 has here been combined with figures extracted by the writer from reports by the Controller and Auditor- General on the accounts of the various homeland governments. All amounts refer to the 1973-4 fiscal year. I Hansard 8 col. 598. 2 Hansard 3 col. 184.

AFRICAN WOMEN R Tax based on income ...... 17 889 845 Fixed tax ...... 7 387 835 Hospital levies ...... 59 924 General levies ...... 644 936 Local tax, tribal levies, and quitrent 3 905 182 29887722 LEGAL STATUS OF AFRICAN WOMEN During the year under review the Institute of Race Relations published two booklets entitled, respectively: Brief Guide to Some Laws Affecting African Women, The Rights of African Women: Some Suggested Reforms (second and revised edition). In the Assembly on 18 February, Mrs. Helen Suzman (PP) moved a Private Member's motion,3 "That this House calls upon the Government(a) to take immediate steps to remove the remaining legal disabilities of South African women; and (b) to recommend to the State President that he appoint a commission of inquiry to examine the special disabilities affecting African women, with a view to eliminating them as soon as possible". Mrs. Suzman outlined the nature of the disabilities referred to. The Minister of Bantu Administration and Development declined to take any action so far as African women were concerned, however, stating4 that African governments should make their own legislation in this regard. Earlier, the KwaZulu government had appointed a select committee, headed by Mr. Simon Chonco, to investigate the laws affecting women. Its report, suggesting a number of changes to the Natal Code of Bantu Law and the Bantu Administration Act, was tabled during April.5 COLOURED CADETS The Deputy Minister of Coloured Relations said in the Assembly on 15 April" that, during 1974, 6 824 Coloured youths who turned eighteen years of age registered in terms of the Training Centres for Coloured Cadets Act, 1967. His department had no record of the number who were prosecuted at police instigation for failing to register. Of the youths who did, 1074 were 3 Hansard 3 cols. 1954-66. 4 2 May, Hansard 12 col. 5359. - Natal Mercury, 22 April. 6 Hansard 10 cols. 695-6.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 called up for training and admitted to the training centre at Faure. During the year, 58 were prosecuted for absconding from the Centre. Altogether, since this Centre opened on 1 March 1969, 2 770 youths had by the end of 1974 completed a training course: 621 did so during 1974. COLOURED DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION It was announced during March7 that the first two Coloured businessmen had been appointed to the 13-man board of directors of the Coloured Development Corporation. The information that follows, relating to the Corporation's activities, has been compiled from its annual report for the year ended 30 September 1974 and detailed replies to questions in the Assembly given by the Minister of Coloured, Rehoboth and Nama Relations on 26 March.8 All the statistics quoted refer to the Republic and South West Africa. During its latest financial year, the Corporation's share capital was increased to R10 205 500. From its inception in 1962 up to the end of 1974, the Corporation had established or bought from Whites the following projects which it still controlled: (a) the Spes Bona Savings Bank, with a head office and four branches (three Coloured men were among the directors); (b) the Superama super-market, with three branches, in which shares were available to Coloured people (three Coloured men were among the directors); (c) the Landdrost Hotel in Cape Town, at which Coloured hotel managers, waiters and chefs were trained; (d) Sadevcor (Pty) Ltd., a property development company which was still in its infancy and was developing a Coloured holiday resort near Hermanus. At all these concerns, Coloured men were being trained up to the management level. Properties established by the Corporation or bought from Whites, which had since been sold to Coloured businessmen, included: (a) the Drakenstein Hotel in Paarl, Jubicol Hotel in Uitenhage, and Vleience Hotel in Port Elizabeth; (b) the Matroosfontein shop premises, and the Bridgeton Company at Oudtshoorn, where a shopping centre was to be developed; (c) the Restaurama restaurant/liquor outlet at Bishop Lavis, Cape Town; 7 Sunday Express, 16 March. 8 Hansard 8 cols. 613-7.

COLOURED DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION (d) a factory building at Bellville South, sold to a Coloured company which manufactures soft drinks. The following projects were owned by subsidiary companies of the Corporation, their facilities being leased to Coloured businessmen: (a) one hotel (being planned); (b) five restaurant/liquor outlets being erected; (c) a large commercial building, with fifteen lessees; (d) five completed shopping centres with 37 Coloured lessees; (e) eleven more shopping centres being planned, to include supermarkets, shops, restaurant/liquor outlets, a service station and a cinema; (f) five other cinemas, of which two had been completed; (g) five factory flats (three completed, with 19 lessees); (h) five service stations. Between 1962 and the end of 1974, the Corporation gave financial assistance to 297 Coloured entrepreneurs, to a total value of R10 361 330. The largest numbers of loans were made for retail shops, restaurant/liquor outlets, light manufacturing establishments and hotels. Independent Coloured fishermen continued to deliver rock lobster to the Corporation at a stipulated price, hire purchase facilities being available to enable them to acquire their own boats and equipment. Profits made by the Corporation were kept in a suspense account, to be used for the erection of a packing factory. The Corporation's profits for its latest financial year from diamond concessions granted in Coloured areas amounted to R1 621 477. Ten mining companies were involved, of which four had advanced from prospecting to actual mining. RURAL COLOURED AREAS In the Assembly on 21 February9 the Deputy Minister said that twenty proclaimed rural Coloured areas in the Cape and two in the Free State were being administered in terms of the Rural Coloured Areas Act, 1963. They extended over 1 681 497 ha and 36 259 ha respectively. The total area of farming land in the possession of private Coloured farmers was unknown. Since the Deputy Minister gave this information, two further rural Coloured areas have been proclaimed: at Hottentot Kraal in the Swellendam district and Goodhouse in the Namaqualand district.1" I lansard 3 col. 223. 10 Proclamations 147 and 164 of 1975. 113

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Questioned in the Assembly on 17 June," the Deputy Minister replied that during the 1973-4 financial year the department spent R310768 on betterment and development schemes in rural Coloured areas. Boards of management themselves spent another R107 511. 11 Hansard 19 col. 1178. 114

115 THE AFRICAN HOMELANDS AREA OF THE HOMELANDS As mentioned on page 181 of last year's Survey, during that year the Department of Bantu Administration and Development published an estimate of the extent of the "scheduled" African areas (i.e. the land that was set aside for Africans in terms of the Bantu Land Act of 1913) and the land that was acquired between 1913 and 1936 for African occupation. Boundaries had been slightly altered by Parliament from time to time; but the areas mentioned were calculated to be 10 504 326 ha in extent in 1974. The Bantu Trust and Land Act of 1936 provided for a total of 6 209 857 ha of "released areas" to be added to the then existing homelands. In the Assembly on 14 February' the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development said that position was then as follows: Hectares Total area to be added to Land already Land still to the homelands acquired be acquired Transvaal 4306642 3678703 627939 Cape 1384155 879390 504765 Natal 450 535 395 860 54675 FreeState 68521 61381 7140 62098532 5015334 1194519 In his report for 1973-4,3 the Controller and AuditorGeneral pointed out that in terms of Sub-Section 10 (1) of the 1936 Act, the extent of any African-owned land which is purchased or expropriated and reverts to the State must be added to the quota of 6 209 857 ha. Such areas are Black spots (patches of land acquired by Africans prior to 1936 which are surrounded by White-owned farms), and outlying parts of homelands that jut out into White areas. In terms of the plans for consolidation, such areas are being exchanged for land adjoining existing homelands. PLANS FOR PARTIAL CONSOLIDATION OF THE HOMELANDS Broad details of the plans In terms of a 1973 amendment to the Bantu Trust and Land Act, broad plans for the partial consolidation of the homelands I Hansard 2 col. 108. Totals calculated by the writer. 2 The difference of 4 ha was not explained. . Part MI, RP 54/1974. page 594.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 were to be put before Parliament. If approved, all the land to be added to the homelands in terms of these plans would become areas in which released areas could from time to time be proclaimed by the State President. The broad plans could then be implemented by the Department of Bantu Administration and Development in stages, without further recourse to Parliament. As described on pages 147 et seq of the 1973 Survey and in earlier editions, after holding public hearings at numerous places the Bantu Affairs Commission drew up plans for the future boundaries of the various homelands. These plans were then examined and revised by a Parliamentary Select Committee on Bantu Affairs, finally being placed before Parliament. Certain of the plans received Parliamentary approval by majority vote in 1973, the rest being adopted in 1975. Final details of the plans, with sketch-maps, were published in a First Report of the Select Committee on Bantu Affairs for 1975, which was tabled in the Assembly during May. The views expressed by representatives of the various political parties were, broadly speaking, similar to those they adopted in 1973, as outlined on page 150 of the Survey for that year. With minor amendments, the plans were adopted by majority vote. The Report gave detailed descriptions of the farms and other areas which the State President may declare to be released areas, and of the areas from which Africans will be required to withdraw. No mention was made in the text of the extent of these areas. However, the Minister and his Deputy Minister of Bantu Development stated in the Assembly' that: (a) with the exception of about 61 100 ha to be held in reserve for minor boundary adjustment, all the remaining land promised in 1936 (measuring 1 194 519 ha in February) would, in terms of the plans, be purchased from Whites and added to the homelands; (b) further land would be added in substitution for Black spots which were to be evacuated by Africans, the extent of this being 195 000 ha in mid-19745; (c) the plans involved a considerable exchange of land between Whites and Africans, the object being to round off the boundaries of various portions of homelands. The total area of the land involved was about 1 000 000 ha. Widely differing estimates were given at various times by the Minister, the Select Committee, and officials of the numbers of Africans who, in terms of the plans, will eventually be required to move. It is clear that no reliable information can be given at this stage, but that the number may run into hundreds of thou14 May, Hansard 14 cols. 5926-37. 6085. Earlier in the debate the Min;stcr had given a figure of 159 000 ha: there, was possibly a misprint in the Hansard.

THE AFRICAN HOMELANDS sands. As described in previous issues of this Survey, a considerable number of Black spots have already been excised. Replying to a question in the Assembly on 21 February6, the Deputy Minister said that, since 1948, about 190 794 Africans had been removed from Black spots, small scheduled areas, and outlying parts of other scheduled areas, and resettled on land adjoining large homelands. The sums of money voted by Parliament for the purchase of land from Whites and Africans who are affected by the consolidation plans are mentioned later in this chapter. The totals have, in recent years, been very greatly increased. The Deputy Minister stated in -the Assembly7 that priority in land purchase was being given to the acquisition of areas that would serve as compensatory land for Black spots and other African areas which were to be excised. During the Parliamentary debate the Minister said" that the plans had been extensively discussed with homeland leaders by departmental officials, Commissioners-General, the Deputy Minister, the Minister, and the Prime Minister. The views of the African leaders are described later. Transfer of two areas from the Ciskei to the Transkei It was reported in March9 that, in a secret ballot, the Ciskeian Legislative Assembly had resolved that the districts of Herschel and Glen Grey should be ceded to the Transkei in return for alternative land between East London and Queenstown. Proclamation R95 of 25 April provided for these districts to be excluded from Ciskeian jurisdiction as from a date to be determined by the State President. The Minister said in the Senate on 11 June0 that Glen Grey would become known as West Tembuland, while Herschel would be incorporated with the existing Maluti district. As mentioned on page 180 of the 1972 Survey, during that year, when a referendum was held in Glen Grey, a large majority of the inhabitants indicated that they would prefer their :district to remain part of the Ciskei (although it adjoins the Transkei). It is not publicly known whether their views have changed. Herschel is further to the north, adjoining Lesotho, a high proportion of the inhabitants being Sotho-speaking. The Qwaqwa leaders would like them to transfer their allegiance to that homeland. No referendum has been held there. In his speech in the Senate, quoted above, the Minister said that it was as yet uncertain whether all the inhabitants of the two areas would wish to identify themselves with the Transkei: time would be needed for negotiations. However, I ansard 3 col. 215. 16 May, Hansard 14 col. 964. 14 May, Hansard 14 cols. 6162-6. Rand Daily Mail Extra, 20 March. " Scnate Hansard 14 cols. 3736-41.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 those who wanted to maintain their ties with the Ciskei would be assisted to move, being given alternative land in the new areas to be added to that homeland. Proclamation R254 of 14 November provided for the incorporation of the Glen Grey and Herschel districts with the Transkei as from 1 December. Plan for the Transkei The Transkei at present consists of two areas, consisting of the main portion extending inland from the Indian Ocean, and the Umzimkulu area on the Natal border. In terms of the consolidation plans, it will consist of three areas: the main portion (in future to include Glen Grey), Herschel, and Umzimkulu. To the main portion will be added the White enclave of Port St. Johns, and a number of White- owned farms that protrude into or adjoin its territory. On 1 April the Chief Minister, Paramount Chief , expressed his appreciation of this plan to the Republican Government and the Ciskeian Government." As described on page 34 of the 1972 Survey, the Chief Minister had, earlier, strongly urged that White-owned districts to the north-west of his territory, and the White districts of East Griqualand, should be added to the Transkei. He is reported to have said in April that the Republican Government was well aware of these claims, which would continue to be the subject of peaceful negotiations. In his speech in the Assembly, quoted earlier, the Republic's Minister of Bantu Administration and Development said that Chief Minister Matanzima had also wanted land in the Harding area, which was part of KwaZulu, where Pondo and were intermingled. This matter would have to be discussed by the two homeland leaders concerned. Plan for the Ciskei The Ciskei now consists of 17 pieces of land: several large blocks scattered between East London and the Great Fish River and extending inland, the two districts to be ceded to the Transkei, and a number of comparatively small Black spots widely dispersed in the White-owned area between the Ciskei and Transkei. In terms of the plan, the Ciskei will become one consolidated area. All the Black spots will disappear. In return for these and the two districts mentioned, the various other blocks of land will be joined together by the purchase of White- owned land between them, and further land will be added along the coast, on the western and eastern borders, and in the King William's Town area. 11 Star, 2 April.

THE AFRICAN HOMELANDS Certain White coastal holiday resorts, such as Hamburg, will become Ciskeian territory, as well as a number of small White towns -Alice, Middledrift, Whittlesea, Peddie, Seymour, Braunschweig, Keiskammahoek, Lady Frere, and Bell-Bodiam, for example. According to the Minister, the Ciskeian Legislative Assembly was in full agreement with this plan. Plan for KwaZulu According to the planners, KwaZulu is to be reduced to ten areas, instead of consisting of 48 reserves and dozens of Black spots. But the ten areas will be dispersed throughout Natal, with borders winding in and out around White-owned farms. African lands will extend to the coast only in the extreme north (where, however, the Africans will lose Sordwana Bay), and in small blocks to the south of Richard's Bay and to the north of . All the ports will be in White hands, Chief Buthelezi's claim to Richard's Bay being ignored. According to the Minister in his speech in the Assembly, Sordwana Bay will not be sold to individuals but will be vested in the Department of Agricultural Credit and Land Tenure. A beach resort for Africans will be developed to the north. Africans will lose a reserve to the west of Richard's Bay, in exchange obtaining land to the south of . Other areas that will be excised from KwaZulu include the Paulpietersburg area on the Transvaal border, a reserve to the north of Ladysmith, and a location in the Upper Tugela River catchment area near Mont-Aux-Sources, which is to become a conservation area. Africans in the Upper Tugela area (who strongly oppose the plan) are to be moved to the Esteourt area, where existing reserves will be consolidated and considerably augmented. The largest area to be added to KwaZulu will be all the land of the Makatini Flats, lying between two existing reserves in the extreme north. The original plan was that this land should be divided between Whites and Africans. The Minister said that the Department of Water Affairs was proceeding with the construction of main and other distribution channels below the J. G. Strijdom Dam, where there were 35 000 ha of good irrigable land that could be developed by Africans. A considerable number of White farms separating or adjoining existing reserves will be purchased, linking some of these reserves together. The Umfolozi game reserve and a corridor separating it from Hluhluwe will be incorporated into KwaZulu. Some small towns such as Pomeroy, , , Ingwavuma, and Impendhle will be zoned for Africans. Certain African towns now falling under Administration Boards, for example KwaMashu, Imbali, and Ashdown, will become part of the homeland.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Chief Buthelezi's total opposition to the Government's plan and his reasons for this, were described on page 36 of the 1972 Survey. Plans for the Northern Transvaal Venda is to be reduced from three pieces of land to two by the deproclamation of a fairly small reserve to the west of Louis Trichardt. Its other areas will be enlarged. They cannot be joined together because Gazankulu's representations for the retention of the Elim corridor between them were accepted. Gazankulu will consist of four areas instead of five, two of them considerably increased in size. Lebowa's areas will be reduced from twelve to six through the elimination of two fairly large, outlying reserves and a number of Black spots; but it, too, will have its main areas enlarged. The Minister said that Venda agreed to the plan; Gazankulu did so in principle, having misgivings about the placing of boundaries in a few areas; but Lebowa laid claim to a large part of the norLhern Transvaal, including Pietersburg and eleven other fairly large "White" towns. A South Ndebele homeland is to be created, between Groblersdal and Pretoria. The Swazi now have three stretches of land, but are to lose two of these, including Nsikazi, the most developed of them, to the east of White River and Nelspruit. They will instead be allocated new land adjoining their third area, along the Swaziland border. Plan for BophuthaTswana BophuthaTswana will consist of six instead of 19 stretches of land, as the result of the elimination of a number of Black spots in the Western Transvaal and the acquisition of White-owned land to link two of the larger reserves. It will lose several fairly large pieces of land that protrude into White areas, but the boundaries of its remaining reserves will be rounded off by adding farms acquired from Whites. The Minister said that the homeland leaders were very sceptical about the plan at the start, but there were indications of change of approach. Their difficulties are undoubtedly largely due to the fact that, even if the official plan is carried out, BophuthaTswana will continue to be extremely difficult to administer. The six resulting pieces of land will be widely scattered, from the Pretoria area in the east to the Kuruman district of the Northern Cape, and, in the south, Thaba 'Nchu in the Free State. Plan for Qwaqwa The smallest of !the homelands, Qwaqwa, is to gain only a relatively small area of adjoining land. Its leaders have expressed great dissatisfaction, and claim a considerable portion of the eastern Free State.

THE AFRICAN HOMELANDS THE FINANCING OF THE ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE HOMELANDS Method adopted until 1974-5 of making State contributions to homeland Revenue Funds The Transkei Constitution Act, 1963, and the Bantu Homelands Constitution Act, 1971,1 provided that various sums of money should be paid annually into the Revenue Funds of self-governing homelands. The sums concerned were: (a) all moneys payable: (i) by citizens of the homeland concerned in respect of taxes, levies, and rates imposed by the Republican and by the homeland governments; (ii) in taxes imposed on private companies operating in the area concerned, in which Africans had a controlling interest; (iii) in duties paid in respect of the estate of any citizen who was ordinarily resident in the area concerned at the time of his death; (b) all revenue and income deriving from the administration of matters transferred to the control of the legislative assemblies concerned; (c) an annual grant from the Republic's Consolidated Revenue Fund corresponding to the expenditure that the Republican Government incurred in respect of the matters transferred to the control of legislative assemblies during the financial year preceding the date of transfer of control, less revenue from the administration of these matters', and less the salaries and allowances of seconded White personnel; (d) such an additional sum of money as might be appropriated annually by Parliament out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund. This method was used until the end of the 1974-5 fiscal year, when the system was altered. Revised method of making State contributions The Bantu Laws Amendment Act, No. 9 of 1975, altered paragraphs (c) and (d) above. The annual grant to be paid will in future be an amount equal to the sum of: (i) the amount paid from the Consolidated Revenue Fund to the homeland government concerned during the financial year ended 31 March 1974 by way of an annual grant in respect of matters which had then been transferred to the control of that government; Section 52 of the Transkci Constitution Act, 1963, and Section 6 of the Bantu Homelands Constitution Act, 1971. 'I his revenue accrues to homeland governments in terms of paragraph (b).

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 (ii) a further amount corresponding to the expenditure that the Republican Government incurred in respect of any matters subsequently transferred to the control of the homeland government during the financial year preceding the date of transfer of control, less revenue from the administration of these matters; (iii) the amount paid in terms of paragraph (d) during the financial year ended 31 March 1974, less amounts determined in terms of the two sub-paragraphs that follow; (iv) taxes paid by companies operating in the area concerned (other than those referred to in paragraph (a) (ii)) during the previous financial year; (v) an amount corresponding to customs, excise, and sales duties derived in the area concerned during the previous financial year. These amounts may be adjusted from time to time by the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development in consultation with the Republic's Minister of Finance, with due regard to such economic and other factors as they think fit, e.g. changes in the costs of goods and services, and in amounts received in company tax and indirect taxation. An Explanatory Memorandum was issued to accompany the Bill, and the Deputy Minister of Bantu Development furnished the Assembly with further explanations.' The reason why the financial year 1973-4 had been decided upon for the purposes of sub-paragraphs (i) and (iii) above, it was stated, was that grants to the revenue funds of the various homelands had not previously been conparable because these homelands assumed responsible government on different dates. Furthermore, even within the same homeland the control of various matters was taken over at different dates. As time went by, the costs of providing services rose, and these services had to be expanded. Consequently, homelands which assumed responsible governments at a comparatively early date received less than did the others in the basic grant referred to in sub-paragraph (i), but in order to compensate, received larger additional grants (sub-paragraph (iii)). There would, henceforth, be a more uniform basis for calculating the amounts of these grants. The deduction from the annual grant payable from the Consolidated Revenue Fund of the salaries and allowances paid to officials of the Republic who were serving in the homelands had given rise to misconception and dissatisfaction, hence such deductions would no longer be made. The Deputy Minister stated that all the homeland governments had expressed their agreement with the draft legislation. 1 10 February, Hansard 2 cols. 431-2.

THE AFRICAN HOMELANDS 123 On behalf of the UP, during the Committee state of the Bill Mr. W. T. Webber moved' that relevant clauses be amended to provide for consultation with homeland governments when amounts to be paid to them were decided upon. Mr. G. H. Waddell (PP) supported the proposed amendments.5 The Deputy Minister replied, however6, that this would amount to giving Black governments a say in the affairs of the Republic. The determination of the amounts to be paid was an exclusively domestic matter, depending on the question of whether these amounts were available or not. The proposed amendments were negatived (byavoteof 99 votes to 43 on the key motion). Amounts voted from the Consolidated Revenue Fund for the fiscal year 1975-6 The Estimates of Expenditure to be Defrayed from Revenue Account1 gave details of the amounts to be voted from the Consolidated Revenue Fund during the year ended 31 March 1976 towards the budgets of homeland governments, in terms of paragraphs (c) and (d) mentioned earlier as amended by Act 9 of 1975.2 In the table that follows, the first column represents the statutory annual grants to be paid, including company taxes and customs, excise and sales duties (paragraphs (i), (ii), (iv) and (v) on page 121), while the additional grant represents the amounts to be paid in terms of paragraph (iii). Only the combined totals are comparable with the amounts voted during the previous fiscal year. Additional Annual grant grant Total RRR Transkei ...... 53129000 7608000 60737000 Ciskei ...... 14292100 13022900 27315000 KwaZulu ...... 40 936 200 28 773 800 69 710 000 BophuthaTswana ...... 23515 100 13898 900 37414000 Lebowa ...... 18 560400 5644600 24205000 Venda ...... 5616900 5962100 11579000 Gazankulu ...... 6913500 1928500 8842000 Qwaqwa ...... 601800 1332200 1934000 Additional amount3 ... - 8365000 8365000 163565000 86536000 250101000 As indicated later, various other sums should be added to these amounts. Among those voted for 1975-6 were: Cols. 522-6. Col. 535. Cols. 468, 533. RP 2/1975. See page 121. Supplementary Estimates, RP 6/1975, presumably to make possible an increase in social Pensions.

124 A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 R IHealth services and hospitalisation in Bantu areas' (B.A.D. Revenue Vote) ...... 49 118 000 Purchase of Land5 ...... 25 000 000 Development of Bantu Areas5 ...... 116425000 Compensation to Whites in the Transkei (BA.D. Loan Vote) ...... 4000000 Salaries of seconded White personnel (B.A.D. Revenue Vote) ...... 14 181 000 208 724 000 The Deputy Minister of Bantu Development announced on 28 August' that the department had applied to the Treasury for authority to spend R50 000 000, instead of R25 000 000, on the purchase of land during the current fiscal year, since the amount allocated had already been spent. The Minister stated on 16 October, however, that because of the country's difficult financial position, no further money could be made available for the time being. There are still large numbers of White public servants seconded to the service of the homelands, as is shown by figures given by the Minister in the Assembly on 30 April': 1970 1974 Transkei ...... 339 279 Ciskei ...... 196 190 KwaZulus ...... - 325 BophuthaTswana ...... 312 252 Lebowa ...... 234 224 Venda ...... 72 86 Gazankulu ...... 92 97 Qwaqwa ...... 9 19 Amounts spent on administration and development of the homelands in 1973-4 As mentioned, the statistics given above are incomplete. The latest statistics that are more comprehensive were contained in numerous reports issued by the Controller and Auditor-General for the 1973-4 fiscal year. Extracts made by the writer are given below. The total expenditure by homeland governments included expenditure from their own sources of revenue as well as from allocations from the Consolidated Revenue Fund (CRF). "Own sources of revenue" include credit balances, licence fees, stamp duties, fines, rents, forest revenue, sales of agricultural produce, liquor profits, interest on investments, etc. A summary of the total revenue and expenditure by the various governments in 1973-4 is as follows: 4 Included in the grant-in-aid to the SA Bantu Trust. To this amount vould be added an estimated R2 928 000 from its other sources of revenue. Amounts included in grant-in-aid to the SA Bantu Trust from Loan Funds. 11 Star of that date. I Hansard 12 col. 855. 8 In 1970, KwaZulu was still administered directly by the Department.

THE AFRICAN HOMELANDS Franskei Ciskei , . KwaZulu BophuthaTswana Lebowa Venda ... Gazankulu Qwaqwa Allocations from CRF R 45 398 000 12587000 36332000 15478 000 16 346 000 4910000 6051 000 529 000 137 631000 General revenue R 10 981 031 4451 175 12878 377 7 275 533 7 273 344 1 567 935 2756 392 2467 687 49651 474 Total revenue R 56379031 17038 175 49210 377 22753 533 23619344 6 477 935 8 807 392 2 996 687 187 282 474 125 Total expenditure R 51 587 062 16 880 798 44 963 770 19 492 692 21: 922 831 7 678 411 7 427 799 2459616 172412 979 Among other amounts that should be added to the total expenditure are sums spent from the revenue and loan accounts of the Department; of Bantu Administration and Development. Some of these (the list- may not be exhaustive) were: Retreat and rehabilitation centres Grants-in-aid to the SA Bantu Trust: General development work (revenue fund) ...... Development work (loan fund) ...... Purchase of land ...... Access roads to Bantu areas ...... Transkei Higha Court Com ns ation tou te i...... I ...... Compensation to Whites in the Transkei ...... R 22 382 39490000 50922000 8 525 000 1 013 678 9620 2625 000 102 607 680 Other government departments, too, contributed to the development of the homelands. The figures given below are not complete since they exclude expenditure by the SA Railways and the Postal Administrations. Department Community Development Prisons Justice...... National Education ...... Public Works ...... Audit ...... Police ...... Transport ...... R ...... 28 098 975 575 ...... 463 ...... 7... 017 ...... 799027 ...... 302 339 ...... 10051927 ...... 1293909 13458355 Besides the grants-in-aid from the Consolidated Revenue Fund, the SA Bantu Trust derived revenue from a number of other sources, and could also use money from its accumulated balances. Its total expenditure from these other sources on homelands in the Republic is impossible to calculate from the published accounts, since these accounts included expenditure in South West Africa.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 A number of local authorities and Administration Boards contributed from their own funds to the development of townships in the homelands. No statistics are available. Expenditure during the year by the Bantu Investment Corporation, Xhosa Development Corporation, and Bantu Mining Corporation was not dealt with in the reports of the Controller and Auditor-General. NOTES ON CONSTITUTIONAL MATTERS AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENTS The Bantu Laws Amendment Act, No. 9 of 1975, increased the State President's powers to determine which laws of the Republic should apply to the High Courts of various homelands (as and when established), and extended the area of process of these courts to the entire Republic and South West Africa (as applies in the case of provincial and local divisions of the Supreme Court). The Minister of Bantu Administration and Development said in the Assembly on 15 April', that there were then twelve magistracies being administered by Africans - seven in the Transkei, two each in KwaZulu and Lebowa, and one in BophuthaTswana. It was announced by the Minister in December 1974 that, in order to involve the African people in increasing measure in the development of their homelands, a separate development corporation was to be established for each homeland. The proposed arrangements for this are described later. THE TRANSKEI Constitutional developments The Minister of Bantu Administration and Development announced in the Assembly on 2 May' that a working committee had been set up to consider all the matters which would have to be decided before the Transkei became independent (the proposed date for this being 26 October, 1976). This committee consisted of three members appointed by the Republican Government and three by the Transkei, with the Republic's Secretary for Bantu Administration as chairman. A top-level meeting was held in Pretoria on 11 August2 to discuss legislative and other arrangements that would be necessary, It was attended by the Republic's Prime Minister and Minister of Bantu Administration and Development, the Transkei's Chief Minister and its Minister of Justice, and the members of the working committee. 9 Hansard 10 col. 701. 1 Hansard 12 col. 5363. 2 Star of that date. 126

THE AFRICAN HOMELANDS In Press interviews after this meeting3 the Chief Minister, Paramount Chief Matanzima, said that he intended calling a general election after independence to obtain a mandate for his government. The territory, he stated, would be non- racial, all petty apartheid restrictions being abolished. Whites who cared to revoke their SA citizenship and become citizens of the Transkei would have full rights to participate in politics and own land. South Africans would be allowed to move freely across the border. Government schools would be open to all races, but private White schools would not be compelled to integrate. He hoped that they would do so, however. The quasi-emergency Proclamation R400 of 1960 would probably be repealed - it was "a law of the Republic, not of the Transkei". The Transkei intended joining the SA - BLS customs union and remaining within the rand currency area, the Chief Minister continued. It would apply for membership of the UN and the OAU. Overseas experts would be invited to investigate the feasibility of creating a port. Five Transkeians received training in diplomacy from SA officials in Pretoria. During September one was posted to Pretoria, probably with a view to the creation of an embassy there, the rest being attached temporarily to SA embassies in New York, London, , and Bonn.' Six Transkeians were trained in Pretoria as information officers. Transkeian Legislative Assembly In terms of the Transkei Constitution Amendment Act, No. 61 of 1975, the Transkei Legislative Assembly will in future consist of not more that 74 chiefs (instead of not more than 64), and 50 elected members (instead of 45). The object of making these changes was to allow for representation of the chiefs and people of Glen Grey and Herschel. Civil service, police, and army The first Black Secretary of a department in any homeland, Mr. Geoffrey Kakana, assumed duty in January as Secretary for Education in the Transkei.' According to the annual report of the Transkei Public Service Commission, released in April, there were 5 121 civil servants at the end of 1974, with 99 vacant posts. The proportion of White officials seconded from the Republic had fallen to five per cent. During the year there had been 131 reported cases of misconduct among civil servants, ranging from rape to private use of office stationery, but the largest number of cases were for drunkenness on duty. Forty- two civil servants had been discharged.' 3 Star, 11 August; Rand Daily Mail, 12 August; Sunday Times, 7 September. 4 Rand Daily Mail. 8 September. I Star, 5 February. 2 Daily Dispatch, 8 April.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 As from 31 March, the Transkei Department of Justice took over the control of a further number of police stations, leaving only those at Umtata, Butterworth, Idutywa, Umzimkulu, and Engcobo temporarily under White control. It was announced in April3 that the SA Government was to help build up a Transkeian Army, and would supply the weapons and equipment. A SA military selection team was to visit Umtata to assess Transkei candidates aged between 17 and 25 years for training as potential officers, the training to be given in the Republic. Meanwhile, work would be started on a military administrative complex and a base camp near Umtata. The aim was to raise a battalion of troops. Basic anti-insurgency techniques would be taught from an early stage. Zoning of towns Provisions for the reservation of towns in the Transkei 'for its citizens were described on page 132 of the issue of this Survey for 1966. By May 1975 all the towns of the Transkei except for parts of Umtata had been reserved for citizens of the territory.' Whites in the areas concerned are not forced to move, but (except by inheritance or donation or with special permission) no further non-citizens are able to acquire an interest in land. Whites who wish to sell properties may receive compensation from the Republican Government. In terms of Government Notice R1433 of 25 July, a one-man committee was appointed to investigate the reservation of land situated within the area of jurisdiction of the urban local authority of Port St. Johns for occupation or acquisition by Africans. The town was later reserved for African citizens of the Transkei, in terms of Proclamation R257 of 14 November. Employment of Transkeian citizens The Fincial Mail reported on 16 May that in the Transkei there were 30 000 new workseekers each year. The territory's Department of the Interior estimated that, out of a labour potential of nearly 310 000 men, some 257 000 were working in SA. There were about 47 500 employed in the Transkei itself, of whom approximately 20 000 (including public servants, teachers, and labourers) worked for the Government. At the end of 1974, only 4 050 were employed in manufacturing in the Transkei. The earnings of migratory labourers were approximately RI 15million a year. A move was well advanced to channel more of this money back into the homelands through a 30% compulsory deferred pay scheme. -3 Rand Daily Mail, 11 and 12 April. 4 The latcst proclamation was R116 of 23 May. 128

THE AFRICAN HOMELANDS The proposed revision of travel documents required by persons travelling between independent homelands and the Republic is described on page 103. THE CISKEI Constitution Proclamation 86 of 11 April amended the Ciskeian Constitution Proclamation of 1972. As before, the Cabinet will consist of a Chief Minister and five other Ministers. Previously, all were elected by members of the Legislative Assembly from amongst their ranks. In future, the Assembly will elect .the Chief Minister, who will himself appoint the others. It was provided that the Legislative Assembly may, for sound and cogent reasons, by petition request the State President to remove the Chief Minister from office and to order the election of a new Chief Minister for the remainder of the life of that Assembly. Similarly, the Chief Minister may, for reasons which be may deem sound and cogent, by petition request the State President to remove any other Minister from office and to order the appointment of some other person as Minister for the remainder of the life of that Assembly. In terms of Government Notice 2013 of 24 October, the control of health matters within its area of jurisdiction was transferred to the Ciskeian Government from 1 November. Unseating of Chief Minister It was reported1 in February that certain members of the opposition Ciskei National Party had petitioned the Supreme Court, Grahamstown, asking for a court order declaring the election held in 1973 in the Zwelitsha division to be invalid on the ground of alleged irregularities in the conduct of the election there. This petition succeeded, the effect being to unseat the Chief Minister, Mr. Lennox L. Sebe, and three other members of the ruling Ciskei National Independence Party. Speaking for the three judges who heard the case, Mr. Justice Kotze said that the scale on which the irregularities occurred, and their nature and possible influence on the Legislative Assembly election results, required that the order be granted.2 After talks with his legal advisers, Mr. Sebe decided not to appeal against this judgment. In a similar case, -the three members representing the Victoria East constituency were unseated. 1 Rand Daily Mail "Extra", 19 February. - Star, 5 June.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 One of the other Cabinet members took over the office of Chief Minister for the time being. The Ciskeian Cabinet appointed Mr. Sebe as its general and economic adviser.3 At by-elections held in the Zwelitsha and Victoria East constituencies in October, the six successful candidates were all members of Mr. Sebe's Ciskei National Independence Party. He was one of them, being returned to the Legislative Assembly by a large majority of votes. A few days later he was re-elected as Chief Minister, defeating Paramount Chief M. Sandile by 29 votes to 13.' Notes on towns in the Ciskei Questioned in the Assembly5, the Deputy Minister said on 21 February that the estimated population of the homeland township of Mdantsane, outside East London, was 96 705, and of Zwelitsha, outside King William's Town, 29 645. In terms of Proclamation Rl15/1975, all the land under the jurisdiction of four small White urban local authorities was reserved for acquisition or occupation by citizens of the Ciskei or by the Ciskei Government, the SA Bantu Trust, the Bantu Investment Corporation, or the Xhosa Development Corporation. The effect was that if Whites decided to leave, Ciskeian citizens or the bodies mentioned would have the option to purchase or rent their properties. The towns concerned were Bell/Bodiam, Hamburg, Middledrift, and Whittlesea. During August, a one-man committee was appointed to investigate the reservation of land under the jurisdiction of the urban local authority of Alice in a similar manner.6 KWAZULU Constitutional situation No elections have as yet been held in KwaZulu, which, in consequence, remains at the first stage of self-government provided for in the Bantu Homelands Constitution Act of 1971.' One reason for the delay is that the Legislative Assembly has continued to insist that citizenship certificates, rather than the identity certificates contained in reference books, should be used to identify voters, and that very slow progress has been made with the registration of citizens. Replying to a question in the Assembly,2 the Minister of Banta Administration and Development said that an estimated 2 150 000 persons qualified for KwaZulu citizenship certificates. By the end 3 Rand Daily Mail, 20 June. ' Ibid, 24 October and 4 November. 5 Hansard 3 col. 218. 5 Government Notice 1574 of 15 August. I See 1971 Survey, pagse 24. 2 Hansard 6 col. 429. 130

THE AFRICAN HOMELANDS of 1974, about 600 000 persons only had applied for citizenship,3 and 376 000 certificates had been issued. (The Minister's own department is responsible for issuing the certificates.) In the course of an interview with a Sunday Times reporter, published on 6 July, the Chief Executive Councillor, Chief Gatsha Buthelezi, said that he had twice proposed that the use of reference books be accepted in order that constitutional progress could be made, but on both occasions the Legislative Assembly had turned down the proposal. All Africans hated the "dompass", considered to be a badge of their repression". Another major cause for delay, the Chief continued, was that KwaZulu was "such an unconsolidated Dalmation-skin type of thing" that Pretoria had not yet found it possible to demarcate electoral divisions. Political parties It was mentioned on page 193 of last year's Survey that, during the previous year, an opposition party to Chief Buthelezi's government had been formed, called Umkhonto wa Shaka (Shaka's Spear). It was widely believed that a member of the Bureau for State Security had been instrumental in founding and financing this party. It was repudiated by the Legislative Assembly. The Assembly adopted a resolution to the effect that the SA Government be requested to empower KwaZulu to control or forbid the formation of political parties in its territory: it was considered by members that the Zulu people could not afford to divide their forces at the existing point in their history, and that parties should not be allowed to spring up from "unknown sources". Inkatha YakwaZulu In mid-1975 information was released about a body called Inkatha YakwaZulu, described as a "national cultural liberation movement", of which Chief Buthelezi was president.4 The aim was stated to be to promote "African democracy", considered to be more suited to the Zulu way of life than was Western-type democracy. Membership of Inkatha would be open to all Zulus. There would be one political party only. Paid-up party members would not be precluded from expressing disagreement with courses of action discussed at meetings, decisions being made on the basis of consensus. Members would, however, have to refrain from making public criticism of the movement, its actions, or activities of members in connection with the affairs of the organisation. Only members of Inkatha would be eligible to stand for election to the Legislative Assembly or to local governing bodies. 3 As mentioned on page 193 of last year's Survey, Chief Buthelezi has maintained that Zulus in White-controlled areas have hesitated to apply for KwaZulu citizenship, fearing that by doing so they would lose rights of residence in such areas. £ Natdl Mercury, 14 May; Sunday Times, 29 June and 6 July; Rand Daily Mail, 30 June and 1 July.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Inkatha's president would head its powerful central committee, and would also be the Chief Minister of KwaZulu. (In terms of the KwaZulu constitution he would, in consequence, have to be a hereditary chief.) No branch of the movement would be recognised unless it had been formally launched by a member of the central committee on the instructions of the president. Incorporated in the body would be a women's organisation and a youth wing. Mass rallies were held at various centres to enlist support for Inkatha, and its constitution was finally placed before the Legislative Assembly. In its original form this constitution had provided that in the event of a dispute about general policy or administration, the central committee of Inkatha would have the power to overrule the Legislative Assembly; but following debate in the Assembly this was amended to give the final say to the Legislative Assembly in consultation with Inkatha's central committee. Thereafter, during May, the Assembly formally accepted the constitution. The SA Government's reactions to the prohibition of political parties According to the Republic's Minister of Bantu Administration and Development,' the KwaZulu Government wrote to him asking whether the central SA Government would co-operate in the prohibition of political parties among the Zulu people. The Minister's secretary had replied, "The formation of political parties and the participation by the people in the activities of such parties are natural corollaries of democracy and are tolerated in all democratic countries except in so far as a particular party or particular activity may be subversive of duly constituted authority, and it is not alleged that such a situation has arisen in KwaZulu. It should be pointed out that the holding of free elections, of which the Chief Executive Councillor has often spoken, is hardly reconcilable with the banning or control of political parties in general. In the circumstances, the hon. the Minister cannot accede to the request," It was subsequently reported6 that a Zulu Labour Party had been started in Durban. Session of the Legislative Assembly in 1975 Reporting, on 14 May, on the 1975 session of the Legislative Assembly, The Star said, "While Chief Buthelezi carefully treads the path of moderation, the d6tente situation has unlocked in his people a Pandora's box of hostility, confrontation, and demand... The message to Mr. Vorster from speaker after speaker was blunt: the corollary to d6tente in Africa is significant change within South Africa." Far- reaching demands were made, for example, in a motion 5 Assembly, 2 May, Hansard 12 col. 5361. Sunday Times, 29 June.

THE AFRICAN HOMELANDS by Mr. S. Z. Conco (described in the issue of The Star for 11 April). The Assembly again rejected the SA Government's consolidation proposals, reiterating its stance that the provisions of the 1936 Bantu Land and Trust Act were unacceptable. Two reports were tabled during the proceedings. One of these, on the legal disabilities of Zulu women, is mentioned on page 111. The second was an interim report by a select committee on land tenure. The KwaZulu Government decided to augment its sources of revenue by charging an additional R1 for each labour contract attested in its area. Notes on towns in KwaZulu The new Zulu capital is being developed at Ulundi. A multiracial hotel of international standard is to be built there by an hotel group. 8 The largest townships for Zulu people, both on the outskirts of Durban, are Kwa Mashu, at the time of writing under the control of the Port Natal Administration Board, and Umlazi, within the KwaZulu area. The Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration said in the Assembly on 21 February' that Kwa Mashu had about 171 000 inhabitants, and Umlazi 151 333. As mentioned in an earlier chapter, Kwa Mashu and the African townships on the outskirts of Pietermaritzburg are eventually to be transferred to the control of the KwaZulu Government. The Deputy Minister announced'° that the Port Natal Administration Board would act as agent for the SA Bantu Trust in developing a new township of Kwa Ngendizi, inland from Kwa Mashu. African families living at Mariannhill (to become a Coloured area) would eventually be moved there. In terms of Government Notice 543 of 21 March, a one-man committee was appointed to investigate the reservation of land situated within the areas of jurisdiction of the White urban local authorities of Impendhle and Nongoma for acquisition or occupation by Africans. A very large new town for Africans is to be built at Ezikhawini, near Richards Bay. Loans for development The KwaZulu General Loans Act, No. 4 of 1975, published in the SA Government Gazette of 29 August,'1 provided for the raising of loans by the homeland government and the procedure for I SA Proclamation 203 of 29 August. The regulations governing the attestation of labour contracts were described on pages 159 et seq of the 1968 Survey. 8 Rand Daily Mail, 25 July. 9 Hansard 3 col. 218. 10 Hansard 3 col. 181. I Government Notice 1656.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 doing so. It is reported12 that homelands are permitted to raise their own loans, but only to the limit of their own sources of revenue. Game reserves It was announced by the KwaZulu Government in June3 that it planned to establish a very large national park in the extreme north of its area, stretching from the Lebombo Mountains on the Swaziland border across to the Indian Ocean, and incorporating the existing Ndumu game reserve. BOPHUTHATSWANA Constitutional dispute As described on page 197 of last year's Survey, the official opposition in the BophuthaTswana Legislative Assembly has been the Seoposengwe Party (SP), but during 1974 there were clashes within the ruling BophuthaTswanm. National Party (BNP), then led by the Chief Minister, Chief . Two members of the (then) six-member Cabinet participated in a motion of no confidence in Chief Mangope: they were Chief Herman Maseloane and Chief James Toto. The motion was withdrawn after the Commissioner-General had urged compromise; but ill-feeling persisted. Chief Mangope approached the SA Government through the Commissioner-General, requesting the dismissal of the two Cabinet Ministers who were disloyal to him. These negotiations with Pretoria were prolonged. Meanwhile, a meeting of BNP members decided by majority vote that Chiefs Maseloane and Toto should be expelled from the party. The two chiefs refused to accept this decision, maintaining that the meeting concerned had not been properly constituted, and they petitioned the Supreme Court, which granted an interdict giving Chief Mangope and his Cabinet three weeks to show cause why the men should not be reinstated. Chief Mangope announced his decision to consent to the reinstatement of the two chiefs. But two months later, in November 1974, he himself resigned from the BNP and founded a new BophuthaTswana Democratic Party (BDP). During December 1974 a loyal Mangope man, Mr. N. T. Maseke, moved in the Assembly that, "In view of the difficulties experienced by the Chief Minister in carrying out his duties because of the actions of Chief Maseloane and Chief Toto (the Assembly) requests the Chief Minister to petition the State President to cause the removal of Chief Maseloane and Chief Toto from their positions as Cabinet Ministers." This motion was carried by 35 votes (BDP) to 23 (BNP and SP), with 6 spoilt papers'. 12 Rand Daily Mail, 17 June. 13 Star, 10 June. 1 Rand Daily Mail, 4 December 1974.

THE AFRICAN HOMELANDS When the Prime Minister, Mr. Vorster, visited Montshiwa in March to open a new session of the Legislative Assembly, about 400 demonstrators were reported' to have lined the road leading to the hall, holding posters bearing captions such as "We want a general election", or "Mangope must go". Two days later, leaders of the BNP and SP supported a motion in the Assembly that a general election be called.3 This motion was, however, defeated by 41 votes to 24. Chief Mangope's position was, consequently, secured. The original BophuthaTswana constitution provided' that the Chief Minister, elected by the Assembly, would appoint the members of his Cabinet. The Assembly was empowered to petition the State President for the removal from office of the Chief Minister. The latter could make a petition for the removal from office of any other Cabinet member. An amendment to these clauses was gazetted as Proclamation 84/1975, of 4 April. It provided that, "The Chief Minister may for reasons which he may deem sound and cogent, by written notice under his hand and addressed to the Minister concerned, remove any other Minister from office." Notice of their expulsion from the Cabinet was served on Chiefs Maseloane and Toto on 8 April.' Possible future independence According to the Rand Daily Mail of 5 November, on the previous day Chief Mangope called a special meeting of Tswana chiefs, headmen, and their representatives. A motion was passed, by 155 votes to five, in favour of future independence for the territory. The number of abstentions was not recorded (the agenda had, apparently, not been made known in advance). The next steps would be to refer the matter to the annual congress of the ruling BDP (Democratic Party) and to the BophuthaTswana legislative assembly. On 9 November the BDP congress gave Chief Mangope an overwhelming majority mandate to lead BophuthaTswana to independence, even if the SA Government refused first to consolidate the country in a way deemed satisfactory. Chief Mangope told the congress that independence would be used as a lever for bringing about political change and for ending racial discrimination in South Africa. On 19 November the legislative assembly, by majority BDP vote, agreed to start negotiations for independence. 2 Star, 11 March. Ibid, 13 March. The next election of elected members was not due until 1977. See 1972 Survey, page 184. Rand Daily Mail. 9 Ajaril.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Control of health services Another amendment to the constitution, made in terms of Proclamation 78/1975 of 27 March, provided for the Cabinet to consist of a Chief Minister and six other ministers (instead of five other ministers). The purpose was to allow for the creation of a Ministry of Health. Government Notice 586, also of 27 March, transferred the control of health matters in the homeland to the BophuthaTswana Government. Removals from the Mayen Reserve It was mentioned in last year's Survey that a report of the Select Committee on Bantu Affairs was debated in the SA House of Assembly on 16 and 17 October 1974. The Government supported a proposal by this Committee that the Mayen Reserve itear Warren;ton be excised from the scheduled areas and that the approximately 270 Tswana families who lived there should be moved to another (larger) area at Vaalboschhoek within the BophuthaTswana homeland in the Taungs district, apparently some 70km away. The Opposition expressed its disagreement. There was a snap debate on this matter in the House of Assembly on 19 February. The UP and PP urged that removals should be halted, and that people should not be moved against their will. The Deputy Minister of Bantu Development said' that because of heavy rains, removals had been halted for the time being. The reason for the scheme, he explained, was that a dam was being built which would inundate the Mayen Reserve. Whereas this reserve was about 10 000 ha in extent, the compensatory land offered measured more than 12 000 ha. Discussions had been held with the people concerned at intervals since 1968, and arrangements were made for their cattle to be either sold or transported to the new area, where grazing existed. Some families moved voluntarily in 1970. During that year all the properties were valued, but the figures would now be outdated. It had been decided that when the removals took place, payments would be made at the 1970 valuations, but that new valuations would then be carried out and the additional sums due paid as soon as possible. A school and clinic had been built in the new area. It was difficult to say how many people would move voluntarily, the Deputy Minister continued. Among their ranks was a very small group of agitators who were intimidating and victimising the rest. In consequence, members of the police had been in the area to maintain order. There were numerous and sometimes conflicting Press reports about this scheme during February and in May, when removals were resumed. It was stated that small prefabricated huts had been l Hansard 3 coT. 1070-5.

THE AFRICAN HOMELANDS erected at Vaalboschhoek ,to provide temporary shelter, and families would be able to borrow tents to supplement this accommodation until they had built new homes. The acting chief, Geoffrey Moseki, was said to have encouraged his people to resist the move. Early in May, when officials of the Department of Bantu Administration and Development arrived to continue with the scheme, they found the village at Mayen deserted, all the inhabitants having hidden in the bush. They returned, however, on being warned that they were liable to arrest for illegal squatting. The acting chief was deprived of this rank, and officials removed his possessions and demolished his hut. The people, apparently, then consented to go: on 16 May the Minister said in the House of Assembly' that the move had been completed. Notes on towns in BophuthaTswana The new capital of BophuthaTswana is to be at Ramitsogo, in the Zeerust district, instead of at Heystekrand, as originally planned. The largest towns are in the portion of the homeland which lies to the north of Pretoria. The Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration said in the Assembly on 21 February8 that GaRankuwa in this area then had about 72 518 inhabitants, Mabopane 64854, and Temba 16 069. These figures possibly exclude the large numbers of squatters (very many of them non-Tswana) who have streamed into these towns and the nearby Winterveld area, probably hoping for employment in Pretoria or in the border and homeland industrial areas nearby, but creating severe problems in regard to the provision of housing, sanitation, water supplies, schools and clinics. The Legislative Assembly appointed a commission of inquiry into these problems, and, according to a Press report9 the commission recommended some form of influx control. In Mobopane, however, there are considerable numbers of residents of non- Tswana origin who are in legal employment in Pretoria. As mentioned on page 198 of last year's Survey, they are gradually being concentrated in Mobopane East. This area, now called Soshanguve, is being administered by a committee representative of both the Department of Bantu Administration and Development and the BophuthaTswana Government. Residents who are not Tswana citizens may rent, but not own, houses, and do not qualify for business rights. Development Corporation Proclamation R172 of 25 July provided for the establishment, from 1 August, of the BophuthaTswana National Development Corporation, Ltd. 7 Hansard 14 col. 6177. 8 Hansard 3 col. 218. 9 Rand Daily Mail, 18 March.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 LEBOWA Constitutional developments The Lebowa constitution was described on page 184 of the 1972 Survey. It provided, inter alia, that the Cabinet, four members of whom must be chiefs, would consist of a Chief Minister and five other members, all elected by the Legislative Assembly. The Assembly was empowered to petition the State President for the removal from office of the Chief Minister. The latter could submit a petition for the removal from office of any other Cabinet member. These provisions were altered in terms of Proclamation R125 of 30 May. Three, instead of four, members of the Cabinet must be chiefs. The Chief Minister will continue to be elected by the Assembly, but he himself will appoint the other Cabinet ministers. The Assembly may request (instead of petition) the State President to remove the Chief Minister from office; and the Chief Minister may, for reasons he deems sound and cogent, by written notice under his hand remove any other Minister from office. It is envisaged that the Lebowa Government will take over the control of health services during 1976.1 During 1974 this government set up a commission, headed by the then Minister of Interior, Mr. Collins Ramusi, to draft a new constitution for the homeland. One of the suggestions made by this commission was that a Bill of Rights be incorporated to protect the rights of anyone - Black or White - who wished to become a citizen of Lebowa. Another proposal was the introduction of a bicameral legislature, with an Upper House of Chiefs and a Lower House (the Legislative Assembly), consisting of elected members.' In his speech at the opening of a session of the Legislative Assembly in March, the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development made it clear that the establishment of a House of Chiefs would not be approved. The SA Government, he indicated, would not do or allow anything that might prejudice or weaken the position of chiefs. The Minister emphasised that, in terms of the Bantu Homeland Constitution Act, the Legislative Assembly had no power to alter its whole character.3 It was reported4 that, at a function held later that day, the Chief Minister, Dr. Cedric Phatudi, maintained that it was an absolute necessity that the constitution should be changed, since in its existing form it did not suit the people of Lebowa. They did not consider, he indicated, that chiefs - members of the royal family 1 Rand Daily Mail, 24 November 1974. 2 Star, 30 December 1974. 3 Star, 4 March. 4 Rand Daily Mail. 5 March.

THE AFRICAN HOMELANDS -should be humiliated by exposure to the cut and thrust of open debate in the Legislative Assembly. A Bill to provide for a bicameral legislature was drafted and placed before the Assembly at the end of April. Certain of the chiefs were suspicious of the move, however, and the debate was, apparently, bitter and somewhat confused. Dr. Phatudi called successfully for a suspension of the matter until 1976.' Dismissal of Mr. Ramusi More than half of the 100 members of the Legislative Assembly were reported6 to have signed a petition, during May, calling for the removal from office of the Minister of the Interior, Mr. Collins Ramusi. A wide range of charges was made against him disrespect for chiefs, inept dealings with the Bantu Investment Corporation, nepotism in making appointments, and others. After careful consideration of the matter, Dr. Phatudi dismissed Mr. Ramusi during July. Removal of Pedi tribesmen from Doornkop The removal of a number of Pedi tribesmen from the farm Doornkop, near Middelburg, to various centres in Lebowa was described on pages 200 et seq of last year's Survey. It was reported in September7 that about 598 landowners had been resettled. They received no compensation for their land, since they received alternative sites, but were paid R149 650 as compensation for houses, churches, and shops. Talks between members of the Lebowa and Gazankulu Cabinets During the closing months of 1974 and in 1975, the Cabinet Ministers of Lebowa and Gazankulu on several occasions held joint exploratory talks on the possibility of achieving closer relations between the two homelands. Meetings were closed to the Press, but reports stated8 that among the matters discussed were arrangements to be adopted in areas where tribesmen were intermingled in regard to such matters as the medium of education in schools, issue of business licences, hospital facilities, and the payment of taxes. There were differences of opinion about the boundaries between the homelands in the Bushbuckridge area. GAZANKULU The Gazankulu Minister of the Interior, Mr. Christopher Mageza, resigned in May, claiming that the country was being badly s lbid, 28 April; Star, 16 May. 6 Star, 16 May and 28 July. Rand Daily Mail, 18 September. Rand Daily Mail, 3 December 1974; Star, 19 February. 139

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 administered, and that the Cabinet was making important decisions without reference to the Legislative Assembly.' Proclamation 236 of 9 October provided that the Chief Minister of Gazankulu may, for reasons which he may deem sound and cogent, by written notice under his hand and addressed to the Minister concerned, remove any Cabinet Minister from office. VENDA It was reported on page 203 of last year's Survey that the Chief Minister of Venda, Chief , had been losing support in the Legislative Assembly to the opposition Venda Independence Party, led by Mr. Baldwin Mudau. This trend appeared to have been halted, if not reversed, during 1975."° QWAQWA" The Qwaqwa Legislative Assembly has 40 seats held by chiefs and headmen appointed by the two tribal authorities, and 20 elected members. At the first elections, held during April, 19 of these 20 seats were won by members of the Dikwankwetla ("strong men") Party, led by Mr. Kenneth Mopeli. The new Assembly met on 19 May to elect a Chief Minister, the candidates being Mr. Mopeli and the former Chief Minister, Chief Wessels Mota. Mr. Mopeli was elected by 42 votes to 13, receiving the support of most representatives of the Bakwena tribe. In terms of the constitution, both Chieftainess Mopeli of the Bakwena tribe and Chief Wessels Mota of the Batlokwa tribe were included in the Cabinet. Mr. Mopeli has repeatedly stated that his homeland must be greatly enlarged: less than ten per cent of its citizens live within its boundaries. He has urged that his government be given jurisdiction over the many people of Shoeshoe origin who live in the Transkei and in other homelands. These matters, he considers, are essential prerequisites for independence and, probably, eventual amalgamation with Lesotho. A research team from the University of the Orange Free State has been investigating the possibilities for urgently-needed economic development in Qwaqwa. A new and considerably shorter road is being built linking the capital, Phuthadithjaba, with Harrismith, where many of the men work, large numbers commuting daily. NDEBELE The Deputy Minister of Bantu Development said in the Assembly on 4 March12 that there were 283 021 people of Ndebele Star, 29 May and 28 July. ' Rand Daily Mail, 14 February; Star, 20 February. 1 Report compiled from articles in the Rand Daily Mail, 10 April, 19 and 20 May, 23 July; and Star, 9 April and 23 May. 1- Hansard 5 col. 341. 140

THE AFRICAN HOMELANDS origin in the Republic. A homeland was to be created for them in the vicinity of Groblersdal in the Eastern Transvaal. A group of Ndebele already lives in this area, with a tribal authority headed by Chief David Mapoch. According to the Rand Daily Mail", they live on the Trust farm Valschfontein. Other Ndebele are being resettled there by the Department from a Black spot near Middelburg and from a farm which will probably become part of the Swazi homeland. Chief Shikwane Kekana, head of another group living at Zebediela Estates, has been reluctant to join Chief Mapoch in forming a Ndebele government because his people do not want to leave their present homes, but they may be forced to do so if the area concerned is incorporated in Lebowa, which seems possible. FARMING IN THE HOMELANDS General Policy The Deputy Minister of Bantu Development said in the Assembly on 19 February' that the problem of poverty in the homelands could not be solved by industrial development only. The corporations had, over the past few years, been giving increasing attention to agricultural development. It had been calculated that an investment of about R2 000 was needed to create employment for one man in agriculture, whereas, in order to provide for the employment of one man in industry, some R8 000 to RI0 000 had to be spent. The homelands had a tremendous agricultural potential, the Deputy Minister continued. Traditional methods and systems of land usage could not be changed rapidly in long-established homeland areas; but the aim in newly acquired areas was to settle progressive African farmers on larger units of land. In some areas the corporations, or White farmers acting as agents, were managing farms acquired from Whites until Africans had been trained to take over the work. On 1 May the Deputy Minister announced2 that the Sugar Association of Natal was helping by developing 8 000 ha of land near existing mills for sugar- production by Africans. Planning of the use of land The approximate total areas of the various homelands was shown on page 168 of the issue of this Survey for 1972. Questioned in the Assembly,3 the Deputy Minister said that by the end of 1974 the entire area of Qwaqwa had been planned-i.e. divided into 13 Issues of 7 May and 18 and 22 September. Hansard 3 cols. 1077-9. 1-ansard 12 col. 5250. 3 Hansard 3 col. 215.

142 A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 arable lands, grazing camps, and residential areas. So had the whole of the areas proposed for the Swazi and Ndebele groups. The percentages of the total areas that had been planned in other homelands were: Percentage Transkei ...... 59,5 Ciskei ...... 78,8 KwaZulu ...... 49,1 BophuthaTswana ...... 57,0 Lebowa ...... 68,0 Gazankulu ...... 99,0 Venda ...... 86,0 Trained personnel According to the Minister of Bantu Education4, by the end of 1974 six Africans had obtained degrees in agriculture, all at Fort Hare. During that year, 43 were enrolled in the Faculty of Agriculture there. The Minister of Bantu Administration and Development said on 25 February5 that the following numbers of African agricultural advisers were (a) being employed by his Department and homeland governments, and (b) being trained at agricultural schools: Being Employed trained Transkei ...... 335 102 Ciskei ...... 167 132 KwaZulu ...... 199 128 BophuthaTswana ...... 132 93 Lebowa ...... 187 140 Gazankulu ...... 40 Venda ...... 46 Swazi ...... 16 Ndebele ...... 3 The Anglo American Corporation is helping the Ciskei government to finance a new agricultural high school, catering for 450 pupils, and due to open in 1976.6 Crops No recent statistics are available in regard to the production of traditional crops in the homelands. In reply to questions in the Assembly on 21 February' the Deputy Minister of Bantu Development gave the following figures relating to the areas of land under various commercial crops: ' Assembly, Hansard 8 col. 604. 5 Hansard 4 col. 258. 6 SA Digest, 31 January. ¢ Hansard 3 col. 216.

THE AFRICAN HOMELANDS 18 392 ha were planted with resilient fibres 14 349 ha were under sugar cane 205 ha were under coffee 900 ha were under tea 41 ha were planted with macadamia, cashew, or pecan nuts 940 ha were under coconuts. There were 23 947 ha of irrigated land. Livestock Information about livestock was given by the Minister of Statistics', relating to the 1973 census so far as cattle, sheep and goats were concerned, and to 1971 for other livestock: Percentage owned by: Total No. Africans Employees in White in on farms Republic farmers homelands of Whites9 Cattle ... 11194764 64 31 5 Sheep ... 29821969 86 13 1 Goats ... 5147925 35 61 4 Pigs ...1216330 73 27 10 Horses, mules, donkeys... 634466 25 57 18 The Bantu Investment Corporation is continuing with its scheme, at various centres, of buying inferior cattle offered by Africans at auction sales which do not fetch a minimum guaranteed price, and keeping them at holding farms until they are marketable.'" The Minister said in the Assembly on 25 March' that there were no qualified African veterinarians. Ten White veterinarians employed by the State on a full- time basis, and two on a part-time basis, had been seconded to visit the various homelands. Afforestation On 21 February the Deputy Minister replied to further questions.' In the homelands, he said: 225 609 ha were covered with indigenous forest; commercial plantations covered 94503 ha; non-commercial woodlots covered 25 853 ha. The following numbers of sawmills, creosoting plants, and decortication plants (for fibres) were being operated: ' Hansard 8 col. 595. i.e. employees of all racial groups. 10 Annual report of the Corporation as quoted in the Rand Daily Mail, 24 April. I Hansard 8 col. 596. 12 Hansard 3 col. 216.

144 A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Creosoting Decortication Sawmills plants plants Dept. of Bantu Administration and Development ... 1 1 5 Development Corporations ... 3 - 6 African governments ...... 15 13 108 MINING IN THE HOMELANDS Various questions were put to the Deputy Minister in regard to mining in the homelands. On 28 February" 'he said that the following leases had been granted in these areas: White African persons White persons companies or companies Prospecting ...... 9 111 72 Mining ...... 3 59 During 1974, lease-holders paid R 197 014 to the Bantu Mining Corporation and R16 543 to other corporations. Particulars of amounts paid to African governments were not available. Particulars of the activities of the Bantu Mining Corporation were given. Briefly, it was, in various homelands, operating a stone crusher, a stone quarry, a travertine quarry, six sand removal operations, mines producing betonite, andalusite, limestone, and sodalite, and a concern for the cutting and polishing of semi-precious stones. On 18 February'4 the Deputy Minister gave details of the mining concerns in operation in various homelands. The number of people employed in these mines were as follows, he said: Whites Africans KwaZulu ...... 14 307 BophuthaTswana ...... 4085 61 023 Lebowa ...... 687 16200 Gazankulu ...... 8 151 Venda ...... 39 425 4833 78106 The latest available figures showing the value of mineral production in the homelands were those for 1973, the Deputy Minister said. ' They were as follows: R KwaZulu ...... 528 981 BophuthaTswana ...... 8 379 202 Lebowa ...... 6 807 568 Gazankulu ...... 246 541 Venda ...... 402079 13 Hansard 4 cols. 306-7. '4 Hansard 3 cols. 165-6. Is Hansard 5 col. 351.

THE AFRICAN HOMELANDS 145 COMMERCE AND INDUSTRY IN THE AFRICAN HOMELANDS The Minister of Bantu Administration and Development gave the following information' concerning expenditure by the State, Homeland Governments, the Bantu Investment Corporation (BIC) and the Xhosa Development Corporation (XDC) at each of the growth points in the homelands: Govern- Ind inents Tol State Transkei BophuthaTswana 1 9: Qwaqwa 2; Bantu Investment Corporation Babelegi 6, Witzieshoek Isithebe Seshego Letaba Electricity Supplies R Housing (Whites) R 23525 196032 4482621730 55170 29256 44915 3110785286123 Xhosa Development Corporation Butterworth 1196 541 Umtata 258 752 Other agencies - 76 114 113 107 184 17631 3 800 790582 42 400 224450 392272 5035369 52489 34439 3829422 - - 1276043 (Babelegi) 1 042 482 (Isithebe) The Minister stated that the following amounts had been spent at each of these growth points on the erection of factories for leasing to entrepreneurs: Babelegi ...... Witzieshoek ... Isithebe ...... Seshego ...... Letaba ...... Butterworth ... Umtata ...... R ...... 12668197 ...... 62920 ...... 2635067 ...... 757016 ...... 587439 ...... 5744833 ...... 573 811 The numbers of people employed in manufacturing undertakings in the homelands, including the Transkei, were as follows, the Minister said:' W hite ...I ...... Coloured ...... African ...... Assembly 25 February, Hansard 4, cols. 259-262. 675 94 19253 ustrial Water vnships Schemes R R - 2702000 Transport Subsidies R 1 396 t t,

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 The total financial commitments of White entrepreneurs with whom contractual agreements had been concluded in regard to the establishment of industries on an agency basis in the homelands were as follows, the Minister said': Umtata ... Butterworth Babelegi .. Isithebe ... Seshego ... Letaba ... Witzieshoek ...... 574000 ...... 11856000 ...... 19824000 ...... 1604000 I. ... I ... '.. 3495000 ...... 316000 ...I ...... 86 000 A total of 559 retail trading stations formerly owned by White persons in the Transkei had been acquired by official corporations and other bodies. Two of these were managed by Whites and 85 by Black people. Approximately 72 000 Africans were employed in the retail trade in Bantu areas of the Republic, including the Transkei. The only industrial undertaking operating in the Qwaqwa homeland was one handcraft centre employing 25 men and 114 women, the Minister stated The BIC had granted loans for the following undertakings in Qwaqwa: Butchery ...... Garage ...... Bottlestore ...... Dry Cleaner ... Rubbish removal Bus service ...... Amount of Loan R ... 19000...... 10000 ...... 47000 ...... 72000 ...... 3500 ...... 500000 Employment created 3 10 7 17 10 93 In its annual report for the year ended 31 March 1974 the BIC stated that between 1959/60 and 1973/74 it had granted 1 577 loans worth R 11 085 345 to African businessmen. In July 1974 the BIC embarked on a campaign to attract British and German money to the homelands. It placed advertisements in magazines quoting homeland leaders on the advantages to both foreign capitalists and homeland citizens of investment in these areas. Dr. Adendorff, managing director of the BIC, said at a press conference in April' that the corporation planned to spend R66million on development projects during the 1975-76 financial year. This was an increase of almost 50 per cent over expenditure in the 2 Ibid, col. 258. 3 Assembly 15 April, Hansard 10, cols. 702-3. 4 Rand Daily Mail, 17 April.

THE AFRICAN HOMELANDS previous year, and was expected to give job opportunities to about 13 000 people. He admitted this was inadequate, since the demand for jobs was about 60 000 annually. Of the total sum for the current year, the State would contribute R40- million, and the remainder would have to be raised mainly from the private sector. Approximately R17-million had been allocated to the development of industry at growth points in the homelands, Dr. Adendorff continued, whilst R16-million was to be used for establishing and expanding bus services. Eleven bus companies were being established or expanded. In a deviation from past BIC policy, Blacks would be appointed directors of these companies. It was estimated that these services would carry about 180-million passengers during 1975. About R6,5- million would be spent on development, mainly for expanding existing projects and establishing irrigation, fish and beef projects. The remainder of the R66- million budget would be used for loans to Black entrepreneurs, and for the establishment of various types of business enterprises, including savings banks. Discussions held with the Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration and Development and senior members of the BIC by trustees of the National Development and Management Foundation and representatives of member firms revealed' that there was nothing to prevent businessmen from investing directly in the African homelands, or from negotiating directly with Black leaders. It was made clear that direct investment was actively promoted. To qualify for incentives and buy back guarantees investments should, however, be channelled through the BIC or XDC. If negotiations were conducted directly with homeland leaders, industrialists should confirm the arrangements with the homeland government, the Department of Bantu Administration, and the development corporation concerned. Private trust funds donated direct to homeland leaders (i.e. not through their treasuries) were not subject to the controls and audits associated with homeland government treasury funds. Donors could specify to which specific projects they wished to contribute. The Department of Bantu Administration did not dictate priorities unless the funds concerned had been voted from the SA Exchequer. Central Government agencies could, however, help to determine priorities. The annual report for 1974 of the XDC revealed that during that year there had been negotiations with 13 industrialists concerning the establishment of further industries in the Transkei and Ciskei. Negotiations with a large chain store for the establishment of a R10,8-million blanket factory at Butterworth were finalised. This factory would be the largest single industrial complex which had yet been established in the Xhosa homeland and would pro- Star. 16 April.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 vide employment for 1 610 people. Negotiations for new industries included plans by an international manufacturer to construct a large industry at Dimbaza. A maize concern had constructed mills at Qamata, Flagstaff and Mount Frere, and another was in the process of being built at Tsolo. The concern was also planning the construction of maize depots at Bizana, Lusikisiki, Cofimvaba, Cala, Tabankulu, Libode and Qumbu. The report shows an increase in the number of agency agreements signed by industrialists. By the end of March 1974, 17 agreements had been signed in the Transkei with a total investment of R30 002 640, of which the XDC's contribution was R19 325 840. These agencies would provide employment for 5 385 people. In the Ciskei, four agreements had been signed with a total investment of 000 of which the XDC contributed R205 000. Employment for 172 people had been created. The Minister of Bantu Administration and Development said in December 1974 that the Government was to establish a development corporation for each African homeland during 1975. The corporations were to be established "in accordance with the Government's policy to involve the African people in increasing measure in the development of their homelands". They would be authorised to grant housing loans and loans for commercial undertakings, the erection of commercial buildings, and the financing of farmers' and cooperative undertakings. Each corporation would be controlled and managed by a board of directors of ten members, of whom four would be nominated by the homeland government concerned. No Minister or Executive Councillor would be accepted as a nominated director, and only in exceptional cases would members of Legislative Assemblies be appointed. The development corporations of the larger homelands (BophuthaTswana, Lebowa and KwaZulu) would each have its own administration. The corporations of the smaller homelands (Gazankulu, Qwaqwa and Venda) would each have a board of directors, their administrative work provisionally being done by the BIC's regional offices. Chief Gatsha Buthelezi, Chief Executive Councillor of KwaZulu, criticised the proposed structure of the new development corporations.' "This is not what we envisaged," he said. "We should be allowed some freedom to go our own way, and I am not happy about the format of the new corporations. Many people will see this as mere window-dressing." He also criticised the ban on having homeland Cabinet Ministers on the boards and the low proportion of Blacks as members. Rand Daily Mail, 13 December 1974. Star, 13 December 1974.

THE AFRICAN HOMELANDS The Minister of Bantu Administration and Development gave the following information concerning the number of labour contracts attested in each homeland in 1974:' Number of new labour contracts attested Women Number of contracts attested on the production of call-in cards BophuthaTswana KwaZulu Lebowa Venda ...... Qwaqwa Transkei Ciskei ...... Gazankulu ... 9243 ... 145772 ... 48637 ... 31295 ... 16499 ... 254371 ... 54078 ... 17354 3979 5051 28 223 Not available 150 Not available - 10044 295 2409 2600 43241 11629 723 78 15 139 8 Assembly 18 February, Hansard 3, col. 172. Men 149

EMPLOYMENT THE ECONOMIC SITUATION In its annual economic report for the year ended 30 June 1975 the SA Reserve Bank stated that the rate of increase in the gross domestic product at current prices declined from 23 per cent in 1973-74 to 14 per cent in 1974-75. The difference in the growth rates at current and constant prices during the past two years indicated a slowdown in the rate of increase in the gross domestic product deflator from about 16 per cent in 1973-74 to 11 per cent in 197475. The rate of increase in the real gross national product declined more than that of the gross domestic product, namely from about 9 per cent in 1973-74 to only about 2 per cent in 1974-75, largely as a result of prices of imports and exports rising at the same rate. The year under review, i.e. that ended on 30 June 1975, coincided with the downward phase of the business cycle, whereas the preceding year had been a period of high economic growth in the upward phase of the business cycle. A significant change occurred in the growth rates of the operating surplus (mainly profits) and the remuneration of employees. The operating surplus, which increased by 32 per cent in 1973-4, rose byonly7 per cent in 1974-75, whereas the remuneration of employees rose from 17 per cent in 1973-74 to 21 per cent in 1974-75. The remuneration of employees of the sectors manufacturing, general government, mining and transport, storage and communication, increased markedly. On the labour front, the Reserve Bank reported that employment in the non- agricultural sectors rose fairly sharply up to the third quarter of 1974, but levelled off during the next two quarters. Employment in the private sector levelled off and declined in certain sectors, but in the public sector it increased throughout the period. For the first three quarters of 1974-75, total employment in the non- agricultural sectors increased by 2,2 per cent compared with 3,6 per cent in 1973- 74. Unemployment of Whites, Coloured and Asians which had stood at 7 150 in August 1974 increased to 10 431 in June 1975. This represented about 0,5 per cent of the relevant labour force. During the nine months that ended on 31 March, the real salaries and wages of Whites were on average 1,3 per cent higher than the corresponding period a year previously. In the case of other races the increase was 11,9 per cent. The deficit in the balance of payments on current account increased from R212- million in 1973-74 to R1 507-million in 197475. This substantially larger deficit was the net result of sharp rises in the value of merchandise imports and net invisible payments to the rest of the world on the one hand, and a lower rate of increase

FOREIGN INVESTMENT in the value of the net gold output on the other hand. These factors were partly counteracted by an increase in the value of merchandise exports. It is not unusual for an increase in the deficit on current account to occur in the downward phase of the business cycle, but it was aggravated by unstable world economic conditions. The bank rate was raised from 8 to 81 per cent on 11 August 1975. This was followed by an increase in the price rate on overdrafts as quoted by the major commercial banks from 11 to 11 per cent. The Rand was devalued against the American dollar by 17,9 per cent with effect from 22 September. The Minister of Finance, Senator Owen Horwood, said in a statement1 that the action was taken to strengthen SA's balance of payments and that it would also prevent a further slowing down of the economy. FOREIGN INVESTMENT IN THE SOUTH AFRICAN ECONOMY General There are no comprehensive figures available which state the exact amounts of foreign investment in SA. In value terms all foreign investments in both the private and public sectors probably exceed R9 000-million of which more than 50 per cent comes from the sterling area2. According to Dr. W. B. Coetzer, chairman of General Mining, when addressing an international seminar in London, the value of new fixed investment in SA over the next ten years could reach 000-million. He added that the level of indirect and direct investment by foreigners amounted to almost 22 per cent of all new investment in the private sector.' In an article published in Commerce, journal of the Association of Chambers of Commerce of South Africa,' Mr. Nigel Bruce said that foreign investment in SA might dry up unless the Government translated "its recent disavowal of racial discrimination rapidly into reality. Increasingly, the flow of foreign investment into this country is going to depend on rapid and material political and economic reforms. Indications are that Pretoria is worried about the fact that new investment is not being attracted - although the concern is centred mainly on the present poor outlook for the capital account of the balance of payments." The article referred to the business boom in the previous year which did not attract foreign investment of any significance "as similar spurts of economic activity have done in the past. The reasons for this are connected more with events abroad, particularly the high inflation rates boosted by the fuel crises, and the general ganging up against the White-ruled South, than with loss of conI Rand Daily Mail, 22 September. Rand Daily Mail, 4 July. 3 Commerce, January 1975.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 fidence in the South African economy. Nevertheless, while the country performed well during 1974 without the help of much new foreign money, its longer-term capital requirements are so large that unless foreign investment begins to return soon, future growth could be severely circumscribed." When asked to comment on the Commerce article Dr. J. Cloete, consulting economist for Barclays Bank, said:' "He's got a point in that if the detente in Southern Africa does materialize, things will be favourable for us but if it doesn't we could be in trouble. However, I feel that businessmen will tend to invest where the profits are higher. One must not be too optimistic, but the return on investment will still probably be the main factor. After Sharpeville, of course, funds did dry up, but this was of a short duration until the profit motive worked again... There is an overall shortage of world capital and we are likely to feel this in the short term, but not unduly so in the longer term." The comment of Mr. A. Hamersa, the Standard Bank economist,' was that it was acknowledged that foreign capital inflows during the expansionary phase of the previous year were not of the same proportion as usual during such times. "My explanation for this, however, is that this was due to the interest rate differentials. It was far cheaper to borrow money domestically than from overseas. This was why the Reserve Bank allowed rates to increase. Another factor working against a net inflow was the expectation of businessmen as far as the leads and lags situation of payments is concerned. I am not suggesting that there was not some political consideration involved, but I don't feel that this was a major factor." Mr. Merton Dagut, economist for the Nedbank group, said5 he was convinced that interest rate differentials played the most significant factor in the relatively low inflow of foreign capital. "It wasn't a very good year for capital flows on an international scale and in mid-1973 nobody could do a Eurobond loan anyway," he said. When the Second General Law Amendment Bill (now Act 94 of 1974: see page 244 of the 1974 issue of this Survey) was published last year, Mr. Harry Schwarz, M.P., warned' that Section 2, which controls the flow of corporate information between SA and abroad, was so wide that it would inhibit foreign investment. The measure caused nervousness and uncertainty resulting, according to Commerce Secretary, Mr. Steyn," in a "steady flow of applications" to government from the business community for permission to furnish information to overseas principals. According to a spokesman in Mr. Steyn's office, an official in Pretoria was specially detailed to deal with such applications.4 4 Rand Daily Mail, 16 January 5 Financial Mail, 16 May. 152

FOREIGN INVESTMENT Mr. Steyn told the Financial Mail that the Act was being applied only in cases where permission was sought as a result of an order served by a foreign government or its agencies on a holding company with a SA interest or subsidiary. However, a Commerce Department directive on the interpretation of the measure, warns that "Care should be exercised when information is requested by a foreign principal from a person over whom the law in South Africa has jurisdiction if the information is not normally supplied or not normally required by the foreign principal to conduct its business." The Cabinet decided that where a foreign company holds less than 50 per cent of a company registered in SA, the Minister of Economic Affairs will refuse permission for information to be sent abroad in response to an order issued by a foreign government. Foreign-controlled companies in SA should, in any event, refer requests for information to the Minister who in applying his discretionary power, would treat each case on its merits. Such applications should be accompanied by a copy of the questionnaire required to be completed by the SA company and by a copy of the company's proposed replies. There was considerable concern overseas over the requirements of the new Act, according to the Financial Mail, 16 May. The Ford Motor Company stated that it did not publish its annual report on employee conditions in SA that year because its counsel in SA warned that this might violate the law. International Business Machines took the view that the SA authorities would invoke the law only if the information requested were to find its way back to SA. It considered there would be no objection if such information was used outside the country only. Because of the new law, the International Labour Organisation dropped SA from two studies of world employment standards. The ILO was investigating pay scales and working conditions in the oil and metal working industries. Ford, General Motors, Fiat, Siemens, Philips and General Electric were among the companies canvassed. ILO spokesmen told the Financial Mail, 16 May, that because the companies protested at having to submit data on SA operations because of the new law, the ILO decided to drop SA from its survey. ILO officials conceded that they had no clear idea of what the new law actually required. They recognised that there could be difficulties for participating firms, hence, in the interest of the larger goals of the survey, they thought it best not to include SA. Delegates from the New York Society of Security Analysts and the European Federation of Financial Analysts Society, who spent two weeks touring SA in March, saw exchange control restrictions as a serious impediment to foreign investment in SA." 1i Rand Daily Mail, 4 April.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 After studying a report by Dr. Ake Magnusson on Swedish investment in SA, the South Africa Foundation reached the conclusion that foreign investment would continue to flow into the country because SA was too valuable to be neglected. However, there was likely to be increased pressure for improved Black working conditions.' United Kingdom In December 1974 the Secretary of State for Trade presented to the British Parliament a White Paper recording the Government's observations on the Fifth Report from the Expenditure Committee which was set up to investigate the wages and conditions of African workers employed by British firms in South Africa. (See page 188 of the 1973 issue and page 225 of the 1974 Survey.) In the White Paper it was recommended that "the Embassy and the DTI (Department of Trade and Industry) play an active role in seeking out companies in order to encourage and advise them on improvements in employment practices". Further, it was stated that the Government had British officials, both in the United Kingdom and SA, who would continue to draw the attention of businessmen to the Code of Practice' and stress the Government's endorsement of it. Supplementary guidance on labour matters in SA would be sent to all British companies with affiliates in SA. These companies would be invited to publish on a regular basis information to show progress in raising the living standards and working conditions of their African employees. These should appear in annual reports to shareholders, chairman's statements, or in any other convenient form. Progress reports should contain details of the number of African employees, the wages of the lowest grades, and the number of workers below the poverty datum line. The British Embassy announced' the appointment of Mr. W. J. Vose as its first Labour Secretary to report on employment conditions in British firms in SA. Other than keeping London informed on labour matters in SA, Mr. Vose would assist British firms with general information and advice. At the end of 1974 the Anti-Apartheid Movement wrote to the British Government urging it to stop British Leyland from investing R33-million in SA. The reasons given were that British domestic industry badly needed investment and further that because of apartheid, SA had cheap labour which made it the second most 7 Star, 27 May. I Wages and Conditions of African Workers Employed by British firms in South Africa. Government observations on the Fifth Report from the Expenditure Committee: House of Commons Paper 116, Session 1973-74, H.M.S.O. 2 The Code of Practice setting out the Committee's guidelines for employment practices by UK companies with interests in SA. This has been widely publicised and sent to chairmen of more than 500 British parent companies with a personal letter from the Secretary of State. urging adoption of the recommended policy and practices to the fullest possible extent. S Star, 19 December 1974.

FOREIGN INVESTMENT profitable field for investment overseas. The movement also accused Leyland in SA of siding with the SA Government's policy of refusing to work with Black trade unions.' A plan was drawn up by the influential Association of Scientific, Technical and Managerial Staffs, which represents 10 000 supervisory and technical workers of British Leyland, in which a full State take-over of the company was proposed. The plan affected Leyland SA in three main areas, investment, profit distribution, and labour policies. It was suggested that British Leyland's investment in overseas subsidiaries should be made from retained profits of those subsidiaries and without capital transfer from the United Kingdom. Leyland SA would have to remit an agreed percentage of its pre-tax profits to its British parent. The company should pledge itself to raising the living standards and conditions of its SA employees.' The Church of England sold half its controversial holding of 70 000 shares in Consolidated Gold Fields after an intense struggle over the ethics of holding shares in SA companies. Lord Churchill, investment manager for the Church's financial executive body, said the decision to reduce the holding in Consolidated Gold Fields by half had been taken on investment grounds. A letter in the Guardian, signed, among others, by the Rt. Rev. Ambrose Reeves, former Bishop of Johannesburg, and the Rt. Rev. Colin Winter, Bishop-in-exile of , challenged the Church of England Commissioners to justify their holding of 600000 Midland Bank shares. The Midland Bank had loaned money to the SA Government. The letter said it was essential that the Commissioners should publicly state their position on such loans and their readiness to sell the shares unless the SA Government changed its activities.' Discussions of apartheid dominated the proceedings at the annual general meetings of two of Britain's largest banks, Barclays Bank and the Midland Bank. Both Sir Archibald Forbes, chairman of the Midland Bank, and Mr. Anthony Tube, chairman of Barclays, were subjected to intensive questioning about their bank's operations in Southern Africa. The question of loans for SA was the main point of concern at the Midland Bank meeting. Sir Archibald Forbes insisted that if his bank ceased trading with SA, as the questioners wanted, it would have a serious effect on international trade at all levels and he questioned whether such an action would benefit Blacks in South Africa. Mr. Tube, of Barclays, said that the bank paid the same money for the same work to its employees irrespective of colour. He added that the bank was 4 Ibid. 5 Sunday Times. 9 February. 6 Star, 11 March. 7 Ibid.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 operating unsegregated training courses on a residential basis and that these had been very successful.! Unilever was attacked in a Counter Information Services report for its involvement in SA and for "racial discrimination and exploitation" of its Black employees. The report said that Unilever claimed to provide equal pay and job opportunities for all its workers, and to run a number of training and educational schemes irrespective of race to enable employees to maximise their abilities. The image, said the report, that the company tried to project was that of a "haven of paternalism and equality". But, it continued, for the majority of Unilever's 5 000 or so workers the reality was racial discrimination and exploitation. "The total weekly earnings of 1 200 (non-managerial) White employees are approximately the same as those of the 3 600 Black workers."' The chairman of Rio Tinto Zinc Corporation, Sir Val Duncan, said"8 at the company's annual meeting that they were not prepared to take any notice of the United Nations' decree last year against mining operations in SWA that had not been authorised by the UN Council on Namibia. Rio Tinto's Rossing uranium mine in SWA is due to come into production in late 1976. United States' Fourteen American church organisations holding shares in International Business Machines Corporation jointly filed a resolution' calling on the corporation to cut off all supplies to the SA Government. The chairman of the church group, Dr. D. Wilson, said IBM sold computers that could be used for repressive purposes in SA. Other companies challenged were Phillips Petroleum Company which was involved in the off-shore oil search in SWA, the Southern Company, which imported coal from SA, Union Carbide Corporation, which was planning to build a R38-million dollar ferro-chrome plant in SA, and International Telephone and Telegraph Corporation, which serviced electronic equipment for the SA navy. In the case of Union Carbide, the church project members said that its record of "starvation wages and gross discrimination" against Black workers was among the worst of all American investors in SA. Partly as a result of pressure from the American church organisations to persuade US firms to withdraw from SWA, Standard Oil Company of California announced' that it would cease operations in SWA and turn over exploration rights to a SA 8 Star, 10 April. 9 Star, 23 April. 10 Rand Daily Mail, 22 May. I Events and comments in this connection were outlined on pages 226-228 of the 1974 issue of this Survey. 2 Star, 14 February. 3 United Methodist Communications News, 11 February.

FOREIGN INVESTMENT Government agency. Prior to this, similar moves were made by Texaco (Caltex Oil), Continental Oil Company, Phillips Petroleum Company and Getty Oil. Newmont Mining Corporation, which has a controlling interest in the O'Okiep copper mine in the Northern Cape and substantial interests in Phalaborwa Mining, promised' to give equal opportunities to all races in its overseas operations. Professor Meyer Feldberg, director of the Graduate School of Business at the University of Cape Town, while visiting professor at the Sloan School of Management, MIT, conducted a three month survey late in 1974 in which 252 top corporations in the US were canvassed The general opinion was that withdrawal of American investment in SA would not be in the best interests of change in SA. Some corporations which had no investments in SA said they would be prepared to invest unless specifically prevented by the US Government from doing so. They said they were "actually looking" at the SA investment field. Professor Feldberg warned that American corporations were under constant pressure to withdraw from SA and were going to considerable trouble to defend their investments. They were keenly interested in what appeared to be a "softening" of race attitudes, and would be "furious" if these hopes were not fulfilled. "They like being in SA", said Professor Feldberg, "and they don't want anything to happen here which will make it impossible for them to defend their position. They feel that if the country's race policies are not relaxed sufficiently to avert unrest, then all the years of struggling to justify their investments here will have been wasted." Western Europe West German investment in SA is now greater than that of the United States and second only to the British holding. Investment, unlike that of Britain and the United States, is predominantly in industry rather than mining. Total West German investment is in the region of R950-million, compared with R700-million from the United States, R600-million from France and R3 400-million from Britain.' Leading German companies in SA were accused2 by the German Anti-Apartheid Movement of paying poverty wages to their Black employees while earning large profits. The German Government was called on to stop military co-operation and trade with SA. It was said that German companies which were partly or wholly State owned were "among the most zealous adherents of the apartheid ideology. Volkswagen, Salzgitter, Verba, Lufthansa and I Star, 7 February. Sunday Times, 9 February. Star, 3 February. Rand Daily Mail, 17 February.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Shenber train no Black apprentices, employ no Black supervisors, pay wages below the subsistence level and consequently earn dream profits." France rates among the top foreign investors in SA. French investors have traditionally held large amounts of SA mining shares, and in 1972 France was SA's largest buyer of coal.' Six Swedish trade unionists spent two weeks in SA at the beginning of the year on a fact-finding mission. They visited six major Swedish firms, namely Swenska Kullager Fabriken (SKF), Atlas Copco, Electrolux, Alfa Laval, Asea and Sankvik. Two important conclusions reached by the Swedish delegation were that the wage gap between Black and White workers was widening and that liaison and works committees were not a substitute for full trade union rights for Black workers." The Swedish trade unionists found that the companies investigated seemed to be slightly ahead of SA employers. The companies were rated as in the table below:" Number of Lowest Black Average Black Firm Black wage wage employees (R p.m.) (R p.m.) Alfa Laval ...... + 60 122 134 Asea ...... 735 110* 150* AtlasCopco... 300 105 +125 Electrolux ...... 77 89,70 117-121 Sandvik ...... 650 97,50 ± 121 SKF(Rand) ... 142 87 123 SKF (Uitenhage) 185 112 203 *Denotes after tax Benefits offered to employees were varied. Three of the companies provided at least one free meal a day. Three others had subsidised meals and the seventh offered free soup. Four ran literacy courses and another was about to start one. Two provided financial assistance for private studies, a third paid the full study fees and cost of books for employees and their children. One provided bursaries for full-time study and another was about to introduce bursaries for children of employees. All the firms had pension schemes for Black employees, some of which were noncontributory, and granted paid sick leave for at least eight days a year. Two of the employers provided death benefits of a full year's pay and three years' pay respectively. The East Asiatic Company, Denmark's largest multi-national conglomerate, was criticised by a Lutheran Church organisation for paying its Black workers wages below the subsistence level. The Church group said the company should either refrain from "making money on the flagrantly unjust labour conditions in the apartheid 3 Rand Daily Mail, 29 November 1974. ' Star, 10 February. 5 Star, 27 January.

COST OF LIVING state" or should take the lead in reforms that would bring the situation "a good deal closer to the norms prevailing in Denmark".' New Scotland Forest Products, a subsidiary of the East Asiatic Company, was accused by the Danish Institute for Development Research of exploiting SA's pass laws and other regulations to pay its workers wages well below the breadline.' The UN Secretary General, Dr. Kurt Waldheim, was asked whether the UN recommendations on trade with SA would prevent the Austrian iron and steel company, Voeest, from co-operating in the building of a steel plant in SA. Dr. Waldheim said he had referred the Austrian Ambassador's attention to resolutions passed by the UN General Assembly in 1971, 1973 and 1974. The 1971 resolution was to the effect that the UN condemned the growing economic collaboration by a number of countries with S.A. The 1973 resolution condemned all actions of countries pursuing policies of political, military and economic collaboration with SA; while in 1974 the General Assembly condemned the activities of countries which circumvented UN resolutions concerning economic cooperation.! Amro, one of Holland's largest banking concerns, rejected a call by the World Council of Churches to withdraw its investment in SA.' The chairman of Amro, Dr. J. van den Brink, wrote to the WCC in Geneva saying it would ignore the Council's call for an economic boycott. "It is up to governments to make such decisions, not individual organisations," his letter stated. Dr. Van den Brink said Amro would become involved only with SA banks which already had a policy of equal pay for equal work and were striving towards providing equal employment opportunities. The Dutch Council of Churches reconsidered a recommendation it had approved in principle urging total withdrawal of foreign investment in SA and decided instead to try to bring about wideranging reforms from within." The reforms the Council hoped to see were trade union rights for African workers, equal job opportunities and equal educational facilities, equal pay for equal work, satisfactory housing facilities for Black workers where they could live with their families, and the elimination of all forms of discrimination on the basis of race. COST OF LIVING In its annual report the SA Reserve Bank referred to the high rate of price increases and of inflation which had been one of the main economic problems confronting the authorities in almost all Western countries during recent years. As a result of the inter0 Daily Dispatch, 1 April. 7 Pretoria News, 11 April. s Daily Dispatch, 9 April. O Star, 14 May. 10 Star, 25 February.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 national slowdown in economic activity during the past approximately eighteen months, the rate of increase in consumer as well as wholesale prices declined in almost all countries over the past six to nine months. Although the rates of increase in different prices were still unacceptably high in SA, a significant slowdown in the rate of increase in prices had occurred over the past nine months (the report referred to conditions up to 30 June). Consumer prices were on average 13,9 per cent higher in 1974/ 75 than in 1973/74, against an increase of 9,7 per cent in 1973/74 compared with 1972/73. Increases in the prices of food (19,1 per cent), clothing and footwear ,(14,0 per cent) and a further substantial increase in the prices of imported goods, including oil, contributed to the sharp increase in prices during the year under review. After increasing at an annual rate of 18,2 per cent in the third quarter of 1974, the rate of increase in the seasonally adjusted consumer price index declined to 13,8 per cent in both the fourth quarter of 1974 and the first quarter of 1975 and to 12,4 per cent during the second quarter of 1975. The lower rates of increase in the prices of clothing and footwear, furniture and certain food items, such as meat, sugar and allied products, contributed to the lower overall rate of increase in prices during -the three quarters that ended on 30 June 1975. Prices of medical services, recreation, amusement and sport, personal services and laundry and dry-cleaning services rose sharply duing the first half of the year. The monthly average wholesale price index of goods for domestic use increased by 19,3 per cent in 1974/75, as against an increase of 14,9 per cent in 1973/74. The higher rate of increase was mainly due to sharp increases in prices of imported goods (27 per cent), locally manufactured basic metals and metal products (25 per cent), and machinery and transport equipment (16 per cent). From June 1974 to June 1975, the seasonally adjusted wholesale price index increased by 15,4 per cent. Senator Anna Scheepers (UP) said in the Senate' during the Budget debate that she feared industrial strife would occur unless wages were linked to the cost-of- living index. "Inflation hits the low-paid worker and the pensioner the hardest. Because of this there is a strong move on the part of trade unions to negotiate for index linking," she said. The linking of wages and social security benefits to a cost of living index was common in the USA and Europe. About 50-million people in the USA had their incomes protected in this way. "Wages are regularly raised by a proportion equal to the rise in the cost of living, plus the little extra for the increase in productivity." I Senate 13 May, Hansard 10, cols. 2495-6.

MINIMUM LIVING STANDARDS The Government's plan to fight inflation was announced in October.' Price increases were to be limited to 70 per cent of all unavoidable cost increases and the remaining 30 per cent was to be absorbed from profits. MINIMUM LIVING STANDARDS In past issues of this Survey estimates of minimum living standards in different areas calculated by various agencies have been provided as they became available. There is still no agreement on a uniform method of calculation. Johannesburg Chamber of Commerce The Johannesburg Chamber of Commerce issued estimates of the minimum monthly budget required by an African family of five living in Soweto. It has substituted the term "Minimum Living Level" for "Poverty Datum Line" and has included under this term certain items of expenditure only in an attempt to promote uniformity of terminology with other organisations publishing similar figures. Its estimates for May 1975 compared with May 1974 are:' Food ...... Clothing ...... Housing ...... Fuel and light ... Transport ...... Taxation Cleaning materials Medical expenses Education ...... Sub-Total ... Furniture Crockery, cooking u Minimum Living Writing materials, etc Amusement and spor Personal care ... Savings for emergenc Grand Total May 1974 R ...... 51,90 ...... 13,20 ...... 8,50 ...... 4,94 ...... 5,98 ...... 1,37 ...... 1,19 ...... 1,00 ...... 2,75 ...... 90,83 ...... 1,89 tensils, etc. 0,70 Level ... 93,42 ...... 2,17 t ...... 1,32 ...... 1,87 ies ...... 2,64 ...... 101,42 Institute for Planning Research Professor J. F. Potgieter, Director of the Institute for Planning Research at the University of Port Elizabeth, provided the following estimates of the household subsistence level for a hypothetical 2 Rand Daily Mail, 8 October. I Johannesburg Chamber of Commerce. Fainly Budget for Blacks, May 1975. May 1975 R 61,33 14,72 10,50 5,52 6,50 1,72 1,46 1,00 3,09 105,84 2,01 0,81 108,66 2,76 1,45 2,12 3,03 118,02 Percentage increase 18,2 11,5 23,5 11,7 8,7 25,6 22,7 12,3 17,1 6,3 15,7 16,3 27,2 9,9 13,4 14,8 16,4

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 African family of six persons, and a hypothetical Coloured family of five persons in various areas. Figures for April 1975 are given.2 Cape Town African Coloured Port Elizabeth African Coloured East London African Coloured Pretoria African Coloured April 1975 R 108,93 126,66 102,29 121,75 104,83 116,27 114,09 118,49 Bloemfontein African Coloured Uitenhage African Coloured Durban African Coloured Indian Johannesburg African Coloured At the time of going to press, the following HSL figures for the main urban areas have been received from the Institute for Planning Research. Also included are HSL figures for Umtata and Peddie. The figures are for October 1975. Cape Town African Coloured Port Elizabeth African Coloured East London African Coloured Durban African Coloured October 1975 R Johannesburg 124,94 African 133,97 Coloured Umtata 119,12 African 124,29 Peddie 116,35 African 117,51 118,42 118,18 Bureau of Market Research The Bureau of Market Research published a comprehensive study of minimum and subsistence levels for African, Coloured and Indian households in the main metropolitan and other urban areas of the Republic for February 1975.' The items at the lowest living level included the following: food, housing, clothing, fuel and light, washing and cleaning materials, transport, and tax. Medical and dental services and pre2 J. F. Potgieter. The household subsistence level in the major urban centres of the Republic of South Atrica (April 1975). Institute for Planning Research, U.P.E., Fact Paper No. 12. 3 The Minimum and Supplemented Living Levels of Non-Whites residing in the main and other selected urban areas of the Republic of South Africa (February 1975). Bureau of Market Research. U.N.I.S.A., Research Report No. 44. April 1975 R 109,57 115,32 107,59 116,04 107,39 116,10 106,15 111,21 120,19 R 119,69 120,51 97,15 98,49

MINIMUM LIVING STANDARDS 163 scribed and patent medicines, education and replacement of household equipment were also included. The study included households ranging from 2 to 8 + people. The figures given below are for an average household. Cape Peninsula African Coloured Durban African Indian East London African Johannesburg African Kempton Park African Kimberley African Krugersdorp African Minimum Living Level February 1975 (R) 100,51 95,88 97,08 106,15 85,63 93,66 99,13 86,53 95,98 Ladysmith African Nelspruit African Newcastle African Pietersburg African Port Elizabeth African Coloured Pretoria African Uitenhage African Minimum Living Level February 1975 (R) 102,14 96,51 96,77 94,07 88,77 76,75 90,71 95,94 INCOME LEVEIS AND WAGES The Financial Mail' calculated the average monthly per capita incomes of the various race groups in 1973 to have been: W hite ...... Asian ...... Coloured ...... A frican ...... R184R37R29R10 In 1973 the ratio of annual White to Black' average per capita incomes was 14:1, while the absolute gap in average annual incomes per head was R2 050 (Whites R2 207, Blacks R157).' Total salaries and wages (including earnings in kind) in 1973 were R9 557-million. The racial shares were as follows: I Financial Mail, 21 February. 2 i.e. Africans, Coloured and Asians. 3 The Financial Mail based its calculation on figures produced by Senbank which were derived from SA Reserve Bank and Department of Statistics figures covering three-quarters of the economically active population.

164 A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 White ...... 68,2% Asian ...... I ...... 2,8% Coloured ...... 7,9% African ...... 21,1% Dr. J. Cloete, head of the economic section at Barclays Bank, said' that in order "to establish the real economic progress made over any particular period, we should use one of the measures showing increases in income per head of the population or per family. If we look at the economic progress that was made in recent years in terms of increases in living standards, as indicated by growth in national income per capita or real consumption per head of the population, the picture is not very satisfactory". The table below, given by Dr. Cloete, shows comparative growth rates in the national income and consumption per head of the population for SA and for leading industrial countries over the five years 1968 to 1973: Average Annual Percentage Increases 1968 to 1973 Real national Real private income consumption per head expenditure per head South Africa ...... 1,7 2,8 United Kingdom ...... 2,5 2,5 United States ...... 2,4 2,4 West Germany ...... 6,0 4,7 France ...... 5,6 5,1 Italy ...... 4,7 4,9 Japan ...... , ... 8,3 7,5 Australia ...... 3,7 2,3 "The main reason for the slow progress we have made in this country in raising living standards generally as reflected in the relatively low growth for per capita income and consumption above is, of course, the fact that our total population is increasing at more than 3 per cent a year," Dr. Cloete continued. "It is also true that a very considerable part of our adult population is not really economically active and is making little or no contribution towards our national product. So one should not read too much into the fact that the rise in living standards in this country compares so poorly with that achieved in the highly industrialised countries." In his inaugural lecture as an honorary professor at Rand Afrikaans University, Dr. W. J. de Villiers, of General Mining, said' that the greatest danger for SA's future and also the greatest 4 Star, 6 February. 5 Financial Mail, 4 April.

INCOME LEVELS AND WAGES challenge was the fact that poverty existed in the midst of advanced industrial development. The great majority of the Black population was in a situation similar to that of the typical working-class of Marx, Lenin, Proudhon and Engels. He believed this was the only conclusion to be drawn from SA's pattern of income distribution. He pointed out that though Whites constituted only 17,3 per cent of the population they received 70-76 per cent of the country's total income. The richest 10 per cent of SA's population, probably without exception White, receives an estimated 58 per cent of total income - compared with the 27 per cent which the richest 10 per cent in the United States gets." Personal income statistics from the 1970 census, released in September,' showed that nearly 900 000 Whites had incomes of R2 000 p.a. or more, while only 42 000 Coloured people and Asians were in this bracket. Gross incomes, before tax and deductions, rose during the decade from 1960, by 42 per cent for Whites, 52,5 per cent for Coloured and 43,5 per cent for Asians. (No statistics were given for African incomes.) The Consumer Price Index rose 31 per cent over the ten years. White male average incomes rose from R152,50 p.m. to R251, Coloured males from R20,50 p.m. to ,75, and Asian males from R37 to R65 p.m. White female average incomes rose from R71 p.m. to R122, Coloured females from R 11,50 p.m. to R24, and Asian females from R19 p.m. to . The Government's plan to fight inflation, announced in October,' required that wage increases be limited to 70 per cent of the consumer price index. This did not apply to people living below poverty datum line incomes. ECONOMICALLY ACTIVE PERSONS AND UNEMPLOYMENT The Minister of Community Development (for the Minister of Statistics) gave the following estimates of the economically active population as at the end of 1974:' Percentage Race Number of total White ...... 1 693 000 18,4 Coloured ...... 819000 8,9 Asian ...... , 211000 2,3 African ...... 6478000 70,4 9201000 100,0 These figures showed that approximately 41 per cent of the White population, 35,5 per cent of the Coloured, 30 per cent of the Asian, and 36,5 per cent of the African were economically active. I Rand Daily Mail, 18 September. Ibid, 8 October. 1 Assembly 14 February, Hansard 2, col. 132

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 The Minister of Statistics stated' that there were 1163 135 persons employed in the public sector as at the end of 1974, as follows: White ... Coloured Asian ... African ...... 458842 ...... 102322 18860 ...... 586111 Percentage of Economically Active Population 27,10 12,49 8,94 9,04 The public sector comprises the central government, provincial administrations, local authorities, divisional councils, homeland governments, SA Railways, Post and Telecommunications, Council for Scientific and Industrial Research, SA Bureau of Standards, and public corporations. Senator Dr. Anna Scheepers said3 that women should not be discriminated against, should have equal opportunities, and should receive equal pay for equal work. Women played an important part in the economy, as the following statistics showed. Manufacturing 1951 1960 1970 Commerce 1951 1960 1970 Services 1951 1960 1970 White Women 39 630 45 629 58 260 69789 102471 116 770 80279 105065 142 270 Number of women employed Coloured Women 25 620 85 190 1 889 29 860 78657 117300 African labour bureaux and contract labour The Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration and Education said' that the following labour bureaux were in operation as at 31 December 1974: Regional Local ... District Territorial Tribal ... 8 ...... 425 ...... 357 ...... 8 ...... , ... 418 2 Assembly 26 March, Hansard 8, col. 611. 3 Senate 20 February, Hansard 1, cols. 295-6. 4 Assembly 11 March, Hansard 6, cols. 426-7. African Women 6 592 70080 2 120 50260 456 480 724 040 166

MIGRANT LABOUR The Minister of Bantu Administration and Development gave the following figures representing the number of African workers registered as at 30 June 1974 in each category of labour defined in the regulations promulgated in terms of the Bantu Labour Act:5 South African Foreign Agriculture ...... 445 760 24500 Mining and Quarrying (including labourers employed by mines affiliated to the Chamber of Mines) ...... 222 225 416 745 Manufacturing ...... 674 926 11 923 Construction ...... 341855 19150 Wholesale and Retail Trade ...... 294 390 3 385 Government Services ...... 413 246 10 358 Domestic Servants ...... 567 716 9 208 Miscellaneous ...... 312 266 5 526 A two-man team of senior Bantu Administration officials, under Johannesburg's Bantu Affairs Commissioner, Mr. Frans du Randt, was commissioned early in the year to look into the system of migrant labour with special reference to the mining industry, larger employers, and the Western Cape. A comparative study was also to be made of migrant labour in another country, probably West Germany.' A "Charter for Workers" was circulated at the 20th anniversary conference of the Black Sash on 11 March. The "charter" reads: * Every worker has the right to sell his labour on the best market. * Every worker has the right to a just wage and just and favourable conditions of work. * Every worker has the right to, the acquisition of skills and just remuneration and advancement, irrespective of his race. * Every worker has the right to membership of an effective, recognised workers' organisation. * Every worker is entitled to remain in his job for as long as he and his employer choose. * Every worker has the right to have his family living with him. * Every worker has the right to rent or purchase accommodation in the place where he works. * Every worker who chooses to live in a hostel has the right to privacy and to decent and reasonable living conditions-whether the accommodation is provided by his employer, private enterprise, state or local authority. * Every worker from a country outside the borders of the Republic is entitled to citizenship in his host country after the lapse of a reasonable time, fixed by law without discrimination on the basis of race, sex or religion. 5 Assembly 12 June, Hansard 18, col. 1131. 6 Financial Mail, 27 March.

168 A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 * Every worker everywhere is entitled to all these rights, and no law or regulation can be permitted to restrict or deny any single one of them.' The Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration and Development announced8 on 27 February that he was to draw up a charter to protect the interests of migratory labourers from countries outside SA and their employers. The charter would include clauses to ensure that the labourer would be able to visit his family regularly, would receive support for his family if he should die while under contract, and would provide for the care of his family while he was working in the "White" areas. Dr. Francis Wilson of the University of Cape Town, welcomed the Government's decision to investigate the whole question of migrant labour and to draw up a charter He said, besides dealing with foreign workers, such a charter should emphasise the human rights of SA's own migrant workers in the area where they worked. Ms. Sheena Duncan, director of the Black Sash Advice Bureau, said" she hoped Mr. Jansen's charter would recognise "that many of the migratory workers are SA citizens and as such, are entitled to freedom of movement, and freedom to bring their families to live with them". Unemployment The Minister of Labour gave the following figures for persons registered as unemployed in his department's inspectorate areas at the end of December 1974:1 Occupational Categories White Coloured Asian Administrative and Clerical ...... 1 405 149 278 Commercial ...... 383 122 104 Skilled trades ...... 221 337 135 Services ...... 175 126 42 Transport ... 74 132 61 Operatives (semi-skilled) ...... 236 960 476 Unskilled ...... 383 631 174 Other categories ...... 219 11 18 3096 2468 1288 Rand Daily Mail, 12 March. lbid, 28 February. 9 bid, 4 March. 10 Ibid. 11 Asscmbly 14 February, Hansard 2, cols. 132-3.

UNEMPLOYMENT 169 Inspectorate White Coloured Asian Johannesburg ...... 897 267 42 Cape Town ...... 329 786 2 Durban ...... 660 420 1 224 Pretoria ...... 398 44 12 Port Elizabeth ...... 377 555 1 Bloemfontein ...... 155 38 East London ...... 131 127 7 Kimberley ...... 109 195 George ...... 38 33 Windhoek ...... 2 3 The Minister of Planning and the Environment and of Statistics said'" that "the registered unemployment figure among the Bantu at the Bantu Administration Boards in the Republic for December 1974 was 94 000, and in the homelands in June 1973 - that is the latest figure - it was 34 000". Unemployment Insurance See pages 246 and 247 of last year's Survey for information on the Unemployment Insurance Amendment Act (No. 12 of 1974) and the Unemployment Insurance Fund. The Minister of Labour said" that there had been no general increase in the rates of benefits paid in terms of the Unemployment Insurance Act. However, Group 12 had been divided into three groups with effect from 1 November 1971. The benefits for the first group were fixed at R15,40 per week as against the previous figure of R14,00 per week. The rates for the new groups 13 and 14 were fixed at R17,50 and R20,30 per week respectively. He added that contributors automatically moved into higher groups with higher benefit rates as their earnings increased. The Minister said" that the balance in the Unemployment Insurance Fund at the end of 1974 was approximately R178 600 000. The total amount contributed during 1974 by employers and employees (including the State's contribution) was about R24 625 000. During 1974, about R19 743 000 was paid in benefits to 125 074 applicants. The interest accruing to the Unemployment Insurance Fund was:" 1973: R10401511 1974: R11278986 In answer to a further question the Minister stated that the following estimated amounts were paid out from the Fund during 1974: 12 Assembly 6 February, Hansard 1. col. 345. 13 Assembly 14 February, Hansard 2, col. 116. 14 Assembly 25 February, Hansard 4, cols. 267-8. 15 Assembly 4 March, Hansard 5, col. 356.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Unemployment benefits ...... Illness allowances ...... Dependants of deceased contributors ... Administrative costs ...... Maternity benefits ...... R4607000...... R6496000...... R1 992 000 ...... R2 408 000 ...... R6 675 000 RESERVATION OF WORK The Minister of Labour said' that the estimated percentage of the total labour force potentially affected by determinations under Section 77 of the Industrial Conciliation Act was 2,5 per cent. He added that altogether 628 individual exemptions were granted during1974 as follows (see pages 248-249 of last year's Survey for a description of each determination):- Determination Number 6 811121314151719202122232427 Number of Workers aflected Coloured Asian African 1369 - - - 1538 - 75 - - 231 810 269 128 1 266 45 - 730 - 2 58 9 - 7 -- 533 12 -14 2 -- 88 The Minister said2 that 58 employers, all in the building industry, had been prosecuted during the last six months of 1974 for contraventions of determinations under Section 77. Eighty-eight employees were concerned. The Minister of Labour said3 at a meeting of the Afrikaanse Sakekamer in Cape Town that the main reasons why work reservation could not be abolished were that it was an essential measure to ensure industrial peace, and that it ensured reasonable employment and advancement opportunities to all population groups in the Republic. He added that when workers, whatever their race or colour, felt that their security in their employment was threatened by workers of another race or colour group, it meant the end of peaceful labour relations. The question was often asked, he said, why the Government did not abolish statutory work reservation in view of the fact that only 2,5 per cent of the workers in SA were 'affected by it, and because during the 18 years of its existence only 28 determinations had been made. "Let me put the record straight. Assembly 11 April, Hansard 9, cols. 675-8. 2 Assembly 18 February, Hansard 3, col. 162. 3 Natal Mercury, 23 April.

RESERVATION OF WORK Work reservation does not date only from 1957, the year in which it was placed on the statute book. It has been here since the founding of our nation, because it is a description of our traditional and social pattern of life." The Minister added that work reservation did not only protect the so-called "lazy Whites", because were it not for work reservation, Africans would already have pushed Coloured workers out of numerous spheres of work. According to the Minister," the Amalgamated Union of Building Trade Workers of SA had requested that Black workers be permitted to perform artisans' work in the building industry. In terms of Determination 28, published on 24 January, certain jobs which were on the reserved list were from 28 July opened to Coloured workers, provided they did not supervise or replace Whites. In urban areas (including Rustenburg, Pietersburg, Richards Bay) the Coloured workers must be certified as "skilled artisans", or be undergoing training as such, before they would be allowed to enter reserved jobs. In rural areas (Queenstown, Kimberley and Grahamstown included) job reservation as between White and Coloured was scrapped altogether and the requirement that the Coloured persons be certified as skilled was not included. The determination in effect extended to the Free State and Transvaal the same conditions as those operating in the Cape and Natal. The secretary of the White Building Workers' Union, Mr. G. H. Beetge, claimed' that the relaxation of job reservation in the building industry would open 13 trades to Coloured artisans. The White artisans affected, according to him, were asphalters, ceiling erectors, floor levelers, glaziers, stonemasons, polishers, terazzo workers, floor tilers, saw doctors, scaffold erectors, sign writers and wood machinists. Except for the changed position in the Transvaal as set out below the position of African workers remained as before. The Bantu Building Workers Act of 1951 placed a total prohibition on the employment of Africans in any skilled building work in an urban area, other than an "African" area, except with the written consent of the Minister of Labour. In its report on the building industry" the Industrial Tribunal mentioned "alarming malpractices" in the illegal use of Africans on skilled work. This had become clear not only from evidence submitted, but from the Tribunal's own visits to building sites in White areas, where it found Africans "openly engaged" in nearly all classes of skilled work. Towards the end of the year, it was announced' that, with the approval of the Minister of Labour, Africans would from 1 November be permitted to do certain skilled and semi-skilled work 4 Assembly 11 March, Hansard 6, cols. 436-7. 5 Star, 27 January. I Rand Daily Mail, 28 January. Rand Daily Mail, 3 October.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 in the building industry in the Transvaal. An agreement on a trial basis providing for this change was to be published. Strict controls regulating the ratio of African "operatives" to the number of artisans would be applied, with surveys every three months to ensure there was no White unemployment. It was further reported' that Whites in the industry would continue to be given preference and protection, including a Ri-million unemployment fund to guarantee them full pay for 20 years. The jobs to be opened to Africans included brick and block laying, provided there was to be a plaster covering, certain aspects of carpentry, joinery and drain laying, all plastering except the final trowelling, and some tiling. The president of the Witwatersrand Master Builders' Association said that the new arrangement was "a positive move towards curtailing inflation by making better use of Africans in skilled operations". MANPOWER, LABOUR SHORTAGES AND TRAINING On 26 February Mr. J. J. Loots, Minister of Planning and the Environment, announced' the new Economic Development Plan for 1974-79. A growth rate of 6,4 per cent was aimed at. This would mean the demand for African labour would increase from 6 153 000 in 1973 to 7 466 000 in 1979. The number of White jobs would rise from 1 624 000 to 1 882 000, and of Coloured and Asian from 991 000 to 1 200 000. The White labour shortage would grow to 68 000 by 1979. It was also stated that every White immigrant worker created about three new Black jobs. Professor L. Schlemmer, director of the Institute of Social Research at the University of Natal said2 at the conference of the Institute of Race Relations that management had an agonising choice between labour-intensive and capital- intensive industry. Labour-intensive employment would soak up surplus labour in the homelands, providing employment and eradicating poverty. Capital- intensive industry would on the other hand increase job mobility, which would provide an enhancement of social status, particularly in the urban parts of the country. Dr. G. Jacobs (UP) said in the Assembly3 that Government failure to meet the future labour needs of the country would amount to sabotage. He accused the government of being locked up in its own ideology. "The Government's labour policy has come to the end of the road. It is urgently necessary to have sweeping changes." He mentioned that at a recent symposium in Sweden the problem of productivity was discussed. If the output per unit of input were used as an index of productivity and expressed as a percentage, the following emerged: 1 Star, 26 February. 2 Daily Dispatch, 24 January. s Assembly 28 April, Hansard 12, cols. 4906-4910. 172

MANPOWER, LABOUW, SHORTAGES, TRAINING France ...... 82 per cent Belgium ...... 75 per cent UK ...... 54 per cent SA ...... 23 per cent Dr. Jacobs added that if one looked at the manufacturing industry, which was one of the most important sectors in productivity and responsible for 25 per cent of SA's GNP, and calculated the production per labour unit with a base of 100 for 1963, then in 1972 the productivity index for SA was 102 compared with 142 for Canada and 228 for Japan. He gave the following reasons for the enormous wage gap that existed in SA: (a) educational level; (b) differences in job structure; (c) differences in industrial bargaining power; (d) unemployment among Blacks, which was estimated by some sources to be increasing at the rate of almost 100 000 people per year. A Senbank study showed' that the SA annual labour productivity increased by 1,7 per cent from 1963 to 1974; compared with an average annual increase of 10,1 per cent for Japan, 4,2 per cent for Britain, 2,9 per cent for the United States, and 2,6 per cent for Australia. The Senbank report discussed factors that could have influenced labour productivity and said, "the premise that the productivity achievement of Black workers is on the whole poorer than that of Whites is questionable". In his recent book, The Effective Utilization of Human Resources in the Republic of South Africa,5 Dr. W. J. de Villiers of General Mining said that the real inhibitor of economic growth in SA was not a shortage of labour, but a shortage of skills. Some 85 per cent of the existing economically active population was unskilled or semi-skilled, while only 15 per cent-compared to 48 per cent in the US-could be classified as managers, clerks, salesmen or skilled workers. Dr. H. J. J. Reynders, Director of the Federated Chamber of Industries, said that the time had come for the "withdrawal of discriminatory labour legislation" which was hampering economic growth. Apart from this, such laws induced despondency and frustration, which reduced productivity and discouraged investment by entrepreneurs because of uncertainties caused by the existing restrictions. Whites should accept the inevitability of increasing economic integration in most of the country, he continued. The preparation of Blacks for greater participation in the 4 Rand Daily Mail, 9 September. 5 W. J. de Villiers, The Eflective Utilization of Human Resources in the Republic of South Africa, 1974. General Mining Group, Johannesburg. 6 Star, 29 May.

174 A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 economy was the first requirement for adequate future growth. This demanded the progressive abolition of job discrimination and more flexibly applied influx control. Dr. J. Adendorff, managing director of the BIC, told the Pietermaritzburg Chamber of Commerce' that about 120000 African workers entered the labour market every year. Half would be absorbed through the normal growth of the economy. Employment for the remaining 60 000, however, would have to be found in the homelands. The creation of one industrial job created an average of two in commerce and the service industry, he said. About 20 000 industrial jobs would thus have to be created to employ 60 000 persons annually. This would cost some R160-million a year. Mr. C. Heunis, the Minister of Economic Affairs, announced' that a Cabinet committee had been appointed to devise a national programme to fight inflation by increasing productivity and restraining wage demands and price increases. Urgent attention had to be given to better usage of the labour force and proper work study procedures. Long-term measures to improve productivity should include continuing the present policy of opening certain jobs to Blacks without sacrificing the security of work of the White, Indian and Coloured workers in "White" areas. Apprentices The Minister of Labour told the House of Assembly9 that statistics in respect of the number of new apprenticeship contracts in each trade were not available. He gave the following breakdown based on the numbers in industry in 1974: Industry White Coloured Asian Aerospace ...... 489 - Building ...... 606 699 291 Coal Mining ...... 37 - Diamond Cutting ...... 71 Electricity Supply undertaking ...113 Explosives and Allied Industries ... 49 Food (Butchery) ...... 1 - Furniture ...... 30 177 33 Government Undertakings...... 261 102 Grain Milling ...... 3 Hairdressing ...... 302 -Jewellers and Goldsmiths ...... 19 4 Metal (Engineering) ...... 2781 213 109 Mining ...... 783 2 Motor ...... 1 803 131 61 Printing ...... 396 36 12 South African Railways ..."... .. 1574 - Sugar Manufacturing and Refining ... 18 4 8 TOTALS 7 Rand Daily Mail, 11 June. SbId, 17 June. 9 Assembly 14 February. Hansard 2. col. 133. 9336 1368 514

MANPOWER, LABOUR SHORTAGES, TRAINING The Minister of Labour said1° that no Africans had completed apprenticeships and qualified as artisans in the building industry in SA in terms of the Apprenticeship Act, 1944. However, up to the end of 1974, a total of 7 782 Africans had been registered as building workers in terms of the Bantu Building Workers' Act, 1951. This figure included Africans who were not trained under the Act but who passed trade tests prescribed in terms of the Act. The Minister of Bantu Education added" that 551 Africans passed the Bantu Building Workers' test and received proficiency certificates during the period 1971 to 1974. As mentioned earlier, the Prime Minister indicated that Coloured people are to participate in established industrial institutions such as the Wage Board, the Apprenticeship Board, and the Unemployment Insurance Board. Mr. J. E. Faure, national chairman of the Amalgamated Engineering Union announced" that apprenticeships in all the approximately 40 trades in the steel and engineering industries are to be reduced, on average, from four years to three. The prime motivation for this lies in the continued shortage of skilled artisans which overseas recruitment has failed to relieve adequately. The metal and engineering industries alone will require an extra 126 000 men over the next five years. According to the Prime Minister's Economic Advisory Council, the White group, alone, cannot hope to fulfil the demands. EMPLOYMENT IN THE MANUFACTURING INDUSTRY General The Annual Economic Report of the SA Reserve Bank for the year ended 30 June 1975 stated that during the nine months ended on 31 March 1975, output per man- hour in manufacturing increased by 1,2 per cent compared with an increase of 2,7 per cent in 1973/74. The number of hours worked by production workers increased up to the third quarter of 1974 and then declined in both the fourth quarter of 1974 and the first quarter of 1975. The ratio of overtime to ordinary hours worked increased up to the second quarter of 1974 and then declined. SA's physical volume of manufacturing production increased by 6,1 per cent last year, according to Barclay's Business Brief.' The bank commented that the increase was significantly above the average annual increase of 5,7 per cent recorded over the past eight years. 10 Assembly 25 April, Hansard 11, col 801. 1t Assembly 29 April, Hansard 12, col. 832. 1" Star, 28 January. I South African Digest, 25 May.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Employment figures given below relate to May 1975. They are based on data from a sample survey of private establishments conducted by the Department of Statistics.2 Average monthly earnings have been calculated by the writer and relate to May 1975. Average monthly Percentage Average numbers gross cash increase employed earnings over 1973 White ...... 295 500 489 27,0 Coloured ...... 223 300 127 25,0 Asian ...... 82500 141 33,0 African ...... 726 200 102 45,7 The Minister of Economic Affairs, Mr. Heunis, said in June3 that the average monthly pay of Coloured workers in manufacturing throughout the country rose from R97,64 in January 1973 to R137,2 in December 1974. This was a 40,5 per cent increase, while the Consumer Price Index over the same period rose by 24 per cent. White workers received a lower wage increase of 35,5 per cent. The Clothing Industry Employment and earnings in this sector in May 1975 were calculated from data given by the Department of Statistics.4 Average monthly Average numbers gross cash employed earnings R White...... 9500 473 Coloured ...... 58 300 95 Asian ...... 24 400 98 African ...... 38400 80 The president of the Garment Workers' Union, Senator Anna Scheepers, told the Financial Mail5 that in terms of Government policy the multi-racial training college run by the clothing industry in Johannesburg would have to close down as soon as the new training centres for unskilled Africans in Soweto became operational. The Government had been hostile to the college because it trained people of all races. It had been compelled to segregate its classrooms racially, though the workers had never objected to multi-racial classes. The college was situated in a White group area and because of this would no longer be granted a permit for African trainees when the new centres opened in Soweto. This would cripple the institution financially because its upkeep was paid for on a per capita basis by workers of all races as well as by employers. 2 Department of Statistics. Statistical News Release dated 20 August. 3 Star, 4 June. 4 Department of Statistics. Statistical News Release dated 15 September. 5 Financial Mail, 6 December 1974.

EMPLOYMENT IN MANUFACTURING The Textile Industry Employment and earnings in this sector in May 1975 have been calculated from data given in the Statistical News Release mentioned earlier. Average monthly Average numbers gross cash employed earnings R White ...... 8 600 489 Coloured ...... 16 500 103 Asian ...... 5 500 150 African ...... 67000 85 It was reported in March that more than 10 000 textile workers had been laid off and that thousands more were on "shorttime". Large sectors of the industry were working at 60 per cent of capacity or less. The cause was apparently that large quantities of textiles, particularly texturised polyester woven fabrics, were being imported from Japan because of insufficient tariff protection." A steering committee to plan future training and productivity in the textile industry has been formed. It aims at making the industry more competitive and creating improved work opportunities for its mainly African and Coloured labour force. The committee consists of members of all the major textile sectors and a trade union representative.' The Motor Industry At the end of 1974 Ford South Africa announced an eight per cent cut in its salaried staff." Altogether 112 white-collar workers were retrenched from 31 December 1974. When announcing the retrenchment Ford's managing director said, "Notwithstanding the high sales we are achieving at present, the effects of the serious rising costs reaching us almost daily have forced us to take a critical look at our operation". Costs were rising at a staggering R60 a vehicle a month and price rises alone could not offset such increases. "We fully realise, and have considered the consequences, of affected staff and their families." General Motors announced9 that it would shut down part of its Kempton Park assembly plan on Mondays and Tuesdays. This was a result of material shortages from both imported and local sources. No retrenchments of any kind were being considered at the time. A study carried out at the request of the SA Automobile Employers' Association, published under the title Productivity in the Motor Repair Industry, 1973-1974, revealed10 that during that 6 Star, 17 March. Sunday Tribune, 29 December 1974. 9 Star, 7 June. , Rand Dolly Mail, 16 November 1974. 10 Eastern Province Herald, 2 April.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 year the labour turnover of employees in the motor repair industry was 70 per cent, being highest among Whites at 72 per cent and the lowest among Coloured and Asian workers at 44 per cent. Iron, Steel, Engineering and Metallurgical Industries Fifty trades in the metal and engineering industries were thoroughly analysed during the first half of the year in order to cut apprenticeship periods to a maximum of three years from the average of five. The National Industrial Council for the Iron, Steel, Engineering and Metallurgical Industries launched a drive early in the year to recruit manpower from all sectors of the population." Wage increases and additional benefits costing R77,5-million a year were negotiated for the 320 000 hourly-paid workers in the iron, steel, engineering and metallurgical industry effective from 2 June. The increases ranged from 8,6 per cent (15c an hour) of basic pay for skilled artisans to 15,4 per cent (6c an hour) for the lowest grade of unskilled workers. These increases raised the income of the unskilled Black worker to at least 45c an hour or R20,25 for a 45-hour week. Minimum pay scales in the industry hence ranged from R1,90 per hour for skilled Whites to 45c an hour for unskilled Blacks. Mr. E. P. Drummond, director of the Steel and Engineering Industries Federation, said'2 that the purpose of the wage increases was to meet the increase in the consumer price index, which had risen 10,3 per cent since June 1974, when the last agreement was concluded. He disclosed that the new agreement was based on the first negotiations in which Black workers actively participated. They were selected by the Central Bantu Labour Board, which also made representations on behalf of the industry's Black workers. Employment and earnings in other manufacturing industries The following employment and average monthly cash earnings figures in various other manufacturing industries in May were calculated from the Statistical News Release mentioned earlier. Beverages Tobacco Average Average monthly Average Average monthly number gross cash number gross cash employed earnings employed earnings R R White ... 5400 438 1100 437 Coloured... 5400 95 1000 106 Asian ... 400 227 - African ... 15800 109 1800 117 11 Sunday Tribune, 26 January. 12 Star, 23 April. 178

DECENTRALISATION OF INDUSTRIES Wood and Cork Average monthly gross cash earnings R 454 124 132 96 Average number employed 6 200 7 300 1 500 50300 Average monthly gross cash earnings R 467 105 155 74 Paper and Products Average monthly gross cash earnings R 442 186 179 92 Average number employed 6 900 4900 4200 17000 Average monthly gross cash earnings R 511 139 178 121 Leather and Products Average monthly gross cash earnings Average number employed Average monthly gross cash earnings 800 4 800 700 2 100 THE DECENTRALISATION OF INDUSTRIES General Information on Government policy in connection with the decentralisation of industries is contained in previous issues of this Survey, and in a booklet by Muriel Horrell, published by the Institute of Race Relations in 1973, entitled The African Homelands of South Africa, as are developments in connection with the Physical Planning and Utilisation of Resources Act of 1967. The Minister of Planning and Statistics, Mr. J. J. Loots, said' that the Government believed in industrial decentralisation because it wanted the entire country to enjoy the benefits of development and prosperity. "We want to get away from the economic situation where 82 per cent of the industrial production is centred in four metropolitan areas." An additional social reason was that "we should like to have people living and working in their family context. We should like to confine migratory labour to a minimum as much as possible, and it is also our aim to strengthen the Bantu 1 Assembly 28 February, Hansard 4, cols. 1674-81. Footwear Average number employed White Coloured Asian African 2 200 11 400 15200 5 500 Furniture Average number employed 6 100 9900 2 100 20700 White Coloured Asian African Printing Average number employed White Coloured Asian African 18000 8 200 2 300 8 700

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 areas economically as much as possible through the re-establishment of industries within their homelands, as well as on their borders. In addition to that we also have the Coloured population ... they migrate in large numbers to certain points to seek work there." The Minister gave details of the operation of different facets of the Government's decentralisation policy over the past eleven years. The first three border industry areas, Rosslyn, Hammarsdale and Pietermaritzburg, in which industrialists were no longer receiving any further benefits, were established with a total capital investment of R159-million, of which the IDC had provided R40,5million. There were 108 factories, which had given additional employment opportunities to 18 058 people. There were 14 additional growth points in the "White" areas where 142 factories providing employment for 30558 people had been established. Capital investment had amounted to R296-million, of which the IDC had contributed R105-million. In a further 44 places, mainly small towns in the "White" area, 93 factories employing 17 257 people had been erected. The expenditure entailed was R130,5million of which the IDC had contributed R34- million. "Over these eleven years, therefore", the Minister continued, "a total of 343 industries were established in the White areas of South Africa with the assistance of the Department of Planning, which provided the necessary infrastructure, and with the assistance of the IDC ... These 343 industries were established with a total capital of R585-million, of which R180-million was contributed by the IDC. In this process 68 685 additional employment opportunities were created." Consequently an average investment of R8 530 per worker had been made. According to the estimates of the IDC, other industries established without the assistance of the IDC employed an additional 30 000 people. As it had been proved that for each worker employed in industries, 1,5 workers were employed in a supplementary capacity, a total of 250 000 workers had found employment as a result of the decentralisation policy. A report released on 12 December 1974 by the University of the Witwatersrand's Wages and Economics Commission suggested that industrial decentralisation in SA had failed to upgrade standards of living. The report was the outcome of a three-month survey of wages and working conditions in the Brits and Rosslyn border areas and Babelegi in the BophuthaTswana homeland. It claimed that decentralisation had led to the creation of 90 000 jobs in underdeveloped areas since 1960, whereas the Physical Planning Act had prevented the probable creation of over 300 000 jobs in urban areas. This, combined with substantially lower wages paid 180

DECENTRALISATION OF INDUSTRIES in these areas, had led to an overall negative effect on the standards of living of Blacks in SA.' The Minister of Justice (for the Minister of Economic Affairs) said' that decentralisation assistance had been granted to industrialists at the following forty-four places: Berlin Brits Amatikulu Bethlehem Burgersfort Delareyville Dundee Hammarsdale Empangeni Estcourt Graskop Greytown Harding Harrismith Harrison Station Kuruman Stutterheim King William's Town Ladysmith Lichtenburg Letaba Mafeking Louis Trichardt Mooi River Malelane Amatikulu Nelspruit Naboomspruit Izingolweni Richards Bay Newcastle Tzaneen Rustenburg Phalaborwa Vryheid Thaba 'Nchu Pietersburg East London Vryburg Queenstown Pietermaritzburg White River Rosslyn Potgietersrus Zastron The cost of creating infrastructure and loans to municipalities amounted to ,4- million, while loans by the IDC up to 30 November 1974 amounted to R165- million. The private sector had invested R346-million up to 31 December 1974. At this date 78 143 Africans were employed in these border industries. The National Physical Development Plan was tabled in the Assembly on 14 March.' This plan envisaged the establishment of three entirely new metropolitan areas at Richards Bay, Saldanha, and East London-King William's Town within the next 25 years. The plan emphasised the need to create new focal points away from existing metropolitan areas to cater effectively for the expected doubling of the population by the turn of the century. Further expansion of the existing four metropolitan areas was also envisaged. Incentives applicable to decentralisation During June the Minister of Economic Affairs, Mr. Heunis, announced new measures and concessions to boost industrial development in growth points. These were: (a) Loans at subsidised rates of interest would be granted over a 10 year period instead of a 5 year period. (b) The limit on loans on land and buildings would be raised from 45 per cent to 80 per cent. The limit on machinery, equipment and working capital remained at 45 per cent. (c) The IDC was authorised not to demand security additional to the bond on land and buildings. 2 Rand Daily Mail, 13 December 1974. 3 Assembly 28 February, Hansard 4. cols. 316-318. 4 Vaderland, 14 March; Star, 15 March. Financial Mail, 20 June.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 (d) The Government was prepared to finance up to 100 per cent of industrial projects instead of 60 per cent. Only 50 per cent of finance on machinery and working capital would be provided. (e) Income tax concessions on wages, which were formerly allowed over a two year period, would be extended to seven years. Concessions of 30 per cent would be allowed on the value of machinery, instead of 10 per cent. (f) The housing subsidy for key White personnel might be increased if the Decentralisation Board agreed. (g) Loans would be subsidised in accordance with current building society interest rates, but would not be less than 2,5 per cent lower. (h) Permission would be granted to the Decentralisation Board to adjust railage rebates if these were unrealistic. The harbour rebate at East London would be increased from 25 per cent to 50 per cent. Selected growth points The Minister of Economic Affairs said' that over the last five years two further areas, outside the border areas and the homelands, had been declared growth points. These were Kimberley and Dassenberg (Western Province). The second Sasol-oil-from-coal plant will be built in the Eastern Transvaal highveld fifteen kilometres from Evander and Trichardt. The plant is expected to come into commission in 1981 and will be ten times larger than the existing Sasol.' The Physical Planning Act The Minister of Planning and the Environment gave the following information' on applications made by industrialists between 19 January 1968 and 31 January 1975 for the establishment and extension of factories in "controlled" areas: Transvaal Western Cape Other Areas Applications received ...... 12 883 1 247 1 781 Applications granted ...... 11 476 1 027 1 617 Applications refused ...... 1198 168 157 Applications under consideration ...... 409 7 7 The Minister said that the number of potential African employees affected by refusals since the Act came into effect was 82 183. Assembly 21 February, Hansard 3, col. 221. 7 Sunday Tribune, 1 June. 8 Assembly 18 February, Hansard 3. cols. 171-2.

DECENTRALISATION OF INDUSTRIES 183 The Minister gave the following information' on applications made by industrialists during the last six months of 1974 for the establishment and extension of factories in each province: Transvaal Cape Natal Orange Free State Applications received ... 1 053 167 33 20 Applications granted ...... 904 152 32 20 Applications refused ...... 142 15 - The following numbers of African employees were affected by the granting or refusal of these applications: Granted Refused Transvaal ...... 22 669 6 620 Cape ...... 3 616 315 Natal...... 440 Orange Free State ...... 594 Progress in various border industrial areas General The Minister of Economic Affairs said" that R63 434 899 had been spent by Government departments, the IDC and other official agencies in the border areas for the development of industrial townships. The figure included loans made to local authorities for this purpose. . At a regional conference of Afrikaans Sakekamers and the Afrikaans Handelsinstituut held at Klerksdorp in February Mr. Roy Setter, managing director of Rand Bank, proposed" that a development and investment bank should be established specifically to finance industrial development in border areas. He suggested that shareholders and suppliers of initial capital in the bank should consist of all banking institutions in the country and large foreign banks on an equal basis. He said that from 1960 to 1963 the IDC, the only avenue by which State funds reached border industries, had made R163-million available and had created work for 43 000 Blacks and 12 000 Whites. This was praiseworthy, but in view of the fact that approximately 140 000 Black males entered the labour market each year, it was not sufficient. Natal The Minister of Transport said" that R80 550 002 had been spent to date on the development of the harbour at Richard's Bay, a growth point offering decentralisation concessions. The new rail link between Broodsnyersplaas and Ermelo had cost R20 633 869, while the re-laying of the line between Ermelo and Vryheid had 0 Assembly 7 March, Hansard 5, cols. 391-2. 10 Assembly 14 February, Hansard 2, col. 130. 11 Star, 19 February.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 cost R90 036 726 and the new railway between Vryheid and Richard's Bay R113 452 113. The new rail link between the Witbank-Ermelo coalfield and Richard's Bay will take all coal traffic to reduce existing pressures on the main Durban-Johannesburg line. EMPLOYMENT IN AGRICULTURE In the 1975 issue of its publication Abstracts of Agricultural Statistics, the division of Agricultural Marketing Research of the Department of Agricultural Economics and Marketing stated that the gross value of SA's agricultural production had been R1 717,9million in 1972/73 and R2 341,7-million in 1973/74. The value of exports of agricultural production amounted to R785,6- million in 1973, of which ,8-million and R382,8-million, respectively, were the values of processed and unprocessed products.' The Minister of Statistics gave the following figures' concerning the number of persons in each race group engaged in agriculture: White ...... 93 966 Coloured ...... 109 935 Asian ...... 6999 African ...... 1 964 320 (The figures for Whites, Coloured and Asians were as at the time of the 1970 population census, while those for Africans were sample tabulation figures.) The Minister of Agriculture said' that the numbers of people employed by boards established under the Marketing Act in respect of the 1973/74 financial year were: White ...... 1839 Coloured ...... 256 Asian ...... 2 African ...... 792 The Minister stated that the loans granted to farmers during 1974 for housing for farm workers were as follows: No. of Total amount loans R Greater Western Cape Province ...... 64 377 129 Rest of the Cape Province ...... 23 66 280 Orange Free State ...... 5 28 420 Transvaal ...... 8 56 220 Natal ...... 2 5 050 1 Assembly 18 February. Hansard 3, col. 161. 2 Ibid, col. 162. 3 Assembly 11 February, Hansard 2, cols. 70-74. ' Assembly 29 April, Hansard 12, cols 848-850.

EMPLOYMENT IN AGRICULTURE The maximum loans available were RI 550 per three-roomed dwelling and R1 850 per four-roomed dwelling, plus an amount of R200 per dwelling for the supply of water and an equal amount per dwelling for electricity. The rate of interest payable by farmers on these loans was 5 per cent per annum, 4/5ths of which was subsidised by the State, with the result that the farmer was expected to pay 1 per cent interest only. The Minister of Bantu Administration and Development said' that 14 381 labour tenants were registered in Natal at the end of 1974. During the year 437 labour tenants were found redundant and 34 were evicted from farms. Of those evicted, 33 with their families were resettled by his department. The Minister added6 that 32 agricultural labour liaison officers were in the employ of his department. The following numbers of farms in the different provinces were intspected by agricultural labour liaison officers in 1974: Orange Free State ...... [ ...... 1 549 Eastern Cape ...... 1 661 Western Areas ...... 400 Northern Transvaal ...... 451 Transvaal Midlands ...... 2653 Natal ...... 720 Mr. J. J. Lloyd, the National Party M.P. for Pretoria East, made a plea for the introduction of written employment contracts for all farm workers." Speaking in the Budget debate on the Labour vote, he said such contracts would be a recognition of the human dignity of Black and Brown workers. The contracts should contain certain essential details such as type of work to be performed, working hours, remuneration, leave and sick leave, and pension or any other benefits. Remuneration paid to farm labourers should not simply be on the basis of R2 or R3 a day but should be stipulated in the form of a salary or wage scale with periodic increases so that the worker would know what he would be earning after a given period. Mr. R. J. Lorimer, Progressive M.P. for Orange Grove, said in the Assembly8 that a fair minimum wage for agricultural workers should be enforced. "As the mines in SA intensify their recruiting campaigns inside the country, it is very likely that the pressure on farmers to pay more competitive wages will increase. One cannot generalise on this matter because many farmers pay good wages, but for the most part I would say the wages paid are far too low." 5 Assembly 17 June, Hansard 19. col. 1196. 6 bid, col. 1197. 7 Assembly 28 April, Hansard 12, cols. 4967-4969. 8 Assembly 9 June, Hansard 18, col. 7802. A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 EMPLOYMENT IN MINING The 1974 issue of Mining Statistics, issued by the Department of Mines, gave the following information concerning the number of persons employed in mining during 1974. In addition the percentage increase/decrease over 1973 has been calculated by the writer. Gold Coal All Percentage mines Percentage trines Mines increase only increase only White...... 89105 4,5 37468 -0,4 7 504 Coloured ... 8 291 -1,9 429 5,9 47 Asian ...... 769 3,8 18 5,3 258 African ... 638 778 -0,4 366081 6.7 66183 736943 403996 73992 The employment figures for other mining activities were as follows: diamonds, 20664; quarries and salt, 21 102; asbestos, 19421; copper, 15521; manganese, 8765; chrome, 6398; iron, 7 217; tin, 2 725; and works associated with mining activities, 70250. Calculating from figures given for the totals paid in salaries, wages, and allowances, the monthly average cash earnings per head, together with the percentage increase over 1973, were: Gold Coal All Percentage mines Percentage mines Mines increase only increase only RRR White ...... 534 17,6 561 18,1 598 Coloured ... 130 36,8 191 33,6 112 Asian ...... 179 20,1 133 24,3 154 African ...... 49 53,1 46 58,6 44 The 1974 Department of Mines Annual Report gave the following information: the African labour complement on the gold and platinum mines, the largest employers of mine labour, was made up of 99 458 (33,72 per cent) from the Republic; 86 968 (29,49 per cent) from Lesotho, Botswana and Swaziland; 33 705 (11,43 per cent) from the tropical areas; and 74 790 (25,36 per cent) from the East Coast. The Mines did not experience a shortage of White miners during the year, but an acute shortage of artisans persisted. There was no shortage of African labour at the beginning of the year, but the position deteriorated appreciably towards the end of the year following unrest and strikes on numerous mines, which resulted in some workers returning home before their contracts expired. Recruitment in Malawi was suspended by the Government of that country. The combined effect resulted in some mines

EMPLOYMENT IN MINING having to make do with only 73 per cent of their required complement of African workers. From the time eleven men were shot dead by police at Carletonville in September 1973, clashes involving mineworkers caused 132 deaths and at least 500 injuries up to March 1975. The unrest involved some 19 different mines producing gold, coal, platinum and copper in all four provinces of SA. It was not confined to ethnic tension between Sotho and Xhosa speaking miners. There were disputes over wages, soccer scores, exchange rates, and women, to mention but a few. The men involved came from all parts of Southern African, including Malawi, Botswana and Mozambique. Various reasons have been put forward' by different people to explain the riots and violence. These have included: Drink/Boredom. Most of the worst clashes started over weekends. Competition for women, particularly in the Orange Free State where Sotho speaking miners claimed exclusive rights to the women there. Ethnic tension, primarily between Xhosa and Sotho, particularly those from Lesotho. Inadequate channels of communication between workers and management. Lack of propel consultation with workers, both by management and by Governments. Dissatisfaction over earnings, both in absolute terms and relative to other groups. Insecurity over jobs. This might have been particularly true of Africans from Lesotho who were losing access to jobs in Kimberley which they had held for over 100 years and who feared the possibility of further replacement by other Africans. Agitators could have been a major factor. Unnaturalness of Compound Life. Hundreds of men together in vast single-sex hostels with no privacy and with no women and children. Powerlessness. The outbursts could be seen as a cry of frustrated rage. Below is a short summary of the clashes from September 1973 to March 1975.1 I South African Outlook, vol. 105, No. 1247, April 1975.

188 c) 0 .0 0 t12 0 .0 .~ .~ 0 ~ 0< E 0 d> .0 100 A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 00 ( 0 0 en m 10 0> 00 10 x 0> 0 ~ ~ 0 CO 0 0 0 0 0 CO 00 00 *0 0 ~ 0 I I ~ I ~ I -- I -~ Ii 0> - 0 '0 0>-~ 0 0 00 0>1>COI.> 1 (0 ~0 1.. 10 - 0> 0) VI .A~ '0 -I Ifl = r-. 0~ r~ - ~ -~ ~>-0 r~> C~I tIN 0 -- 0 . 000 Ol fl.~ ~~00 C.l.~~00

EMPLOYMENT IN MINING The Trade Union Council of SA submitted a report of the key factors underlying the riots and unrest to a commission to investigate the disturbances. These factors included a "hopelessly inadequate" communications system between mine management and African workers, including the induna system, which it termed inadequate. The new and higher expectations of mineworkers which were not being matched by better wages and opportunities. The lack of social amenities on some mines caused boredom and frustration to men living in compounds without their families, a result of the migratory labour system. White prejudice and the treatment of African workers as mere units of labour were also put forward. The minimum starting rate for African underground mineworkers was increased by 60c a shift as from 1 June.' This was the fifth increase in the last two years and brought the minimum underground rate from R1,60 to R2,20 a shift. At an average of 26 shifts a month, the monthly earnings of a new recruit were R57,20. The minimum surface rate increased by 20c, from R1,20 to R1,40 a shift, i.e. R36,40 a month. At the beginning of May White miners were granted an increase of R54 a month in wages, together with assorted benefits in leave, night shift bonus and other similar allowances. After a dispute with the Mine Workers' Union, the Chamber of Mines undertook to introduce a five-day week for most of the 12 000 members of the Union.' A joint statement released by the Chamber of Mines and the Mine Workers' Union on 16 July said: "It has been accepted that the mining industry is a seven-day- aweek industry where certain operations go on 24 hours a day. Rockbreakers and general miners will be regarded as five-day week (Monday to Friday) workers but provision will be made for overtime on Saturdays." It was agreed that miners would work two out of four Saturdays, from the date of the introduction of the five-day week until 16 July 1976. From then on, if they were required to do so, they would work Saturdays on a voluntary basis. Some employees, particularly shift workers, would have to work a six-day week, including Sundays, but it was agreed that their position would be subject to further negotiations. The statement said that in order to minimise loss of production, the Mine Workers' Union had agreed that a member of the union holding a blasting certificate would instruct a competent and experienced African team-leader to enter a blasted face two hours before the arrival of the contractor in charge. Other principal changes were: an amendment to the Mines and Works Regulations which permits White miners to instruct suitably trained Africans to "charge up two development ends simultaneously"; an increase 2 Rand Daily Mal, 29 May. 3 Rand Daily Mail, 17 July.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 in the permitted length of stoping face which may be charged up under the supervision of a White miner. The 12 days of occasional leave allowed to White union men in addition to normal leave, was exchanged for a reduction in weekly hours of work to forty-six. In recognition of these changes, the Chamber agreed to increase the holiday leave allowance for members of the Union from to a month's pay and to consolidate the "full attendance allowance" of R30 a month into basic wages. The Chamber gave an assurance that it had no intention of using the introduction of a five-day week as an opportunity to reduce the number of jobs on the mines. The Mine Workers' Union in turn gave an assurance that it would not try to use the introduction of the five-day week as an opportunity to create additional employment on existing mines. The general secretary of the Mine Workers' Union, Mr. Paulus, confirmed' that the five-day week settlement was worth about R200 a month extra to some miners who opted to work full overtime. This could mean an average monthly pay packet of R900 to the miners. According to statistics published by the Underground Officials' Association, 5 500 men died in gold mining accidents in SA from 1964 to 1974. Last year 485 men died and 22222 men were injured on gold mines. On coal mines 44 men were killed last year and 876 injured, while in 1973, 21 were killed and 855 injured. There was an 8,3 per cent decrease in the number of accident fatalities in the gold mining industry from 529 in 1973 to 485 in 1974. At the same time there was a drop of 6,3 per cent in the average number of workers employed in the industry. Major causes of fatalities in gold mining last year were: rock falls, 289 deaths; truck and tramway accidents, 85; falling material, 19; explosives, 9; falling in shafts and excavations, 25. In coal mines 14 men died in rockfalls and 10 in truck and tramway accidents.' EMPLOYMENT IN CONSTRUCTION The employment figures given below are based on a sample survey conducted by the Department of Statistics.' They relate to the month of May and the average monthly earnings as well as the percentage increase in earnings over 1973 were calculated by the writer. Average monthly Percentage Average numbers gross cash increase employed earnings over 1973 RR White ...... 64 500 485 18,9 Coloured ...... 52 400 186 34,8 Asian ...... 5700 240 23,7 African ...... 297 000 100 40,9 4 Rand Daily Mail, 18 July. 5 Rand Daily Mail, 15 July. 1 Department of Statistics. Statistical News Release dated 20 August.

EMPLOYMENT IN CONSTRUCTION Mr. David Mitchell, President of the Witwatersrand Master Builders and Allied Trades Association, referring to the changes introduced by Determination 28, said he believed that the new determination would not solve the problem as there was a shortage of 3 000 skilled artisans on the Witwatersrand and Pretoria alone. There were at most, he said,2 1 000 trained Coloured people available on the Witwatersrand. He acknowledged, however, that the new determination was a step in the right direction and that Coloured people might now enter apprenticeship and training programmes in the building trades. Mr. Gert Beetge, of the White Building Workers' Union, bitterly denounced2 the determination as a "sell-out" and a "radical change in government policy". He feared Whites would be replaced by Coloured workers as work contracts expired. The Minister of Labour said' that 7 782 Africans had obtained registration as building workers as at 31 December 1974 in terms of the Bantu Building Workers Act. The figure included Africans who were not trained under the Act but who passed trade tests prescribed in terms of the Act. 379 Africans were in training under the Act as at 31 December 1974. The Minister added that the following numbers of Africans had qualified in each of the various building trades at the end of December 1974: blocklaying 95, bricklaying 3 812, bricklaying and plastering 347, carpentry 1 368, carpentry and joinery 54, electrical wiring 39, joinery 1, painting 779, plastering 646, plumbing 641. In October it was reported that the number of artisans employed in the building industry in the Transvaal had dropped from 12 000 in 1970 to about 9 000, of whom fewer than 1 000 were Coloured workers. While they were only some 10 per cent of the artisans in the Transvaal, they formed 85 to 90 per cent of the artisans in the Cape Town area and, together with Asians, 60 per cent in the Durban area. The new African "operatives" (see page 171) would be paid R1,00 per hour for a 40-hour week (as compared with African labourers in the Transvaal on a minimum of 50 cents per hour for a 44-hour week, the minimum rate being very generally applied).4 Minimum rates for White or Coloured artisans are R1,92 an hour -R76,80 for a 40-hour week, with maximum rates of R2,42 an hour, R96,80 a week. Mr. Gert Beetge, of the White Building Workers' Union, said 19 per cent of the artisans in the Transvaal were on the minimum rate, while 35 per cent were in the top rate.4 2 Financial Mail, 31 January. Assembly 21 April, Hansard 11, col. 754. , Rand Daily Mail, 3 October.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 EMPLOYMENT IN FINANCE AND COMMERCE The figures given below are based on a complete survey of the second quarter of 1975 conducted by the Department of Statistics. The average monthly earnings as well as the percentage increases in employment and earnings were calculated by the writer.' Percentage Average monthly Percentage Numbers increase gross cash increase Banks employed over 1974 earnings over 1974 R White ...... 48 538 0,8 429 14,4 Coloured ... 2631 15,4 154 19,4 Asian ...... 1 293 24,8 203 25,3 African ... 6 497 6,1 141 29,4 Registration of the new African Bank of SA (with a paid-up capital of R1,3- million), under the Companies Act, was concluded in July and a general banking licence was expected to be issued during October.2 The construction of the first branch in GaRankuwa, near Pretoria, was well under way and was expected to open in early December. The second branch was planned to open in Soweto early in 1976. Services initially offered will include: savings and deposit accounts, personal loans, hire purchase facilities, leasing, discounting and insurance broking. The bank was studying the possibility of making loans for the purchase and improvement of property against the security of a lease or the guarantee of the borrower's employer. The Minister of Bantu Administration and Development said' in answer to a question that his department did restrict the number of banks, or their branches, which can be established in African urban townships. Five commercial banks -had been authorised to establish four branches or agencies each in African urban residential areas, subject to the proviso that not more than one bank be permitted to operate in the same residential area. He said that he had received representations in regard to the establishment of additional banking facilities in Soweto and that authority had been granted for the establishment of a branch of each of the other banks not yet operating in Soweto. Standard Bank and Barclays National Bank, SA'S two biggest banking chains, were reported4 to be employing African, Asian and Coloured workers on an equal pay for equal work basis. Some had been appointed as accountants. These groups had their own trade unions which functioned parallel with the White SA Society of Bank Officials. The News Release mentioned above also gave data on employment and earnings in building societies. These, too, relate to the 1 Department of Statistics. Statistical News Release dated 2 September. 2 Financial Mail, 22 August. See page 295 of the 1974 Survey for further detail. 3 Assembly 8 April, Hansard 9, col. 643. 4 Sunday Times, 12 January.

EMPLOYMENT IN FINANCE AND COMMERCE second quarter of 1975 and are based on a complete quarterly survey. Monthly averages and percentage increases were calculated by the writer: Percentage Numbers increase employed over 1974 10905 417 253 1 939 8,1 10,6 21,1 7,7 Average monthly gross cash earnings R 370 157 242 108 Similar data were given on employment and earnings in insurance companies, also based on a complete survey of the second quarter of 1975. Monthly averages and percentage increases were calculated by the writer. Percentage Numbers increase employed over 1974 25 383 3 466 856 4636 -0,9 4,8 5,2 6,6 Average monthly gross cash earnings R 490 186 284 139 A Department of Statistics News Release dated 9 July gave data, based on quarterly sample surveys, on employment and gross earnings in the wholesale, retail, motor trades and in licensed accommodation establishments. These statistics relate to the first quarter of 1975 and monthly averages and percentage increases were calculated by the writer. Percentage Numbers increase employed over 1974 79000 1,0 21700 1,9 11000 2,8 84800 1,3 Percentage Numbers increase employed over 1974 134000 35 100 17 800 116600 Average monthly gross cash earnings R 389 118 156 72 Average monthly gross cash earnings R 218 92 129 64 Percentage increase over 1974 9,3 9,3 7,6 1,4 Percentage increase over 1974 11,8 10,8 10,3 10,3 The Minister of Bantu Administration and Development announced during May in the Assembly5 that the procedure 5 Assembly 1 May, Hansard 12, col. 5233. Building Societies White ... Coloured Asian ... African Percentage increase over 1974 7,9 16,3 7,6 20,0 Insurance Companies White ... Coloured Asian ... African Percentage increase over 1974 18,9 23,2 19,3 25,2 Wholesale White ... Coloured Asian ... African Retail White ... Coloured Asian ... African

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 regarding the annual renewal of trading licences or permits for African traders in African urban residential areas would be changed. It was the intention to bring the position of African traders as closely as possible in line with the procedure followed in the case of White traders, in order that a licence could be renewed annually without the existing uncertainty attached thereto. Traders would also be permitted to trade in a larger range of commodities, and also to establish more than one business on the same premises. Partnerships would also be allowed and where traders had already established businesses in a homeland, they would be permitted to retain their existing business in the urban residential area indefinitely. The ownership of buildings on leasehold stands for businessmen in African residential areas would now be possible again, as was the case before 1968. There were approximately 30 000 Black traders in SA who ran retail and service outlets, artisan activities, transport and construction firms. Very few traders were manufacturers.6 Mr. Richard Maponya, a Soweto businessman, said in an address,' that if Africans were allowed to diversify their business interests, a middle class would emerge which would help avert any political uprising. "If Black businessmen can move out of the small general dealers set-up into a diversified business area, then the Black community will see an emergence of a middle class which will serve as a bulwark to any political uprising in this country." He added that Africans were restricted to one business, one door and one licence. They had difficulty getting development capital. Further, by law, they were forced to have their passes signed every month by superintendents in the townships. EMPLOYMENT IN THE SERVICE OF PUBLIC AUTHORITIES Central Government and General The Minister of Statistics said' that the following numbers of people were employed in the public sector at the end of 1974: White ...... 458 842 Coloured ...... 102 322 Asian ...... 18860 African ...... 583 111 The public sector comprises the Central Government, provincial administrations, local authorities, divisional councils, homeland governments, SA Railways, Post and Telecommunications, Council for Scientific and Industrial Research, SA Bureau of Standards and public corporations. 6 African Business, May. Star, 13 June. I Assembly 26 March, Hansard 8. col. 61,

EMPLOYMENT: PUBLIC AUTHORITIES In a Statistical News Release dated 19 June, the Department of Statistics gave employment figures for the Central Government together with estimates of earnings relating to the first quarter of 1975. The data included particulars of employees seconded to homeland authorities but not for those on the payroll of such authorities as were given separately. The average per capita monthly earnings, together with percentage increases over 1974 were calculated by the writer: Estimated average Numbers Percentage monthly salaries Percentage employed increase and wages increase R White...... 105564 2,6 428 13,8 Coloured ... 42947 10,9 212 10,4 Asian ...... 8 668 2,9 327 14,3 African ...... 110302 3,8 88 31,3 The Prime Minister said in a special statement on 27 August that all employers and workers in all sectors of the economy must be prepared to make sacrifices to aid the Government's fight against inflation. He appealed to all workers in the Public Service and all State-controlled organisations, as well as municipal workers, State corporations, all statutory bodies and their public sector organisations "to hold back temporarily requests for wage and salary increases". The Minister of the Interior said in the Assembly during April3 that the last salary increase for employees in the Public Service came into effect on 1 July 1974. This increase included the consolidation of pensionable allowances of 15 per cent for Whites and 17 per cent for Blacks, which were payable from 1 April 1973. Various adjustments of the salary structure were made simultaneously with the result that percentage increases did not follow a uniform pattern and varied according to improvements in the salary structure. The Minister said4 ,that the Government's policy in regard to the narrowing of the wage gap in the public service has been clearly stated on various occasions in the recent past. Apart from the salary improvements which were granted to Black officials over the past few years, the matter was continuously receiving the attention of the Government with a view to implementing its policy. He added that it was not possible to give any indication when the wage gap would be closed. The Minister added' that the point had now been reached where it was possible to speak of an ordered salary structure for Blacks in the Public Service in comparison with that of Whites. 2 Rand Daily Mail, 28 August. 3 Assembly 15 April. Hansard 10, cols. 689-690. 4 Assembly Ibid, col. 691. 5 Assembly I May, Hansard 12, col. 5196.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Prior to 1 April 1974, the key scales where there was parity between Blacks and Whites were from the R6 300 notch. As from 1 April 1974 the scales from the R4 200 notch upwards had been equalised, and consideration was now being given to equalising the scales from the R2 700 notch as from 1 April 1975 with retrospective effect. Calculated as a whole, the ratio had been improved as follows on a notch basis, with Whites taken as 100. Prior to 1 July 1974 the ratio between Whites and Coloured was between 70 and 78, and for Africans between 50 and 56. As from 1 July 1974 the ratio was between 74 and 80 for Coloured and for Africans between 54 and 64. As from 1 April 1975, if accepted, it would be between 81 and 86 for Coloured and for Africans between 59 and 70. The Minister of Police said6 that the number of people serving in the SA Police Force at the end of 1974 was as follows: White Coloured Asian African Commissioned officers ...... 2 145 13 3 26 Warrant officers ...... 2 071 8 10 30 Senior Sergeants ...... - 30 24 153 Sergeants ...... 4659 277 173 2164 Constables ...... 7 400 1 185 578 11 260 Civilian and temporary employees ... 1 536 208 8 1 071 The Minister added' that 1 539 Whites, 144 Coloured, 69 Indians and 1 006 Africans completed their training during 1974. The Minister said8 that the following numbers of police stations were being administered by African people: Transkei 30, Ciskei 4, KwaZulu 11, BophuthaTswana 4, Lebowa 5, Gazankulu 2, other areas 43. He added that eight police stations were being administered by Coloured people situated at Elim, Genadendal, Paarl East, Steinkopf, Bishop Lavis, Bridgton, Dagamaskop and Manenberg. One police station was administered by Asian people at Chatsworth. The Minister of Justice said9 that no Coloured people were employed as prosecutors or magistrates and that two Indians were employed as prosecutors at Durban and Pinetown. He gave the salary scales for prosecutors and magistrates as follows: Coloured and Indian Prosecutors ...... R2 700 rising to R3 600 Magistrates ...... R3 150 rising to R4 380 White Prosecutors ...... R3 480 rising to R5 340 Magistrates ...... R5 340 rising to R7 350 6 Assembly 16 April, Hansard 10, cols. 714-716. 7 Assembly 10 February, Hansard 2, col. 62. s Assembly 23 April, Hansard 11, col. 791. 9 Assembly 18 February, Hansard 3, cols. 169-170.

EMPLOYMENT: PUBLIC AUTHORITIES The Minister of Bantu Administration and Development said0 that 71 Africans were employed as prosecutors and 21 as magistrates. The salary scales were given as follows: Prosecutors Clerk, grade II ... RI 170 rising to R2 100 Clerk, grade I ... Ri 620 rising to R2 700 Senior Clerk ...... R2 460 rising to R3 300 Legal Assistant ... R2 460 rising to R3 450 Magistrates ...... R3 450 rising to R4 560. He added that 9 Africans had commenced training as prosecutors in the homelands, and 78 had commenced training as magistrates. This training was given at the Universities of the North, of Zululand, of Fort Hare and the University of South Africa. Major-General J. R. Dutton, Acting Chief of the Army, announced at a Press conference at the end of 197411 that Black soldiers would eventually serve in White units of the army. He said the men would be integrated into the defence force countrywide in terms of Government policy. He added that there were no plans to create a Black officer corps, although this was possible in the future. The African, Indian and Coloured soldiers being trained would be used as drivers, clerks, storemen, instructors, ambulance staff and in a variety of other positions. They were employed subject basically to, the same conditions as White soldiers. A defence force spokesman said1": "Conditions of service for African labourers and auxiliaries are determined on recommendation of the Public Service Commission and approval by the Treasury and therefore their wages and salaries are not connected with those of Black armed soldiers employed in terms of the Defence Act." An amendment to the Defence Act giving Black army commissions and ranks equal status with those of Whites was unanimously approved by both Houses of Parliament." The amendment, introduced by the Minister of Defence, changed the definition of "superior officer" in terms of the fi rst schedule of the Defence Act. This meant, in effect, that Whites would have to salute Black commissioned officers and that in certain circumstances, depending on rank, a Black officer could be senior to a White officer. The Minister of Indian Affairs said14 that there were 798 authorised posts, excluding those for teachers, in his department and that 158 of these were occupied by White and 581 by Indian 10 Assembly 14 February, Hansard 2, cols. 126-129. 11 Star, 9 December 1974. 12 Ibid, 15 January. 13 South African Digest, 25 April. 1L Assembly 23 April, Hansard 11, cols. 796-7.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 personnel. The most senior administrative post occupied by Indian personnel was that of Education Planner with a salary of RIO 800 per annum. The Minister of Coloured, Rehoboth and Nama Relations said'5 that the number of White and Coloured persons employed by his Department was as follows: White Coloured Administrative ...... 38 Professional ...... 12 Clerical ...... 50 Technical ...... 9 Teaching ...... 4 349 Other ...... 20 98 The Minister of Prisons said in the Assembly"6 that 489 Whites, 5 Coloured and 1 African held commissioned ranks in the Prison Service. The salary scales for warders in the employ of the Department were given as below: White ...... Ri 440 rising to R4 380 Coloured ...... RI 170 risinfi to R2 700 Asian ...... R1 170 rising to R2 700 African ...... R 780 rising to R2 100. The Minister of Bantu Administration and Development said"7 that there were 3 236 authorised posts, excluding those for teachers, in his department, of which 2 356 were occupied by Whites and 880 by Africans. The most senior post occupied by an African was that of Senior Bantu Clerk with a salary scale of R2 340 rising to R3 300. He said" that 106 officials and inspectors were employed by the department for matters affecting African labour. Provincial Administrations The Statistical News Release dated 19 June gave employment figures for the Provincial Administrations together with estimates of earnings relating to the first quarter of 1975. The average per capita monthly earnings, together with percentage increases of 1974 figures, were calculated by the writer from the total figures given: Numbers Percentage Average monthly Percentage employed increase salaries and wages increase White ...... 106165 2,3 414 11,9 Coloured ...... 19 337 14,8 116 28,9 Asian ...... 3087 16,5 165 17,9 African ...... 88 325 6,7 73 23,8 15 Assembly 17 June, Hansard 19, cols. 1189-92. 16 Ibid, col. 1171. 17 Assembly 15 April, Hansard 10, col. 694. Is ibid, col. 723.

EMPLOYMENT: RAILWAYS, HARBOURS, AIRWAYS 199 The Minister of the Interior issued a directive9 to Provincial Administration employees requiring them to apply six months in advance for Government permission to travel abroad if their journey involved any occupational studies. Local Authorities The Statistical News Release mentioned earlier in this section also gave employment figures and earnings based on a sample survey for Local Authorities. These figures include the Transvaal Board for the Development of Peri-Urban Areas, the Natal Local Health Commission, the Bantu Resettlement Board and the Bantu Affairs Administration Boards and relate to the first quarter of 1975. Percentage Average monthly Numbers increase salaries and Percentage employed over 1974 wages increase White ...... 52 900 2,1 445 14,1 Coloured ...... 19500 3,7 137 7,8 Asian ...... 4 500 4,6 137 29,2 African ...... 128 300 -0,7 76 18,7 EMPLOYMENT IN THE RAILWAYS, HARBOURS AND AIRWAYS ADMINISTRATION The Minister of Transport said1 that the average annual wages paid to employees of the SA Railways and Harbours as at 31 December 1974 were: White ...... R5 153,89 Coloured ...... RI 343,76 Indian ...... R1 479,12 African ...... Ri 092,72 The Minister gave2 the following breakdown of staff which fell within each of the categories listed in the schedule of amendments to the regulations published in Government Notice 1735 of 27 September -1974: Wages per month Coloured Asian African R 72- 79,99 ...... - - 51621 R 80- 89,99 ...... - - 5126 R 90- 99,99 ...... 3382 240 2286 R100 - 111,99 ...... 1438 135 1060 R112 - 125,99 ...... 821 295 2697 R126- 139,99 ...... 559 273 341 R140- 155,99 ...... 388 126 4133 R156 - 173,99 ...... 69 13 1421 R172- 193,99 ...... 70 6 847 R194 - 217,99 ...... 194 - 180 R218 -243,99 ...... 5 - 15 R244 - 271,99 ...... 2 - 31 R272 - 303,99 ...... 29 - 4 - 339,99 ...... 7 - 19 Sunday Times, 9 February. 1 Assembly 11 February, Hansard 2, col. 95. 2 Ibid, col. 91.

200 A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 The Minister added that White and Black employees received pay increases during 1974 of 124 per cent and 14 per cent to 24 per cent respectively. The Minister of Finance gave the following breakdown of the authorised establishment of customs officials at the ports of Durban, Cape Town, Port Elizabeth and East London:' Authorised establishment as at 1 February ...... Vacancies ...... Temporary staff ...... Permanent staff ...... Cape Durban Town Port East Elizabeth London The Minister of Transport gave the following breakdown of the authorised establishment of SA Railways and Harbours Police: Authorised establishment: Officers ...... 160 Other ranks ...... 3 016 Actual: Officers ...... 145 Other ranks ...... 2451 Number recruited ...... 445 Number discharged ...... 400 Authorised strength at harbour areas of: Durban ...... 155 Cape Town ...... 103 Port Elizabeth ...... 109 East London ...... Actual strength at harbour areas of: Durban ...... 125 Cape Town ...... 89 Port Elizabeth ...... 98 East London ...... - Whites Blacks 2 349 2 039 287 193 98 10 59 90 8 53 The Minister gave the following breakdown of posts previously filled exclusively by White employees of the Railways and Harbours Administration which were now filled by Black employees as at 31 January for each of the past five years:' Number of Number of Blacks Posts in the post Temporarily: 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1578 2415 3 203 3 407 4 606 3 Ibid, col. 92. 4 Ibid, col. 93. SAssembly 4 M arch, Hansard 5. cols. 359-360. EMPLOYMENT: RAILWAYS, HARBOURS, AIRWAYS Permanently: 1971 ...... 2 477 1972 ...... 2 501 1973 ...... 8 590 1974 ...... 8 652 1975 ...... 8 671 Under another, denomination: 1971 ...... 1 Not available 1972 ...... 4 , 1973 ...... 4,, 1974 ...... 4 1975 ...... 7 7372 The Minister said6 that Black staff were being employed in the SA Railways and Harbours Administration to an increasing extent in positions traditionally filled by Whites, principally flagman, plant operator, trade hand, vehicle driver and crane drivers. As at 31 January 4 600 Blacks had been employed in these positions. In addition, various replacement schemes had to be evolved and approximately 7 300 Blacks were employed in these schemes. The artisan-assistant scheme, for instance, which had been in operation for some time and provided improved opportunities for Whites and Blacks, included the trades of painter, bricklayer, carpenter, plumber, motor mechanic, motor vehicle body builder, electrician, fitter and trimmer and underframemaker. If the need arose, the scheme would be extended to other trades. Blacks were employed in 60 shunting yards and it was the intention to extend this to other yards where there was a shortage of shunters. In addition, Blacks were being trained and employed as carriage and wagon assistants, trackmen, sorters, tallymen, coalmen in shunting yards, and as ticket collectors on Black commuter trains. Mr. P. J. Conradie, assistant general manager of SA Railways, said, while addressing the executive council meeting of the Federated Chamber of Industries,' that more than 52 000 Black railway workers had received training for skilled jobs. He added that the training centres at Germiston and Braamfontein were totally inadequate to meet the railways' training programme. It had therefore been decided to set up a central Black training centre as soon as possible and a team had been appointed to plan it. The Minister of Transport said" that the following were the staff associations existing in respect of White employees of the Railways and Harbours Administration, together with the number of members of each association: 6 Assembly 5 March, Hansard 5, col. 1866. * Star, 9 April. s Assembly 11 March, Hansard 6, col. 435.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 SAR and H Salaried Staff Association ...... 24 164 SA Footplate Staff Association ...... 8 655 Running and Operating Staff Union...... 8262 Artisan Staff Association ...... 19 946 SAR ad H Employees' Union ...... 10334 Die Spoorbond ...... 5 395 SAR Police Staff Association ...... 2 302 The Federal Consultative Council of Railway Staff Associations withdrew from the Confederation of Labour at the end of February.9 The Railway Unions withdrew their group membership to enable them to affiliate individually if they desired. EMPLOYMENT IN THE DEPARTMENT OF POSTS AND TELEGRAPHS In March the Minister of Posts and Telecommunications gave the following employment and earnings figures in his Department as at 28 February 1975:1 Annual Salary White Coloured Asian African R600 or less ...... - 537 1 3454 R601-RI 200 ...... 95 2522 80 11844 R1201-R2400 ...... 12516 1964 657 1925 R2 400 plus ...... 28689 418 102 69 The Minister also gave a breakdown of employment and earnings figures in terms of monthly salaries as at 31 March 1975:2 Monthly Salary White Coloured Asian African R50 or less ...... - 7 - 2137 -R100 ...... 101 3 110 84 13 336 -R150 ...... 3748 1561 314 1762 R151-R200 ...... 8652 414 352 173 R201-R250 ...... 7322 235 82 22 R251-R300 ...... 4479 124 13 28 -R400 ...... 7500 62 4 20 R400 plus ...... 9619 6 3 The Minister gave the following information concerning the numbers of Coloured, Asian and African persons employed in the administrative division of his department,' namely 9 Coloured, 6 Asian and 47 Africans. The highest and lowest salary scales applicable to each category of employment were: Coloured Highest Lowest Postmaster, Grade III (2 persons) ...... R6 237 R5 346 Postmaster, Grade IV (6 persons) ...... R5 049 R4 455 Superintendent (1 person) ...... R5 049 R4 455 Asian Postmaster, Grade III (2 persons) ...... R6 237 R5 346 Postmaster, Grade IV (4 persons) ...... R5 049 R4 455 9 Rand Daily Mail, I March. I Assembly 17 March, Hansard 7. col. 508. 2 Assembly 16 April, Hansard 10, col. 717. 3 lbid, cols. 716-7. 202 EMPLOYMENT: POSTS AND TELEGRAPHS African Postmaster, Grade III (13 persons) ...... R4 725 R4 050 Postal Inspector (1 person) ...... R4 725 R4 050 Postmaster, Grade IV (29 persons) R3 825 R3 375 Superintendent (4 persons) ...... R3 825 R3 375 The Minister said' that 108 Coloured, 213 Asian and 552 Africans were temporarily occupying posts for White staff. Of these 65 Coloured, 141 Asians, and 298 Africans were employed in a permanent capacity in the posts, whereas 43 Coloured, 72 Asians and 233 Africans were employed as temporary postmen and 21 Africans as temporary cleaners. The Minister said in the Senate' that despite sustained efforts to recruit sufficient candidates for training in the technical field and to obtain the services of trained persons, a serious shortage of staff was still being experienced. During 1974, 213 immigrants were recruited, which brought the number of immigrants in service to about 630. At the same time 500 trained technicians resigned while a further 497 semi-trained staff in the above category left the service. He said that there was a shortage of approximately 2 600 trained units on the technical and semi-technical levels. On the other hand there were roughly 2 800 pupil technicians in various stages of training. 116 Black technicians had completed their training, while 139 were still in training for posts as telephone electricians. The Postmaster-General, Mr. Louis Rive, said in an interview' that the Post Office was considering employing large numbers of women as half-day maintenance workers in an attempt to alleviate the manpower shortage. Mr. Rive added that trained personnel were being "poached", mainly by television dealers for technical service staff. DOMESTIC WORKERS The most recent figures available to the writer on the remuneration of domestic workers in private employment are contained in Report 11-03-08 issued by the Department of Statistics for the month of October 1972. The average monthly wages being paid to general domestic workers were quoted in A Survey of Race Relations, 1974 (pages 311-312). A survey' was conducted at the end of 1974 amongst Border (mainly East London), Cape and Transvaal members of the Black Sash and the SA Institute of Race Relations on various aspects of domestic employment. It was found that "living in" servants in the Border area worked a 208-hour month at an hourly rate of 4 Assembly 21 April, Hansard 11, col. 754. Senate 24 March, Hansard 6, cols. 1230-1231. 6 Rand Daily Mail, 21 May. Domestic Servants. A Study of the service conditions of domestic servants employed by Border members of the Black Sash and South African Institute of Race Relations, Black Sash, December 1974.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 14,5 cents or R30 a month with a range of R12 to . The Cape and Transvaal surveys revealed that a 213 and 220-hour month was worked at hourly rates of 19 and 16 cents and average monthly salaries were R40 and R35 respectively. An Afrikaans edition of Domestic Workers: A Handbook for Housewives has been published. The Domestic Workers and Employers Project (DWEP) published a monthly newsletter throughout 1975 and separate newsletters in Sotho and Zulu were inaugurated in October. Domestic workers themselves were taking an increasing part in the organisation of the Project, largely as a result of the activities of Ms. Qedusizi Buthelezi, the National Assistant Organiser. Domestic workers were running their own Centres of Concern, as well as imparting skills such as literacy in the vernacular, cooking, sewing and driving. There were developments in Durban, where Ms. Audrey Cobden and Ms. Grace Manzini were co-ordinating DWEP activities. TRADE UNIONS General The latest available information concerning the number of registered trade unions at the end of August 1974, and their membership figures at -the end of 1973 was given on pages 314-315 of last year's Survey. The Trade Union Council of SA and the SA Confederation of Labour, as well as the Posts and Telegraphs Association issued a warning in September1 that if prices rose unjustifiably because of the devaluation of the Rand there will be no wage restraints. They threatened that if price rises were not policed properly they would be demanding wage and salary adjustments. The Chairman of the Co-ordinating Council of SA Trade Unions said in September' that there was a possibility that the trade unions would be limiting pay claims to 70 per cent of the consumer price index. However, he added that no limit could be placed on wages until there was clear evidence of control over price rises. Trade Union leaders warned the Government in September' against overkill anti- inflation tactics, which could cause a deep recession. The president of the Garment Workers' Union, Senator Anna Scheepers, said that if the Government went too far in its efforts to slow down the price spiral an extremely dangerous situation would be created, especially among African workers, but also among Coloured, Indian and low-paid White workers. She added that it was essential, whatever methods the Government intended -to use, that growth be allowed to continue. I Rand Daily Mail, 23 September. 2 Star, 19 September. 0 Rand Daily Mail, 12 September. 204)

TRADE UNIONS A Trade Union delegation from the Swedish Trade Union Confederation and the Swedish Central Organisation of Salaried Employees visited SA from 24 January to 8 February.4 The main purpose of the visit was to study and evaluate wages, working conditions and industrial relations prevailing at six subsidiaries of Swedish companies in SA. The delegation established contacts with registered trade unions as well as African unregistered unions. The itinerary also included institutions dealing with workers and trade union education. Mr. M. S. Stanley was appointed general secretary of the Garment Workers' Union in February. Mr. Stanley succeeded Mr. H. C. Webber and is the first Black to be appointed to the position in the union's history.' The Association of Chambers of Commerce issued a statement after its half- yearly meeting in May' which called for racially integrated trade unions. "To allow the situation to continue presents a threat to industrial peace . . . A reappraisal is urgently required of the provisions of the Industrial Conciliation Act-with a view to registering and controlling trade unions, irrespective of racial composition." African Trade Union Rights The Minister of Labour, Mr. Viljoen, announced in September7 when opening the biennial congress of the co-ordinating council of SA Trade Unions in Pretoria that the Government was planning to establish African "industrial committees" which would have direct bargaining powers with employers. He pointed out that the Government was not in favour of African trade unions but would introduce legislation to establish these committees "which can speak with authority for the particular industries for which they are set up". The committees could be established in industries and areas where African works and liaison committees had been established and would consist of African representatives from these committees. In the case of unorganised industries, the industrial committees, in consultation with the Central Bantu Labour Board, could negotiate directly with employers and conclude agreements with them. The agreements would be binding on all other employers and workers in the particular industry and area. The Minister of Labour said' that the Government considered its system of works and liaison committees the best system of communication for African workers and that it did not intend 4 Rand Daily Mail, 20 January. 5 Rand Daily Mail, 13 February. 6 Star, 21 May. lbid, 18 September. 8 Assembly 28 April, Hansard 12, cols. 4952-4961. 205'

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 doing away with these committees in favour of trade unions. Mr. M. W. de Wet (NP, Welkom) said:' "We know that there are appeals from time to time for the recognition of Black trade unions in SA. No restriction is imposed on their establishment, but let me state very clearly today that this Government is not going to recognise Black trade unions in SA because it believes that they are not in the best interests of SA and its people." The president of the Federated Chamber of Industries presented a statement to the Minister of Labour in June10 which called on him to give urgent and serious attention to the inadequate system of African labour relations. It was stated that no obstacles should be placed in the way of an orderly development of African trade unionism. Professor S. P. Cilliers, the University sociologist, said in September at the Tucsa conference11 that African unions should be recognised by the Government and that Blacks participating in the integrated economy of SA should share political power and be given full citizenship. He told the conference that a new order was necessary which would provide for full participation by all groups in the "power system" to safeguard their economic interests in the integrated economy. This meant recognition of full citizenship status. SA was ready in the field of labour relations to restructure its entire system of industrial legislation. "Unionist" and "separationist" strategies of the labour movement, with its cleavage of interests between White and Black were of the past and needed a total re-assessment. The following is a list of African unions in SA as at 31 August: Name and Headquarters Membership Founded African Food and Canning Union, Cape 500 ? African Leatherworkers' Benefit Fund, P.E...... 3900 African Tobacco Workers' Union, Johannesburg ...... 300 ? African Transport Workers' Union, Johannesburg ...... 600 Black Allied Workers' Union, Johannesburg ...... 2 700 1974 Building Construction and Allied Workers' Union, Johannesburg ...... 250 February 1975 Chemical Workers' Industrial Union, Durban...... 2300 1975 Commercial Catering and Allied Workers' Union, Johannesburg ...... 100 August, 1975 Engineering and Allied Workers' Union, Johannesburg ...... 7 000 1963 9 lbid, col. 4925. 10 Star, 18 June. 11 Rand Daily Mail, 26 September. 206

TRADE UNIONS Furniture and Timber Workers' Union, Durban ...... Glass and Allied Workers' Union, Springs Laundry and Drycleaning Workers' Association, Johannesburg ...... Metal and Allied Workers' Union, Durban and Pietermaritzburg ...... National Union of Bank Employees, Johannesburg ...... National Union of Clothing Workers, Johannesburg ...... National Union of Textile Workers, Durban ...... Paper and Allied Workers' Union, Johannesburg ...... SA Chemical Workers' Union, Johannesburg ...... Sweet, Food and Allied Workers' Union, Johannesburg ...... Tobacco Workers' Union of African Women, Johannesburg ...... Transport and Allied Workers' Union, Johannesburg ...... Transport and General Workers' Union, Durban United Automobile Rubber and Allied Workers' Union, Port Elizabeth, Durban, Pretoria. Union of Clothing and Allied Workers', Durban ...... 420 250 300 3900 150 23 000 7 500 200 800 500 70 700 1 500 1 500 1000 September 1974 April, 1975 1973 April, 1973 1974 1953 September, 1973 May, 1974 1973 February, 1974 February, 1973 1975 September, 1973 August, 1973. Trade Union Council of South Africa Tucsa and the Institute for Personnel Management jointly devised a programme to train managers and workers in industrial relations.2 The programme was initially to take the form of three-day courses at which managers and trade union officials would sit together and study matters such as legislation, mutual problems and harmonious negotiation. Later courses were to involve supervisors and shop stewards. It was agreed that the courses would be held at a multi-racial venue. Mr. Arthur Grobbelaar, general secretary of Tucsa, said that the mere fact that management was co-operating with labour in attempting to remove potential conflict demonstrated that conflict could be avoided. "In any modem industrial state it is essential that the rewards and duties of labour be co-determined by the labour structure together with management," he said. "This joint programme shows a significant step towards recognition by both sides of this need, which is vital for the maintenance of industrial peace with its benefits." 12 Rand Daily Mail, 13 December 1974.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Mr. A. Grobbelaar announced in December 197411 that Tucsa had set up three specialist committees to develop important new approaches in the fields of wage agreements, civil rights and its own international relations. A "civil rights" committee would aim at finding a formula which would enable the Government to defend the security of the State by means other than the present system of detentions and banning without trial. A specialist committee was to study the effects of inflation on wages and pensions and an international affairs committee was to expand Tucsa's influence and activities abroad. An editorial in the first issue of a monthly newsletter (Labour Mirror) released by Tucsa in February disclosed that Tucsa had voted in favour of reopening its membership to African unions. An official statement issued by Tucsa at the time said:4 "Attempts will doubtless be made to smear Tucsa's efforts towards creating detente between workers, but these destructive actions must be seen as being against the best interests of SA, and they must be firmly and positively rejected. Tucsa's programme for equal employment opportunities will also be aimed at achieving detente between workers of different races. The orderly removal of barriers to employment opportunities for all persons irrespective of race, colour, creed, ethnic group or sex, is a primary target of this campaign." Ten unions representing 26 600 African workers met in Johannesburg during August with top officials of Tucsa in order to discuss the feasibility of forming a federation of African trade unions which might affiliate to Tucsa.15 Mr. S. Scheepers, a vice-president of Tucsa, warned employers in September that an inflation rate of 20 per cent in the first half of 1976 could be reached.16 He said: "When the rises in price of all basic foods and commodities which have taken place this year are borne in mind, it is vital for industrial peace that Black workers should be adequately compensated for recent living cost rises, and those which now appear to be unavoidable." He added that the threat of unemployment could not be ignored. It could be a by-product of a too severe anti-inflation programme. At all costs, African unemployment with its obvious threat of unrest had to be avoided. South African Confederation of Labour The Federal Consultative Council (FCC) of SAR and H Staff Associations withdrew its group membership from the SA Confederation of Labour in March.'7 In terms of its rules the FCC 1s Rand Daily Mail, 11 December 1974. 14 Sunday Tribune, 16 February. 15 Rand Daily Mail, 22 August. 16 Rand Daily Mail, 30 September. 17 Financial Mail, 4 April. 208

TRADE UNIONS could not put matters on the Confederation agenda unless all seven FCC unions agreed. The result was that some of the small conservative unions in the FCC were able to veto the introduction of issues such as African job advancement and worker representation. The management committee of the Confederation warned employers in September18 to maintain and supplement the buying power of Black wages or face labour unrest on a disturbing scale. They said they doubted whether the Government had the right remedy for SA's economic troubles. Employers who took advantage of the Prime Minister's appeal for restraint to freeze the earnings of Black workers were asking for trouble and endangering industrial peace. Workers' Service and Educational Organisations A number of organisations have been created with the object of providing services to workers. Some of these are listed below with comment on their activities. The Institute for Industrial Education The British Trades Union congress gave a grant of R18 000 to the Institute for Industrial Education in December 1974."9 This was to be used for the 'training of Africans for trade unionism and the promotion of African trade unions. Urban Training Project The British Trades Union Council gave a grant of R22 000 to the Urban Training Project (UTP) in December 1974. This was to be used for the purpose of educational and organisational work for five trade unions. These trade unions had formed a committee on which the UTP served in order to use the money effectively. The UTP produced a number of publications during 1974 which included the Workers' Calendar for 1975; African Rights and the Bantu Labour Relations Regulation Act; Are Works Committees Trade Unions?; Works Committees-Draft Constitution; What is a Trade Union?; Summaries of Industrial Laws. (These publications can be obtained from the Institute of Race Relations.) The UTP helped with the formation of three African trade unions during the year. These were the Building Construction and Allied Workers' Union, the Commercial Catering and Allied Workers' Union and the Glass and Allied Workers' Union. 18 Rand Daily Mail, 30 September. 19 Rand Daily Mail, 9 December 1974. 209

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 The Industrial Aid Society The IAS widened its field of operation from the basic servicing of complaints, having decided that these were best dealt with on the shop floor through the workers' own organisations. It operated as a resource group, providing facilities for basic information designed to improve workers' ability to handle their own complaints collectively as well as to run their own organisations. It also expanded its literacy service and began a legal aid clinic. The complaints service was continued, and the IAS worked in conjunction with the Metal and Allied Workers' Union (Transvaal). The International Labour Movement Two SA groups for the first -time addressed the plenary session of an International Labour Organisation conference in June.20 The General Secretary of the exiled SA Congress of Trade Unions, Mr. J. Gaetsewe, who was officially speaking in the name of the banned African National Congress, and Swapo's labour secretary, Mr. S. Mifima, denounced the SA Government's policies. Mr. Gaetsewe attacked the Government for denying Africans the "fundamental principle of trade unionism and the right to join or form trade unions of their own". He also mentioned that some workers and trade unions collaborated with the Establishment in maintaining the oppression of African workers in industry, by "deciding with employers on the wages of Africans and imposing these on them without consultation". Mr. Mifima told the conference: "Any so-called peaceful negotiations, dialogue, or detente with SA without the participation of the oppressed people of Namibia and SA, will lead nowhere." STRIKES AND WORK STOPPAGES The Minister of Labour gave the following information' concerning the number of stoppages of work by African workers during 1974: Number of Number of Africans Province Stoppages involved Transvaal ...... 203 22 552 Orange Free State ...... 25 2 386 Natal ...... 96 18993 Cape ...... 50 13725 The Minister said2 that there were 135 strikes involving Africans in the second half of 1974 of which 125 were caused by wage demands. Eight of these occurred where liaison committees had been established and four where works committees had been 20 Rand Daily Mail, 23 June. 1 Assembly 7 February, Hansard 1, col. 50. 2 Assembly 21 February, Hansard 3. cols. 204-205.

STRIKES AND WORK STOPPAGES established. Police intervention was sought in the case of 69 of these strikes and 841 people were arrested. The Minister added3 that there had been 68 work stoppages by Africans in Natal from 1 July 1974 to 21 March, involving 12051 people. Bantu Labour Officers assisted in settling 49 of these stoppages. The Minister said4 that 280 disputes were dealt with in terms of the Bantu Labour Relations Regulation Act by Bantu Labour Officers during 1974. Dr. A. Boraine (PP, Pinelands) said in the Assembly:5 "There were 374 strikes-I am only referring to Black labour-during 1974 involving no less than 57 656 workers. Is that labour peace? This is a scene of unrest. What is more, we have heard comparative figures of Europe, especially Germany, England and the United States of America. But let us take a look at the figures for Africa. I have analysed those figures and I find that SA has had the second worst record in the whole continent of Africa in terms of labour unrest and work stoppages over the last two years ... We find that the only country that has a worse record than SA is Morocco." See the section on Employment in Mining for an analysis of strikes in the mining industry. BANTU LABOUR RELATIONS REGULATION ACT General See pages 331-332 of last year's issue of this Survey and pages 273-281 and 286- 291 of the 1973 Survey. Seventeen Regional Bantu Labour Committees had been established as at June, as compared with twelve in 1974, and thirty Bantu Labour Officers had been appointed.' Works and Liaison Committees The Minister of Labour said2 that the following numbers of works and liaison committees were functioning in each province at the end of 1974: 3 Assembly 21 March, Hansard 7, col. 553. 4 Assembly 18 April. Hansard 10. col. 723. 5 Assembly 28 April, Hansard 12, col. 4930. Assembly 17 June. Hansard 19. cols. 1193-1195. 2 Assembly 15 April, Hansard 10. col. 691.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Works Liaison Committees Committees Cape ...... 61 298 Natal ...... 45 376 Orange Free State ...... 3 58 Transvaal ...... 98 750 207 1 482 The Deputy Secretary for Labour said in May3 that 1 751 liaison committees and 239 works committees had been registered. These, he said, represented 560 000,African workers. The directors of two prominent employer organisations expressed doubts on the effectiveness of the committees. Mr. P. W. Penzhorn, director of the National Development and Management Foundation, said in an interview' that many firms were not treating their works or liaison committees with due gravity. Employers could not expect their committees to provide effective representation unless they gave members training and a wide scope of responsibility. The director of the Natal Employers' Association, Mr. L. D. Thorne, writing in NEA's newsletter, claimed that management was destroying the system through half-hearted attempts to make it work. Few managements were genuinely consulting committees on wages and conditions of employment, he said. "All too often, even in a strike situation where a committee exists, the management official will take the floor to address workers while his committee stands demurely behind him." Mr. R. Verster of the personnel research division of the University of the Orange Free State's department of industrial sciences, completed a study on liaison and works committees in December 1974.' A total of 326 of the largest organisations in SA were asked to complete questionnaires about their liaison committees. It was found that in 39,7 per cent of cases productivity increased; in 82,6 per cent of cases grievances were reduced; communication improved in 97,4 per cent of cases; and 82,2 per cent of the companies were satisfied with their liaison committees and the results they had produced. The 326 organisations questioned had 437 liaison committees, which represented 41,1 per cent of all registered committees at the end of June 1974. WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION The Minister of Labour said' that 176 000 awards made under the Workmen's Compensation Act were unclaimed for the period 3 Rand Daily Mail (Extra), 22 May. A R. Verster. Liaison Committees in the South African Industry: Their Present Functioning and Conditioning, 1974. Universty of the O.F.S., Department of Industrial Psychology, No. P/25. 1 Assembly 25 April, Hansard 11, col. 822.

SHELTERED EMPLOYMENT 1943 to 28 February 1975. The total sum of money involved was R3 025 725, which constituted 1,34 per cent of the total sum awarded. The Minister said2 that the total assets as reflected in the various accounts relating to the Accident Fund were R139 849 432 on 31 December 1973. Assets exceeded liabilities by R42 224 767. The Minister said3 that the latest date on which rates of compensation in terms of the Workmen's Compensation Act were increased was 1 April 1974. The maximum portion of a workman's monthly earnings on which compensation is based was increased from R200 to R247, as a result of which the maximum monthly compensation increased from R150 to R185,25. SHELTERED EMPLOYMENT The Minister of Labour gave the following figures relating to people working in departmentally established or subsidised sheltered employment schemes for the disabled as at 28 February:' White ... Coloured ... Asian ... African ...... 1402 ...... 399 ...... 16 ...... 10 He added that no additional Africans were to be admitted to the scheme as the Department of Bantu Administration was responsible for disabled Africans. 2 Assembly 20 May, Hansard 15, col. 993. 3 Assembly 14 February, Hansard 2. col. 115. 1 Assembly 17 April. Hansard 10, cols. 717-718. 213 EDUCATION COMPARATIVE STATISTICS NATIONAL EXPENDITURE The latest available figures indicating the country's total expenditure on education are those quoted on page 339 of last year's Survey. PER CAPITA COSTS Since no more recent figures have been published, the estimated per capita costs of education for White pupils given below, based on current expenditure from public funds, are repeated from last year's Survey. Estimated costs for pupils of other racial groups were given by the responsible Ministers in the Assembly.' All statistics relate to the 1973-4 fiscal year. Primary Secondary General classes classes A verage RRR Whites: Transvaal ...... 387,00 Cape ...... 496,00 Natal ...... 557,00 Free State ...... 495,00 Coloured'...... 106,17 136,56 109,88 Indians ...... 123,83 185,80 141,13 Africans in "White" areas ... 23,94 100,29 28,56 STUDENTS TAKING SECONDARY SCHOOL COURSES As shown in detail in the pages that follow, the percentages of school pupils enrolled in secondary classes (Stds. 6 to 10, or, in African schools, Forms I to V) were, for the years stated: Year Percentage Whites .... 1972 35,50 Coloured ... 1975 13,37 Indians ... 1975 26,26 Africans ... 1974 6,00 SALARY SCALES FOR TEACHERS Salary scales for teachers are complex as they vary with race, sex, qualifications, type of post held, and length of service. The scales for Whites and for Coloured and Indian teachers are no longer made public. In consequence, detailed comparisons of scales cannot be made. 1 Minister of Coloured Relations, Hansard 2 col. 140, Minister of Indian Affairs. Hansard 6 col. 424; Deputy Minister of Bantu Education, Hansard 5 col. 343. 2 Average calculated by writer.

EDUCATION 215 One example only is given here - a comparison of the top notch for an assistant post-primary teacher on the progression scale, graded as M +4 or Category D. Men Women Amount Percentage Amount Percentage R R Whites ...... 7020 100,00 5940 100,00 Coloured and Indians ... 5 580 79,49 5 340 89,90 Africans ...... 4050 57,69 3 750 63,13 In the Assembly on 30 April, Mr. P. A. Pyper (UP) pleaded for equal salaries for people who have the same qualifications and who do the same type of work. He pointed out that it would not cost as much as was commonly thought. Only about 6 000 African teachers, for example, possessed the qualifications demanded as a minimum in the case of White teachers. The Minister of the Interior replied4 that it was Government policy to narrow salary gaps wherever and whenever this was practicable. But no timetable for the completion of this process could be determined. 3 Hansard 12 cols. 5117-20 4 Hansard 12 col. 5198.

216 BANTU SCHOOL EDUCATION EXPENDITURE ON BANTU EDUCATION The Report of the Department of Bantu Education for 19745 contains information about the amounts budgeted for current expenditure on Bantu education (i.e., excluding capital expenditure). In the table that follows, expenditure on the universities has been combined with expenditure on other forms of education. Republic: Dept. of Bantu Education ... Homeland governments ... South West Africa: Dept. and Homelands ...... 1972/3 R 197314 R 197415 R 32983000 42773000 59578000 40514300 50051300 80464000 3758000 4518000 7374000 77255300 97342300 147 416 000 SCHOOLS Statistics The same report6 contained statistics relating to schools, as at the first Tuesday in March 1974. A summary of the tables given is as follows: Type of school Government ...... Community ...... Farm ...... Mine and factory ... Hospital ...... Scheduled ...... Special ...... Totals ...... Church and private ...... Night and continuation classes ... Combined totals ...... Republic ...... 1994 ...... 5538 ...... 3815 ...... 111 ...... 47 ...... 34 ...... 13 South West Africa 12 473 5 2 ... 11552 493 ... 308 32 ... 87 ... 11947 525 The distribution of secondary schools in the Republic as between areas under Departmental controF and the homelands was as follows:8 5 RP 45/1975 pages 125 and 136. * Pas 126. 149. 227. 7 Mainly tne so-called "White" areas. 8 Pages 52 and 54 of Report.

AFRICAN SCHOOL EDUCATION Department Homelands Junior secondary ...... 98 320 Senior secondary ...... 52 149 Shortage of schools in urban areas Speaking in the Assembly on 7 February,9 the Deputy Minister of Bantu Education admitted that there was a shortage of school buildings in urban African townships. It was difficult, he said, to obtain reliable statistics about the number of children who had been refused admission because of the shortage. Some children had applied for admission to more than one school. Further, no record was kept of the number who did not qualify for admission because they were not legally resident in the areas concerned. (As explained later in this chapter, there will be an especial shortage of accommodation for pupils in Forms I and II during 1976 and 1977.) On 5 May0 the Deputy Minister said that the Department had funds available for school buildings (including voluntary donations) which it had not -been able to use because the Department of Community Development had since 1967 allowed a fixed amount of only RI 500 per classroom for the construction of school buildings. Tenders usually exceeded this amount, and excessive delays had resulted. After long negotiations, however, the Department of Community Development had increased the permissible maximum to R3 400, and available funds could now be used. It would remain the responsibility of Administration Boards to find the funds necessary for schools built in their areas of jurisdiction: the Minister appealed for co-operation with the Boards to make this possible. The Deputy Minister said that a 16-classroom building for a junior primary school cost about R28 000; a senior primary school R98 000, and a junior secondary school (including laboratories, etc.) R124 000. Schools in White farming areas It was announced by the Deputy Minister on 28 August" that in the near future there would be an increase in the subsidies payable to White farmers for schools built by them for the children of African farm workers. The Department had decided, with the co-operation of Administration Boards, to build secondary schools with hostel accommodation for these children in selected platteland towns. Hansard 1 Question col. 22. 10 Hansard 13 cols. 5469-70. 11 Star of that date, and Assembly Hansard 13 col. 5482. 217

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Voluntary help By the end of September the TEACH fund'2 established by The Star in Johannesburg, had, since its inception in October 1971, raised RI 219 285 for the building of schools, mainly in Soweto. The total included 17 donations for complete schools made by private firms and one individual. Similar funds, used chiefly for school buildings but in some cases for books and equipment as well, are sponsored or assisted by The Argus in Cape Town, the Pretoria News, the Port Elizabeth Evening Post, Grocotts Mail in Grahamstown, and others. A TEACHER3 fund was launched by the Round Table in Benoni. The Durban Daily News operates a LEARN fund.'4 One of the largest private funds is the Bantu Welfare Trust, administered by the Institute of Race Relations, which has helped to finance a very large variety of projects including school buildings and equipment, and is helping, together with other organisations, to create a school and community complex in Soweto. DOUBLE SESSIONS Calculating from figures given in the 1974 Report of the Department of Bantu Education" it transpires that, on the first Tuesday of March of that year, double sessions were operating in 46,63 per cent of all schools in the Republic falling under the Department or under homeland governments, and in 28,25 per cent of church and private schools. More detailed figures, as at the same date, were given by the Minister in the Assembly." Double sessions, he said, had then been operating in classes up to and including Std. 2. The table that follows has been compiled from statistics furnished by the Minister. Double sessions Sub-standards Stds. 1 and 2 No. of teachers involved in the system 10 353 1 320 No. of pupils involved ...... 960368 72592 Percentage of all pupils in classes involved in the system ...... 71,77 7,85 The Deputy Minister pointed out7 that if the system were to be abollished, more than 11 000 additional teachers and classrooms would be needed. This would cost R14-million in salaries and R37-million for classrooms. 12 "Teach Every African Child". 13 "Teach Every African Child on the East Rand". 14 "Let Every African Read Now". 15 RP 45/1975 pages 157 and 126. According to the "double session" system in the substandards, a teacher takes one group of pupils usually from 8 a.m. to 10.45 a.m., and another group from 11.15 a.m. to 2 p.m. '6 Hansard 11 col. 789. 17 Hansard 13 col. 5478.

AFRICAN SCHOOL EDUCATION PUPILS Enrolment The enrolment of pupils as at the first Tuesday of March 1974 was given in the Department's report for that year.'" The table that follows is a summarised version, with percentages calculated by the writer. Class Sub A ... Sub B ... Std. 1 ... Std. 2 Sub-total ... Sub-total ... Total primary Form I ... Form II ... Form III ... Form IV ... Form V ... Republic No. Percentage 760835 21,82 577273 16,56 519547 14,90 404711 11,61 South West Africa No. Percentage 39 162 31,31 23 099 18,47 17615 14,08 13 130 10,50 2262366 64,89 93006 74,36 343 301 9,85 10660 8,52 259 944 7,46 7930 6,34 210704 6,04 5697 4,56 200427 5,75 5145 4,11 1014376 29,10 29432 23,53 3276742 93,99 122438 97,89 82351 2,36 1305 1,04 63 442 1,82 733 0,59 42588 1,22 389 0,31 14406 0,41 125 0,10 6732 0,19 80 0,06 Total secondary 209 519 Combined total 3 486 261 The following pre-matricula the table above: Teacher training ...... Trade and technical training ... Theological training ...... Unclassified ...... Special schools ...... Night schools and continuation tion students are excluded from Republic South West Africa ...... 12793 492 ...... 4597 297 ...... 22 ...... 405 ...... 1782 37 classes 8 115 Drop-out rates In a speech in the Assembly1" Mr. P. A. Pyper (UP) said, "The most serious weakness in African education is of course the tragic drop-out rate at the level of Std. 2 . . . While it is in educational terms quite valid to regard the completion of four years of formal schooling as being sufficient for the attainment of functional literacy, it must -be remembered that a person who Is Op cit, pages 130-1, 196, 238-9. 19 Hansard 4 col. 1608. 6,00 99,99 2632 125 070 2,10 99,99 219

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 has achieved functional literacy can only retain it if his education is constantly reinforced. This, however, does not happen to the average African who leaves school after Std. 2. The type of work he is likely to do, his environment and his living conditions, deprive him of any further educational stimulus. Within five or ten years that person no longer possesses functional literacy." The high drop-out rate at the end of Std. 6 is, of course, mainly due to the fact that many then go out to work - a higher proportion than in the case of people of other racial groups because of the greater extent of poverty among Africans. But it is due in part to a shortage of secondary school accommodation. This matter is discussed later. Proportion of children attending school Speaking in the Assembly on 6 May,0 the Deputy Minister of Bantu Education said that free and compulsory education for African children remained the Department's ultimate aim, but the extent to which this objective could be achieved depended on practical considerations, particularly the available finances. There were about 3 600 000 African children at school, he stated. They represented about 20 per cent of the total African population, or between 72 and 75 per cent of those who ought to be attending school. If a system of compulsory education for Africans were to be introduced, between 29 and 30 per cent of the total African population would be at school. Because of the high population growth rate, this figure would be much larger within a few years. Should compulsory education be introduced from the age of 7 years, and the teacher: pupil ratio be reduced to 1 : 30, an additional 97 000 teachers and classrooms would be required, which would cost R126-million in salaries and R330-million in classrooms, the Deputy Minister said. Secondary pupils in "White" areas and the homelands The Minister of Bantu Education stated21 that the distribution of African secondary pupils as between "White" areas and the homelands was as follows in March 1974: Percentage of total in "White" areas Homelands homelands Forms I to III ...... 64078 124 303 65,99 FormsIVandV ... 6046 15092 71,40 20 Hansard 13 cols. 5472-7. 21 Hansard 11 col. 790. Percentages calculated by the writer. 220

AFRICAN SCHOOL EDUCATION RESTRUCTURING. OF SCHOOL CLASSES AND CURRICULA The revised structuring of school classes and curricula was described on page 302 of the 1973 Survey. Briefly, the Std. 6 school-leaving certificate (which included 1st class, 2nd class, and 3rd class passes), was abolished at the end of 1974, and at the end of 1975 the Std. 6 class itself will be eliminated, reducing the normal total period of school attendance for African pupils from thirteen to twelve years (i.e. if no class has to be repeated). This is the situation in respect of pupils of other racial' groups. As indicated earlier, this will cause problems in the allocation of classroom accommodation. The matter was discussed in an editorial in the August issue of the Bantu Educational Journal. Because of the elimination of the external Std. 6 examination at the end of 1974, all those who passed school examinations qualified for admission to Form I in 1975. They included a number of pupils who, under the previous system, would have been eliminated because they obtained only t'hird class passes. There was, accordingly, an unusually large expansion in the Form I enrolment during the year under review, which means that the numbers in Form II will increase considerably in 1976. During 1975 there were insufficient classrooms in secondary schools to accommodate all the Form I pupils, some of whom had to study in temporary premises as near as possible to the schools. In 1976, there will be a severe shortage of Form I accommodation, as pupils progress up the schools. But the problem involved in providing adequate Form I accommodation in secondary schools in 1976 will be even greater. Because of the planned elimination of Std. 6, all the pupils who were in Std. 6 during 1975, together with all those who were in Std. 5, will, if they pass, qualify for admission to Form I. Most of the Form I pupils will in 1976 be taught in primary school buildings by primary school teachers (in classrooms no longer needed for Std. 6). Many classrooms will have to be shared by two classes on a shift basis. This will make more space available for Form II at secondary schools, and will give a year's grace during which a number of additional classrooms will, it is hoped, be built. (It is estimated that at least 4 000 more classrooms will be needed by 1976.) Primary school teachers who will teach Form I pupils have been given special in- service training. A special arrangement is being made for the selection of pupils who are to be allowed to proceed to Form II at the end of 1975, as during that year some of them will have studied at classes incorporated into secondary schools, while others will

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 have been taught in primary schools. The Department has decided to set a special quasi-external examination for all Form I pupils, and it may have to repeat this emergency measure at the end of 1976. Meanwhile, as a permanent arrangement, at the end of 1975 Std. 5 pupils will write a Higher Primary Certificate examination based on a new syllabus, and using the media of English and/or Afrikaans and/or both (this matter is described below). It has been decided that pupils in farm schools (which from 1976 will take them no further -than Std. 5) will -be allowed to proceed to secondary schooll in the same Administration Board area provided that they qualify for admission on academic grounds and that accommodation is available. A new Form III examination has taken the place of the previous Junior Certificate. MEDIUM OF INSTRUCTION As described in previous issues of this Survey, it was officially decided in 1972 that, in schools under the control of the Bantu Education Department, the mother- tongue would remain the medium of instruction from Sub-standard A to Std. 4 inclusive. From 1975 on, however, the medium used for examination subjects in classes from Std. 5 on would be one or both of the official languages, as decided upon by the Secretary for Bantu Education. Homeland governments were free -to make their own arrangements. All selected English as the medium of instruction, in some cases from Std. 3 instead of Std. 5. Towards the end of 1974 'the Secretary decided that, in schools under Departmental control, from Std. 5 onward 'both English and Afrikaans should be used as media, on an equal basis (i.e. English used for half of the subjects and Afrikaans for the rest). If such an arrangement were impossible because a school lacked teachers competent to 'teach through the required medium, Departmental permission to deviate from the scheme might be sought. A directive to this effect was circulated. It was mentioned on page 24 of last year's Survey that the medium of instruction used in schools was one of the matters raised by homeland leaders when they met the Prime Minister and other Ministers on 6 March 1974. They proposed that the medium used in schools in the homelands should be adopted, too, in African schools in the White areas. At the Prime Minister's suggestion, it was agreed that the Minister would lbok into this question and report at the next meeting -on the legal, constitutional, and educational aspects of the proposal. A meeting of delegates from African school boards and committee boards from the Northern and Southern Transvaal was held in Atteridgeville, Pretoria, during December 1974 to discuss the official directive. It was decided to submit a memorandum to

AFRICAN SCHOOL EDUCATION the Secretary for Bantu Education strongly endorsing the views that had been put to the Prime Minister by the homeland leaders.' Another memorandum was submitted to the Secretary by the African Teachers' Association of SA (Atasa).2 Atasa recommended that: (a) 'in all subjects except Afrikaans, the mother tongue, and religious instruction, the medium of instruction from Std. 3 to Senior Certificate should be English; (b) Afrikaans should be a compulsory subject up to and including Senior Certificate. Atasa gave eight reasons for its selection of English as the desired medium. Inter alia, it stated that English was an international language and the "lingua franca" of many of the peoples of Africa. Publications in English contained a larger storehouse of ideas and knowledge than did those in Afrikaans, it was stated. Atasa pointed out that African pupils were already (as a matter of practical necessity) handicapped through having to switch to a European language for the study of mathematics and the sciences. Their burden would be greatly increased if two European languages were used as media for different subjects. In spite of the unanimous views expressed by these representative Africans, the official policy remained unaltered. During the debate on Bantu Education in the Assembly the Minister repeated,' "The Government holds the view that both official languages must be used as the medium of instruction if the relevant Bantu language is not used for that purpose." rEXTBOOKS The Department's programme for the provision of free textbooks to schools under its control was described on page 346 of last year's Survey. (Homeland governments make their own arrangements.) The Department intends supplying all textbooks free of charge by 1977 (but not, within this period, free copies of prescribed books in the languages nor free stationery). Further progress towards this end was made during the year under review. It was necessary for new textbooks in English and Afrikaans to be prepared for Std. 5 pupils. EXAMINATION RESULTS The examination results in November 1974 were given in the Department's report for 1974, as follows: 1 Rand Daily Mail, 23 December 1974, 13 January, 15 May. - Tuata, February (organ of the Transvaal United African Teachers' Association), and Rand Daily Mail, 29 January. 3 5 May, Hansard 13 col. 5438.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Std. 64 No. of candidates 1st class pass ... Pass ...... Total passes .. Form III Certificate5 No. of candidates Passed with distinction ... 1st class pass ... Pass ...... Total passes ... Republic No. Percentage 174415 12450 7,1 137874 79,1 South West Africa No. Percentage 4 380 195 4,4 2845 65,0 150324 86,2 3040 69,4 Republic No. Percentage 38961 - 133 4046 23 662 0,3 10,4 60,7 1,2 16,7 70,4 27841 71, 301 88,3 Form V6 Combined figures for the Joint Matriculation Board Examination and the Senior Certificate Examination of the Department of National Education are given below. The results of supplementary examinations may have been excluded, as the table apparently refers to the results of examinations conducted in November 1974. No. of candidates Matric. exemption pass Ist class ... 2nd class ... School leaving certificate 1st class ... 2nd class ... Total passes ... Republic No. Percentage 6347 - 155 1 903 1 335 2,4 30,0 21,0 South West Africa No. Percentage 73 4 5,5 25 34,2 19 26,0 3 393 53,4 48 65,7 Of all the students (in both countries) who obtained a matriculation exemption pass: 1 762 passed with biology as a subject; 761 passed with physical science as a subject; 991 passed with mathematics as a subject. SPECIAL EDUCATION The Departmental, report for 1974 gave the following statistics for special education:7 4 RP 45/1975, page 253. 5 Ibid, page 254. Ibid, pages 258 and 262. Ibid, pages 74 and 114. South West Africa No. Percentage 341

AFRICAN SCHOOL EDUCATION Republic No. of schools No. of pupils Schools for: Aurally handicapped ...... 8 979 Visually handicapped ...... 4 412 Cerebral palsied and crippled ...... 4 391 South West Africa School for deaf and blind ...... 1 40 TEACHERS IN SCHOOLS FOR AFRICANS Numbers of teachers According to the Bantu Education Journal of June, the following numbers of teachers were employed in schools for Africans in the Republic as at the first Tuesday -in March 1974: Black teachers ..., 62019 (61 976 Africans and 43 Coloured) White teachers ... 860 62879 Included in these totals were 1 517 teachers employed in church and private schools, and 399 employed in night schools and continuation classes. It was stated in the Departmental reports that, of the 62 019 African and Coloured teachers, 22896 were men and 39 123 women. The reports quoted mentioned that, as at the same date, there were 2 760 African and 147 White teachers in schools for Africans in South West Africa, of whom 228 were teaching in church schools. Questioned in the Assembly,9 -the Minister of Bantu Education gave the following information about the source of payment of the 62019 Black teachers employed in the Republic in March 1974: No. paid by No. Percentage the government privately privately concerned paid paid Teachers in: Government schools ... 57 333 2939 4,88 Private schools ...... - 1 747 100,00 Qualifications of teachers The Minister gave the following information about the qualifications of the 62 019 teachers referred to above:10 9 Op cit, page 129. 9Hansard 11 col. 787. Totals and percentages calculated by the writer. The total for private schools does not tally with the figure quoted earlier. 10 Assembly Hansard 11 col. 788, as supplemented by table on page 182 of Departmental report. Percentages calculated by the writer. 225

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Number Percentage Professionally qualified and with: A university degree ...... 1 014 1,64 Matriculation or equivalent ...... 5 485 8,84 Junior Certificate or equivalent ...... 29467 47,51 Std. 6 ...... 14378 23,18 Other qualifications (e.g. technical or special) 1 455 2,35 No professional qualifications but with: A university degree ...... 47 0,08 Passed some university subjects ...... 57 0,09 Matriculation or equivalent ...... 357 0,58 Technical or other qualifications ...... 58 0,09 Not matriculated with no technical or other qualifications ...... 9701 15,64 62019 100,00 The qualifications of African teachers employed in schools in South West Africa were set out in detail on page 236 of the Departmental report for 1974. Of the 2760 teachers concerned, 33,04 per cent had no professional qualifications. It was stated in the Departmental report"' that the majority of the teachers with no professional qualifications were employed in farm schools. The percentage of unqualified teachers in all primary schools in other areas of the Republic was 17,6. This proportion had not shown a significant decline in recent years for the reason that the rapid increase in school enrolment had made it necessary to retain the services of the teachers. Those of them who had passed the Junior Certificate and had at least three years' experience were being encouraged to enrol for a one- year full-time course of professional training, on successful completion of which they were awarded the Primary Teachers' Certificate. This course, offered at five training schools, was proving popular. The Anglo-American Corporation has supplied the funds for a pilot in-service (part-time) training scheme for African teachers with only a Junior Certificate qualification. Over a fiveyear period they will study for matriculation certificates.'" Senior posts held by African teachers The Minister said in the Assembly'" that, as at the first Tuesday in March 1974, the following numbers of African teachers were occupying senior posts in the Republic: 13 Op. cit, page 50. 12 Management, June. Annual statement to members by Mr. H. F. Oppenheimer, chairman of the Corporation. 13 Hansard 11 col. 786. 226

AFRICAN SCHOOL EDUCATION 99 332 84 6 11 819 296 were serving as inspectors of schools; were assistant or subject inspectors; were lecturers; were professors; were school principals; were vice-principals or senior assistant teachers at post-primary schools. Salaries of teachers As from 1 Ju,1y 1974 the salaries of African teachers were consolidated14 and improved. Full details were published in the Bantu Education Journal for December 1974. The able on page 215 of this Survey gives some indication of how the salaries of Africans compare with those paid to teachers of other racial groups. STUDENT TEACHERS According to the Departmental report for 1974,1 the enrolment in March of that year in teacher-training courses conducted by the Department in the Republic was: Primary Teachers' course ...... Junior Secondary Teachers' course Trade Instructors' course ...... Special Art course ...... Homecraft Teachers' course ...... 1st 65 year 2nd year ZV 3 15 536 454 9 7 - - 32 - - 42 7074 5645 74 12793 Examination results in the Republic in 1974 were:16 Primary Teachers' course ...... Junior Secondary Teachers' course ...... Trade Instructors' Course ...... Specialist teachers of art or homecraft ...... Candidates Passes 4929 4852 444 439 7 7 72 72 5452 5370 The enrolment in South West Africa was:"7 Lower Primary Teachers' course ...... Primary Teachers' course ...... 1st year 2nd year Total 161 182 343 96 53 149 257 235 492 14 i.e. the previous allowance of 171 per cent was consolidated with the salary. 15 Op cit, page 58. 11 Ibid, pages 94, 263-6. 17 Ibid, page 112. Specialist Total 11 713 990 16 32 42 227

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Examination results in SWA in 1974 were: Candidates Passes Lower Primary Teachers' course ...... 176 173 Primary Teachers' course ...... 31 31 207 204 The Minister of Bantu Education said in the Assembly8 that assistants for pre- school institutions were being trained at Jabukini, Umlazi, Bafokeng, and Mdantsane, the members qualifying in 1974 totalling 76. On another occasion9 he stated that 33 students in the Republic and 4 in SWA were studying for diplomas in special education for the deaf or blind. None was yet in the final year of the course. The Minister added that the following students were (a) enrolled for teacher- training courses at universities in 1974 (all years of study), and (b) qualified at the end of 1974, including the results of supplementary examinations: Enrolled Qualified Secondary Teachers' diploma ...... 269 109 University diploma (non-graduate) 22 7 Post-degree University diploma ...... 50 50 B. Ped ...... 40 - (new course) 381 166 The Departmental report" stressed that the shortage of teachers continued to present a serious problem. The Deputy Minister said in the Assembly on 6 May2 that six new training colleges were being constructed. It was hoped that when they were operating it would prove possible to train about 8 000 teachers a year. But this would still be too few. ADULT EDUCATION It was announced by the Deputy Minister in the Assembly on 28 February2 that a member of the Department had been especially assigned to the task of determining the need for adult education and how it could best be met. The work of various voluntary organisations that are working in this field was described on page 350 of last year's Survey. The Bureau of Literacy and Literature now publishes a newsletter called Litsa. It stated in the September issue that during 1974, 23 710 people were attending classes connected with the Bureau, Is Hansard 12 col. 830. 19 Hansard 12 col. 827. 20 Op cit, page 56. 21 Hansard 13 col. 5480. 22 Hansard 4 col. 1631. 228

AFRICAN SCHOOL EDUCATION sixteen languages being used as media of instruction. Classes were held on mines and in industrial concerns and prisons, or were organised by churches. Operation Upgrade reported23 that in the nine years it had been operating in SA, 35 000 Africans had been taught to read and write. It had produced 85 775 booklets in various languages to help educate the reader while he learnt to read. The Transkei Education Department appointed Mr. P. M. Ntloko as Planner for Cultural Affairs and Sport. He organised courses for training literacy teachers and schools for adults in various areas where these teachers were emplyed. About a hundred schools had been registered by the end of 1974. DISTURBANCES AT SCHOOLS Disturbances were reported during the year at -the Boitseanape Trade School near Mafeking, the Ratlhahana, Nchaupe, and Moretele High Schools near Pretoria, the Appelbosch Practising School and Nongoma Vocational School in KwaZulu, and the Nathaniel Nyaluza and Thembal'abantu High School in the Ciskei. In most cases the police were called and the pupils then sent home, being told to reapply for admission. The rioting at the Nongoma Vocational School had been more serious, however, and 198 of the students were subsequently charged and found guilty of public violence. They were sentenced to R60 (or 60 days) each, plus three months' jail sentences conditionally suspended for three years.24 23 Star, 29 May and 1 July. 24 Rand Daily Mail, 24 October. 229

230 SCHOOL EDUCATION FOR COLOURED PUPILS FINANCE As mentioned on page 13, the total allocation from Revenue Account to the Coloured Persons' Representative Council (CRC) for the 1975-6 fiscal year was R158 370 000. The budget of the CRC has not been published at the time of writing, 'but if its allocation of funds to the various services it controls was in similar proportion to the allocation in 1973-4, the amount budgeted for education may have been in the region of R98 000 000.1 To this amount should be added expenditure from other Votes in the Republic's Estimates of Expenditure from Revenue and from Loan Accounts for 1975-6.2 All of the budgets mentioned exclude expenditure in South West Africa. The Department of Coloured Relations estimated that it would spend the following sums on Coloured education from Revenue Account:3 R Salaries of educational personnel ...... 6700 300 Agricultural training ...... 23 000 University of the Western Cape ...... 3 854 000 10577300 The Department of Public Works planned to spend R18 098 250 on various educational buildings for the Administration of Coloured Affairs (Loan Account).4 As noted on page 214, the estimated per capita expenditure in 1973-4 from revenue funds was R106,17 on Coloured pupils in primary school classes, and R136,56 on those in secondary classes, giving a general average of R109,88. SCHOOLS AND USE OF PLATOON SYSTEM The Minister of Coloured Relations said in the Assembly on 13 May, that a full- sized primary school for 1 000 Coloured pupils cost about R350 000 to build and equip. The ratio aimed at was one high school, also catering for 1 000 pupils, to every three full-sized primary schools. A high school of this size cost R450000 in 1974. 1 Calculation by the writer from amounts given in the Report of the Controller and AuditorGeneral on the Accounts of the Administration of Coloured Affairs for the financial year 1973-4, RP 55/1975. (This Administration deals with the affairs of the CRC.) 2 RP 2/1975 and 3/1975. 3 Revenue Vote 31. Administrative expenses of educational personnel are excluded. 4 Loan Vote B. 5 Hansard 14 col. 954.

COLOURED SCHOOL EDUCATION (It will be noted that these costs are considerably higher than those for African schools, mentioned on page 217. The main reason for this is that semi-skilled African builders, employed at lower rates than trained artisans of other racial groups receive, are usually employed on building scho*k for Africans. Levies on employers of Africans help to cover the costs of services. No comparative study of the equipment provided has been published.) Replying to a question in the Assembly,' the Minister of Coloured, Rehoboth and Nama Relations stated that (presilmably in March 1975) the numbers of classes and of pupil's affected by the platoon system,' were: Classes Pupils Sub-standards ...... 1 545 53 326 Stds. 1 and 2 ...... 598 20137 Stds. 3 and 4 ...... 70 2516 (The Minister did not state whether these statistics covered SWA as well as the Republic.) PUPILS The Minister said on 17 February8 that, to the knowledge of the Administration of Coloured Affairs, no Coloured pupil of school-going age was refused enrolment in schools under its control (in the Republic) at the beginning of the 1975 school year. The gradual introduction of compulsory education for Coloured pupils was described on page 310 of the 1973 Survey. As reported later in this volume, this process has now commenced in SWA Replying to a question in the Assembly,9 the Minister gave the following figures indicating the distribution, in March 1975, of Coloured pupils in the Republic and in SWA. (Baster and Nama pupils in SWA were excluded.) Republic Coloured in SWA Number Percentage Number Percentage Sub A ...... 108 153 18,11 1 732 16,97 Sub B ...... 93026 15,58 1410 13,82 Std. 1 ...... 84321 14,12 1347 13,20 Std. 2 ...... 72234 12,09 1183 11,59 Std. 3 ...... 62 879 10,53 1 028 10,07 Std. 4 ...... 53 165 8,90 986 9,66 Std. 5 ...... 40 780 6,83 890 8,72 Sub-total ...... 514558 86,16 8576 84,03 6 Hansard 15 col. 1040. According to this system two classes, each with its own teacher, share one classroom. Hansard 3 col. 151. 9 Hansard 14 cols. 931-2. Percentages calculated by the writer.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 ...... 32406 ...... 23575 ...... 14661 ...... 5955 ...... 3244 5,43 3,95 2,45 1,00 0,54 Sub-total ...... Adaptation classes Combined total ... 79841 13,37 1595 15,63 2838 0,47 35 0,34 597237 100,00 10206 100,00 (It was not explained why the figures for Coloured pupils in the Republic were lower than those for the previous year, as quoted on page 353 of last year's Survey.) Statistics in regard to Nama and Rehoboth pupils in SWA during the fourth school quarter of 1973 have been extracted by the writer from tables contained in the Report of the Department of Coloured Relations and Rehoboth Affairs for the year ended 31 March 1974.10 Sub A ...... Sub B ...... Std. 1 ...... Std. 2 ...... Std. 3 ...... Std. 4 ...... Std. 5 ...... Sub-total ...... Std. 6 ...... Std. 7 ...... Std. 8 ...... Std. 9 ...... Std. 10 ...... Sub-total ...... Combined total ... Namna 168813501098 972 731 577 402 Rehoboth 814 755 702 699 609 538 437 Total no. 2 502 2 105 1800 1 671 1 340 1115 839 Percentage 19,38 16,30 13,94 12,94 10,38 8,64 6,50 6818 4554 11372 88,08 439 327 766 5,93 84 248 332 2,57 84 179 263 2,04 33 82 115 0,89 17 46 63 0,49 657 882 1539 11,92 7475 5436 12911 100,00 EXAMINATION RESULTS The Minister was asked in the Assembly" to give information about examination results at the end of 1974. It would appear that the figures he gave included Nama and Rehoboth candidates in SWA. No statistics could be given about primary school results because no external examinations are conducted at that level. 10 RP 27/1975 pages 16 and 19. The name of the Department has, since, been changed to Coloured, Rehoboth and Nama Relations. 11 Hansard 14 col. 949. 232 Std. Std. Std. Std. Std.

COLOURED SCHOOL EDUCATION Republic SWA Number Percentage Number Percentage Junior Certificate No. of candidates 14078 - 504 Passed: 1st class ... 669 4,75 22 4,37 2nd class ... 8 675 61,62 363 72,02 Total passes ... Matriculation or equivalent No. of candidates Passed: 1st class ... 2nd class ... Total passes ... 9344 66,37 385 76,39 Republic SWA Number Percentage Number Percentage 3134 - 119 179 5,71 1 0,84 1 885 60,15 58 48,74 2064 65,86 59 49,58 The Minister did not say how many of the matriculants qualified for entry to universities (i.e. obtained matriculation exemption passes). TEACHERS According to the Deputy Minister,12 the numbers of teachers employed in schols for Coloured pupils in 1974 (presumably the first Tuesday in March) were: Primary schools ...... 18709 Secondary and high schools ...... 3407 22116 On 12 May13 the Minister said that: 22 Coloured persons were serving as inspectors of education; 13 were subject inspectors; 5 were Organisers of Adult Education; 4 were serving on the administrative staff of the Education Section of the Administration of Coloured Affairs. During 1974, he continued, 316 Coloured teachers resigned for reasons other than superannuation or marriage. In reply to another question,14 the Minister gave the qualifications of Coloured teachers as at 19 February 1975. (It appears that the statistics may include Coloured teachers in SWA.) 12 Assembly Hansard 5 cols. 394-5. 13 Assembly Hansard 14 cols. 930-1. 1' Assembly Hansard 7 col. 539.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Professionally qualified and with: A university degree ...... Matriculation or equivalent ...... Junior Certificate or equivalent ...... No professional qualifications but with: A university degree ...... Matriculation or equivalent ...... Technical, specialist, or other qualifications ., Not matriculated and with no technical or other qualifications ...... Number Percentage 668 5 509 14 142 62 436 68 2,97 24,52 62,95 0,28 1,94 0,30 1 580 7,03 22 465 99,99 The Deputy Minister said on 7 March15 that in order to enable serving teachers to improve their qualifications, part-time classes for extra-mural study had been instituted at the University of the Western Cape and at training colleges for teachers. Conditions for study Ileave had been improved. Study bursaries were available for further full-time study. STUDENT TEACHERS The courses of training available to Coloured teachers differ from those for students of other racial groups. The Minister gave information about these courses in reply to questions in the Assembly on 13 May.16 The entrance qualifications required were set out on page 366 of the 1972 Survey. Course Lower Primary Teachers' Certificate ... Primary Teacher's Diploma ...... Lower Primary Specialist Certificate ... Lower Secondary Teachers' Diploma ... Secondary Teachers' Diploma (nongraduate) ...... Secondary Teachers' Diploma (graduate) Adaptation Classes Teachers' Diploma Post-graduate degree courses in education ... . Commercial Teachers' Diploma ...... Technical Teachers' Diploma ...... The numbers who qualified for of 1974 were: Yearofstudy1st 2nd 3rd 1351 1181 774 563 373 66 - 94 27 21 Total students 2532 1 710 66 142 7 35 41 21 106 18 2436 1819 423 4678 various certificates at the end 15 Hansard 5 cols. 394-5. 16 Hansard 14 cols. 950-1. 234

COLOURED SCHOOL EDUCATION Lower Primary Teachers' Certificate ...... 927 Specialist certificates for teachers with LPTC ...... 114 Primary Teachers' Certificate ...... 371 Primary Teachers' Diploma ...... 288 Lower Secondary Teachers' Diploma ...... 11 Secondary Teachers' Diploma (non-graduate) ...... 6 Secondary Teachers' Diploma (graduate) ...... 51 Adaptation Classes Teachers' Diploma ...... 3 Post-graduate degree courses in education ...... 1 Commercial Teachers' Diploma ...... 11 Technical Teachers' Diploma ...... 3 1 786 ADULT EDUCATION The Minister said on 18 June17 that 3 971 Coloured adults were attending part- time academic primary classes, while 6 291 were enrolled in part-time academic secondary courses. 17 Assembly Hansard 19 col. 1199. 235

236 SCHOOL EDUCATION FOR INDIANS FINANCE No reports are published on the costs of Indian education. The figures that follow have been extracted by the writer from the official Estimates of Expenditure from Revenue and Loan Accounts for the year ending 31 March 1976,1 but are not exhaustive, as administrative costs at Head Office are excluded, as are pro rata portions of the salaries of senior officials who devote part of their time to educational matters. Revenue Account R Salaries of educational personnel ...... 29 897 200 Primary, high, and nursery school and adult education ...... 4 545 000 Training of teachers ...... 492 000 Financial assistance to M. L. Sultan Technical College ...... 1 786900 Financial assistance to State-aided special schools ...... 189 100 University of Durban/Westville ...... 6003 000 Loan Account Various educational buildings to be provided by Dept. of Public W orks ...... 7 303 800 50217000 As mentioned in a previous chapter, the unit costs of education for Indian school- children in 1973-4 were officially estimated to be R123,83 in primary classes, R185,80 in secondary classes, with R141,13 as the general average. COMPULSORY EDUCATION The progressive introduction of compulsory education was described on page 315 of the 1974 Survey. SCHOOLS AND USE OF PLATOON SYSTEM According to the Report of the Department of Indian Affairs for the year ended 30 June 1974,1 the following numbers of schools were under this Department's control in 1974: High Primary State schools ...... 68 137 State-aided schools ...... 4 151 There were also one school for the blind, one for the deaf, two private schools, and four nursery schools. SRP 2 and 311975. ' R531 800 recoverable from fees. 3 RP 48/1975 page 52.

INDIAN SCHOOL EDUCATION 237 It is still necessary for use to be made of the platoon system (i.e. two classes, each with its own teacher, sharing the use of one classroom). The following table, compiled from information given by the Minister of Indian Affairs in the Assembly on 23 April,' shows (a) the number of classes involved in 'this system, (b) the number of pupils affected, and (c) the percentages of the total numbers of pupils enrolled in these classes who are affected. Percentages of total Classes Pupils no. of pupils Sub-standards...... 175 6469 15,22 Stds. I and 2 ...... 184 7008 17,75 Stds. 3 and 4 ...... 40 1 417 3,82 Stds. 5 and 6 ...... 1 17 0,06 The Minister said on 14 February5 that no Indian children had been refused admission to school at the beginning of 1975 on the ground of lack of accommodation. On 21 March he stated that there were an estimated 5 000 Indian children of school-going age in the Cape Province. Only one Indian school existed in that province, at Port Elizabeth, with an enrolment of 914. During 1974 there were 3 801 Indian children enrolled in Coloured schools in other parts of the Cape. PUPILS In reply to a question in the Assembly," the Minister gave enrolment figures as at 4 March 1975. (There was an error in the Hansard report, which has 'been corrected here after receipt of further information.) Number Percentage Class I ...... 20736 11,31 Class 2 ...... 21766 11,87 Std. I ...... 20313 11,08 Std. 2 ...... 19170 10,46 Std. 3 ...... 19 309 10,53 Std. 4 ...... 17 694 9,65 Std. 5 ...... 15041 8,20 Total primary 134029 73 10 Std. 6 ...... 2 416 6,77 Std. 7 ...... 11744 6,41 Std. 8 ...... 13404 7,31 Std. 9 ...... 6 115 3,33 Std. 10 ...... 4 479 2,44 Total secondary 48 158 26,26 Special classes ...... 1162 0,63 Combined total ...... 183 349 99,99 a Hansard 11 col. 796. 5 Hansard 2 col. 115. 6 Hansard 7 cols. 564-5. 7 Hansard 11 cols. 795-6.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 EXAMINATION RESULTS The Std. 6 and Junior Certificate results at the end of 1974 were given by the Minister in the Assembly on 23 April.8 The classification of passes is in accordance with the differentiated education system that was introduced in senior classes as from 1973, involving new syllabuses. (In 1975, for the first time, the Senior Certificate examinations will be conducted on this basis.) Std. 6. Number Percentage No. of candidates ...... 11 834 Passed normal high school course ... 6207 52,45 Passed practical course ...... 4 731 39,98 Total passes ...... 10938 92,43 Junior Certificate No. of candidates ...... 10073 Passed advanced level ...... 5 178 51,40 Passed ordinary level ...... 3 070 30,48 Total passes ...... 8248 81,88 Senior Certificate The Director of Indian Education has kindly supplied information about the results of matriculation examinations conducted in November/December 1974 together with those of ;the supplementary examinations held in March.9 Candidates could enter for advanced grade or ordinary grade examinations. If they chose the advanced grade and passed, but did so without qualifying for a Senior Certificate, they were awarded an ordinary grade pass. To summarise the information received, it appears that 4 200 entered for one or other examination in November/December 1974, of whom 3 001 passed in various grades. In March, 1 621 students wrote supplementary examinations: they were people who had narrowly failed the earlier examinations together with those who were trying to improve their grades. Of these, 586 passed in various grades. The remainder were students whose results were unchanged, or who again failed, or who were absent from the examinations. Details of the final results of those who passed were: Passed Senior Certificate with matriculation exemption and merit. 87 Passed Senior Certificate with matriculation exemption ...... 554 Passed Senior Certificate without exemption ...... 954 Passed ordinary grade ...... 1 992 3 587 9 Hansard 11 col. 798. Percentages calculated by the writer. 9 Letter 1914614/314 o 18 September. 238

INDIAN SCHOOL EDUCATION 239 The total percentage of passes would work out at 85,40. TEACHERS Questioned in the Assembly,1" the Minister said that the qualifications of Indian teachers employed on 30 June 1974 were: Number Percentage Professionally qualified with: A university degree ...... 1103 16,62 Matriculation or equivalent ...... 4 379 65,97 Junior Certificate or equivalent ... 903 13,60 No professional qualifications but with: A university degree ...... 22 0,33 Matriculation or equivalent ...... 124 1,87 Technical or special qualifications 4 0,06 Not matriculated and with no technical or special qualifications ... 103 1,55 6638 100,00 On 23 April" the Minister gave details of senior educational posts that were occupied by Indians (excluding those at the University of Durban/Westville). A summary of his reply is: Head Office Inspectors of schools ...... 10 Subject inspectors ...... 6 Education Planners or Assistant Planners ...... 5 School guidance officer ...... 1 Colleges of Education Deputy Rector ...... 1 Heads of Department ...... 5 Senior Lecturers ...... 13 Lecturers ...... 37 Schools Principals ...... 353 Deputy or Vice-Principals ...... 447 Senior Assistant teachers ...... 789 STUDENT TEACHERS Replying to a further question, also on 23 April,'2 the Minister said that 552 student teachers were enrolled at the Springfield College, Durban, and the Transvaal College of Education, while 405 were taking various courses at the University of Durban/Westville. The following qualified at the end of 1974: 10 Hansard 11 col. 794. Percentages calculated by the writer. t Hansard 11 cots. 794-5. 12 Col. 793.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Primary and Lower Secondary school teachers ... Academic. high school teachers ...... Specialist teachers of commercial subjects ...... Teachers of technical subjects ...... Specialists in remedial or special education ...... Teachers of arts ...... Physical education instructors ...... Teachers of home economics ...... The University of Durban/Westville leading to a degree of B. Pedagogics and Counselling.3 has introduced courses to a Diploma in School ADULT EDUCATION On 26 February the Minister said " that 14 Indian adults were attending part-time academic primary classes, while 1 492 were enrolled in part-time academic secondary classes. Is Flat Lux, ADM!i 14 Assembly Hanhd 4 col. 294. 240

241 SCHOOL EDUCATION FOR WHITE PUPILS FINANCE In the Assembly on 16 May' the Minister of Statistics said that the total expenditure from revenue funds on the education of Whites (excluding university education) had been as follows for the years stated: R-million 1971-2 1972-3 1973-4 Department of National Education ... 26,1 26,9 33,2 Other State Departments ...... 2,1 2,2 2,4 Provincial Administrations ...... 279,0 290,7 347,5 307,2 319,8 383,1 A few weeks earlier he had stated' that the provincial administrations did not distinguish in their accounts between primary and secondary education. In the calendar year 1973 the average expenditure per White pupil (all classes) was R457. As mentioned earlier, the per capita expenditure in the various provinces in the 1973-4 fiscal year was estimated to be: R Transvaal ...... 387 Cape ...... 496 Natal ...... 557 Free State ...... 495 PUPILS The Minister of Statistics gave figures showing the total enrolment of White pupils between the years 1972 and 1974 inclusive.! Excluding the pre-primary pupils, these figures were as follows: Primary Secondary Percentage (to Std. 5) (to Std. 10) Totals primary 1972 ...... 546236 314597 860833 63,45 1973 ...... 559553 325126 884679 63,25 1974 ...... 564043 326448 890491 63,34 He also gave figures showing the progression of White pupils between Stds. 6 and 9 during the years 1970-73." (Figures for 1974 were not available at the time.) 1 Hansard 14 col. 984. 2 Hansard 11 col. 785. 3 Hansard 13 col. 903. Percentages calculated by the writer. A Hansard 14 cols. 965-6. Percentages calculated by the writer.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 76 179 73 759 68 240 55294 Percentage of 1970 figure 100,0 9,6.8 89,6 72,6 In reply to a question,' the Minister gave the enrolment per class in 1972 in provincial, provincial-aided, and private schools. The totals were: Provincial schools ...... Provincial-aided schools ...... Private schools ...... The combined enrolment, per class, was: Number 822050 18 166 45927 886143 Percentage Sub A ...... Sub B ...... Std. 1 ...... Std. 2 ...... Std. 3 ...... Std. 4 ...... Std. 5 ...... Total primary Std. 6 ...... Std. 7 Std. 8 ...... Std. 9 ...... Std. 10 ...... Total secondary Unspecified ... Courses for ment Combined totals ...... I...... 82 105 9,27 ...... 80494 9,08 ...... 79 758 9,00 ...... -...... 78101 8,81 ...... 78497 8,86 ...... 74407 8,40 ...... 72874 8,22 546236 61,64 ...... 78 139 8,82 ...... 75463 8,51 ...... 68 240 7,70 ...... 52874 5,97 ...... 39881 4,50 ...... 314597 35,50 ...... 14058 1,59 tal deviates ...... 11 252 1,27 ...... 8... 886143 100,00 CURRICULUM In the course of a speech in the Assembly' the Minister of National Education announced that the system of differentiated education had been applied in the Transvaal and Natal since the beginning of 1973, and in other provinces since 1974. At the end of 1975 the first pupils in the Transvaal and Natal would write the final (Std. 10) examinations on two levels, higher and standard. This system should ease the transition to universities of students wishing to continue academic studies. 5 Hansard 10 cols. 721-2. Percentages calculated by the writer. 6 Hansard 15 col. 6325. Std. 6 in Std. 7 in Std. 8 in Std. 9 in 1970 1971 1972 1973 242

WHITE SCHOOL EDUCATION 243 Earlier, the then Transvaal Director of Education, Dr. A. L. Kotzee, had said" that the percentage of White Std. 6 pupils who continued to the matriculation level in the province had risen from 18 per cent in 1940 to 54 per cent in 1971. He attributed the increase largely to the facts that a greater variety of subjects was being taught in high schools, and that many farm schools, junior high schools, and intermediate schools had been replaced by full high schools and agricultural high schools. EXAMINATION RESULTS No information on examination results has been published for a number of years. TEACHERS Questioned in the Assembly,8 the Minister of Statistics said that the numbers of White teachers employed in 1972 were: Provincial schools ...... 40820 Provincial-aided schools ...... 4 2044 Private schools ...... 2919 45 783 The qualifications of these teachers were: Number Percentage Professionally qualified with a university degree 12706 27,75 Professionally qualified without a degree ...... 29 436 64,30 University degree without professional qualifications;.....1 337 2,92 Neither professional qualifications nor a degree 2 304 5,03 45783 100,00 On 17 April The Star reported that it had obtained access to confidential documents of the Transvaal Education Department (TED) dealing with a serious shortage of teachers. The Cabinet was examining the situation, it was stated. Hardest hit were Englishmedium high schools, but Afrikaans-medium high schools, too, were increasingly affected. The confidential documents showed that: (a) of every 100 English-speaking students who enrolled for a combined degree and teaching-diploma university course, only 31,4 per cent progressed to the fourth year of training; (b) the equivalent percentage at Afrikaans-medium universities was 48,6 per cent; (c) only 71,7 per cent of those who enrolled at universities for primary school training reached the final year of the course. 7 Star, 15 February. 8 Hansard 10 cols. 721-2. Pencentages calculated by the writer.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 The Star stated that it had compared figures indicating the needs of the TED in 1975 for English-speaking teachers with the enrolment figures at the University of the Witwatersrand - the only training centre in the Transvaal for English-speaking high school teachers. Of a total of 1 600 teachers needed, only 443 students were enrolled. Figures for some subjects were: Students in Need training Physical science ...... 84 12 Mathematics ...... 376 31 Geography ...... 70 15 Biology ...... 93 28 English ...... 180 84 Commerce ...... 103 16 History ...... 91 34 On the following day The Star reported that the Prime Minister's scientific adviser, Dr. S. Meiring Naude, had urged the Cabinet to take some action to remedy the serious shortage of science teachers and students. Dr. Naude had found, it was stated, that between 1962 and 1973 students taking mathematics at South African universities had dropped from ten to five per cent of the total intake. Over the same period chemistry students had dropped from 7,3 per cent to 2,5 per cent, and physics students from 4,4 per cent to 0,8 per cent. The shortage of qualified teachers meant that fewer pupils would enrol for these subjects and that, in turn, there would be progressively fewer teachers. The English Academy of SA, too, had compiled a report on the shortage of English-speaking teachers, it was stated. A further account of the disturbing situation in the Transvaal was published in The Star on 9 October based, it was said, on a confidential preliminary report prepared by members of governing bodies of certain Afrikaans high schools on the East Rand. They were reported to have said that only 80,7 per cent of the permanent teaching posts in the province were filled, 33,1 per cent by men. Over the past ten years the majority of new male teachers had been B-stream matriculants. To cater for the needs of 1979, 4060 first-year students were needed in 1975, but at the end of the first term only 1 100 were enrolled. About 55,3 per cent of teachers of chemistry at high schools in the Transvaal were inadequately qualified, as were 44 per cent of those teaching mathematics, and 53,4 per cent of those teaching biology. STUDENT TEACHERS The Minister of National Education stated in the Assembly' that, unless exceptions were made by him, teachers for high schools 'Hansard 15 col. 6329. 244

WHITE SCHOOL EDUCATION could be trained at universities only. Teachers for primary schools were trained at training colleges, or universities in co-operation with training colleges, or colleges for advanced technical education. On 5 May he announced° that 2 005 men and 5 117 women students were then enrolled at White universities for teachers' courses. A break-down of these figures was: Men Women Post-graduate courses ...... 576 1 704 Non-graduate courses ...... 1 429 3 413 2005 5 117 10 Hansard 13 col. 877.

246 TECHNICAL AND VOCATIONAL TRAINING AFRICANS TRADE SCHOOLS According to the Minister of Bantu Education,' in March 1974 there were thirteen trade schools and five trade sections attached to other schools in the Republic that catered for Africans. In SWA there were five schools with trade sections. New trade schools are being established at Giyani (Gazankulu),' Temba (BophuthaTswana),3 and, with the assistance of the CS Barlow Foundation, near Groblersdal in Lebowa." The duration of some of the courses offered at trade schools is two or three years after Std. 6. The following table, extracted from the Report of the Department of Bantu Education for 1974,1 refers to the Republic and shows (a) the courses concerned, (b) total enrolment in all years of study in March 1974, and (c) the number of students who passed the course in 1974: Course General mechanics ...... Concreting, bricklaying, plastering ... Tailoring ...... Leatherwork Plumbing, drainlaying, sheet metal work Motor body repair ...... Upholstery and motor trimming ...... Carpentry, joinery, cabinet making ... Painting and glazing ...... Republic No. of Passes students 1974 391 106 731 270 202 50 98 45 400 134 197 69 116 37 655 248 63 12 The next table gives similar information in respect that take three years after JC (Junior Certificate). Course Motor mechanics ...... Watchmakers ...... Electricians and wiremen (full-time) No. of students 436 39 19 There is also an in-service block course for electricians and wiremen which takes five years post-JC, and was being attended by 161 students during 1974. 1 Assembly Hansard 12 cols. 825-6. 2 Deputy Minister, Assembly Hansard 13 col. 5482. 3 Departmental report for 1974, RP 45/1975, page 60. A Rand Daily Mail, 26 September. 5 RP 45/1975, pages 213-4 and 268. of courses Passes 1974 130 11

AFRICAN TECHNICAL EDUCATION In SWA in 1974 there were courses in carpentry, joinery, and cabinet making; concreting, bricklaying, and plastering; general mechanics; motor mechanics; tailoring; and plumbing, drainlaying, and sheet metal work. The total enrolment in March 1974 was 297.' The Minister of Bantu Education said in the Assembly on 28 April' that only those who pass the five-year block-training course for electricians (who numbered 68 in 1974) qualify to take trade tests immediately, attaining artisan status if they pass. The rest of those who pass the trade school courses (numbering 918 in 1974) have to undergo further in-service training before they qualify to enter for the trade tests. The Minister added that trade tests, at various levels, were conducted by: one trade school in each homeland; the Administration Boards of the West Rand, East Rand, Vaal Triangle, Cape Peninsula, Cape Midlands, and Port Natal; the Xhosa Development Corporation at Umtata; the Babelegi Industrial School to the north of Pretoria; the George Tabor Training Centre in Soweto; prison authorities. TECHNICAL SECONDARY COURSES There are five technical secondary schools, at Mamelodi (Pretoria), Jabulani (Johannesburg), Edendale (near Pietermaritzburg), Umlazi (Durban), and Kwazakele (Port Elizabeth), at which boys may take one or two technical subjects as part of the JC and SC courses. It was stated in the Department's annual report for 1974 that two further schools were being built, at Mdantsane (near East London) and Thlabane (Rustenburg). Rustenburg Platinum Mines are bearing the costs of the Thlabane school.' The passes in technical subjects in 1974 were:' JC level General mechanics ...... 53 Building construction,...... 11 Woodwork ...... d ...... 20 SC level Building drawing ...... , 26 Machine drawing ...... 17 Applied mechanics ...... 42 COMMERCIAL SECONDARY COURSES There are numbers of schools in the Republic at which a commercial JC or SC may be taken (including commercial subjects in G Pages 249 and 250 of Report op cit. 7 Hansard 12 cots. 825-6. 8 SA Digest, 5 September. Departmental report op cit, page 267. 247

248 A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 the curriculum). According to the Minister," during 1974 there were 427 boys and 329 girls who obtained a commercial JC, while 162 boys and 85 girls qualified for a commercial SC. VOCATIONAL TRAINING FOR GIRLS Questioned about post-Std. 6 vocational training for girls, the Minister gave the following information:" No. of schools No. of girls providing the passing in Course course 1974 Assistants in pre-school institutions ...... 4 76 Home management ...... 3 37 Dressmaking: 2-year courses ...... 9 76 4 short courses a year ...... 10 250 Seamstress and alteration hand ...... 1 9 Spinning and weaving ...... 2 Not known (Course offered at private schools) TRADE INSTRUCTORS Trade instructors for schools are trained at the Boitseanape Trade School near Mafeking, taking a two-year course, generally after completing a technical JC. According to the Minister," 17 young men were enrolled during 1975. Seven qualified at the end of the previous year. ADVANCED TECHNICAL COURSES There are colleges for advanced technical education at Edendale near Pietermaritzburg and Mmadikoti at Seshego near Pietersburg, the latter having a branch at Garankuwa near Pretoria where a few para-medical courses are offered. Many of the students are employees of the Department of Bantu Administration and Development, doing in-service training. In reply to questions in the Assembly,3 the Minister of Bantu Education gave the information that follows. 10 Assembly Hansard 13 cols. 904-5. 11 Assembly Hansard 11 col. 790 and Departmental Report pages 215 and 268. 12 Assembly Hansard 10 col. 718. 13 Hansard 13 cols. 905-6. Also see Departmental Report, op cit, page 212.

AFRICAN TECHNICAL EDUCATION Courses offered at Mmadikoti only Civil engineering technicians Agricultural engineering technicians ...... Surveying technicians .... Geological mining technicians ...... Length of course 4 years post-SC 4 years post-SC 4 years post-SC 3 years post-SC Courses offered at Mmadikoti and Edendale Water and sewage purification operators... Maintenance workers for water purification installations ...... Length of course 1 year post-JC 6 months post-JC Courses offered at University of Fort Hare Land surveyors ...... 4 years post-SC Courses at University of the Witwatersrand Total enrolled in 1974 28 16 Qualified in 1974 12 13 12 none in final year As no institution for Africans offers full engineering training, the Department of Bantu Education has granted permits for Africans to study at the University of the Witwatersrand. In 1974, three were enrolled for mechanical engineering, three for electrical engineering, and one for chemical engineering. None was in the final year of study. Para-medical personnel Both Mmadikoti and Edendale train health inspectors, health assistants, public health nurses, and medical laboratory technologists. Radiographers and physiotherapists are trained at Garankuwa. Their numbers are given in the chapter on health. New courses Courses have recently been introduced for electro-technicians and telecommunication technicians (Mmadikoti) and for dental therapists. Total enrolled in 1974 65 65 31 32 Qualified in 1974 7 4 17 8 249

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 SPECIALISED AD HOC TRAINING OF FACTORY OPERATIVES FOR BORDER INDUSTRIES The scheme for providing crash courses of training for factory operatives to be employed in specialised trades in border industries was described on page 362 of last year's Survey. The industrialist is required to provide the training centre, training equipment, and instructors, while the Department provides classroom equipment, subsidises the salaries of the training staff, and undertakes the testing and certification of the workers. Two or more entrepreneurs may combine to finance a common training centre. The industrialist selects the trainees and, during their course, pays them a wage decided upon in conjunction with the Department. In the Assembly on 28 April' the Minister gave a list of the 17 firms that were making use of this scheme. They were situated in Mdantsane, East London (6), Pietermaritzburg (2), Newcastle (1), Mooi River (1), Ladysmith (1), Klip River (1), Hammarsdale (3), and Babelegi, north of Pretoria (2), and they manufactured a wide variety of products. The Minister said that 2 596 operatives were trained during 1974. GENERAL AD HOC TRAINING OF FACTORY OPERATIVES FOR BORDER OR HOMELAND INDUSTRIES Schools are being established by the Department to offer general pre-employment practical training for industrial workers to be employed in border industries or selected growth-points in the homelands. Courses that have been found to satisfy needs are manual arc and gas-welding, woodwork and machining, plumbing and sheetmetal work, and bricklaying. The schools generally run four crash courses a year, each of ten weeks' duration, and catering for about ten pupils per course. According to the information given by the Minister on 28 April, schools of this nature were operating at Babelegi, Isithebe (KwaZulu), Umlazi (Durban), Mdantsane (East London) and Ezakheni (Ladysmith). During 1974 they trained 1 329 operatives. Further schools were planned, to be situated at Seshego (Pietersburg), Enseleni (Richard's Bay), and Tlhabane (Rustenburg/Brits). The Tlhabane school is to be financed by Rustenburg Platinum Mines.'" DEPARTMENTAL INDUSTRIAL TRAINING CENTRES IN AFRICAN URBAN RESIDENTIAL AREAS The scheme for establishing Departmental industrial manual training centres in African urban residential areas was described on page 363 of last year's Survey. During the day, boys from Std. 5 14 Hansard 12 cols. 828-30. 15 SA Digest, 5 September. 250

AFRICAN TECHNICAL EDUCATION and Form I classes in surrounding schools will attend the centres to study various trades for at least an hour a week. Basic training will be available in such subjects as woodwork, metalwork, welding, plastics, mechanical practice, building practice, electrical practice, punch-card and computer operating, and others. At the beginning of their Form II year, pupils may elect to follow a practical JC course. Those doing so will choose one or two practical subjects to study together with academic subjects, attending the industrial training centre for about four hours per technical subject per week. Adult factory workers will be offered after-hours training at the centres, in vocational orientation, languages, arithmetic, or practical subjects. During 1975, three of these centres were functioning - one at Sebokeng (Vereeniging) and two in Soweto (Orlando and Molapo). Further centres, planned to open at the beginning of 1976, were being built at (Germiston), Mamelodi (Pretoria), Imbali (Pietermaritzburg), Lamontville (Durban), and New Brighton (Port Elizabeth). The Minister announced in August1' that by 1977 two more centres would be ready, at Tembisa (Kempton Park) and KwaThema (Springs). According to a supplement issued with the Financial Mail on 29 August, one of the Soweto centres was being temporarily used to train African instructors to man new institutions. SUBSIDISED PRIVATE IN-SERVICE TRAINING CENTRES IN INDUSTRIAL COMPLEXES A further scheme is the establishment of industrial training centres in industrial complexes to serve industrialists with common needs. The sites must be made available by local authorities or the employers. The Department contributes to the costs of building and equipping the centres, but the industrialists have to bear the running costs. As explained later, certain tax deductions are allowed. According to the Financial Mail of 18 April, each centre has its own governing council consisting of representatives of employers and of the Department. The institutions fall under the ultimate jurisdiction of an Advisory Council for In- Service Training, established within the Bantu Education Department. Basic scholastic training is provided, together with courses at semi-skilled and operative levels in subjects required by the industrialists concerned. Syllabuses are drawn up in consultation with the Department. The first of these centres, called Boithusong ("the place where you can get help") opened in Bloemfontein in 1975. The Financial Mail stated that it was built and equipped by the Bantu Education 10 Star, 13 August.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Department at a cost of R250 000, on land donated by the Bloemfontein City Council. It has a hostel that can accommodate 140 trainees. Employers of Africans in commerce and industry in the Free State were asked to pay a levy of 30 cents per worker per month towards running costs. Employers who sent Africans to the centre for training paid, in addition, RI0 to R15 a week in tuition fees plus R3 for accommodation. Tax concessions could be claimed on these amounts as well as on transport costs and the wages paid to workers during their training. The tax concessions that are allowed were described on pages 259 and 363 of last year's Survey. On 29 August the Financial Mail reported in a supplement on African Training that the enrolment at the Bloemfontein centre was, thus far, small. Courses, varying in length from three days to thirteen weeks, were being run to train welders' assistants, service bay attendants, and motor repair shop assistants. Other courses provided a basic grounding in carpentry and plumbing. The Chamdor West Rand In-Service Training Centre was opened during September in Kagiso Township (between Roodepoort and Krugersdorp). The Government contributed RI50000 to the building costs and R100 000 for equipment. Boarding accommodation was planned for trainees who were unable to commute: a mine hostel was initially used for this purpose. The governing council consisted of representatives of industrial employers and of the Bantu Education Department. The late Mr. George Tabor (who for nearly 30 years ran the Dube Vocational Training Centre, now named after him) was appointed first principal. Running costs for the first period were met by the Motor Industry Employers' Association, which planned courses for repair shop assistants and body shop assistants. Africans who qualified would receive certificates from the Bantu Education Department and the Motor Industries' Federation, and would be allowed to undertake a new range of semi-skilled motor repair work under the supervision of qualified journeymen. During June," the Business Equipment Association started a pilot scheme to train Africans in basic skills which would enable them, after further in-company training, to service sophisticated business equipment. The course was commenced in one of the Soweto centres, but at the time of writing the organisers were planning to move it to the Chamdor Centre. Other industries wishing to make use of the Chamdor Centre will define their needs, and appropriate courses will then be devised. A third in-service training centre is being built at Sebokeng, two Vereeniging companies having guaranteed the initial running 17 Star, 16 June. 252

AFRICAN TECHNICAL EDUCATION costs. The civil engineering industry will meet these costs for a fourth centre, in the Benoni area.18 Further industrial centres are planned for the Pretoria, Durban, and Port Elizabeth areas. An in-service agricultural training centre is to be established near Potchefstroom." PRIVATE IN-SERVICE TRAINING SCHEMES Individual industrialists who conduct their own in-service training schemes for Africans can qualify for the tax concessions mentioned if their courses are approved and registered by the Department of Bantu Education. The National Development and Management Foundation has issued a handbook explaining this system. Schemes which may receive approval are, in general, those designed to train Africans to operate particular types of machinery, although supervisory training, instruction in the running of liaison committees, and literacy and language training may also be approved for tax concession purposes." This scheme came into effect on 1 April. In the supplement to its edition for 29 August the Financial Mail reported that, by then, 236 formal applications had been received by the Bantu Education Department, 180 training projects had been inspected, and 61 schemes had been approved and registered. The Financial Mail commented that all schemes described above which train Africans for urban employment are designed to equip the workers to undertake semi-skilled work only. Full artisan status is attainable solely in the homelands." 18 Star, 16 December 1974. 1t Annual Report of the Bantu Education Department for 1974, RP 45/1975, page 62. 20 Financial Mail, 21 February. 21 Note by writer: This section on industrial training schemes for Africans is a complicated one. It is clear that such schemes are devised not only in accordance with the broad official policy of separate development, but are also circumscribed by and dependent on the attitudes to African advancement of White trade unionists. African artisans, fully trained only in the homelands, are, however, attracted to urban areas, and their skills are increasingly needed there, particularly so in the circi'mstances that prevail at the time of writing, when there is a shortage of White skilled manpower and greater productivity would seem to be essential to counter inflation. In consequence the training schemes offered seem, of necessity, to be flexible ones, in a process of ciolution, one scheme merging into another.

TECHNICAL TRAINING: COLOURED STUDENTS SCHOOL COURSES' During 1974, 143 Coloured students at multi-lateral high schools passed a technical Junior Certificate, writing one or more technical subjects together with academic subjects, and 30 passed the technical Senior Certificate examinations. APPRENTICES In May, 299 apprentices were attending full-time courses at the Peninsula College for Advanced Technical Education, while about 163 were enrolled in classes for printers. Other students attended this College for group training courses, each lasting ten weeks. During 1974, 2531 apprentices and 37 other students received such instruction. A further 249 apprentices attended technical colleges or continuation classes in other centres in the Republic, and 6 did so in South West Africa. The following passed National Technical Certificate examinations during 1974: NTC I - 991 NTC II - 647 NTC III - 234 OTHER COURSES AT TECHNICAL INSTITUTIONS During May, 285 full-time and 416 part-time students were attending other types of courses at the Peninsula College for Advanced Technical Education. Among those passing such courses in 1974 were: Teachers' Diploma (Commerce) 1st, 2nd, and 3rd year courses ... 86 Teachers' Diploma (Technical) 1st, 2nd, and 3rd year courses ... 17 National Secretarial Certificate ...... 3 National Diploma for Health Inspectors ...... 8 National Diploma in Public Health Nursing ...... 18 Textile Trade Certificate ...... 9 Ladies' Hairdressing ...... 14 Diploma in Public Administration ...... 8 Diploma in State Finance and Accounts ...... 4 Building Foreman's Course ...... 6 1 Unless otherwise stated, the information contained in the paragraphs that follow has been extracted from replies to questions in the Assembly given by the Minister of Coloured, Rehoboth and Nama Relations, Hansard 7 cols. 523-4 and Hansard 15 cols. 958-9.

COLOURED TECHNICAL EDUCATION Besides this College for Advanced Technical Education, there are technical colleges for Coloured students at Athlone (Cape Town), Bethelsdorp (Port Elizabeth), the LC Johnson College in Durban, the Highveld College in Johannesburg, and the RC Elliott College in Kimberley. Branches of technical colleges exist in Pietermaritzburg and East London, and continuation classes are conducted in Bloemfontein, Worcester, and Queenstown. The combined enrolment in March (excluding apprentices) was 2 531. OTHER TYPES OF TRAINING According to the report of the Coloured Development Corporation for the year ended 30 September 1974, among other courses available to Coloured students are those listed below: (a) Short courses in business training are conducted at the Peninsula College for Advanced Technical Education and at the technical colleges in Port Elizabeth, Durban, and Johannesburg. (b) Two subsidiaries of the Corporation, the Spes Bona Savings and Finance Bank Ltd., and Superama Ltd. (a supermarket chain) give Coloured employees on-the-job training to senior management level. (c) The Hotel Board leases from the Corporation a portion of the Landdrost Hotel at Lansdowne, where Coloured stewards and chefs are trained. The Corporation has started a class for Coloured hotel managers. (d) Venus Motors (Pty) Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation, trains motor mechanics at its various garages. A R20 000 industrial training centre for Coloured people was opened in Boksburg during May, on land owned by the Roman Catholic Church. The scheme arose from the St. Anthony's Education and Skills Training on the East Rand (EASTER) project, and was sponsored by industrialists and business firms. Adult education and cultural activities are conducted as well as formal training.! In its report for the year ended 31 March 1974' the (then) Department of Coloured Relations and Rehoboth Affairs stated that during 1973, 315 Coloured farm workers attended courses of varying duration at the Kromme Rhee Training Centre in the Western Cape. Another 447 attended one-day courses. 2 Star, 13 May. 3 RP 27/1975 page 11. 255

256 TECHNICAL TRAINING: INDIANS SCHOOL COURSES The Minister of Indian Affairs said in the Assembly on 23 April1 that two secondary or high schools in Natal and one in the Transvaal offered technical secondary courses. Commercial secondary courses were available at 39 schools in Natal, eleven in the Transvaal, and one in the Cape. He added, on 2 May', that during 1974, six Indians passed a commercially- orientated Senior Certificate, and 21 qualified for a technically-orientated Senior Certificate. TECHNICAL AND VOCATIONAL COURSES On the same occasion, on 2 May, the Minister stated that his department had renamed the first three stages of NTC examinations as N I, H and III. The fourth and fifth stages were known as T I and II. No Indians passed the T examinations in full during 1974. Those qualifying in N examinations during that year were: NI - 189 N IL - 155 N III - 63 Other senior qualifications obtained by Indians in 1974, the Minister continued, were: National Diplomas Medical laboratory technicians ...... 5 Public health nursing ...... 11 Health inspectors ...... 9 Health education ...... 4 Commerce ...... 16 Electronic data processing...... 1 Art and design ...... 3 Chemical technicians ...... I National Certificates National Secretarial ...... 5 Civil engineering technicians ...... 9 Architectural draughtsmen ...... 6 Surveying (building) ...... 8 Other Certificates Hairdressing ...... 22 Radio and television ...... 29 Chartered Institute of Secretaries ...... 2 Institute of Certified Bookkeepers: Associate ...... 5 Fellowship ...... 3 I Hansard 11 col. 792. 2 Hansard 12 col. 876.

INDIAN TECHNICAL EDUCATION 257 Most of these courses were taken at the ML Sultan College for Advanced Technical Education in Durban or its branches in other Natal towns. In 1974 this college had an enrolment of 1 293 full-time and 6 285 part-time students.

258 TECHNICAL TRAINING: WHITES According to the annual report for 1974 of the Department of National Education' the following technical or vocational institutions existed for Whites in 1973 (apparently on the first Tuesday in March): Colleges for advanced technical education ... Technical colleges ...... Departmental training colleges and a college of art ...... Trade training centre for adults, Westlake . Technical institutes ...... Special schools ...... No. of Institutions 6 26 No. of4 students 59 191 27 577 2042 116 7979 3534 The Minister of National Education said in the Assembly' that the NTC IV examination had been phased out at the end of 1973. The numbers of technical students who passed the other examinations in this series during 1974 had been: NTC I - 3303 NTCII - 3659 NTC HI - 2508 NTC V - 280 3 RP 30/1975 pages 234-5, summarised by the writer. ' Full-time and part-time. 5 Hansard 19 col. 1171.

UNIVERSITY EDUCATION STUDENT ENROLMENT The latest available comprehensive figures showing the student enrolment at universities are those for 1974, set out on page 369 of last year's Survey. The Minister of Bantu Education said in the Assembly' that the following numbers of African students from South West Africa and other African territories were studying at SA universities in 1974: Other African University SWA territories Fort Hare ...... 17 4 The North ...... 13 19 Zululand ...... 3 2 Natal ...... - 1 Potchefstroom ...... 1 (theology) Twenty senior students from Iran were admitted for courses at the University of Pretoria in 1975. Five African students from SA received official Government permission to enrol in the Medical School of the University of the Witwatersrand in 1975, and another was permitted to study at this university for a BSc. degree in physiotherapy. The university's Public Relations Officer said that all were chosen on merit, irrespective of race.' Ten African teachers were admitted to the University of Pretoria on a part-time basis, for a crash six-months' course in statistics and research methods. They were selected by the Transvaal United African Teachers' Association." Until recently the University of Port Elizabeth accepted White students only, but in 1975 it admitted its first Chinese student.' DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS AWARDED No comprehensive information is available about the degrees and diplomas awarded at SA universities in 1973 or 1974. In its annual report for 1974,' the Department of Bantu Educa. tion stated that the following degrees were awarded to African students in SA during 1973: I Hansard 7 col. 514; Hansard 3 cols. 150-1. 2 SA Digest, 7 February. 3 Rand Daily Mail Extra, 21 February. Ibid, 11 February. 'Rand Daily Mail, 12 March. e RP 45/1975 page 125

260 A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 University No. of degrees Fort Hare ...... 91 The North ...... 129 Zululand ...... 94 South Africa" ...... 106 N atal ...... 22 442 The Department estimated that the total number of degrees awarded to Africans since the first of them graduated in SA was 5 097 by the end of 1973. According to the report of the (then) Department of Coloured Relations and Rehoboth Affairs for the year ended 31 March 1974,' the following students received awards at the University of the Western Cape in 1973: Post-graduate degrees ...... 15 Bachelors' degrees ...... 101 Post-graduate diplomas ...... 30 Non-graduate diplomas ...... 47 These totals did not include Coloured students who received medical degrees from the University of Natal, degrees or diplomas by correspondence through the University of South Africa, or degrees from the previously "open" universities that have been required to cater mainly for White students in recent years. Questions were put to the responsible Cabinet Ministers in the Assembly during 1975 about the awards made by SA universities from June 1974 until the end of March 1975 (presumably including the results of supplementary examinations written by students who re-wrote subjects which they failed at the end of 1974). Information was provided in respect of the Black universities only, hence Black graduates of the University of South Africa, the Natal Medical School, and the open universities were not included. No statistics were given in respect of White students. The information furnished was as follows:"0 Universities of: Fort Hare, Western Durban / The North, Cape Westville Zululand (Coloured) (Indian) (African) Post-graduate degrees ...... 21 39 54 Bachelors' degrees ...... 122 232 354 Post-graduate diplomas ...... 51 28 52 Non-graduate diplomas ...... 43 64 191 Correspondence courses 8 Medical degrees. 9 RP 27/1975 page 9. 10 Minister of Coloured, Rehoboth and Nama Relations, Hansard 14 col 931; Minister of Indian Affairs, Hansard 11 col. 792; Minister of Bantu Education, Hansard 11 col. 800.

UNIVERSITY EDUCATION 261 SALARY SCALES OF MEMBERS OF ACADEMIC STAFF New salary scales for members of the academic staff at universities were introduced as from 1 July 1974. Some narrowing of the gap between the scales for Whites and Blacks was brought about. The Councils of the Universities of the Western Cape and of Durban/Westville were authorised by the Government to supplement the scales of Coloured and Indian staff members, respectively by making use of their own funds (i.e. funds other than those provided by the State). In the table that follows, compiled from statistics given by the respective Ministers in the Assembly," any additions to salaries that were made as a result are not included. The official scales, as from 1 July 1974, were: Professor White: ...... R10 800 x 450 - 12 600 x 600- 13 800 Coloured and Indian: ... R 9900 x 450- 12 600- 13 200 African: ...... R 8820x 360- 9900x 450-11700 Associate Professor White: ...... RIO800 x 450- 12600- 13200 Coloured and Indian: ... R 9 900 x 450- 12 600- 13 200 Senior Lecturer White: ...... R 8460 x 360- 9900 x 450- 11250 Coloured and Indian: ... R 7740 x 360- 9900- 10350 African: ...... R 6660 x 360 - 9180 Lecturer White: ...... R 6300 x 360- 9180 Coloured and Indian: ... R 5820 x 240- 6 300 x 360- 8460 African: ...... R 5340x 240- 6300 x 360- 7740 Junior Lecturer White: ...... R 4920-5100 x 240- 6300- 6660 Coloured and Indian: ... R 4560- 180- 5 100 x 240- 6060 African: ...... R 4050-4200 x 180- 5100- 5340 NOTES ON DEVELOPMENTS AT CERTAIN UNIVERSITIES University of the Western Cape The investiture of Dr. R. E. Van der Ross as Rector and ViceChancellor of the University of the Western Cape took place at the start of the 1975 academic year. His inaugural address was published in the issue of Alpha for March. Mr. Dennis Adonis succeeded a White man as the Director of Development at this university." University of Durban/Westville At the opening of the Third Statutory SA Indian Council in Durban on 27 November 1974 the Prime Minister announced that 1 Minister of Coloured, Rehoboth, and Nama Relations, Hansard 4 col. 315; Minister of Indian Affairs, Hansard 3 col. 174; Deputy Minister of Bantu Education, Hansard 3 cols. 211-2. 12 Rand Daily Mail, 25 February.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 the Government had decided in principle to establish a medical faculty at the University of Durban/Westville. This decision would, however, take some time to put into effect.13 Branches of universities for Africans A branch of the University of Fort Hare is to open in temporary premises in Umtata early in 1977. According to a Press report,' it will initially provide first- year BA courses in public administration, political philosophy, and private law. During September, two Africans were appointed as professors of private law and psychology, respectively." A meeting was held in February between the Rector of the University of the North and members of the BophuthaTswana Cabinet, at which it was decided in principle to establish a branch of the Northern university at Mabopane, near Pretoria. Proposed medical school for Africans The Minister of Bantu Education announced in the Assembly on 5 May' that the Government proposed establishing a medical school at GaRankuwa, near Pretoria, to cater for Africans of all ethnic groups. It would eventually have faculties of medicine, dentistry, and veterinary science. The Government hoped for the co- operation of all African governments, the three universities for Africans, and the Universities of Pretoria and the Witwatersrand. In a subsequent Press statement,' the Minister said that legislation by Parliament would be necessary. The proposed medical school would be an independent institution - not a branch of any existing university. The Principal and Vice-Chancellor of the University of the Witwatersrand, Professor G. R. Bozzoli, stated that his university would gladly assist by training Black personnel to staff the new institution. The Minister announced on 23 October9 that Professor H. W. Snyman, Dean of the Faculty of Medicine at the University of Pretoria, would act as his chief adviser in establishing the new medical school. Roberts Construction Trust The Roberts Construction Company donated R25 000 to the University of the North, expressing the hope that a trust would be created. The proceeds would be used to provide opportunities for post-graduate study for Black faculty members, both at that university and overseas." 13 Fiat Lux, December 1974. 14 Rand Daily Mail, 22 January. 15 Ibid, 23 September. 16 Ibid, 24 February. 17 Hansard 13 col. 5438. 18 Rand Daily Mail, 7 May. 19 Star, 23 October. 20 Ibid, 30 August. 262

263 STUDENT ORGANISATIONS NATIONAL UNION OF SA STUDENTS (Nusas) The interim and final reports on Nusas by the Schlebusch/Le Grange Commission were described on page 25 et seq of the 1973 issue of this Survey and pages 31 et seq of the 1974 issue. Mention was made (1973 page 342) of the banning of eight prominent Nusas leaders, and (1974 page 35) of the Government's decision to declare the union to be an affected organisation, which meant that it could not receive financial support from any foreign country. Its sources of revenue from within SA have diminished. As mentioned last year, in April 1974 the Johannesburg College of Education decided to discontinue group affiliation to Nusas. During May of the current year, the Durban campus of the University of Natal voted to do so too. (In both cases, individual students could continue to be members.) Only three campuses then remained affiliated: the University of the Witwatersrand, the University of Cape Town, and the Pietermaritzburg campus of the University of Natal.' At the annual congress of Nusas, held in Durban during July, Mr. Mike Stint became president-elect, to succeed Mr. Karel Tip. It was decided to decentralise the activities of the organisation to the affiliated campuses, appointing a full-time director at each.' Mention is made on page 63 of the detention during 1975 of a number of students, including Mr. Karel Tip and Mr. Gerry Mare of the Nusas executive committee. SA STUDENTS' ORGANISATION (Saso) The banning of eight prominent Saso leaders was described on page 344 of the 1973 Survey. Other members took over the offices these people were forced to relinquish but, as mentioned, a number of them were, in turn, banned as well. Saso was refused permission to operate on the campus of the University of Port Hare. As reported on pages 373, 66, and 92 of last year's Survey, there was serious unrest at the University of the North during 1974. Following a "pro-Frelimo" gathering held on the campus on 25 September of that year, a number of Saso members were detained by the police. Their trial is described on page 60 of the present Survey. Questioned in the Assembly on 14 March, the Deputy Minister of Bantu Education said that 103 students had been refused reI Rand Daily Mail, 8 May; Star, 13 May. 2 Star, 14 July. Hansard 6 col. 470.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 admission to the University of the North in 1975. In 93 cases the decision was taken on academic grounds. In regard to the remaining ten students, the Council of the university had decided that it was not in the interests of the university to re- admit them. Saso claimed that these students had been refused because they were members of its organisation.' During February, the Council of the University of the North banned Saso from operating on its campus. It dissolved the SRC because the remaining members elected during the previous August did not form a legal quorum in terms of the SRC's constitution. Only six SRC members were still at the university, whereas the constitution required a minimum of ten to form a quorum. The Governments of Gazankulu and Lebowa issued a joint statement describing the barring of Saso activities as "unfortunate".! The Press was refused admission to the Saso annual conference, held at Hammanskraal during July. It was merely reported that only one of the five members of the executive was present, the rest being in detention; that the credentials of every delegate were carefully examined, one man being ordered to leave the conference hall because his credentials were found to be "questionable"; and that about forty delegates participated in the proceedings.! Further members of Saso were detained by the police during 1975: at the time of writing the numbers involved, and the reasons for the detentions, are not publicly known. AFRIKAANSE STUDENTEBOND (ASB) The annual congress of the ASB, attended by some 300 delegates, was held at the Rand Afrikaans University early in July, the theme being "Changes in South Africa". Mr. Marius Schalekamp, a theology student from the University of Potchefstroom, was elected to succeed Mr. Piet Strauss as president. The congress supported the Prime Minister in his detente moves. A number of "verligte" resolutions were accepted with little discussion but, sometimes, with qualifications. A motion was passed to the effect that the ASB opposed discrimination on the basis of race or colour, but moves away from such discrimination should be accomplished without abandoning the principles of race identity and self-determination. Resolutions were passed unanimously which called for the raising of Black living standards and a narrowing of the wage gap. But only the proposer and seconder voted in favour of a motion that "subject to the policy of separate development, the labour market be opened to all races and that there be equal pay for equal work". Two students abstained, the rest voting against this proposal. ' Rand Daily Mail, 20 February. ' Star, 18 February; Rand Daily Mail, 19 February. * Rand Daily Mail, 8 July.

STUDENT ORGANISATIONS A motion was passed calling for contact with members of other race groups as and when necessary, with the qualification that contact should not be made just for contact's sake. There should be goals. The ASB had no objection to the granting of academic facilities at Afrikaans universities to other population groups where their universities could not provide the facilities. The condition was added that Black universities should, as soon as possible, be granted the necessary facilities I Report compiled from numerous Press reports. 30 June to 6 July 265

266 SOME BURSARY (SCHOLARSHIP) FUNDS BURSARIES AWARDED BY THE STATE AND HOMELAND GOVERNMENTS Aficans Replying to a series of questions in the Assembly, the Minister of Bantu Education said' that during 1974 his department had awarded: 437 bursaries to school pupils; 761 bursaries to students at teacher-training institutions; 550 bursaries to university students; 45 bursaries to students taking technical or vocational courses; 11 bursaries to other students. These statistics did not include bursaries for medical students, which were not administered by the Minister's Department. Totals of about R116 000 were awarded by the Department in non-repayable bursaries, and R105 000 in loan bursaries. In addition, homeland governments made awards, all in the form of non-repayable bursaries. No information could be obtained for 1974 in respect of Venda, Lebowa, and BophuthaTswana. Statistics for other governments were: No. of bursaries Total amounts R Gazankulu ...... 320 20800 KwaZulu ...... 279 28 287 Transkei ...... 315 80780 Qwaqwa ...... 275 17770 Ciskei ...... 26 7230 Earlier,' the Minister said that departmental loans to student teachers varied from R200 a year for those studying at universities to R100 a year for boarding students at other training institutions and R40 for day students. These loans were redeemable by service with the department. Coloured students In reply to similar questions," the Minister of Coloured, Rehoboth and Nama Relations stated that in 1974 his department had awarded 2 323 non-repayable bursaries to Coloured students at Hansard 13 cols. 922-3. Hansard 6 col. 423. 2 Hansard 5 col. 387. SCHOLARSHIPS teacher-training institutions and 289 non-repayable grants to university students, to a total amount of R794 745. (These figures possibly excluded bursaries granted by the Administration of Coloured Affairs on behalf of the CRC.) Indians The Minister of Indian Affairs' said that the following bursaries, all non- repayable, were awarded by his department in 1974: 2 412 to school pupils (travelling and boarding grants); 569 to students at teacher-training institutions; 229 to university students. The total sum of money involved was 279. BANTU INVESTMENT CORPORATION The BIC decided to award 120 scholarships in 1975, valued at 000, to Africans wishing to study commerce or agriculture. The money was placed at the disposal of universities (including the University of South Africa) for allocation to deserving applicants. Students receiving awards would have to undertake, on completing their studies, to work one year for every scholarship year in the service of the BIC or another approved employer in a homeland.' SOME PRIVATELY-SPONSORED SCHOLARSHIPS FOR AFRICANS According to the Annual Report for 1974 of the Department of Bantu Education,' the following scholarships were made available to Africans during that year from non-departmental sources: No. of Total bursaries amount R Primary pupils ...... 455 1 904 Juniorsecondarypupils 2170 79811 Seniorsecondarypupils...... 1531 84691 Students at teacher-training institutions 526 36 531 Students at trade or technical training schools ...... 145 7 785 4827 210722 (Scholarships awarded to African university students are not included.) One of the large private funds is the Isaacson Foundation Bursary Fund, administered by the Institute of Race Relations. It 1 Hansard 4 col. 293. SA Digest, 16 May. 6 RP 45/1975 page 226. 267

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 awards university bursaries to African residents of the Republic who are taking a degree course other than medicine,' school bursaries to African scholars resident in Johannesburg or within a radius of 40 miles who have passed the JC and wish to matriculate, and miscellaneous bursaries to students wishing to take a vocational training course. During 1974 the fund spent 957 on bursaries, bringing the total since 1955, when the first awards were made, to R263 776.8 Altogether, the head office of the Institute of Race Relations administers 19 trusts and funds, 38 privately-sponsored bursaries, and two company employees' schemes, which, between them, awarded about 1 140 bursaries to Africans in 1975, at a total cost of approximately R162 000.' Other funds are administered by the Institute's regional offices. Including these and the continuation of previous awards, the Institute distributed between R250 000 and R300 000 in bursaries in 1975. Some of the large bursary funds that are administered by other organisations were described on page 381 of the 1974 Survey. 7 Medical bursaries are made available by the State. 8 From annual report of the Isaacson Foundation Bursary Fund for the year ended 30 June, 1975. ' RR 8711975. 268

269 HEALTH HOSPITALS IN THE COMMON AREA OF SOUTH AFRICA The Minister of Health stated in the Assembly on 7 February' that there were 76 712 hospital beds available for Africans, Coloured people, and Asians in the "common area" of SA.' Reports from numerous sources continue to emphasise the continued overcrowding of facilities for Black patients. Dr. H. Grov6, the Transvaal Director of Hospital Services, said in June 1974, for example, that ten African hospitals in the province were so overcrowded that, for every 100 patients in bed, an average of 28 had to sleep in makeshift accommodation, sometimes on the floor.3 Very many people have to be turned away from the King Edward VIII Hospital in Durban and referred to polyclinics in the townships.' The annual report of the Department of Health for 1974' makes it clear that Government psychiatric hospitals and institutions for the mentally retarded, too, are overcrowded, particularly those for Black patients. A considerable number of mentally retarted people have to be placed under the care of their parents or other guardians, who may be paid an allowance for their maintenance. HEALTH SERVICES IN THE AFRICAN HOMELANDS The responsibility for health services in their areas is progressively being transferred to homeland governments. The Transkeian Government took over control in 1973; BophuthaTswana and the Ciskei were due to do so in 1975; Lebowa, Gazankulu, and Venda in 1976; and KwaZulu in 1977.' The comprehensive health plan for homeland areas, consisting of a system of hospitals, clinics, and satellite clinics, was described on page 350 of the 1973 Survey. According to information given by the Deputy Minister of Bantu Development in the Assembly on 4 March,' the numbers of hospitals and clinics in the homelands were: Hansard I Question col. 20. i.e. all parts of the Republic outside the African homelands. Rand Daily Mail, 6 February. 4 Natal Mercury, 9 April. RP 34/1975 page 23. 6 From address by Dr. James Gilliland. Co-ordinating Director of Health Services, Dept. of Health, reported in The Star, 22 May. r Hansard 5 col. 342.

270 A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 No. of mission No. of other No. of clinic hospitals hospitals centres Republic ...... 92 16 549 SWA ...... 22 5 67 Dr. E. L. Fisher, M.P. (UP) indicated on 9 May' that 543 of the clinic centres in the homelands of the Republic were run by missions. The Deputy Minister added that there were 30 518 beds in hospitals in the SA homelands, and 3 639 in homelands in SWA. The plan for the take-over of mission hospitals and clinics by the Department of Bantu Administration and Development, prior to the transfer of control to homeland governments, was described on page 350 of the 1973 Survey. Compulsory immunisation against smallpox has already been introduced in the Transkei, and is being introduced there, also, against diphtheria, tetanus, poliomyelitis, whooping cough, and measles.' Government Notice No. 129, published in the Transkei Gazette of 13 December 1974, provided for the mandatory immunisation against tuberculosis of all new-born children within six months of birth, as well as of any other persons who in the opinion of the Secretary for Health are in need of this protection. TUBERCULOSIS The numbers of cases of TB that were notified during 1974 were stated by the Minister of Health in the Assembly." The incidence per 10 000 of the population in each race group was calculated from estimated population figures for June 1974, given by the Minister of Statistics.1" Incidence per 10 000 No. of cases of population W hites ...... 753 1,81 Coloured ...... 7 494 32,50 Asians ...... 1 009 14,23 Africans ...... 49 530 27,91 DISTRIBUTION OF SKIMMED MILK POWDER AND PVM Because of rising prices, the Government-subsidised scheme for the use of skimmed milk powder as a means of combating nutritional diseases was revised. From October 1974, PMV mixture (protein-vitamin-mineral) has been used, instead, in the Southern Transvaal and Natal. During the 1974-5 financial year, 179 local authorities in White areas, one Bantu authority, and 36 mission hospitals participated in this scheme.2 8 Hansard 13 cols. 5718-20. 9 Natal Mercury, 2 April. 10 Hansard 4 col. 318. 11 Cape Times, 23 April. 12 Minister of Health, Assembly Hansard 10 cols. 724-5, and annual report of the Department of Health for 1974, RP 34/1975, page 30.

HEALTH MEDICAL PRACTITIONERS On 4 March the Deputy Minister of Bantu Development said in the Assembly"3 that 595 White and 72 African medical practitioners were practising in homelands of the Republic, and 51 Whites and one African in homelands of SWA. Chief J. D. Moshesh, Minister of Health in the Transkei, said" that although the medical staff in that territory was still largely White, there were three African and one Coloured doctors at Umtata Hospital, and two African doctors at Butterworth Hospital. Questioned in the Assembly on 17 February,' the Minister of the Interior gave the salary scales of medical practitioners employed in State and provincial hospitals, as follows: R per annum Specialist Medical officer Intern Whites ...... 12600 7 740 to 11700 5100 ColouredandIndians ...... 10800 6300to9900 4050 Africans ...... 9 180 5 340 to 8 460 3 300 The salaries of Black medical practitioners, expressed as percentages of those paid to Whites, are: Percentage Specialist Medical officer Intern Coloured and Indians ...... 85,7 81,4-84,6 79,4 Africans ...... 72,9 69,0 - 72,3 64,7 In April the Transkeian Minister of Health told the Legislative Assembly of that territory that Black doctors and seconded Whites had been placed on the same pay scales.'" The State Department of Health subsidises the salaries of doctors occupying approved posts in municipal health departments by paying seven-eights of their salaries according to the scales set out above. Certain City Councils, such as Cape Town, Johannesburg and, more recently, Durban have decided to use municipal funds to equalise the salaries paid to Black and White doctors in their service.'" Dr. Y. K. Seedat, a senior lecturer at the Medical School of the University of Natal, was elected as the first Black member of the Federal Council of the Medical Association of SA." MEDICAL STUDENTS On 18 February the Minister of National Education was asked in the Assembly to give figures indicating the "present" enrolment 1" Hansard 5 cols. 342-3. 14 Natal Witness, 2 April. "5 Hansard 3 cols. 146-8. 16 Daily Dispatch, 2 April. IT Rand Daily Mail, 9. 16 and 22 July. 18 Natal Mercury, 9 April.

272 A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 of medical students at SA universities. He gave the following statistics:" University Whites Coloured Asians African Cape Town ...... 850 75 51 Natal ...... - 41 295 217 Orange Free State ...... 222 - - Pretoria ...... 1203 - -Stellenbosch ...... 617 - - Witwatersrand ...... 946 12 124 3 3838 128 470 220 (As this question was asked in February, the figures given were probably for the 1974 academic year. The schedule of registrations at the University of Natal shows an enrolment in 1975 of 33 Coloured, 282 Indian, and 212 African medical students. Further, the figures probably refer to students training as medical practitioners. The enrolment in the entire medical faculty - including physiotherapy, etc. - of the University of the Witwatersrand was 1 472 in 1975:1 319 Whites, 32 Chinese, 15 Coloured, 96 Indians, and 10 Africans.) On 16 April the Minister of National Education was asked how many students had graduated in medicine at the end of 1974 or early in 1975. He gave the following figures:"0 W hites ...... 580 Chinese ...... 6 Indians ...... 50 Coloured ...... 25 Africans ...... I ..... I ... 16 Of the Black graduates, he said, 6 Chinese, 11 Indians, and 17 Coloured had studied at medical schools catering mainly for Whites. In its schedule of registrations, the Faculty of Medicine of the University of Natal reported that between 1957 and 1974 inclusive, 41 Coloured, 308 Indians, and 207 Africans had graduated in medicine at that university. Seven Indians were awarded the M.D. degree, and two Coloured and seven Indians the M.Med. degree. Mr. Harry Oppenheimer has provided six medical bursaries for Transkeian students, a condition of award being that recipients should agree to serve in the Transkei for at least four years after they qualify." The proposed establishment of a medical faculty for Indians at the University of Durban/Westville, and of a medical school for Africans at GaRankuwa near Pretoria, is mentioned in a previous 19 Hansard 3 cols. 163-4. 20 Hansard 10, cols. 709-10. 21 Daily Dispatch, 2 April.

HEALTH chapter. It was officially announced during 1974 that a medical faculty for Coloured students would eventually be established at the University of the Western Cape. DENTISTRY In co-operation with provincial administrations and local authorities, the State Department of Health has established eleven dental clinics with comprehensive services, catering for patients of all racial groups. There are eight in the Transvaal (at Pretoria, Johannesburg, Soweto (Orlando), Germiston, Benoni, Springs, Brakpan, and Vereeniging) and three in the Cape Province (at Cape Town, Port Elizabeth, and East London)." Questioned in the Assembly on 4 March," the Deputy Minister of Bantu Development said that seven White dentists (employed by the State) were stationed in the homelands of the Republic. There was only one White dentist in homelands of SWA. Information in regard to the salary scales of dentists in State and provincial service was furnished by the Minister of the Interior on 17 February:"' Whites R7 740 rising to R 11700 Coloured and Indian R6 300 rising to R 9 900 The scales for Coloured and Indians are between 81,2 and 84,6 per cent of those of Whites. The Minister of National Education said in the Assembly that six Indians qualified as dentists at the end of 1974." The University of Stellenbosch, in co- operation with the University of the Western Cape, has begun training Coloured and Indian students: during 1975 the first 20 students reached the third year of the course. Coloured, Indian, and African students are studying together with Whites at the University of the Witwatersrand. According to the Minister of Bantu Education,"6 there was only one African dentist in SA in 1974, who had trained overseas. As reported earlier, a dental school for Africans is eventually to be established at GaRankuwa. In order to ease the shortage of dentists in the homelands, the Department of Health in conjunction with the Department of Bantu Education has been planning a course of training for dental therapists, who will work under the supervision of qualified men." NURSES The Minister of Health gave information in the Assembly" on the numbers of registered nurses and registered student nurses in 2 Minister of Health, Assembly Hansard 2 cols. 118-9. 23 Hansard 5 cols. 342-3. 24 Hansard 3 cols. 147-8. 23 Hansard 10 cols. 709-10. 26 Assembly Hansard 7 of 1974, col. 3402. .1 Annual report for 1974 of the Department of Health, RP 34/1975 page 22. 28 Hansard 5 cols. 344-5. 273

274 A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 the Republic at the end of 1974 (including nurses with specialist training):9 Nurses Student Nurses Whites ...... 23528 4317 Coloured ...... ,. 2791 675 Asians ...... 399 204 Africans ...... 14014 4070 40732 9266 The University of the North has for some years provided a degree course for trained African nurses. A similar course, as well as a diploma course, is to be introduced at the University of South Africa." Courses for African public health nurses are conducted at the Mmadikoti and Edendale technical colleges. The Minister of Bantu Education said in the Assembly3 that 27 students qualified at the end of 1974. PHARMACISTS The Deputy Minister of Bantu Development stated in the Assembly on 4 March2 that 38 White pharmacists and 19 Africans (students) were working in homelands of the Republic, and 7 Whites in those of SWA. Replying to a question," the Minister of the Interior said that the salary scales of pharmacists in State and provincial hospital services were: Whites ...... R5 340 to R7 380 Coloured and Indians ..... 4 R4 380 to R5 820 Africans ...... R3 450 to R4 560 PARA-MEDICAL PERSONNEL African health inspectors, health assistants, and medical laboratory technologists are trained at Mmadikoti and Edendale technical colleges. A branch of the Mmadikoti college attached to the hospital at GaRankuwa has begun training radiographers and physiotherapists. According to the Minister of Bantu Education"' the numbers enrolled in 1974 and those who qualified at the end of that year were: 29 Psychiatric, mental, fever, children's, etc. 30 Rand Daily Mail, 8 July. 31 Hansard 13 cols. 905-6. 32 Hansard 5 cols. 342-3. 33 Hansard 3 cols. 147-8. 34 Hansard 13 cols. 905-6.

HEALTH Health inspectors ...... Health assistants ...... Medical laboratory technicians Radiographers ...... Physiotherapists ...... Enrolled in 1974 Qualified in 1974 ... 43 31 ... 40 34 ... 42 3 ... 19 ... 20 The numbers of African physiotherapists and radiographers trained at other hospitals were not stated. The Deputy Minister of Bantu Development said in the Assembly on 4 March5 that the following para-medical personnel were serving in the homelands: Physiotherapists ...... Radiographers ...... Health inspectors ...... Health assistants ...... Republic Whites Africans ... 28 34 ... 43 58 2 15 SWA Whites Africans HEALTH EDUCATION The South African Journal of Medicine, official journal of the SA Medical Association, commenced a lay publications department in 1972 with the object of providing health guidance. Free booklets on a number of topics have been prepared and distributed to a large section of the public. You and Your Baby is offered not only in English and Afrikaans, but in Zulu, South Sotho, Xhosa and Tswana as well. The Silent Epidemic, a booklet of guidance on venereal disease, published in late 1974, is available also in Zulu and Xhosa. Other publications, You and Your Teeth and Feeding the Family, are apparently not available in an African language."° Education in health matters, such as correct feeding habits, birth control and tuberculosis, is incorporated in the books prepared for its pupils by the Bureau of Literacy and Literature. 35 Hansard 5 cols. 342-3. 36 Sunday Times. 9 March; and letter dated 6 May from the Lay Publications Department. 275

SOCIAL WELFARE "A GUIDE TO SOCIAL PENSIONS" At the commencement of the year under review the Institute of Race Relations published A Guide to Social Pensions, by Inez Barratt. In terms of the country's budget for 1975-6, some of the amounts mentioned in this booklet were increased with effect from 1 October. A revised issue of the booklet will be issued in due course. Unless otherwise stated, the amounts quoted below are those applicable from 1 October. HOMES FOR CHILDREN During February and March the responsible Cabinet Ministers answered a series of questions in the Assembly about homes for children.' A summary of their replies is as follows: Children in registered homes Children in Committed Privately placed places of safety Whites ...... 5 889 Not known 368 Coloured ...... 1 973 664 394 Indians ...... 287 120 69 Africans ...... 1 260 179 819 HOMES FOR ELDERLY PERSONS Similar information was given by the Ministers about homes for elderly people.' Those situated in the common area of SA were: No. of persons No. of homes accommodated W hites ...... 319 18926 Coloured ...... 15 1170 Indians ...... 2 57 Africans ...... 4 about 197 There were fifteen homes for Africans in homelands of the Republic and one in Damaraland, SWA. Between them they could accommodate 1 224 physically able people and 1 252 debilitated aged and other people. SOCIAL PENSIONS As from 1 October, maximum pensions were increased by 12 per cent for Whites, 15 per cent for Coloured people and Asians, Hansard 4 cols. 301-2; Hansard 7 cob. 506 and 541-2; Hansard 5 cols. 379-80. Mlansard 4 cols. 300-1; Hansard 6 col. 463; Hansard 5 col. 379; Hansard 3 cols. 218-20; Hansard 15 cols. 985-6.

SOCIAL WELFARE and 33 per cent for Africans. The maximum monthly amounts payable in old age and blind pensions and disability grants, and the maximum free income allowed for the payment of this full pension, were as follows: Whites Coloured and Asians Africans R R R Maximum pension ...... 64,00 34,00 15,00 Free income allowed ...... 42,00 21,00 6,66 106,00 55,00 21,66 Monthly bonuses are payable to war veterans, of R10 to Whites, R5 to Coloured and Asians, and R2,50 to Africans. African pensions are paid only every two months. The free income allowed includes benefits received and a computed income value of assets such as investments and property. As a person's free income rises above the maximum permitted, the pension is progressively reduced. Supplementary amounts are payable if the application for a pension is delayed one or more years after the applicant reaches the prescribed age of 65 years for men and 60 for women. The Ministers concerned were asked a series of questions in the Assembly about social pensions, and the information that follows has been compiled from their replies.' The information in respect of Africans excludes all Africans who received pensions from homeland governments. The numbers of persons who were in receipt of social pensions at the end of 1974 were: Coloured and Pension Whites Chinese Indians Africans Old age ...... 128645 71573 12075 168514 Blind ...... 853 1623 193 4638 Disability ...... 24416 31819 10378 54410 War Veterans ...... 15735 5966 165 * * 9 African ex-servicemen received ex-gratia grants. Because of the operation of the means test, a number of recipients who had free incomes higher than the amounts quoted above were paid social pensions at rates below the maxima. The maximum amounts payable per annum at the end of 1974 were: Pension Whites Coloured and Indians Africans RRR Old age, blind, disability ... 684 354 135 War Veterans ...... 804 414 165 According to the responsible Ministers, the average amounts paid to recipients during 1974 were: Hansard 1 cols. 26-7: Hansard 10 cols. 712-3, 714. 751-2; Hansard 14 cols. 929- 30; and information received from Dr. F. Van ZyP Slabbert. M.P. 277

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Pension Whites Coloured Indians Africans RRRR Old age ...... 649,89 327,52 311,10 111,03 Blind ...... 601,45 298,99 305,57 110,62 Disability ...... 605,33 306,12 318,04 116,16 War Veterans ...... 750,96 357,58 382,59 116,30 The Transkeian Government has adopted a different system for the payment of social pensions." There is no scaling down of the pension as the free income rises above the maximum allowed: a person either qualifies or does not qualify for a pension. And in 1975 a uniform pension of R22,50 a month was paid to all categories of pensioners. According to the Report of the Controller and AuditorGeneral on the accounts of the Transkei for 1973-4, 92 592 persons in that territory were receiving social pensions as at 31 March 1974. No comprehensive statistics have been compiled for the other homelands. JOHANNESBURG INDIAN SOCIAL WELFARE ASSOCIATION (JISWA) The 40th annual report of Jiswa, issued during the year under review, was a commemorative one containing a history of the Association. It was compiled by Miss Justine Pike, Secretary of the Institute of Race Relations, who acts in that capacity, too, for Jiswa. Report on Budget speech by the Chief Minister, Rand Daily Mail Extra, 7 March, and letter dated 9 April from the Transkeian Secretary for the Interior. 278

SPORT GOVERNMENT POLICY The Minister of Sport and Recreation continued to stress the policy of multi- national development in sport. He said,1 "We have a White nation and we all agree that we want to preserve the identity of this White nation and we want to retain it. But likewise we have eight Bantu nations in SA . . . It is simple, is it not? Our policy is that each of these nations must be led in the political field . . . the whole way . . . to independence . . . All the Government says is that each nation has for 300 years practised its sport by itself in SA, on club level, provincial level and national level. Each nation has for 300 years administered its sports by itself in SA and has had its own sport body and bodies to do so." He continued, "With regard to reports in the Press that the Transvaal or any other cricket union is contemplating the establishment of mixed club competitions, I now want to state by repetition clearly and frankly that such action will not be in accordance with Government policy and that violation and disregard of the policy of the Government will force us to regard it in a serious light, because it will not promote sport in SA. "In a nutshell the policy of the Nationalist Government is one of multi-national development, that each nation practises and administers its sport separately on club level, provincial level and national level, as it has done in SA all the years. And that we then say to the sportsmen and to the world that we grant the opportunity to every sportsman and to every sportswoman, irrespective of race or colour or creed, to reach the highest rung, unrestricted, within his own national bounds. And further to grant every sportsman and woman in SA, irrespective of colour, race, creed or whatever, the opportunity to compete with the sportsmen of other nations in SA, and with the best sportsmen of any other country in the world." The Minister said2 that in respect of cricket and rugby the Government was not prepared to grant -approval for the selection of teams on merit. However, as in the case of the French rugby tour, multi-racial invitation sides were acceptable. The Minister said3 that the principle of merit selection was applied when SA teams participated in World championships or tournaments or meetings of world format. It had taken place, or approval had been granted in the following cases: Senate 10 April, Hansard 7, cols. 1646-1652. Assembly 21 March, Hansard 7, col. 576. Assembly 14 March, Hansard 6. cols. 498-9.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Team to Olympic Games, Tokyo - 1974 Team to Olympic Games, Mexico - 1968 Tennis, Federation Cup - 1971, 1972, 1973, 1974 Body Building, team to World Championships - 1974 Softball, team to World Championships - 1974 Tennis, Davis Cup - 1971, 1972, 1973, 1974 Hockey (Women), team to World Championships (team withdrew) - 1974 Golf (men), World Cup (Eisenhower Cup) - 1971, 1972, 1973, 1974 Athletics, Cross Country team to Belgium - 1973, 1974 Gymnastics, Gymnaestrade, West Germany - 1975 Paraplegics, team to Stoke Mandeville - 1975. The following examples of sporting events give an idea of the direction of Government policy. A French rugby touring side played against the first all-race SA Invitation XV at Newlands on 7 June. The Invitation team included two African and two Coloured players and beat the French side 18-3 before 35 000 spectators of all races.4 The French also played against an all-African side, the Leopards, and an all-Coloured side, the Proteas. The Champion of Champions multinational soccer tournament which began in March led to one of the best African soccer teams (Kaizer Chiefs) meeting one of the best White teams (Hellenic) at Hartleyvale and at the Rand Stadium. At both these matches there was considerable tension between segregated Black and White spectators.' Sixteen Black entrants were accepted for the Comrades Marathon which was run on 31 May. Thirteen of these athletes were African, two were Coloured and one an Indian.' An African cricket XI was accepted in the Gillette Cup series and played against Natal on 25 October. They were outclassed by Natal and lacked experience of cricket at this level. FINANCE AND ADMINISTRATION For a summary of financial assistance given to national bodies controlling sports and recreation in 1974 see the Annual Report, 1974, of the Department of Sport and Recreation. The Minister of Sport and Recreation said' that financial assistance for capital works was introduced for the first time in the 1972-73 financial year and grants had been made to White bodies only. The following grants had been made: 4 Star, 8 June. 5 Star, 10 June and 15 June. G Natal Mercury, 16 April. I Assembly 21 March, Hansard 7 col. 558. 280

SPORT 1972/1973 Financial Year Cape Natal O.F.S. Transvaal SWA R50 000 - R20 000 R30 000 Nil 1973/74 Financial Year R54 000 - - R66 000 Nil 1974/75 Financial Year R60000 R10000 R27500 R102500 Nil 1975/76 Financial Year R112000 R60000 R14000 R14000 Nil The Deputy Minister of Bantu Administration and Education said2 that the following amounts had been spent in respect of capital works for sport for Africans: Actual expenditure Approved budget 1973/74 1974/75 In homelands from SA Bantu Trust Fund: Republic of SA ...... R161 713 R142 500 SWA ...... 16535 6350 This did not include expenditure incurred by homeland governments. The Minister of Bantu Administration and Development said' that sites had been selected for proposed new sports facilities in Soweto, although the plans had not been fully approved. He gave the following figures for funds allocated in respect of these facilities: 197576 1976/77 1977/78 R R R Swimming baths ...... Nil 60000 40000 Soccer fields ...... 4000 6000 Improvements to existing pavilions ... 78 000 77 000 24 000 Community halls ...... Nil 180000 60 000 Tennis courts ...... 1 000 2 500 The West Rand Bantu Affairs Administration Board also planned to provide soft- ball, basketball, volleyball, hockey and soccerfields, but estimated costs and details of intended funds are not yet available. The Minister of Coloured, Rehoboth and Nama Relations said4 that the following amounts were paid from public funds to further sport amongst the Coloured people in each of the past five years: Financial Year Amount R 1970-71 50675 1971-72 39410 1972-73 82904 1973-74 137209 1974-75 (February) 313 792 - Assembly 21 March, Hansard 7. col. 561. 2 Assembly 18 April, Hansard 10, cot. 726. Assembly 14 February, Hansard 2, col. 112.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 The Minister of Indian Affairs said5 that the following amounts were paid from public funds to further sport amongst the Indian population of SA in each of the last five years: Financial Year 1969-70 1970-71 1971-72 1972-73 1973-74 A mount R 834,33 10 400,00 890,00 2 000,00 7 400,00 BANTU SPORT AND RECREATION FUND The Minister of Bantu Administration and Development said' that R49 750 had been contributed to the Bantu Sport and Recreation Fund since 25 September 1974.2 This money had been allocated as follows: Eastern Transvaal Bantu Affairs Administration Board area, R15 000 to develop a soccer and athletics complex at Kanyamazane. Central Transvaal Bantu Affairs Administration Board area, R4 809 for improvements to tennis courts and club house at Atteridgeville. Peninsula Bantu Affairs Administration Board area, R2 000 for improvements to cricket facilities at Langa. Diamond Fields Bantu Affairs Administration Board area, R28 500 for a soccer and athletics stadium. Vaal Triangle Bantu Affairs Administration Board area, R12 200 for facilities for soccer and athletics. 5 Assembly 14 February, Hansard 2, col. 113. 1 Assembly 15 April, Hansard 10, cols. 692-3. 2 See 1974 Survey, page 396. 282

283 INTERNATIONAL MATTERS UN SECURITY COUNCIL, OCTOBER 1974 The major policy statement made in the SA Senate by the Prime Minister, Mr. B. J. Vorster, in October 1974, on the eve of a meeting of the UN Security Council, was summarized on page 120 of last year's Survey, as was the speech to the Council by the SA Ambassador, Mr. R. F. "Pik" Botha. As mentioned, Mr. Vorster's statement was welcomed by the Zambian President, Dr. Kenneth Kaunda. However, the Cameroon, Kenya, and Mauritania (the three African members of the Security Council) moved a resolution calling for SA's "immediate expulsion" from the UN. This resolution came to the vote in the Security Council on 30 October and was passed by ten votes to three, with Austria and Costa Rica abstaining. Besides the three African states, Australia, Byelorussia, China, Iraq, Indonesia, Peru, and the Soviet Union supported the motion. Thereafter, in the first triple veto in UN history, the motion was vetoed by the United States, United Kingdom, and France. The British Ambassador, Mr. Ivor Richard, is reported1 to have said that to remove SA from "the pressures of civilized opinion" would be a confession of failure by the world community. In voting against the resolution his country was giving SA a further opportunity of putting its house in order. The French Ambassador, M. Louis de Guiringaud, was sharply critical of the Republic's racial policies but considered expulsion not to be the appropriate solution. Mr. John Scali, the US Ambassador, opposed SA's apartheid policy "categorically and absolutely", but stated that there apparently were "new voices" of conciliation which should be tested. He believed that continued world pressure would spur changes. POUCY STATEMENT BY MR. VORSTER Mr. Vorster made another important statement in a speech in his constituency of Nigel on 5 November.2 Referring to his earlier speech in the Senate, Mr. Vorster said the time had come for Africa, Southern Africa, and South Africa to choose between peace and the escalation of violence, between co-operation and confrontation, between progress and destruction, between development and stagnation. He had, in the Senate, pledged himself and his government to strive for peace, co-operation, progress, and 1 Star, 31 October 1974. 2 Rand Daily Mail, 6 November.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 development in Southern Africa and Africa, the Prime Minister declared. He made this appeal to all political commentators: "Give South Africa six months' chance. I ask no more than this. If South Africa is given that chance, they will be amazed at where the country stands in about six to twelve months' time." Mr. Vorster thanked the United States, United Kingdom, and France for having vetoed the Security Council motion. UN GENERAL ASSEMBLY, NOVEMBER 1974 During September 1974 the UN General Assembly had rejected the credentials of South Africa. When this body convened on 12 November members of the African bloc called for a ruling by its president, Mr. Adbelaziz Bouteflika of Algeria, on SA's right to participate in the proceedings. Mr. Bouteflika ruled that the General Assembly refused "to have the delegation of South Africa participate in its work" for the remainder of the current Session. When the legality of this ruling was challenged by the United States' Ambassador, Mr. Scali, it was endorsed by the Assembly by 91 votes to 22, with 19 abstentions.' The SA Ambassador was recalled to the Republic for discussions. The Foreign Minister, Dr. Hilgard Muller, instructed his department to withhold payment of SA's annual contribution to the regular budget of the UN for the current year. Later, in the Republic's House of Assembly, he indicated4 that the amount withheld had been R721 871. SA had, however, paid R375 619 in levies of various kinds, and R5 675 839 for the maintenance of and increases in subscriptions to allied organisations such as the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and its affiliates. No payments in respect of the International Monetary Fund had been payable by SA during 1974. During that year, SA's representation at the UN had cost the country RI 028 525.UN GENERAL ASSEMBLY, DECEMBER 1974 During December 19746 the General Assembly passed a series of resolutions calling for further harsh measures against SA. The Security Council was asked to resume urgently its debate on race conflict and apartheid with a view to making the arms embargo against SA mandatory under Chapter 7 of the UN Charter. This resolution was passed by 109 votes to one (United States), with nine abstentions (United Kingdom, France, West Germany, Belgium, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, Luxembourg, Malawi). 3 Star, 13 November 1974. 4 13 March, Hansard 6 coL 463. ' Amounts given to the nearest Rand. Various newspapers of 17 December. 284

INTERNATIONAL MATTERS It was recommended that SA be "totally excluded" from all international organisations and conferences held under the auspices of the UN (95 votes to 13 with 14 abstentions). South Africa was called upon to grant unconditional amnesty to all persons imprisoned or restricted for opposition to apartheid, and to repeal all discriminatory laws. A 13-point resolution, inter alia: (a) called on Britain to abrogate the Simonstown Agreement; (b) asked France to cease arms supplies to and military cooperation with SA; (c) called for wide-ranging measures aimed at isolating SA culturally, economically, and scientifically; (d) called for larger voluntary contributions to the UN fund for aiding "victims of apartheid"; (e) authorised the Special Committee Against Apartheid7 to increase its efforts to bring international pressure to bear on the Republic. SOUTH AFRICA'S MEMBERSHIP OF THE UN It was stated in the Republic's House of Assembly on 4 February,' on behalf of the Minister of Foreign Affairs, that "the Government will continue SA's membership of the UN for as long as this is consistent with SA's interests. Within this framework and in the light of developments at the last session of the General Assembly, the Government is still reviewing the situation." Subsequently, on 25 April,9 the Minister said, "We want to stay in the organisation as long as it is practically possible, and our future relations with the UN will depend on further developments." The existing situation made it impossible for SA to exercise its membership, and also affected the question of contributions towards the organisation's budget. But it would be a completely different situation if SA were to withdraw from the organisation on its own volition. The SA delegation stayed away from a special meeting of the 29th Session of General Assembly held early in September to discuss the economic troubles of the Third World. SA's suspension from the General Assembly no longer applied when the 30th Session of this Assembly convened on 16 September, Mr. Gaston Thorn of Luxembourg having taken over from Mr. Bouteflika of Algeria as chairman. Nevertheless, SA did not resume its seat. During the early stages a speech was made by President Idi Amin of Uganda, during which Britain and France walked out, although members of a number of other delegations showed considerable interest. Mr. Vorster is reported to have told a NP meeting at Lichtenburg that "if the spirit which now reigns I Renamed since 1974. 9 Hansard 1 Question col. 4. 9 Assembly Hansard 11 cols. 4810-1. 285

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 at the UN continues, it is unlikely that SA will resume its seat in the foreseeable future."' The SA delegation absented itself from UN meetings for the rest of period under review. RELATIONS BETWEEN SOUTH AFRICA AND CERTAIN OTHER AFRICAN STATES Cabinet committee It was reported during December 19741 that a permanent Cabinet committee, under the personal leadership of Mr. Vorster, had been set up to co-ordinate diplomatic moves by the Departments of Foreign Affairs and of Information, the Bureau for State Security, and other departments involved. Increasing contact Speaking in the Assembly on 7 February,2 the Prime Minister said that there was at present more contact with leaders of peoples in Africa and in the outside world than ever before. In pursuing such contacts, the Government was not shying away from its policy of separate development. "On the contrary," Mr. Vorster maintained, "I find my justification in separate development." He admitted that there was historic discrimination on many levels in SA, and continued, "we should do something to get away from it, and the only way as I see it - and I really do believe in this - is by means of the policy of separate development". Later in the debate Mr. Vorster said, "I think a better understanding of South Africa has developed in the world and in Africa... There has been a clear acceptance that we are of Africa *... We do not interfere, nor do we permit anyone to interfere in our affairs . . . We shall not attack anyone, but we will most certainly remain prepared to repulse any rash attack on us... We, just like the other African States, are seeking understanding and peace, but, like them, not at any price ... We will render assistance to the best of our ability. Like them (the other States), we are also interested in the development, the order and stability of all States." Trade with other African States In reply to a question in the Assembly on 18 February,1 the Minister of Finance said that the latest available statistics, in millions of rands, relating to SA's trade with other African States were: 10 Sunday Times, 13 August; Rand Daily Mail, 1 September Sunday Times, 5 October. 1 Sunday Times, 1 and 8 December 1974. 2 Hansard 1 cols. 379-83; 397-8. 1 Hansard 3 col. 161. 286 INTERNATIONAL MATTERS 1973 1974 Imports ... 191,0 241,5 Exports ... 341,7 453,7 532,7 695,2 He did not consider it to be in the public interest to publish particulars of trade with individual States, the Minister said. The Minister of Foreign Affairs had said a few days earlier2 that the increase between 1973 and 1974 worked out at 30 per cent. This was important if one appreciated that certain of the States concerned had become less friendly than previously in their political relations with SA. During April, the French newspaper Figaro published an article by a correspondent in Johannesburg.3 It was reported that African States which traded with the Republic were Botswana, Lesotho, Swaziland, Malawi, Mauritius, Madagascar, Zambia, Zaire, Angola, Mozambique, Nigeria, Ghana, Ivory Coast, Senegal, Gabon, Central African Republic, and Liberia. The SA Minister of Foreign Affairs said emphatically that no official of his department had given information to any Press representative on trade with individual African States. Aid given to other African States In the Assembly on 11 March,1 the Minister of Foreign Affairs provided figures indicating the growth of the financial aid that SA had given to other African States, as follows:' R 1965-6 ... 3238 1966-7 ... 11682 1967-8 ... 44324 1968-9 ... 68842 1969-70 ... 696427 1970-1 ... 711345 1971-2 ... 10392881972-3 ... 866 635 1973-4 ... 1244300 4 686 081 In addition, the Minister continued, loans totalling R15 310 253 had been made available over this period. Of this amount, R1 345 000 had already been repaid. 2 3 February. Hansard 1 col. 51. 3 See The Star, 9 April. 1 Hansard 6 col. 436. 2 Figures rounded off here to the nearest Rand. 287

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 SA's diplomatic representation in Africa In its Estimates of Expenditure from Revenue Account for the year ended 31 March 19761 the Republic made provision for continued diplomatic and/or consular representation in the following African States: Malawi - Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary Rhodesia - Accredited Diplomatic Representative Angola - Consul-General Mozambique - Consul-General in Lourengo Marques and Consul in Beira. The consulates in Mozambique and Angola were accredited to the Portuguese. They were closed after new transitional governments were formed in these countries. Only two African States, Malawi and Rhodesia, are officially represented in the Republic, Malawi having an Embassy and Rhodesia an Accredited Diplomatic Representative. RELATIONS WITH THE "BLS" STATES Botswana Botswana has decided to break away from the rand currency area and the monetary union agreement.2 Opening a session of parliament in Gaborone in November 1974, the President, Sir Seretse Khama, welcomed the spirit of d6tente that was developing between SA and certain other African States. The part that Sir Seretse played in negotiations over the future of Rhodesia, in conjunction with Zambia, Tanzania, and SA, is described in the next chapter. Lesotho Relations between Lesotho and SA deteriorated during the year under review. A description of unrest among migrant Basotho mineworkers employed in SA was given on page 289 of 'last year's Survey, and in the chapter on employment in the current issue. During 1975 there were again recurring disputes over the general status of mineworkers; and serious faction fights again took place between Basotho workers and Africans of other ethnic groups (Xhosa in a number of cases), after which the Basotho have demanded repatriation. Chief Jonathan stated' that Lesotho intended making a petition to the United Nations for the return to his country of I RP 2/1975 Vote 5. Foreign Affairs. 2 Minister of Finance, Assembly 3 March. Hansard 5 cols. 1692-3. 1 Star, 30 December 1974; Star. 2 January; Sunday Times, 5 January 288

INTERNATIONAL MATTERS the "conquered territory". (This is a strip of land some thirty miles wide along the western bank of the Caledon River that was ceded to the Orange Free State in 1869, following a series of wars between Basotho and Afrikaner settlers.) The conference of Foreign Ministers of the OAU States that took place in Dar-es- Salaam during April is described later in this chapter. There was, apparently, considerable difference of opinion over the attitude to be adopted towards SA, some States rejecting contact and calling for confrontation, while others preferred to continue striving for a negotiated settlement. Lesotho was one of the "hawks". Its Foreign Minister, Mr. J. R. L. Kotsokoane, is reported3 to have said earlier that SA's d6tente overtures were aimed at splitting the OAU. Referring to the conference in the Republic's House of Assembly on 18 April,4 Mr. Vorster indicated that, in his opinion, the Lesotho Government had been aggrieved because it had not been invited to take part in the negotiations SA had conducted with representatives of Botswana, Zambia, and Tanzania over the future of Rhodesia. However, Mr. Vorster said, the three States mentioned, and not SA, had decided on the composition of the negotiating group. According to the information he had at his disposal, Mr. Vorster continued, ,there were four States in particular which "carried the case against South Africa to extremes" - Libya, Guinea, Kenya, "and, to my regret, the fourth was Lesotho . . . Lesotho went out of its way to impede South Africa's case . . . I want -the people of Lesotho, with whom we have no problems because the utmost goodwill exists between the people of Lesotho and South Africa, to realize on what course their Minister of Foreign Affairs . . . is directing Lesotho." Mr. Vorster maintained that Mr. Kotsokoane and Chief Jonathan were completely out of touch with the feelings of their people. The leader of Lesotho's official Opposition, Mr. G. P. Ramoreboli of the Congress Party, is reported5 to have accused Mr. Kotsokoane of "political ignorance". In the event of confrontation in Southern Africa, Lesotho stood to suffer more than would any other country. Mr. Ramoreboli stated that he fully supported the standpoints of the governments -that were endeavouring to bring about change peacefully rather than through violence. Mr. Kotsokoane made another vehement attack on SA at a meeting of the UN General Assembly in September stating, inter alia, that Lesotho's territorial claims to the "conquered territories" of the Free State and parts of other provinces of SA were valid and would not be abandoned. Organization of African Unity. 3 Rand Daily Mail, 27 February. 4 Hansard 10 col. 4379. Rand Daily Mail, 27 February. 6 Sunday Times, 30 September. 289

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Swaziland Swaziland, too, decided to leave the rand currency area and issue its own notes and coins.' MALAWI It was reported in November 19742 that the Republic was to lend Malawi R19- million to build a railway link with Zambia. Malawi's decision that from July 1975 it would permit no further recruitment of Malawian mineworkers for SA's gold mines was described on page 286 of last year's Survey. The numbers remaining on the mines dropped drastically, partly through the completion of contracts of service, and partly because Malawians, too, demanded repatriation following serious faction fights. MR. VORSTER'S VISIT TO THE IVORY COAST, AND REPORTED CONTACT WITH SENEGAL It was reported in the Afrikaans Sunday newspaper Rapport on 1 December 1974 that some time before his "give me six months" speech at Nigel' on 5 November Mr. Vorster, accompanied by Government officials, had visited the Ivory Coast as the guest of President Felix Houphouet-Boigny (who had been the first African leader to advocate dialogue). Next day, other papers carried similar reports. There was Press speculation, later,2 that Mr. Vorster had also visited Malawi. Numerous earlier reports had brought to light repeated visits by officials of the SA Departments of Foreign Affairs and of Information to a number of African capitals. It was not until 15 May (after the OAU Foreign Ministers' conference) that Mr. Vorster confirmed3 that he had, in fact, visited the Ivory Coast, on 22 to 24 September 1974, as the guest of President Houphouet-Boigny. He had been accompanied by the Secretary for Foreign Affairs, Mr. Brand G. Fourie, the Head of the Bureau for State Security, General H. J. van den Bergh, the Secretary for Information, Dr. Eschel Rhoodie, and the Head of the Security Police, Brigadier (subsequently General) M. Geldenhuys. Security arrangements during the visit had been left entirely to the Ivory Coast authorities. The SA party had been made most welcome, Mr. Vorster said. They were accommodated in a guesthouse next to the President's residence in the town of Yamoussoukro. Mr. Vorster and the President held private talks, with the aid of interpreters. "We discussed world problems and African affairs and exchanged ideas about each other's country." 1 Minister of Finance, Assembly 3 March, Hansard 5 cobs. 1692-3. 2 Rand Daily Mail, 27 November 1974. 1 See page 283. 2 e.g. Rand Daily Mall, 18 February. 3 Rand Daily Mail report, 15 May. 290

INTERNATIONAL MATTERS It had been widely speculated in the Press that President Leopold Senghor of Senegal had been present at the talks; but Mr. Vorster did not refer to this, and President Senghor did not either confirm or deny the speculations. He is reported4 to have said, however, that he had written two letters to Mr. Vorster. In the first, he asked for "a gesture of goodwill" by freeing political prisoners in SA. In the second, he suggested that a Senegalese fact-finding commission be admitted to SA. During October the Ivory Coast's Minister of Information, Mr. Laurent Dona- Fologo, accompanied by his (White) French wife, paid a twelve-day visit to SA as the guest of Dr. Connie Mulder, SA's Minister of Information and the Interior. During his stay he met Mr. Vorster and the leaders of several of the homeland governments.5 NEGOTIATIONS BETWEEN SOUTH AFRICA AND ZAMBIA, LATE 1974 The importance for both South Africa and Zambia of a peaceful solution of the problems in Rhodesia became increasingly clear during the period under review. In the Assembly on 21 April' Mr. Vorster said that, during October 1974, SA had made contact with Zambia in the matter because both countries had a key role to play. Discussions had then been held in Cape Town with envoys representing the presidents of Zambia, Botswana, and Tanzania, who spoke on behalf, too, of Mr. Samora Machel of Mozambique. The contact so established had led to meetings in Pretoria, Salisbury, and Lusaka between representatives of Rhodesia and of the other countries mentioned. All were in agreement that the Rhodesian question should be solved through consultation between the leaders of White and Black Rhodesians without any interference from outside. The Star of 18 February quoted Mr. Vorster as having said that officials of Zambia and SA had met more than 15 times, in both countries. There were reported2 to have been several visits to SA by President Kaunda's political adviser, Mr. Mark Chona. Mr. Ian Smith came to the Republic on several occasions for discussions with Mr. Vorster. In a speech in the Assembly,3 Mr. Vorster said that he as the responsible person, together with his colleagues, had tried successfully to create an atmosphere in which the parties concerned could discuss their problems. 4 Star, 22 May: Rand Daily Mail, 23 May. 5 Rand Daily Mail, 9 and 10 October. Hansard 11 cols. 4499-4502. 2 Rand Daily Mail, 23 January. 3 7 February, Hansard 1 cols. 400-1.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 A result of -the discussions and negotiations was a conference held in Lusaka, Zambia, early in December. It was attended by the presidents of Zambia, Botswana, and Tanzania, and by Bishop Abel Muzorewa, president of the African National Council (ANC) in Rhodesia. Following representations made by SA and the other negotiating governments, the Rhodesian Government agreed to release from detention two prominent African leaders of banned political parties to enable them to attend the Lusaka conference and to have other talks with representatives of negotiating governments. The men concerned were Mr. Joshua Nkomo, presidentgeneral of Zapu,4 who had been in detention since about 1962, and the Rev. Ndabaningi Sithole, president of Zanuf who had been in detention or prison since 1964. Proceedings at the conference are described later. SA's Minister of Foreign Affairs, Dr. Hilgard Muller, kept closely in touch with developments. During February' he confirmed reports that he and the Secretary for Foreign Affairs, Mr. Brand G. Fourie, had recently been to Lusaka to meet the Foreign Ministers of Zambia, Tanzania, and Botswana. Leaders of the Rhodesian ANC happened to be passing through Lusaka at the time. The South Africans were introduced to them, and heard their views. Dr. Muller said he had re- emphasised that the Rhodesian problem must be resolved by Rhodesians themselves. A detailed policy statement by President Kaunda was published in the Sunday Tribune of 3 November 1974. Speaking about Rhodesia, he is reported to have said, "A military victory for the Smith regime is impossible, but a Black victory is inevitable... Mr. Smith must now opt for a political solution. If he should do so, he will find Africa ready to help work out an honourable formula which guarantees the interests of all in Rhodesia and also guarantees genuine peace founded on love and understanding * . . We offer our good offices to any one who wishes to use them to achieve peace based on justice and genuine freedom in Southern Africa. Our interest is to end war and bloodshed and establish peace and prosperity in their place . .. We . . . reaffirm our pledge to call upon the liberation movements to desist from armed struggle if Mr. Smith accepts negotiations with the legitimate and authentic leaders of the African people . . . We are ready to support any efforts designed to facilitate the convening of a constitutional conference geared to work out a settlement acceptable to the majority of the people of Rhodesia." President Kaunda stated that "South Africa's withdrawal from Rhodesia is necessary and urgent and would open the way to a solution of the Rhodesian problem . . . If the South African 4 Zimbabwe African People's Union. 5 Zimbabwe African National Union, a more radical body which broke away from Zapu in 1963. 6 South African Digest, 21 February. 292

INTERNATIONAL MATTERS Government is ready to follow the way of peace to achieve for this continent and its people the best that is possible, then all I can say is that Africa, in accordance with the principles laid down in the Manifesto on Southern Africa,7 stands ready to help create conditions for peaceful change." Mr. Vorster stated several times' that the SA Police units that were assisting the Rhodesian Security force would b: withdrawn as soon as violence stopped. MR. VORSTER'S VISIT TO LIBERIA Liberia was one of the countries that led the case against SA in the International Court of Justice in the 1960's, described in earlier issues of this Survey. Nevertheless its President William Tolbert is reported1 to have said, in a speech at the United Nations late in 1974, that his government was pleased by SA's "apparent positive reaction to the need for peaceful co-existence in Southern Africa". Mr. Vorster is reported' to have told President Tolbert that what happened in Southern Africa would affect the rest of Africa. Accordingly, he had sought peace and had made contacts with various African countries, in order to "normalize" relations. According to numerous Press reports,3 one of these countries was Liberia. As a result, President Tolbert invited Mr. Vorster and senior SA officials to visit his country. Prior to the visit, he invited first Chief Gatsha Buthelezi of KwaZulu, and then Mr. Sam Nujoma, the exiled Swapo4 leader, to come to Monrovia and give him their views. A full report, purporting to comprise the substance of discussions that took place between Mr. Vorster and President Tolbert, and stated to have been obtained from "a reliable source" within Liberia, was published in The Times of London and quoted in various SA newspapers.5 Mr. Vorster was stated to have been accompanied by Dr. Hilgard Muller, Mr. Brand G. Fourie, and General H. J. van den Bergh, while President Tolbert had senior Cabinet Ministers with him. In the Assembly on 17 February,6 Mr. Vorster confirmed that he and Dr. Muller, accompanied by senior officials, did visit Liberia, on 11 and 12 February. "Our reception was a particularly hospitable one," Mr. Vorster said. "We had long and fruitful discussion on all matters which one could expect African leaders would discuss with one another, especially in these days . . . I understand that a long The "Lusaka Manifesto". See 1969 Survey, page 78. e.g. report in The Star, 18 February. Sunday Express, 3 November 1974. 2 Star, 18 February. I e.g. Star, 19 February. 4 South West Africa People's Organization, 5 e.g. The Star, 18 February. Hansard 3 col. 845.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 version of this tallk appeared in a report in The Times. Of course we, on our part, were not responsible for that version. I have not yet had an opportunity of studying it, and, therefore, I cannot accept responsibility for anything which appeared in that report I repeat that it was a fruitful visit, that we were received very well indeed, and that as far as I am concerned, I sincerely believe that it was more than worthwhile for SA that we paid this visit." CONTACT WITH REPRESENTATIVES OF CERTAIN OTHER AFRICAN STATES Central African Republic According to various Press reports,1 after Mr. Vorster's visit to the Ivory Coast, President Jean-Bedel Bokassa of the Central African Republic spent two days in discussions with President Houphouet-Boigny. An "official mission" of five persons from the CAR, including two Cabinet Ministers, visited SA during February. They are stated' to have seen various parts of the Republic, including the Transkei, and to have met Mr. Vorster, Dr. Muller, officials of the Industrial Development Corporation, and others, to discuss, inter alia, economic aid for various projects. One such project is stated' to be the erection of an hotel complex in the CAR capital', Bangui. A second delegation of three, led by a Cabinet Minister, came to SA during March.4 Reports state5 that during March a Franco-African summit conference was held at Bangui, attended by President D'Estaing of France. Detente with SA was the main subject of private talks, and Presidents D'Estaing and Bokassa made it clear that they backed any moves towards peace in Southern Africa. Nigeria During January a group of Nigerian businessmen visited SA, possibly on the invitation of certain companies in the Republic. As was pointed out in the Press, consent for their visit must have been given by their then President, General Yakubu Go won.' A few weeks later the editor of Nigeria's Sunday Times, Mr. Gbolabo Ogunsanwo, came to SA and had discussions with Mr. Vorster: apparently very frank ones. He afterwards described Mr. Vorster as "a very tough man".' I e*g. Star, 19 February. 2 Star, 13 February; Rand Daily Mail, 15 February; South African Digest, 21 February. a Rand Daily Mail, 11 March. 4 Newspapers of 14 and 15 March. 5 e.g. Daily Dispatch, 1 April. 1 Star, 28 and 30 January and 20 February. 2 Rand Daily Mail, 1 Marca.

INTERNATIONAL MATTERS MEETING IN JANUARY OF THE OAU'S LIBERATION COMMITTEE The eighteen member-countries of the OAU's Liberation Committee met in Dar- es-Salaam during January. According to various Press reports' it was agreed that the liberation of those areas "still under colonial) and racist domination" could be achieved either by peaceful means or by armed struggle. The Committee would prefer to achieve its objective by peaceful means if that were possible. But armed struggle would be intensified if White minority regimes remained intransigent. Recent initiatives in Lusaka to achieve a peaceful solution to the Rhodesian dispute were welcomed, but the Committee promised both political and military support to the ANC if talks broke down. The SA Government was urged to relinquish its control of Namibia (South West Africa). If SA failed to implement UN resolutions on this matter, the OAU would have no alternative but to intensify Swapo's military campaign. It was agreed that the OAU should intensify its efforts at all levels to ostracise the White-minority government in SA and to do away with the "inhuman system of apartheid". The Committee decided to increase its financial aid and material assistance to the exiled African nationalist movements, but urged them to form a united front. The bulk of the funds set aside by the OAU for this purpose would be channelled to Rhodesia's ANC and to Swapo. CONFERENCE OF FOREIGN MINISTERS OF OAU STATES, APRIL An extraordinary conference of the Foreign Ministers of OAU States was held in Dar-es-Salaam during April, and opened by President Julius Nyerere. It was a follow-up to an earlier meeting which had been held at Addis Ababa in February, and at which there were differences of opinion over the issue of detente between the OAU States and SA.2 As mentioned later, the Rev. Ndabaningi Sithole of Zanu had been re-arrested in Salisbury on 4 March. A Special Court, set up to decide on the "necessity or expediency" of continuing his detention, ruled on 2 April that his detention was fully warranted. Nevertheless, two days later Mr. Ian Smith announced that Mr. Sithole would be released to attend the Dar-es-Salaam conference. It was reported3 that President Kaunda had sent a message to Mr. Vorster stating it was vital that the strongest possible team of Rhodesian African nationalists, which must include Mr. Sithole, should attend the OAU meeting to support the case for detente to be put by the Foreign Ministers of Zambia, Tanzania, and Botswana, and Mr. Samora Machel of Frelimo. Dr. Hilgard 1 e.g, Rand Daily Mail and Star of 14 January. 2 Star, 18 and 19 February. Sunday Times, 6 April.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Muller and Mr. Brand Fourie flew from SA to Salisbury for urgent talks with Mr. Smith.4 In his announcement,5 Mr. Smith said that Mr. Sithole had been released to attend the conference as a result of a request from Bishop Abel Muzorewa of the ANC, supported by the four northern presidents and the SA Government. It was "not a decision to which the Rhodesian Government readily agreed. However, we were assured that to do so would sufficiently assist the cause of d6tente". Mr. Sithole was, thus, able to accompany Bishop Muzorewa, Mr. Nkomo of Zapu, and Dr. Elliot Gabellah, deputy president of the ANC, when they left Salisbury for Dar-es-Salaam on 5 April. Speaking in the SA House of Assembly on 18 April,' Mr. Vorster said that the chief objectives of the Foreign Ministers' conference had been two-fold: firstly, to determine attitudes towards South Africa, and secondly, to "salvage and reaffirm the unity of the OAU". As mentioned earlier, some States, notably Libya, Guinea, Kenya, and Lesotho, rejected contact with SA and called for confrontation. Others supported the case for detente - for a negotiated settlement if possible rather than an aggressive Black war of liberation - which was advocated by Zambia, Botswana, Tanzania, Mozambique, and, apparently, by the Ivory Coast, Nigeria, Senegal, Liberia, and others. Mr. Machel is reported' to have said that Frelimo would support whatever form of struggle was decided upon by the ANC, whether it was an armed struggle or a political or diplomatic one. A compromise "declaration" was issued at the conclusion of the meetings, about which there were conflicting and confusing reports. It appears, however,8 that Mr. Vorster's implied promise in November 1974 that considerable changes could be expected within six months was deemed to have been mere words that had not been followed by action. Detente and dialogue with the SA regime were rejected "unequivocally and finally". But consultation and contact would be permitted under certain circumstances. Zambia, in co-operation with the Rhodesian ANC and working closely with Tanzania and Botswana, should continue negotiations with Mr. Vorster over Rhodesia and the liberation of Namibia, but Zambia should, where practicable, keep the OAU informed of all stages of the negotiations. According to the speech by Mr. Vorster quoted above, certain member-states feared that separate development would succeed in the Republic, the African homelands becoming independent states. The meeting, thus, decided to have nothing to do with A Rand Daily Mail, 4 April. 5 Ibid., 5 Akpril. 1i Hansard 10 cols. 4370-88. 7 Star, 9 April. 8 e.g. Star eport, 11 April. 296

INTERNATIONAL MATTERS the homeland leaders. The only man recognised by the OAU as the leader of all the Black peoples in SA was Mr. Nelson Mandela, Mr. Vorster said. Mr. Vorster continued, "In the process of the meeting . . . a whole series of old and, so far as I am concerned, futile resolutions were adopted . . . which have been adopted over the years in the OAU and at the UN and which were now simply being re-confirmed." One resolution called for the appointment of a committee to ensure the observance of economic sanctions against SA, and to identify corporations dealing with both SA and Black Africa. It demanded an effective oil embargo, including the refusal of port facilities to SA tankers. It called also for the banning from African ports and airports of all naval vessels and aircraft leaving or entering SA, and for the barring of SA tourists from African States. (There was, however, apparently no specific stricture on trade by African States with SA.) According to reports, there had been differences of opinion over the question of the employment in SA of migrant workers from other States. The resolution decided upon merely urged States bordering on SA to encourage their workers to return home. African nationalist movements were urged to unite and become more effective; and OAU States were asked to increase their aid to these movements. The resolutions passed were to be ratified at the next OAU summit conference, tentatively planned for Kampala in July. At the end of the meetings, Mr. Sithole remained in Dar-es-Salaam, fearing re- detention if he returned to Rhodesia. Commenting on the meetings, Sir De Villiers Graaff said in the SA Assembly on 17 April," "I believe the effect has been to polarize the situation for Southern Africa into two distinct aspects: the peaceful 'liberation' of Rhodesia and South West Africa on the one hand, and the continued pressure on South Africa on the other." He commented that detente abroad . . . depends upon detente at home . . . For continued detente to be achieved it is necessary that those supporting dialogue with South Africa, in the belief that Government policy will lead to peaceful change towards a more just society in South Africa, should see progress made." Similar statements were made by representatives of the Progressive and Reform Parties. COMMONWEALTH PRIME MINISTERS' CONFERENCE, MAY A Commonwealth Prime Ministers' conference, representing 33 leaders of governments, was held in Kingston, Jamaica, early in May. In an unprecedented move, the Jamaican Government invited Bishop Muzorewa, Mr. Nkomo, and Mr. Sithole from ' Hansard 10 cols. 4301-9. 297

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Rhodesia (generally called Zimbabwe at the conference). Chief Clemens Kapuuo from South West Africa arrived (uninvited) to press for the equal recognition of the National Convention with Swapo as a bona fide Namibian political organisation. According to numerous Press reports during May, African States urged that, in the event of talks between Blacks and Whites in Rhodesia failing or becoming obviously time-wasting, the Blacks would be justified morally and politically in taking up arms against the Smith regime. If they decided to do so, the Commonwealth countries should help to finance the training of guerrilla fighters. (Frelimo had offered to make a training camp it established in South Tanzania available for this purpose, if necessary.) However, Britain refused to commit itself to backing armed violence or contributing to the costs of training fighters. African States are said to have pressed, too, for efforts to have the UN ban on arms for SA made mandatory under the Charter. This was not supported by Britain either. It had been widely suggested that, if the Rhodesian talks failed, the incoming Frelimo government in Mozambique should apply sanctions against Rhodesia, denying railway and harbour facilities. But this would involve Mozambique in considerable loss of revenue, and in unemployment among dockworkers. The Commonwealth States, including Britain, thus decided that a compensatory fund be established, preferably under the aegis of the UN. The Conference recognized the ANC as the principal voice of the majority of the people of Rhodesia. SA was warned to cease defying the world sanctions campaign against Rhodesia. The Commonwealth States reaffirmed their "total and unequivocal condemnation of apartheid and all forms of racism". Discussions on the question of South West Africa are mentioned in a later chapter. CONFERENCE OF THE ILO, JUNE The International Labour Organization (ILO) held its annual conference in Geneva during June.1 One of the documents for consideration was the eleventh annual report on apartheid in SA, compiled by the Director-General, M. Francis Blanchard of France. He listed steps that SA should take in order to regain international acceptability among organisations concerned with labour matters. These were: (a) the repeal of the "pass laws" and the progressive elimination of the migratory labour system; (b) the granting of full trade union rights to Africans; The report that folows was compiled from various Press reports between 4 and 30 June. 298

INTERNATIONAL MATTERS (c) the removal of restrictions on the occupational advancement of Africans and their access to vocational training and apprenticeship; (d) the elimination of wage disparities based on race or sex. Mr. Arthur Grobbelaar, general secretary of the Trade Union Council of SA, was present as an observer. He is reported2 to have told the Press that propaganda against SA was being continued during the proceedings, but that according to his observations and discussions "the hard line has been discernably softened". There was no question but that Mr. Vorster had made an impression by his detente moves. "But the Africans' expectations have been raised and the whole thing could fall flat or even turn extremely sour if these expectations are not realised to some extent at least". The Palestine Liberation Movement had applied to be seated at the conference as an observer. The third world bloc outvoted the Western nations in a resolution to the effect that liberation movements recognized by the OAU or the League of Arab States could, if invited by the ILO, be granted observer status. Western countries had urged, in vain, that some qualification should be attached which would demand that the liberation movements should at least adhere to UN or ILO principles. The Palestine Liberation Movement was duly seated. The exiled S.A. Congress of Trade Unions (Sactu), too, had applied for observer status. This application failed to gain OAU support. Sactu then changed its tactics. A request was made for the admission of three representatives of the South African ANCin-exile, and this request was granted. At a plenary session Mr. John Gaetsewe, general secretary of Sactu, spoke in the name of the ANC. A hearing was given, too, to Mr. Solomon Mifima, the labour secretary of the South West Africa People's Organisation (Swapo). Following the majority decision to admit the Palestine Liberation Movement, the American and Israeli labour movements withdrew from the conference in protest, maintaining that this body had nothing to do with international labour affairs. The United States government and employer delegations withdrew temporarily in a gesture of support. According to an observer,' increasing difficulties were arising in the ILO stemming from differing views on the role of this body. Most of the Western States saw it as being a practical organisation devoted to improving workers' standards of living, safety, technical education, and the like. But the third world countries, which had a voting majority, had different priorities. 2 Rand Daily Mail. 17 June. 3 Star, 27 June. 299

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Many lacked economics sufficiently developed to need a sophisticated labour structure. They saw the ILO as being primarily an important forum of world opinion in which they could air broad grievances. The United States set up a body to re-examine its relationship with the ILO. Its House of Representatives decided to hold up the US contribution of some R15- million a year to the ILO budget. CONFERENCE OF THE OAU IN JULY A conference of Foreign Ministers of OAU States, followed by a summit OAU conference, was held in Kampala during July. President Idi Amin of Uganda succeeded President Nyerere as chairman of the OAU for the following year. Tanzania and Zambia, which had opposed the venue and the selection of President Amin as chairman, boycotted the proceedings. According to various Press reports, Dr. Kurt Waldheim, the Secretary-General of the UN, addressed the summit conference. He described it as a great disappointment that at its meeting held during the previous month the Security Council had been unable to reach agreement on measures to be taken to end the "problem of Namibia", and he condemned SA's racial policies. (Proceedings at the Security Council meeting are described in the chapter on South West Africa.) President Amin is reported to have spearheaded a bid to harden attitudes to SA, and to have threatened that SA would "see fire" before the end of the year unless it granted immediate majority rule to its Black population. During the proceedings, news was received that President General Gowon of Nigeria, who was attending the conference, had been deposed in a military coup. He left Kampala, as did the heads of state of Egypt, Cameroun, Gabon, the Congo, and Niger. The conference adopted without change the resolutions of the OAU's Liberation Committee passed at this committee's meeting in January (see page 295), and those of the conference of Foreign Ministers of OAU states held at Dar-es-Salaam during April (see pages 295-7). The summit leaders called for SA's expulsion from the UN and for a mandatory arms embargo by the UN, and rejected detente with Pretoria. The OAU secretary-general reported to the Foreign Ministers that 21 of the 46 countries belonging to this organization were heavily behind in paying their dues, the largest debtors being Libya, Morocco, the Central African Republic, the Sudan, Zaire, and Zambia. 300

INTERNATIONAL MATTERS UN GENERAL ASSEMBLY, OCTOBER During October there was a four-day debate in the UN General Assembly on a motion which, among other things, called on the UN to proclaim a "special responsibility towards the oppressed peoples of South Africa" and towards people imprisoned because of their struggle against apartheid. When the resolution was put to the vote, however, 43 of the countries which had attacked SA in the debate, including four of the sponsors of the resolution, failed to be present. The resolution was passed by 90 votes in favour and none against, with nine Western countries abstaining.' A Star, 25 October. 302 MOZAMBIQUE AND ANGOLA MOZAMBIQUE New government The establishment of a transitional government in Mozambique, with Mr. Joaquim Chissano as Prime Minister, was described on page 112 of last year's Survey. The leader of Frelimo, Mr. Samora Machel, remained in Tanzania until the end of May, and while there co-operated with Zambia, South Africa, Botswana, and Tanzania in efforts to facilitate a Rhodesian constitutional conference. As mentioned earlier, Mr. Machel is reported to have said at the OAU Foreign Ministers' conference in April that Frelimo would support whatever form of struggle that was decided upon by the Rhodesian ANC, whether it was an armed struggle or a political or diplomatic one. Frelimo offered to place the training camp it established in South Tanzania at the disposal of insurgent forces if armed warfare eventuated. Mozambique became an independent country as from 25 June, with Mr. Machel as president and head of state. Mr. Chissano was appointed Minister of Foreign Affairs. The Council of Ministers included three White and one Asian Mozambicans. The country became a one-party, Marxist-orientated, socialist state. Refugees from Mozambique It was mentioned in last year's Survey that, following rioting in Mozambique as the war there came to an end, large numbers of refugees, mainly Whites, poured into SA. The SA Government announced that residence and work permits would be granted to those who were likely to make useful contributions to SA's wellbeing, but not to unskilled persons. The SA Minister of the Interior said on 19 February' that some 19 000 of the 25000 who fled to SA had been allowed to take up employment. Most of the rest had left voluntarily for other countries. About 226 remained, reported to be unskilled persons and/or families who could not readily be elassified in terms of population registration in SA. They were accommodated for some months in a refugee camp at Cullinan, near Pretoria, and provided with food, blankets, etc., but eventually arrangements were made with the Portuguese Government for them to be sent away. They were I Star of that date.

MOZAMBIQUE given a choice of destination. Apparently some returned to Mozambique, while others left for Portugal, Angola, Madeira, or Brazil. According to a Press report,2 over the past 2- years almost half of the 200 000 Whites had left Mozambique, some 20 000 of them having settled in South Africa. Policy of new government The new government in Mozambique set up factory, village, and district committees with educative functions and also serving as channels of communication with the party hierarchy. In speeches made at mass gatherings, Mr. Machel is reported3 to have said that the State would exercise full control over all land. Undeveloped land that was used for speculation would be nationalised and made available to the people. Mr. Machel announced a State take-over of all private educational institutions including mission schools. He made a strong attack on the Christian churches. The Council of Ministers stated4 that the people's education would be developed on the lines of "national and revolutionary culture". All hospitals, clinics, and funeral parlours were nationalised, and lawyers' offices and private doctors' surgeries were ordered to close. Strict control was imposed on the movement of foreigners: the Council of Ministers stated that priority would be given to internal tourism for the masses and to visitors from approved African and socialist countries. All citizens, without distinction, became liable to be called up to serve in the National Defence and Reconstruction Service. Relations with South Africa Mr. Machel decided that Mozambique would not establish diplomatic relations with either South Africa or Rhodesia. The SA Consulate-General in Lourenqo Marques and the consulate in Beira, which had been accredited with the former Portuguese government, were closed; but SA officials remained in the capital to issue visas and handle trade relationships. tSA was not invited to the independence celebrations. Among the honoured guests, however, were the exiled Mr of the African National Congress and Mr. Sam Nujoma of Swapo. SA gave various, forms of assistance. It was- reported5 to be selling, on Mozambique's behalf, the gold which in the past had been sent to Lourengo Marques to cover the deferred payments of Mozambicans employed on the SA mines. 2 Sunday Times, 22 June. 3 Star, 19 June; Rand Daily Mail, 25 July. 'Rand Daily Mail, 28 June. 5 Star, 28 June.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 SA's Minister of Transport said in the Assembly on 5 March that the tonnage of minerals exported through Lourengo Marques had of late shown a considerable drop. The General Manager of the SA Railways had, in consequence, visited Lourengo Marques. It became apparent that the conditions could to a large extent be attributed to the failure of the section of the railway line within Mozambique to cope with all the traffic offered, and to a shortage there of locomotives and other rolling stock. In response to requests for assistance, SA had promised to make some diesel locomotives available to the Mozambique Railways. A team of SA experts had been sent to test the track, and help was being given with the modernization of signals, repair of trucks, provision of spares, and acquisition of rolling stock. A spokesman for the SA Railways said on 25 April' that, as a result, traffic to SA had already increased by 10,2 per cent, and from SA by 31,5 per cent. ANGOLA A description was given, on pages 113 et seq of last years' Survey, of guerrilla fighting in Angola, negotiations for a ceasefire between the Portuguese and the guerrillas, the formation of a provisional government, rivalry between the three liberation movements, and clashes that took place between them in November 1974. The three groups were: (a) the MPLA (Popular Movement for the Liberation of Angola) led by Dr. Agostinho Neto, said to be Marxist-orientated; (b) FNLA (the Front for the Liberation of Angola) led by Mr. Holden Roberto, brother-in-law of President Mobutu SeseSeka of Zaire; (c) UNITA (the National Union for the Total Independence of Angola), led by Dr. Jonas Savimbi. A faction of the MPLA, under Mr. Daniel Chipenda, was expelled and was reported' subsequently to have joined forces with FNLA. It was announced in January and early February' that leaders of the three movements had signed a joint political agreement. They would form a transitional government to hold office from 1 February until independence was granted, planned for 11 November. It would be headed by a Prime Ministerial Council (instead of a single Prime Minister) consisting of a nominee of each of the movements, the chairmanship rotating amongst them. Certain government departments would also be divided between the three bodies. Portugal would retain various powers for the time being, and there would be a Portuguese High Commissioner. 6 Hansard 5 col. 1864. 1 Rand Daily Mail, 26 Alril. I Star, 22 February. 2 Rand Daily Mail. 7 January and I February; Sunday Times, 2 February. 304

ANGOLA This arrangement did not work in practice. The government was split by dissension. From March onwards there were frequent reports of very serious fighting between the MPLA and FNLA troops, starting in the capital, Luanda, and spreading to towns and villages throughout the country. It was widely reported' that the Soviet Union and Cuba were sending arms to the MPLA (Cuba sending troops as well), while Red China and the United States were supplying weapons to FNLA through Zaire. The casualty figures are unknown, but are estimated to have run into thousands, including civilians who were caught in cross-firing. Very many Africans were left homeless. It was reported in June that the fighting had brought anarchy to the northern part of the country. Refugees, White and Black, poured into Luanda, Nova Lisboa, and other towns. The lighter-skinned people who could afford to do so competed for passages out of the country by sea or air. It was announced on 16 May that Portugal had imposed virtual military rule, under Portuguese troops, and that this action had been taken with the support of the Presidents of Zambia, Zaire, and Tanzania, who were deeply concerned over the power struggle. During June, the leaders of the three rival movements met in Nakuru (Kenya) under the auspices of President Kenyatta, and signed a pledge to "renounce the use of force as a way to solve problems"; but, some two weeks ,later, violent fighting again started between the MPLA and FNLA. The Portuguese troops were unable to keep order. The situation degenerated into civil war. UNITA's army chief complained5 that, since April, there had been periodical attacks on its encampments, presumably by MPLA troops. By early August UNITA, too, had been drawn into the civil war. FNLA and UNITA abandoned Luanda, pulling out of the three-power provisional government, the MPLA taking over all ministries. The Acting Portuguese High Commissioner announced that Portugal was re-assuming responsibility for the administration of Angola.' Portuguese troops evacuated the northern part of the country and, together with thousands of light-skinned civilians (referred to as "Whites" in the paragraphs that follow, for the sake of brevity) set off in convoys for Luanda or Nova Lisboa. Portugal used its TAP airline to fly White civilians out of Angola. Airlines of other countries helped. No fares were charged, but the evacuees had to leave most of their possessions behind, were limited to about R100 in foreign exchange, and faced an uncertain future as there was massive unemployment and political s e.g. Rand Daily Mail, 20 August. 26 September, and 8 November, and numerous other reports. &Rand Daily Mail, 16 and 19 May. 4 Ibid, 6 August. 6 Various reports of 8-15 August. 305

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 instability in Portugal.7 For a start, about 500 people were flown a week, but it was planned to step this figure up to several thousand a week. These plans proved impossible to carry out in full, however. The Luanda airport was dangerous to use because of firing from the ground, and a shortage of fuel developed. The runway at Nova Lisboa was too short for passenger jets.' Many of the White refugees decided to escape by road to, South West Africa. By June, the first of them had arrived at the border posts of Runtu and Oshikango. A SA official said that those without the necessary documents would be treated as people in transit.' Transit camps were opened for them at Grootfontein, Oshakati, and Tsumeb. As the flood of refugees grew, people who had arrived at these transit camps were flown from there to the camp at Cullinan which had earlier been used to accommodate refugees from Mozambique, or to new camps opened nearby at Magaliesoord and at Lyndhurst near Johannesburg. By 14 August it was reported that some 5 000 refugees were being accommodated in SWA and SA. The numbers who had crossed the, borders had probably doubled by mid- September, to at least 10 000.11 (Some reports gave a considerably higher estimate.) But it became increasingly difficult for people to escape. Petrol supplies became exhausted in towns on the way south, and cars were stranded along the way. Patrols of the guerrilla movements set up roadblocks and looted convoys of cars and lorries. It was reported1 that Swapo groups were operating together with the Portuguese African fighters. The SA Police helped to rescue one convoy whose members had, in desperation, tried to escape by driving south along the waterless soft sand of the Skeleton Coast. Other groups of people set off in small craft to try to ,feach Walvis Bay by sea: some were wrecked and drowned. The SA Government announced that only those refugees who could satisfy SA's minimum immigration requirements Would be allowed to remain in the country. Those who were eligible were moved to the Lyndhurst camp, where prospective employers interviewed them. The Government chartered a cruise liner to ferry nearly 3 000 "unqualified" refugees.from Walvis Bay to Lisbon. It hoped, later, ,to recoup the costs from Portugal. (Portugal paid a first instalment during. October.12) .. It was announcedJn 'the Press on J9 September and 21 November that about 1 300 Angolan refugees had been accepted for permanent residence in SA, while between 9 500 and .10500 had 7 Rand Daily Mail, 20 June. 'Stai, 11 and 14 August. 9 Star, 5 June. 10 Rand Daily Mail, of that date and of 10 September. I Ibid. 14 August. 12 SABC ntws broadcast, 21 October. 306

ANGOLA been repatriated by SA to their countries of origin, mainly Portugal, or had left of their own accord. At the time of writing it is impossible to estimate how many of the Whites, said to have numbered some 420 000 in 1974,1 remained in Angola by choice or enforcedly, or intended returning once peace was restored. It was reported in October that at least 230 000 had been flown out, while many thousands more had crossed overland into SWA, or had flown or sailed to other countries, such as Brazil. On the evening of 10 November the last of the Portuguese officials and army personnel left Angola. In a brief ceremony, the Portuguese High Commissioner handed over independence to "the people of Angola". There was no government to which power could be transferred, since the country was still in the throes of a savage and widespread civil war. President Machel of Mozambique publicly expressed his support for the MPLA. Mercenaries from a number of countries joined in the fighting. During November, China announced that it was stopping arms supplies to FNLA. It was reported late in November that Russia and Cuba had stepped up their support for the MPLA. The US Secretary of State, Dr. Henry Kissinger, is reported to have protested through diplomatic channels to Moscow against Soviet military intervention. South Africa's involvement in the Angolan situation is described in the chapter on South West Africa: as mentioned, it reinforced troops guarding the border between the two territories, and the Cunene hydro-electric scheme. Some bands of SWAPO attackers were, apparently, pursued by SA troops as they retreated back into Angola. The SA Minister of Defence, Mr. P. W. Botha, is stated to have appealed to the United States and to NATO to move openly against the Russian intervention. Nigeria announced that, because of the SA involvement, it would grant recognition to the MPLA. I Star, 4 August. 2 Ibid, 21 October. 307

RHODESIA POPULATION An estimate of the Rhodesian population, made in 1972, was as follows: Africans: ...... 5400 000 (77% Shona, 17% Ndebele) Whites: ...... 262 700 Coloured and Asians: 27 300 LUSAKA TALKS IN DECEMBER 1974 The negotiations that took place late in 1974 between representatives of SA, Zambia, Botswana, and Tanzania in regard to the future of Rhodesia are described on page 291. As a result of these negotiations, a conference was held in Lusaka, Zambia, early in December 1974. The account that follows is based on numerous Press and other reports: no authoritative statement was issued. The talks were, apparently, held between the Presidents of Zambia, Tanzania, and Botswana, and six representatives each of Zanu, Zapu, and the ANC. Some 13 of these representatives had been released from detention by the Rhodesian Government to enable them to be present. SA's Secretary for Foreign Affairs, Mr. Brand Fourie, confirmed in a Press interview that he had been present, but declined to comment further. Representatives of the Rhodesian Government were, apparently, in Lusaka. It was widely reported that the Rhodesian Africans were, initially, disposed to suspend their principle of "Nibmar" (no independence before majority African rule) in exchange for an offer by Mr. Ian Smith of firm progression towards eventual majority rule. Mr. Smith laid down two preconditions: there must be a cessation of guerrilla activities; and any constitutional conference called would have to accept in advance that no lowering of standards would be agreed to. (By this he apparently meant that a qualified franchise would be retained.) It seems, however, that after lengthy discussions, the Rhodesian Africans, at the insistence of the Rev. Ndabaningi Sithole of Zanu, adopted the point of view that they would not put an end to guerrilla fighting nor participate in a constitutional conference unless immediate majority rule was agreed to in advance. The Rhodesian Government issued a statement' to the effect that the African nationalists' demands were unacceptable. I e.g. Sunday Times, 8 December 1974. RHODESIA On his return to Rhodesia the ANC secretary-general, Dr. Gordon Chavunduka, is reported2 to have said that the "immediate majority rule" demand had been the maximum one."That is not to say that it is not negotiable." Mr. Vorster is reported3 to have stated that the negotiations in Cape Town, Pretoria, Salisbury, and Lusaka had initially made very good progress. Promising new points of principle had been accepted which held out the prospect of a complete and speedy solution. But at the end of the proceedings a new demand was made which "was in total conflict with the spirit, intent, and result of the agreement up to this point. Rhodesia cannot, therefore, be blamed for the failure of the negotiations. Unless the other parties return to the basis and method of approach agreed upon before the deadlock... it must be assumed that agreement cannot be reached. "Without interfering in anyone's domestic affairs, South Africa did everything to bring the parties together and to promote understanding for each other's problems... South Africa will continue its efforts, if at all possible, to bring the parties together again around the conference table. The alternative is too ghastly to contemplate". Later, President Kaunda made a statement which showed similar concern. He is reported4 to have said, "Either we resolve problems peacefully by meaningful negotiations conducted in an atmosphere of mutual respect and on the basis of equality, or we accept armed conflict as the only alternative, with all its consequences." If the road to peaceful change were closed in Southern Africa, Zambia and the rest of Africa would have no choice but to support the armed struggle waged by liberation movements to eliminate injustice, racial discrimination, and oppression, the President said. PROPOSED COMMON FRONT OF RHODESIAN AFRICAN NATIONALISTS It was announced on 9 December 19745 that an agreement had been reached in Lusaka between the presidents of the four Rhodesian African nationalist movements, Mr. Joshua Nkomo of Zapu, the Rev. Mr. Sithole of Zanu, Bishop Abel Muzorewa of the ANC, and Mr. James Chikerema of Frolizi (Front for the Liberation of Zimbabwe). The four organisations would come together under the banner of the ANC (the only one of these bodies that was not banned in Rhodesia), under the interim presidency of Bishop Muzorewa, with the other three leaders included in an enlarged 'executive. A meeting would be called later: to adopt a revised constitution for the ANC. The aim would 2 Rand Daily Mail and Star of 11 December 1974. 3 Ibid, 9 December 1974. 'Rand Daily Mail, 6 March. 6 Ibid, 9 December 1974 309

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 be to prepare for any constitutional conference which might be called for the transfer of power to the majority. The statement concluded, "The 'leaders recognize the inevitability of continued armed struggle and all other forms of struggle until the total liberation of Zimbabwe". REPORTED AGREEMENT REACHED IN LUSAKA In a broadcast made on 11 December 1974,6 Mr. Ian Smith announced that agreement on certain points had been reached in Lusaka with the African nationalists. He had received assurances that there would be a ceasefire agreement, guerrilla activity in Rhodesia ceasing immediately. The proposed constitutional conference would take place without any preconditions. Accordingly, Mr. Smith continued, Rhodesia had agreed to release detained African nationalists. They would be allowed to engage in normal activity under the law applicable to all Rhodesians. This action was being taken on the firm understanding that everyone concerned would conduct himself peacefully and within the law. Mr. Smith warned his countrymen that because of the isolation of some of the bands of insurgents it might take some time for the undertaking that acts of terrorism would cease to become fully effective. The decisions reached would, he believed, create the right atmosphere for the holding of a constitutional conference, Mr. Smith said. He assured White Rhodesians that it was the Government's firm intention to, maintain law and order, and that it would not deviate from the standards of civilization embodied in the constitution. These moves might turn out to be the first step towards a settlement, the Prime Minister stated, but "the major task still lies ahead with many complex problems." He called upon all Rhodesians to establish a climate of mutual respect in which constitutional matters could be discussed calmly and objectively in the hope that a settlement would be reached which wouk be in the best interests of all Rhodesians. Returning from Lusaka as free men, the Rhodesian African leaders said, in a joint Press statement, that while "the independence we seek is independence on the basis of majority rule", there would be no preconditions. The reconstructed ANC was ready "to enter into immediate and meaningful negotiations with the leaders of the Rhodesian Front and with the British Government... on steps to be taken to achieve independence on the basis of majority rule." Rhodesian guerrillas would be instructed to suspend fighting "as soon as a date for constitutional negotiations has been fixed". 6 Ibid. 12 December.

RHODESIA Mr. Vorster reaffirmed that as soon as it had been clearly confirmed that terrorism in Rhodesia had ended, South Africa would withdraw its police from Rhodesia because the necessity for their presence there would have fallen away. The agreement which Mr. Smith had mentioned was apparently not fully recorded in writing, and differences about its origin and .terms arose. It was announced in the Press on 14 and 15 December 1974 that aircraft of the Rhodesian Air Force had been dropping leaflets over the north-eastern areas where guerrillas were operating, andsky-shouts were being made, telling African fighters that the war was over and that they should either lay down their arms and report to the nearest soldier, policeman, or official, or should leave the country immediately. During the hearings of a special tribunal at the end of March, following the re- detention of Mr. Sithole, mentioned later, counsel for, Mr.: Sithole argued that the ceasefire agreement meant that both warring parties should remain in the status quo, each holding and, retaining his arms, and neither party surrendering. The Government had breached this' agreement (which was not in writing), he maintained. According to Press reports there were other disputes, during January, over exactly what had been agreed to in Lusaka. The ANC claimed it had been agreed that there would be amnesty for African nationalists in exile. Political trials would stop, and death sentences on political prisoners would be revoked. The Rhodesian Government replied that no death sentences had been imposed on political prisoners: only on terrorists convicted of crimes against the State. African leaders claimed that a general amnesty for political, detainees had been promised. In fact, only about one-third of them had 'thus far been released, they said, nearly 300 people remaining in detention. The Africans declared they understood that the state of emergency was to be lifted and free political meetings allowed: the Government replied that there would be no question of this until 'detente became an absolute reality. At the hearing of the special tribunal, counsel for the Rhodesian Government handed in a certificate from -Mr. Ian Smith which is reported to have stated that the major terms of the agreement had been decided during a meeting between himself and Mr. Vorster during October 1974. Mr. Vorster had had the support of the Governments of Zambia and Tanzania in these arrangements. Following a further meeting with Mr. Vorster in April, Mr. Smith is reported' to have proposed that representatives of his 7 Rand Daily Mail, 13 and 14 January. 9 bid, 29 April.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Government and the ANC, together with representatives from South Africa and the presidents of Zambia, Tanzania, Botswana, and Frelimo, should try to define exactly what had been laid down in the Lusaka Agreement. CONSERVATIVE GROUPS OF WHITES IN RHODESIA The elections that took place in Rhodesia in 1974 were described on page 97 of last year's Survey. The two main political parties were the Rhodesian Front, led by Mr. Smith, and the Rhodesian Party, to the left, led by Mr. Tim Gibbs. Mr. Smith's party won all of the 50 White seats. The ANC as such had decided not to contest any election held under the existing constitution, but seven of the eight elected African seats went to "unofficial" ANC candidates or supporters, the eighth being won by a member of the Centre Party. Besides these groups, there are two right-wing (White) parties, the United Conservative Party, led by Mr. William Harper, and the Rhodesia National Party. During November they merged to form the Rhodesia National Movement. According to Press reports,' towards the end of 1974 a branch of Saskon (the Southern Africa Solidarity Congress) was established in Salisbury: this is stated to be an ultra-right-wing organisation formed by the HNP in SA. Yet another group is the Candour League of Rhodesia. A further organisation, established early in 1975, is said to ,be GRA (die Genootskap van Rhodesiese ), a front organisation of the SA Broederbond. VISIT TO SOUTHERN AFRICA BY MR. JAMES CALLAGHAN Early in 1975 the British Foreign Secretary, Mr. James Callaghan, paid a visit to Zambia, Botswana, Malawi, Tanzania, Kenya, and South Africa. It was reported that, as Mr. Smith made no overtures to see him, he did not go to Rhodesia. The Press pointed out0 that Britain obviously wished to consider what steps, if any, it could usefully take in relation to Rhodesia. It would have to participate in discussions if the stage were reached of asking the British Parliament to lift sanctions and accede to Rhodesian independence. During his very brief visit to SA, Mr. Callaghan and the British Ambassador had discussions with Mr. Vorster and senior SA Government representatives. Afterwards, Mr. Callaghan told the Press" that both he and Mr. Vorster had expressed their views on various issues very frankly. They did not concentrate on issues that undoubtedly divided them and would continue to do so. "I was able to indicate to the Prime Minister the views of the * e.g. Sunday Times, 13 Awrl. so e.g. Star. 12 December 1974. ii Sunday Times, 5 Januanr. 312

RHODESIA African leaders that I have met on the way round and to give him my reaction to their views and the reaction of the British Government to the developing situation in Southern Africa . . . There is no doubt that South Africa has been playing a very substantial role in the developments that have taken place in Rhodesia and with the African countries. I think that role has been recognized by other African states, even though there are substantial differences in these matters". It was reported'" that Presidents Kaunda and Nyerere had support moves to ensure the future of Rhodesia's White minority assured Mr. Callaghan that key Black States were prepared to once majority rule had been arranged. CONTINUED WARFARE During the period thus far reviewed there were frequent reports of acts of violence in the north-east border areas of Rhodesia: considerable numbers of African villagers who refused to assist insurgents were beaten up, killed, or kidnapped; people were killed or injured in further landmine explosions; there were more (but fewer) attacks on White farmhouses; casualties occurred among both insurgents and members of the security forces in occasional pitched battles. Such activities continued, although possibly on a slightly diminished scale, after the Lusaka agreement in December 1974. Four SA policemen were killed in a guerrilla ambush on 24 December, and two killed and four wounded in a ,landmine explosion on 2 January. Another SA policeman was killed and five wounded in a skirmish on 12 January. A SA civilian working in a tsetse fly control unit was wounded in an ambush early in March. Rhodesia did not release full casualty figures, but both Black and White members of security forces and civilians were killed or injured, and a number of further guerrillas killed or captured. Mr. Callaghan is reported to have said on 4 January13 that Presidents Kaunda and Khama had both told him that they not only regretted the continued guerrilla activity, but also, while recognizing the difficulties of the situation, that they disavowed violence. Mr. Callaghan added that the cause of settlement would best be served if all concerned lived up to their undertakings, and this included the cessation of acts of violence. In his New Year message Mr. Vorster said that the road to peace "is not a one- way traffic lane on which landmines can be planted with impunity and on which travellers must run the gauntlet of snipers' bullets. Making allowance for the fact that it takes time to bring word to everyone in the bush it must, however, 12 ibid, 12 January. 13 Star, 4 January; Sunday Times, 5 January.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 be stated with emphasis that those who gave their word will do well to honour their commitments. The fury that stems from broken pledges knows no limit, and the wrath of a man of peace who finds that he has been betrayed wilfully is an all- consuming fire". Rhodesia's Minister of Justice, Law and Order, Senator D. Lardner Burke, stated14 a few days later that guerrillas had intensified their activities in parts of the country in spite of orders from their leaders to halt hostilities. More insurgents had crossed the border since the ceasefire was announced. Pamphlets had been circulated in the operational zone exhorting rebels to go on fighting. Because of this, Senator Lardner Burke continued, no further detainees would be released for the time being. A halt to the releases would be called until the Rhodesian Government was satisfied that a genuine attempt was being made to stop terrorism. A former Frolizi leader in exile in Dar-es-Salaam, Mr. James Chikerema, maintained that the Lusaka agreement had provided for the ceasefire to become effective only when a date had been announced for a constitutional conference.'" The Press speculated"6 that ceasefire violations were attributable to a break-away group of militant Zanu men, who were disobeying instructions from the Zanu leader in Zambia, Mr. Herbert Chitepo, to remain in their base camps. It was reported'" that recruiting for the guerrilla forces had been stepped up in Rhodesia. SENTENCES ON GUERRILLAS According to Press reports, between November 1974 and the following March at least six captured guerrillas who had earlier received death sentences were executed; eight more were sentenced to death, and at least three received sentences ranging from five years to life. It was reported on 23 April'8 that the Rhodesian Ministry of Justice had decided to make no further public announcements of the execution of convicted men. PRELIMINARY DISCUSSIONS IN SALISBURY Late in January, Mr. Smith and Government officials met a delegation from the ANC for preliminary discussions about the venue, chairmanship, and size of delegations for the proposed constitutional conference. Further talks were held during the following month, but no agreement was reached.9 24 Star, 11 January; Rand Daily Mail, 14 January 15 Rand Daily Mail, 11 January. 16 Ibid, 1 February. 17 Sunday Times, 9 March. Is Rand Daily Mail of that date. 19 Sunday Express, 2 February; Star, 14 February

RHODESIA USE OF THE SA POLICE It was reported in February that the S.A. Police were being withdrawn by roster from forward positions on the Zambesi River to base camps. The SA Minister of Justice confirmed2" that the policemen had been ordered back to these camps to ensure that there would be no incident involving South Africans while a prospect existed of a meeting between the Rhodesian Government and the ANC. Mr. Vorster said in the Assembly on 21 April,2' "We have not wanted to and never want to become involved in the maintenance of internal order in any state. With us it concerned the infiltration of terrorists into Rhodesia from other areas who also had South Africa as their objective." DETENTION OF MR. SITHOLE Mr. Sithole was detained in Salisbury -on 4 March. The Rhodesian Government was reported to have stated it had reliable information that he had been carefully planning the assassination of certain of his opponents, and he had been placed under detention to protect their lives and to maintain law and order. Because of the fear of victimization of witnesses it would not be possible to try Mr. Sithole in the High Court under the normal procedure of this court, it was stated. Instead, he would appear before a special three-man court presided over by the Acting Chief Justice, Mr. Justice MacDonald. This court would not try him, but would give a judgment on whether or not a case had been made out for his detention. As much of the details of the charges against him as could be made known without imperilling security would be made known. Mr. Sithole would be permitted legal representation and allowed to give evidence and to call witnesses in his defence. The ANC then suspended further talks with the Government until Mr. Sithole had been released or tried in open court. The Emergency Powers (Special Court) Regulations were gazetted on 13 March. The court would decide on the "necessity or expediency" of continuing Mr. Sithole's detention, whether on the grounds on which the detention order was issued or on any other grounds. It was stated that the Minister of Law and Order would be authorised to appeal to the President against the decision of the court if he considered that this decision would endanger public safety and order. A few days later, however, the Government announced that it would consider itself bound to follow the Court's recommendations. Mr. Israel Maisels, Q.C., from SA headed the legal team that defended Mr. Sithole. The Rhodesian Government provided these legal representatives with a document setting out the grounds for 20 Rand Daily Mail, 10 March. 21 Hansard 11 cols. 4502-3.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 his detention, alleging, inter alia, that he had plotted the assassination of certain influential politicians, had continued to pursue the military aims of Zapu, had resisted attempts to make the ceasefire operative, and had made every effort to discredit detente moves. When the hearing began, the defence asked for further particulars regarding the alleged assassination plot. The court ruled that these could not be given because the lives of witnesses might be endangered if their identity were disclosed. Counsel for the Minister of Law and Order said that he did not intend calling secret evidence unless this became absolutely necessary. Mr. Justice MacDonald is reported to have stated it was unlikely that the court would, in fact, have to consider the charge relating to the alleged assassination plot. It would first consider the allegations that, as leader of Zanu and of its liberation army, Mr. Sithole had been responsible for the deaths of victims of terrorists since the ceasefire. The defence had asked for the exact terms of the ceasefire agreement. In a letter to Mr. Sithole's attorneys the Rhodesian Solicitor-General said the agreement was the one reached between the Government and other interested parties, and announced by Mr. Smith on 11 December 1974. It was not alleged that Mr. Sithole had personally negotiated the agreement, nor was it possible to prove that Mr. Sithole or Zanu had agreed to the ceasefire as it was understood by the Rhodesian Government. It was only possible to prove that the Government had bona fide believed as a result of assurances received that there would be a cessation of hostilities shortly after 12 December. The ceasefire agreement was not in writing. Its precise terms were irrelevant. But the State was alleging that Mr. Sithole had deliberately taken steps to ensure that the ceasefire - whatever it was would not be observed by his followers.2 As described on page 311, the defence then contended that the Government itself had breached the ceasefire agreement by calling on guerrillas to surrender or to leave the country immediately. A ceasefire meant what it said - that both warring parties should remain in the status quo, each holding and retaining his arms and neither party surrendering. The State then produced a certificate signed by Mr. Ian Smith giving particulars of the agreement decided upon during the meeting between himself and Mr. Vorster in October 1974. Mr. Vorster had had the support of the Governments of Zambia and Tanzania in regard to the terms of this agreement. It was stated, inter alia, that as a quid pro quo for the release of detainees, terrorism would cease immediately. Mr. Sithole announced that he no longer intended defending himself. The leader of his defence team said that Mr. Sithole had 22 From Press reports. 316

RHODESIA been anxious to demonstrate his innocence in regard to any assassination plot, but this opportunity was being denied him. The production of Mr. Smith's certificate prevented Mr. Sithole from arguing his case on the cease-fire aspect of the case. The defence team withdrew, but the hearing continued. Evidence was given relating to guerrilla activities since 11 December. On 2 April the court ruled that Mr. Sithole's detention was fully warranted, in that he had encouraged terrorism and resisted the so-called cease-fire. Next day, following representations received from Zambia, SA's Minister of Foreign Affairs and the head of his department, Dr. Hilgard Muller and Mr. Brand Fourie, flew to Salisbury for talks with Mr. Smith. On the following day, in a radio and television statement, Mr. Smith announced that Mr. Sithole was to be released to attend the Dar-es-Salaam conference of Foreign Ministers of OAU States. This matter is described on page 295. As mentioned, Mr. Sithole remained outside Rhodesia after the conference, fearing re-detention if he returned home. Meanwhile, two top Zanu officials including the deputy-leader, Mr. Robert Mogabe, had left Rhodesia secretly for Dar-es-Salaam, under the impression that, following the court's ruling, Zanu would not be represented at the conference. DISSENT AMONG MEMBERS OF AFRICAN NATIONALIST GROUPS It was mentioned earlier that certain ceasefire violations were attributed by the Press to a break-away group of militant Zanu men, who were disobeying instructions from the Zanu leader in Zambia, Mr. Herbert Chitepo. There were numerous reports of dissention between rival Zanu groups in Zambia, the division being largely along tribal lines. On 18 March Mr. Chitepo was killed when a landmine exploded as he was leaving his home in Lusaka by car. His bodyguard and a child standing nearby were killed too, and a second bodyguard seriously injured. Zambian troops are reported to have arrested some fifty members -of the Zanu group that opposed Mr. Chitepo, releasing most of them after questioning. President Kaunda instituted a commission of enquiry into Mr. Chitepo's death. The Zambian Government withdrew recognition of Zanu, Zapu, and Frolizi, instructing them to close their offices in that country. Only the ANC would be allowed to operate in Zambia. The OAU had, earlier, decided to recognize only the ANC. Tanzania decided to follow suit. It was reported early in May that there had been serious clashes between the rival Zanu groups in Zambia, resulting in a number of deaths. Fourteen bodies were found.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Within Rhodesia, there appeared to be mounting ill feeling between Zapu and Zanu. PRESIDENT KAUNDA'S VISIT TO THE UNITED STATES President Kaunda visited the United States during April. According to Press reports,3 at a dinner party at the White House he criticized the United State's Southern Africa policy and attacked American "indifference" to the liberation of peoplie there. In the course of subsequent speeches and at a Press conference President Kaunda is reported to have said that Black Africa would not compromise on the principle of majority rule. Unless this was accepted, there was bound to be an explosion of violence in Southern Africa. Oppressed people had the right to answer force with force. The President urged the United States and 'the West generally to exert whatever political, diplomatic, trade, and other form of pressure possible to help oust the "colonial regimes" in Rhodesia and South West Africa, and "vile" apartheid in South Africa. "We recognize that the three million White settlers in South Africa are African," he said, "but they are not super-Africans". In the SA House of Assembly on 21 April24 Mr. Vorster said that he did not wish to do anything that could jeopardise peace in the sub-continent. But he believed President Kaunda should guard against "overstraining the bowstring", as this would not promote the cause of peace. VIOLENCE IN SALISBURY On 1 June the ANC held a meeting in an African township of Salisbury to discuss its attitude to constitutional talks. Emotions became heated: it was reported' that a group of supporters of the banned Zapu forced their way in and attacked two former Zanu leaders - Mr. Enos Nkala was thrown out of a window, and Dr. Edson Sithole was forced out of the door. Violence erupted outside the building. The police were suddenly stoned when they attempted to restore order: reports stated that some of them drew their pistols and fired, mainly warning shots into the air, but some shots were fired direct at the crowd. Eleven Africans were shot dead and about 23 wounded. Some 68 were arrested, to face charges of public violence.2 FURTHER DISCUSSION OF PLANS FOR A CONSTITUTIONAL CONFERENCE A third round of talks between Mr. Smith with certain members of his Cabinet and an ANC delegation took place on 22 May. 23 Rand Daily Mail and Star of 21 April. 24 Hansard 11 col. 4502. 1 Star, 2 June. 2 Ibid, and Rand Daly Mail, 4 June. 31-8

RHODESIA Mr. Smith said afterwards' that each side had re-stated its position, but little progress had been made. He had told the African leaders that "when we next meet we agree to hold a conference, or we say it is off and give reasons". At its meeting on 1 June the ANC agreed to meet Mr. Smith for a further attempt to organise a conference, subject to certain conditions. But there was not unanimity: Mr. Enos Nkala, formerly a Zanu leader, dissociated himself from the decision.' The ANC secretary-general, Dr. Gordon Chavunduka, said on 3 June, however, that his Council and the Government had agreed to hold preliminary talks without any preconditions. The Government had dropped its demand for a ceasefire first, and the ANC had agreed not to insist on the release of detainees. In a statement made in Geneva,' Mr. Sithole is reported to have said that the ANC would insist that the conference be held outside Rhodesia, preferably in Britain or any country that was neutral. But he had no reason for optimism that a peaceful solution would be reached through a constitutional conference. Such a meeting would prove only that discussions could not succeed, and that armed struggle was the only answer. Bishop Muzorewa (who had left Rhodesia) is stated4 to have said in Lusaka that the ANC had vetoed any further talks with Mr. Smith in Salisbury, and would meet him only at a conference held outside Rhodesia. It was essential that Mr. Sithole should be present, and the latter might be re-detained if he returned to Rhodesia. RENEWED GUERRILLA ACTIVrTY In an interview published in Dar-es-Salaam, Bishop Muzorewa is stated' to have said that unless Rhodesia called a constitutional conference on his terms within three months, it would have to face renewed guerrilla warfare. The Press reported" that the militants in -the ANC claimed to have 3 600 guerrillas either trained or in training in camps in Mozambique and Tanzania. They were being joined by others who were crossing the border secretly. According to a number of Press reports,' senior African school pupils from schools near Rhodesia's borders with other countries had been absconding to join the nationalist forces. Their numbers could only be guessed, since some might have returned from boarding schools to their homes, but the total might have been in the vicinity of 600. The Rhodesian Government imposed 1 Star, 26 May. Rand Daily Mail, 3 June. 3 Rand Daily Mail, 18 June. 4 IbId, 29 July. 5 Ibid, 21 July. 6 Sunday Times, 13 July; Rand Daily Mall, 21 July. 7 Rand Daily Mail, 17, 23 and 25 July and 7 August; Sunday Express, 27 July; Star, 2 August. 319

ASURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 a curfew along certain stretches of its borders to try to prevent young people from leaving the country. An official spokesman is stated' to have said on 20 July that, since the so-called ceasefire in December 1974, 87 guerrillas and 15 Rhodesian servicemen had been killed. Mr. Smith promised increased support for White farmers in the north-eastern districts. The security forces were strengthened, for example by the more frequent call-up of civilians. A women's service was created.' REACTIONS IN OTHER COUNTRIES It was reported in July10 that both Tanzania and Mozambique had insisted that the ANC should resolve internal dissension and create an effective leadership structure. The British Minister of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs, Mr. David Ennals, visited Southern Africa late in June for discussions with heads of the States which had been involved in plans for a constitutional conference, including South Africa. Twice again, in June and August, Mr. Ian Smith visited SA for talks with Mr. Vorster. At the conclusion of Mr. Smith's visit on 9 August, a joint statement was issued1 reading, "The Rhodesian and South African Ministers had a very fruitful discussion on the whole Southern African situation and have agreed to proposals which, if implemented by all parties concerned, can lead to a settlement of the issues involved. Further announcements will be made in the near future." In a Press interview,2 President Kaunda of Zambia gave sincere praise to the role that Mr. Vorster had played. He gave warning that the patience of the ANC and of countries such as his own was running out. "However," he continued, "I would hate to say that we have laid down a time limit after which peaceful negotiations cannot continue. This is not a matter to be treated lightly because the lives of people are at stake." He agreed with Mr. Vorster that a failure to reach a settlement was a matter too horrible to contemplate. If warfare started it was inevitable that Zambia and other countries would be drawn into it. The President made an impassioned plea for South Africa to stay out of the fighting, if this occurred. It had been reported a week earlier3 that Mr. Vorster had warned Mr. Smith that SA would not allow herself to become embroiled in any intensified guerrilla war. 8 Rand Daily Mail, 21 July. 9 Ibid, 23 July and 5 August. 10 Ibid, 21 Iuly. 11 Sunday Times, 10 August. 12 (bid. 13 Ibid, 3 August. 320

RHODESIA WIHDRAWAL OF THE SA POLICE FROM RHODESIA It was announced from Salisbury on 2 August that the remaining SA policemen, on standby in Rhodesia, would be back in the Republic by the end of the month. The Acting Commissioner of Police confirmed this announcement,4 adding that' his Minister had said that the policemen had been sent to stop SA terrorists from crossing the Zambesi River on their way to SA. No such infiltrations had, however, taken place for some time. President Kaunda welcomed the withdrawal of the SA police which, he stated, lessened the areas of difference between SA and Zambia."' "PRETORIA AGREEMENT" The text of the agreement signed in Pretoria on 9 August by the South African and Rhodesian Prime Ministers and their colleagues and by a representative of the four African Presidents was released to the Press by the Rhodesian Diplomatic Mission in SA on 27 August.6 It read as follows. "A. The Rhodesian Government through its Ministerial representatives, and the ANC through their appointed representatives, will meet not later than August 25 on the Victoria Falls bridge in coaches to be supplied by the South African Government for a formal conference without any preconditions. "B. The object of the formal meeting is to give the parties the opportunity to publicly express their genuine desire to negotiate an acceptable settlement. "5C. After this the conference will adjourn to enable the parties to discuss proposals for a settlement in committee or committees within Rhodesia. "D. Thereafter the parties will meet again in formal conference anywhere decided upon to ratify the committee proposals which have been agreed upon. "E. The South African Government and the governments of Botswana, Mozambique, Tanzania, and Zambia, respectively, hereby express their willingness to ensure that this agreement is implemented by the two parties involved." Mr. Smith told the Rhodesian House of Assembly later17 that he had telephoned and telexed the Zambian Government to say it had been agreed in Pretoria that whilst negotiations were 14 Star, 2 August. 15 Sunday Times, 10 August. 16 e.g. Rand Daily Mail, 28 August. 17 Rhodesian Herald, 27 August.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 in progress, ANC leaders in Rhodesia would be completely free to consult with their colleagues outside. PRELIMINARIES TO THE VICTORIA FALLS MEETING The SA Railways decided to send the SA State President's dining car, which contained a long table, for the conference, and, for private discussions by the two sets of delegates, saloon cars used by the Prime Minister and the Minister of Transport. These were driven to the centre of the Victoria Falls bridge, the border between Rhodesia and Zambia. Mr. Smith said in a broadcast8 that he expected the meeting to be a short, purely formal one. But Bishop Muzorewa replied19 that the Africans wanted serious discussions. He was concerned about the holding of the committee stage discussions within Rhodesia, for there was no guarantee that Mr. Sithole, Mr. James Chikerema, and certain other ANC leaders would be allowed to attend without risk of being arrested. I Mr. Smith met two senior representatives of the Council of Chiefs and assured them that his Government would consult with this Council and obtain its agreement before completing any future constitution.9 THE CONFERENCE AT THE VICTORIA FALLS, 25 AUGUST At the conference, Rhodesia was represented by Mr. Smith, three of his Cabinet Ministers, and the Secretary to the Cabinet. Bishop Muzorewa headed a thirteen- man ANC team. Mr. Vorster, accompanied by Dr. Hildgard Muller, and President Kaunda flew to the Victoria Falls to attend the opening of the proceedings and to hold private discussions (commencing on Zambian soil and continuing later in Rhodesia). Mr. Mark Chona of Zambia and Mr. Brand Fourie of SA attended the conference as observers. After opening speeches by Mr. Smith, Bishop Muzorewa, Mr. Vorster, and President Kaunda, the proceedings began. According to a full report in the Rand Daily Mail,0 each side tabled a document. Mr. Smith's gave effect to the Pretoria Agreement and sought to have committee talks started in Salisbury within a week. The ANC stated that it genuinely wanted to negotiate a settlement. It went on to say, "We publicly state that the only genuine settlement.. . is the one that shall be based on the transfer of power from the minority to the majority people of the country -that is to say, majority rule now." This clause was rejected by Mr. Smith, and, during an adjournment, the ANC instead 18 Rand Daily Mail, 15 August. 19 ibid, 18 August. 20 30 August. 322

RHODESIA expressed its commitment to a settlement acceptable "to all the people of our country". The ANC also gave up its original demand that substantive committee- stage talks had to be held outside Rhodesia. Agreement was reached on all points except one-a demand by the ANC that leaders outside the country should be allowed to return for the talks and be granted immunity from the enforcement in any way of an existing sentence or order, and from arrest, prosecution, detention, or restriction. Mr. Smith found this draft clause to be unacceptable. The conference ended late at night without agreement on this point. In a statement made to the House of Assembly next day2' Mr. Smith said that it was now incumbent on his government to bring in other Rhodesians to help in achieving a settlement, for example the Council of Chiefs and representatives of other African organisations. All sixteen African Members of Parliament (including the eight chosen by tribal electoral colleges) subscribed to a statement giving the ANC their full support and rejecting any suggestion that they should help to negotiate a settlement. The ANC, they said, was -the only organisation representing the true voice of the African people.22 SPLIT IN THE ANC On 1 September a statement23 was issued from Lusaka in the name of Bishop Muzorewa (who was on a visit overseas) announcing the formation of a Zimbabwe Liberation Council (ZLC) as the external wing of 'the ANC. Its chairman was the Rev. Ndabaningi Sithole, and its secretary Mr. James Chikerema (former members, respectively, of Zanu and Frolizi). Four prominent former Zapu members in Lusaka told the Press that this move was an act of "conspiracy" against the national executive of the ANC in Rhodesia. On the two following days Mr. Sithole made it clear that he still held that a peaceful settlement was impossible. He told the Press,24 "As far as I am concerned we shall go home whether Smith grants us immunity or not. We shall shoot our way into Zimbabwe." In a radio interview he said25 that Rhodesia's constitutional problem could be solved only through full-scale guerrilla war. Mr. Joshua Nkomo (former Zapu leader) denounced Mr. Sithole's appointment as chairman of the ZLC as being null and void. Such an appointment should have been made by the executive of the ANC or by the Council itself, he declared. He accused 21 Rhodesian Herald, 27 August. 22 Rand Daily Mail, 28 August. 23 Ibid, 2 September. 24 Star, 2 September. 25 Rand Daily Mail, 4 September.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 elements of the ANC outside Rhodesia of deliberately delaying the convening of the full congress of the Council that had been envisaged when the organisation was formed in December 1974, to be held with the object of adopting a constitution and electing office-bearers.26 On 7 September the national chairman of the ANC, Mr. Samuel Munodawafa, called a meeting in Salisbury of the Council's national executive committee, which could patently not be attended by about eight exiled members nor some eleven who were still in detention. The meeting was boycotted by the Acting President in Rhodesia, Dr. Elliott Gabellah, and by the secretarygeneral, Dr. Gordon Chavunduka. Nevertheless, a quorum of 37 of the 69 members was present. Plans for a national congress were discussed.2" Bishop Muzorewa, now back in Lusaka, decided to expel from the ANC Mr. Joshua Nkomo, Mr. Munodawafa, and the national organising secretary, Mr. Killion Bhebe. The Zambian authorities forbade him to issue this Press statement from their territory; thus the order of expulsion was announced from Salisbury by Dr. Chavanduka. It was reported" that, wishing to demonstrate its neutrality, Zambia asked the Lusaka-based section of the ANC to leave premises that they had been occupying in the grounds of the presidential estate, and that they moved to a building on the outskirts of Lusaka. The 37 executive committee members of the ANC who were in Rhodesia called a national congress, held in Salisbury on 27 September. About 5 500 people were reported to have attended, a large proportion of them Matabele who came from the Bulawayo area by train. (Mr. Nkomo is a member of this tribe.) The congress was boycotted by supporters of Bishop Muzorewa and Mr. Sithole. Mr. Nkomo was elected president of the ANC, and a new executive was elected. Mr. Munodawafa remained national chairman. He said, "We want majority rule now. We shall not accept any constitutional settlement that leaves effective power still in the hands of the White minority." Mr. Nkomo, too, emphasized that the new executive stood for immediate majority rule.29 Mr. Chikerema stated in Zambia3" that the Lusaka-based faction of the ANC refused to hand over the ZLC to Mr. Nkomo's faction. Mr. Sithole said3' that when the Zimbabwe masses were at the helm of power, it would not be possible for them to share power with the exploiters they were fighting to eliminate. 26 Ibid, 10 and 5 September. 27 Ibid, 8 September, and Star, 27 September. 28 Rand Daily Mail, 12 September. 29 Star, 27 and 29 September; Sunday Times, 28 September; Rand Daily Mail, 29 September. 30 Rand Daily Mail, 9 October. 21 Ibid. 21 October.

RHODESIA On 26 October the supporters of Bishop Muzorewa called a public meeting in a Salisbury township. It was reported in various newspapers that more than 35 000 people gathered in the township to show their support for the Bishop's faction of the ANC. The meeting had to be cancelled because the municipal authorities had imposed a limit of 6 000 (as had been done earlier in the case of Mr. Nkomo's congress). A spokesman for the Nkomo faction commented that these people had been supporters of the Bishop's faction, not delegates. Those who attended the Nkomo meeting had been properly accredited delegates, he claimed. ATITUDES OF HEADS OF OTHER STATES The heads of State of Zambia, Tanzania, Botswana, Mozambique, and Congo- Brazzaville met in Lusaka in mid-September. President Mbuto of Zaire was unable to be present. It was reported32 that the object was to discuss the affairs of Angola and Rhodesia. No public statement was issued. SA's Foreign Minister, Dr. Hildgard Muller, is stated, during a visit to West Germany, to have told newsmen that countries north of Rhodesia were co- operating with SA in "cutting off terrorism" against Rhodesia. The Rhodesian issue was, in consequence, being isolated, making it unlikely that violence would erupt on a large scale.3 A few days later, a forthright statement was made by the Zambian Foreign Minister in an address to the UN General Assembly. He is reported4 to have said that Zambia was committed to the total liberation of Africa. In the context of Southern Africa this meant an end to White minority domination and the realisation of majority rule. The means to this inevitable end would either be peaceful, or would be an armed struggle by the liberation movements. It was up to the racist minority r6gimes to choose between these alternatives. TELEVISION STATEMENT BY MR. IAN SMITH In a television interview conducted in Rhodesia by a British company, which was broadcast in Britain and Rhodesia on 12 October, Mr. Smith replied to questions about the initiative that had been taken by South Africa and "the four northern presidents" in trying to facilitate a settlement. He is stated35 to have said, "It is my belief that if we had not embarked on this particular d6tente exercise we would by now have achieved a settlement in Rhodesia. Last October (October 1974) we received indications that Bishop s2 Ibid, 13 September. 33 Ibid, 17 September. 34 Star. 23 September. 35 Sunday Times. 12 and 19 October; and dail papers between these dates. 325

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Muzorewa was ready to resume discussions, and that there were prospects of reaching a conclusion. Furthermore, we were achieving success in the anti- terrorist campaign which had considerable bearing on settlement prospects." The approach from Bishop Muzorewa had indicated that "there were only a few points that were outstanding. If we could have solved these we would have had a settlement by now ... I go so far as to say that I believe that if this new initiative had not been taken by Mr. Vorster and the four northern presidents we would have had a settlement by now." Mr. Vorster told the Press"6 that, from experience, he hesitated to comment on such a delicate matter relying solely on Press reports. But if reports on the television interview were correct, then they did not correspond with 'the facts or with Mr. Smith's own repeated statements. After the news media had provided a recording of the interview Mr. Vorster said that if the statement by Mr. Smith was correct, then it was absolute news to him. On no occasion during their numerous talks over the past year had Mr. Smith mentioned the new approach by Bishop Muzorewa. Mr. Smith is reported3" to have told the Press that no criticism of Mr. Vorster had been actual or implied. He had simply been stating facts. Although he had used the words recorded in the TV interview, he had not meant what the Press read into, them. The SA Press was unanimously indignant. On the evening of a Cabinet meeting the Minister of Indian Affairs, addressing a public meeting, said,8 "We were all deeply shocked . . . The onus to negotiate rests on the shoulders of Mr. Smith." Questioned in Lusaka,9 Bishop Muzorewa made it clear that he had held discussions with Mr. Smith in his capacity as president of the ANC. The whole world knew of this, he said. After he had failed to obtain a reasonable offer from Mr. Smith he had reported the whole exercise to his national executive, which rejected Mr. Smith's token offer. Mr. Vorster had had nothing to do with this rejection of the offer. On 20 October Mr. Smith flew to Pretoria and he and Mr. Vorster, both accompanied by Cabinet Ministers, had discussions lasting some four hours. Thereafter, an official joint statement was handed to the Press.40 It said, "The two Prime Ministers, supported by their different Ministers present, had candid discussions. Mr. Ian Smith re-emphasised that his remarks in the television interview were not intended in any way to criticise the South African Prime Minister, Mr. Vorster, for his laudable efforts to 36 Rand Daily Mail, 13 October. 37 Ibid, 14 October. 39 lbid, 15 October. 39 Star, 15 October. 40 Rand Daily Mail, 21 October. 326

RHODESIA achieve peace in Southern Africa. In fact, he had been a willing party to Mr. Vorster's efforts. "Mr. Smith, therefore, has apologised to Mr. Vorster for any embarrassment caused by his remarks during the relevant television interview and assured him there was no inference that Mr. Vorster had in any way attempted to interfere in Rhodesia's internal affairs. The Rhodesian delegation once again expressed their high appreciation of Mr. Vorster's efforts to promote a more favourable climate for a peaceful settlement. "Both Prime Ministers have agreed that genuine attempts should be made to pursue policies leading to peace in Southern Africa. The Rhodesian Prime Minister informed Mr. Vorster that he is making every effort to inaugurate talks aimed at solving Rhodesia's constitutional problems." GUERRILLA FIGHTERS IN MOZAMBIQUE It was mentioned earlier that at the end of March the ZANU deputy leader, Mr. Robert Mogabe, fled from Rhodesia to Dar-esSalaam. According to a Press report" he became leader of Rhodesian African guerrilla fighters, said to number between 4 000 and 6 000, who were waiting in Mozambique in case the Zimbabwe Liberation Council, led by Mr. Sithole, decided upon large-scale warfare against Rhodesia. TALKS BETWEEN MR. NKOMO AND HEADS OF STATES During October and November, Mr. Smith and certain of his Cabinet Ministers had talks on three occasions with Mr. Nkomo, who was accompanied by senior members of the newly-elected ANC executive. Mr. Nkomo was reported to have visited Zambia, Malawi, Botswana, Mozambique, and Tanzania for discussions with heads of States. He made it clear to the Press that he continued to stand by the principle of "majority rule now". It was announced on 1 December that Mr. Smith and Mr. Nkomo had that day jointly signed a declaration of intent to plan a constitutional conference. It was stated in this document that any representative of the ANC, nominated by the ANC to attend any meetings held inside Rhodesia in connection with this conference, would, while there, be allowed free movement, free speech, and immunity from preventive detention and restriction. "I Sunday Times, 9 November. 327 328 SOUTH WEST AFRICA (NAMIBIA) PLEA BY MR. VORSTER In the course of a policy statement made at Nigel on 5 November 1974, described on page 283, Mr. Vorster appealed to the world to give the people of SWA an opportunity for the different population groups to work out a future for themselves, All options were open to them, he said.1 The SA Government's plans for finding out the people's wishes are described later. UN SECURITY COUNCIL MEETING, DECEMBER 1974 After considerable back-stage manoeuvring, during which various draft resolutions were circulated, the 15-member UN Security Council met in formal session on 17 December 1974, and within a reported ten minutes adopted unanimously a resolution submitted by Kenya, Mauritania and Cameroon. The resolution demanded that SA should make a "solemn declaration" that it would relinquish control of Namibia. It was decided that the Council would review the situation by 30 May, and, in the event of SA's non-compliance, would consider "appropriate measures". The resolution condemned the "continued illegal occupation of the territory of Namibia by South Africa", and "the illegal and arbitrary application by South Africa of racially discriminatory and repressive laws and practices in Namibia". It was demanded that SA should: (a) comply fully in spirit and in practice with the provisions of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights; (b) release all Namibian political prisoners, including those imprisoned or detained in connection with offences under socalled internal security laws, whether such Namibians had been charged or tried or were being held without charge, and whether held in Namibia or SA; (c) abolish the application in Namibia of all racially discriminatory and politically repressive laws and practices, particularly Bantustans and homelands; (d) accord unconditionally, to all Namibians currently in exile for political reasons, full facilities for return -to their country without risk of arrest, detention, intimidation, or imprisonment. It was reported that British backing for this resolution was gained only after assurances that there would be no immediate I Star, 6 November 1974.

SOUTH WEST AFRICA mandatory enforcement of measures against SA, and that the deadline, originally proposed for 1 March, be extended to 30 May.2 PLANS OF THE UN COMMISSION ON SWA Mr. Sean MacBride, the UN Commissioner for Namibia, announced in December 19743 that an Institute to be established in Lusaka, to prepare for Namibian independence, would have financial backing from at least ten countries, including the United States, Britain, France, and the Scandinavian countries. It was stated later4 that the main objective of this Institute would be to conduct legal, political, economic, and other studies for the use of the future government, and to draw up plans for the constitutional future and development of the territory. Mr. MacBride visualized that the civil service of an independent Namibia would be built from the Institute together with whatever administrative structure remained when SA left. Mr. MacBride said during May5 that he had obtained promises from international trade union organisations representing both the Western and communist countries to help identify and to keep track of cargoes from Namibia in order that they might be seized under a UN decree. REPRESENTATIONS TO SA BY THE UNITED STATES, BRITAIN, AND FRANCE It is recorded on page 283 that during October 1974 the United States, Britain and France vetoed a Security Council resolution calling for SA's immediate expulsion from the UN. According to statements from the UN Headquarters and by the SA Secretary for Foreign Affairs, Mr. Brand Fourie, the Ambassadors of these three Western powers met the SA Minister of Foreign Affairs on 22 April to call for an early resolution of the Namibian issue. Thereafter representatives in the United States of these nations reported to the UN Secretary-General, Dr. Kurt Waldheim, on the views of their Governments.6 COMMONWEALTH PRIME MINISTERS' CONFERENCE Leaders of 33 Commonwealth Governments met in conference in Kingston, Jamaica, during May. Inter alia, they denounced SA's "illegal" continued occupation of Namibia. SA was warned to enter into negotiations with the UN and Swapo for a transfer of power, or face an armed struggle. 2 Star, 17 and 18 December 1974. 3 Rand Daily Mail, 18 December 1974. ' Star, 14 February. 5 Star, 6 May. 6 Rand Daily Mail, 26 April; Star, 29 April. 329

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Increased Commonwealth aid was promised for the training of Black Namibians and Rhodesians to administer their countries after a transfer of power to the majority. Britain is stated to have rejected suggestions that it should ,help to finance the training of Swapo and Rhodesian ANC guerrillas.7 Chief Clemens Kapuuo came (without an invitation) from SWA to press for the recognition of the National Convention, as well as Swapo-in-exile, as a bona fide political organisation. Besides meeting Commonwealth delegates in Kingston, he is reported' to have had conversations in New York with Mr. MacBride and other UN officials. PLANS OF SWAPO-IN-EXILE A detailed Sunday Times report on 23 February gave information about a major military offensive stated to have been planned by Swapo-in-exile during the first half of 1974. Much of the information was gained from a statement by Mr. Moses Garoab, Swapo's administrative secretary, in a speech in London on 23 May 1974, and from a Press interview during February with Mr. Sean MacBride. Swapo's plans were stated to have been formulated at a conference held at Brazzaville in July 1974, which was attended by members of the leading liberation movements, including those from Angola, with whose co-operation Swapo would have been able to attack at various points along the 1 500 km border between Angola and SWA. Acts of sabotage were to have been carried out deep inside the territory, too. It was reported that, early in 1975, PLN (the People's Liberation for Namibia), Swapo's military wing, could probably rely on almost 1 000 men. There were stated to be three main groups. One group had been trained by Russian instructors at Kaunga in Zambia, close to the Angolan border. A second group, trained by Chinese, were in Tanzania. Thirdly, there were Swapo supporters who had escaped from Owambo during 1974,. most of whom were still undergoing training. Training was being given in the use of modern weapons and in the production of bombs to be used in urban terrorism. Swapo had some military bases close to the Zambian-Caprivi borders in the south-western part of Angola. These plans for an offensive were, however, shelved for the time being in view of the negotiations between South Africa, Botswana and Zambia (described in an earlier chapter), the report stated. 7 Star, 6, 7, and 8 May. 8 Rand Daily Mail, 8 May. 9 See 1974 Survey, page 417.

SOUTH WEST AFRICA NEW OFFICIAL SURVEY Early in 1975 the Department of Foreign Affairs published a new Survey of South West African affairs, mainly for foreign consumption. POPULATION Estimated population figures for 1974, as given in tue Survey, were: "Native" groups: Kaokovelders ...... 7000 Ovambos ...... 396000 Kavangos ...... 56000 East Caprivians...... 29 000 Damaras ...... 75 000 Hereros ...... 56 000 Tswanas ...... 5000 Bushmen ...... 26 000 Others ...... 15000 "Coloured" groups: Coloured ...... 32000 Rehoboth Basters ...... 19 000 Namas ...... 37000 Whites ...... 99 000 852000 PROPOSED CONSTITUTIONAL TALKS As mentioned on page 410 of last year's Survey, during September 1974 the National Party in SWA decided that the time was opportune for the Whites in the territory to take positive steps to hold talks with members ofother population groups with the object of reaching agreement as to the future. Each group would be invited to choose its own representatives. The Whites would be represented by senior members of the territory's Executive Committee (who are all NP members). All options would be open at the talks. It would be premature to forecast, beforehand, whether the future pattern of political development would be independence as a confederation, federation, or unitary state, or whether or not existing links with SA would be retained. The Prime Minister announced in the Assembly on 18 April' that Messrs. Dirk Mudge and Eben van Zyl of the Executive Committee had been-appointed by the Legislative Assembly to conduct discussions on its behalf and that of the Whites. I Hansard 10 cols. 4384-6.

A SURVEY OF' RACE RELATIONS, 1975 A new division, the Constitutional Development Division, had been created within the Administration, answerable to the Legislative Assembly, Mr. Vorster said. Mr. G. H. (Billy) Marais had been appointed as its Chief Liaison Officer. Sir De Villiers Graaff had, earlier, demanded2 that the White Opposition in SWA should be included in the talks; but Mr. Vorster said, in the speech quoted above, that he regretted that this could not be done. If one opposition group were included, all such groups would have to be invited, and chaos would result. It would have to be accepted that the majority group represented the population group concerned. During October, the White opposition party severed formal links with the Republic's UP, adopting the name of the Federal Party of SWA. Its leader is Mr. Brian O'Linn. In the Assembly on 25 March the Prime Minister repeated, "In so far as the whole question of political development is concerned, it must be borne in mind that all options are open for these groups, and that the inhabitants of SWA will themselves decide on their constitutional future" (not SA nor the UN). Messrs. Mudge and Van Zyl had been discussing the various possible forms of constitutional development at exploratory talks with leaders of other population groups, as had Commissioners- General and other officials, he said. EXISTING FORMS OF POLITICAL GOVERNMENT The Prime Minister stated, on the same occasion, that the existing forms of political government for the various groups were: No. of members Elected Nominatea Legislative Assembly W hites ...... 18 Self-governing Legislative Councils Ovambos ...... 42 35 Kavangos ...... 15 15 Non-self-governing Legislative Council East Caprivians ...... 28 Advisory Councils Coloured ...... 6 5 Rehoboth Basters ...... 7 A proclamation providing for the establishment of tribal authorities and a Nama Council for would be promulgated shortly, Mr. Vorster continued. (This was done on July 11 in terms of Proclamation 160.) had been divided into 2 3 February. Hansard 1 cols. 30-3. 3 Hansard 8 cols. 601-3. 332

SOUTH WEST AFRICA 28 wards, each controlled by a headman with his council. Damaraland had been divided into 11 wards under a similar form of control. In there were two community authorities and seven headmen functioning with traditional councils. It was difficult to establish a representative form of government for the Bushmen, since they were nomadic people. ATITmUDES OF MEMBERS OF VARIOUS GROUPS Coloured The Coloured group was the first to accept the proposal by the Whites that constitutional talks be held; although the chairman of the Coloured Council, Mr. A. J. F. Kloppers, is reported, to have indicated that continued racial discrimination could jeopardize the negotiations. The Coloured delegates would be the six elected members of the Council, consisting of three members of the Federal People's Party, two of the National Independence Party, and an independent. (Unlike the White delegation, the Coloured one would cut across party lines.) Rehoboth Basters Until February, all seven seats in the Baster Advisory Council were held by members of the . Despite divisions in this party, the Council had accepted the principle of self-rule, and had been negotiating with the Government for a constitution based on the people's patriarchal laws. In February, however, five members of the Council resigned, reportedly in order to "freeze" a draft constitution before it could be submitted to the SA Parliament. A little later, the Volksparty split after its delegates to a meeting of the Namibia National Convention5 supported the Swapo conception of a unitary constitution for SWA under Black majority rule, thus flying in the face of Baster separatist sentiment. Some of the top leaders, including the two remaining members of the Council, broke away to form the Liberation Party, which, like the Baster Association, stands for self-rule within a multi-racial, independent SWA, and is prepared to join in negotiations for a constitutional settlement. By-elections to fill the Council vacancies were held on 7 April. The Liberation Party/Baster Association axis won all but one of the seats.' 4 Star, 10 and 11 March. Described later. 6 Star, 18 February. 19 March, and 7 and 9 April. 333

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Namas It was reported1 in March that the eight Nama headmen had decided to postpone a decision on their attitude to the proposed constitutional talks until after the appointment of an advisory council. A subsequent report in June,2 however, stated that there had been a struggle for leadership, differing views having emerged. Three of the headmen had adopted the Swapo stand, demanding unitary independence for the whole of SWA under majority rule. The other five supported the proposed negotiations for a political settlement and were willing to attend constitutional talks. Proclamation 160 of 11 July provided for the establishment of a Nama Council, tribal authorities, and Village Management Boards in Namaland. The Council would consist of its Chairman, all chiefs or headmen of tribal authorities in the homeland, one councillor appointed by each tribal authority, and up to six councillors appointed by the Minister, after consultation with those already mentioned, on the grounds of their knowledge or experience of education, agriculture, social welfare, trade or business, or to represent Namas outside their homeland. The Council would appoint a five-member executive committee. Ovambos (a) Elections As noted in previous issues of this Survey,' a revised constitution for Owambo was promulgated in 1973, providing, inter alia, for a Legislative Council consisting of 56 members, 35 of whom would be designated by the seven tribal authorities, and 21 elected in the various tribal areas. Elections were held in August of that year. The emergency regulations for Owambo2 were still in force. In terms of these, free political activity could not take place in the homeland. Further, the Legislative Council resolved that political parties would be allowed to operate in its area only if their constitutions had been approved by the Council. The constitutions of Swapo, and of an opposition party holding somewhat similar views (the Democratic Co-operative Party, or Demcop) were not approved. These bodies then campaigned for a boycott of the elections. The percentage poll in the tribal areas where elections were held was only 2,5. The large majority of those nominated or elected belonged to the Owambo Independence Party (OIP), led 'by the late Chief Filemon Elifas, the rest being 1 Star, 19 March. 2 Star, 18 June. 1 1973, pages 384 et seq; 1974, page 419. 2 Proclamation R17 of 1972. See 1973 Survey. page 387. 334 SOUTH WEST AFRICA independents. (As described later, Chief Elifas was murdered in August.) A new constitution was promulgated in 1974, again providing for 35 nominated members, but doubling the number of elected members, from 21 to 42. Mr. Jannie de Wet, the CommissionerGeneral for the Indigenous Peoples, was reported to have said that Swapo would be allowed to campaign in fresh elections, to be held in 1975. This time, political parties would not have to apply to the Ovambo Government for the approval of their constitutions. The Bantu Laws Amendment Act, No. 9 of 1975, provided that citizens of African homelands of South West Africa who were temporarily in the Republic would be able to cast votes there in the elections of elected members of Legislative Councils for their respective homelands. Within Owambo, however, the emergency regulations remained in force. Largely in view of this, Swapo decided to campaign for a boycott of the 1975 elections. Leaders addressed large meetings of migrant Ovambo workers in White areas of the South, distributing leaflets. But it was reported that certain of the tribal leaders within Owambo prohibited political meetings.3 The elections, spread over a five-day period, began on 13 January. It was reported4 that considerable numbers of SA policemen were present at polling booths and elsewhere to ensure that those who wanted to cast votes could do so without interference. Prior to these elections, the Owambo Cabinet had declared that a mandate should be given to the homeland government to seek the incorporation into an independent Owambo of a part of Southern Angola where about 120 000 Ovambo live.- In a Press interview,6 Chief Elifas is reported to have said that if constitutional talks were held, he would plead for independence for Owambo, the abolition of petty apartheid in the South, and better wages and living conditions for migrants. All the candidates for election stood as independents. The general percentage poll was 55. However, there was stated' to have been a 76 per cent poll in Owambo itself (where there were some 85 000 people entitled to vote) but only a 4 per cent poll in the "White" South (30 000 to 40 000 potential voters). The Council members again elected Chief Elifas as Chief Minister, and he formed a government consisting of members of his party (the OIP). When opening the first session of the new Council at Ongwediva during February, the Deputy Minister of Bantu Development is reported to have said that, as elected members were now in a 3 Rand Daily Mail, 7 January. 4 Ibid, 13 January. 5 Star, 3 February. 6 Rand Daily Mail, 18 January, 7 Ibid, 21 January. 9 Ibid. 27 February.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 majority, there could be no doubt that the Council was constituted on democratic lines and was representative of the people. The Sunday Times had commented earlier9 that the results of the elections would strengthen the assertion by the SA Government that Swapo did not represent a large proportion of the Ovambos, as it claimed to do. On the other hand, the commentary continued, Swapo maintained that the SA authorities and the tribal leaders had intimidated people into going to the polls. The International Commission of Jurists alleged1" that the SWA Administration, chiefs, and tribal police had used threats and intimidation to force people in Owambo to vote. The authorities, in turn, accused Swapo of intimidating potential voters in the South. An interesting point was that a number of members of the previous Legislative Council and of headmen who stood for election were defeated by businessmen." Dr. Gerhard T6temeyer of the National Party, an expert on SWA affairs, was one of those invited by Mr. Vorster to participate in proceedings at a meeting of the Prime Minister's Advisory Council on SWA, held during 1974.12 In a doctoral thesis submitted to the University of Stellenbosch, Dr. Totemeyer expressed his opinion that the Government was making a major mistake in recognizing Chief Elifas's traditionalist OIP as the only political party in Owambo. There would be political instability, he forecast, until the modern elitist groups, represented by Demkop and Swapo, participated freely in elections.13 During May, for the first -time in months, a party of SA political journalists was allowed to tour the territory. It was reported'4 that the Commissioner-General for the Indigenous Peoples told them that the recent grave disturbances in Angola had caused the Ovambo to reconsider cutting their links with the South. (The OIP leaders agreed, later, to take part in the constitutional talks.) As mentioned on page 417 of the 1974 Survey, many hundreds of young Ovambos fled to Angola during that -year, with the possible intention of proceeding from there to Zambia. Chief Elifas said in the Legislative Council in May5 -that a large number of these people had returned, having reported great hardship while they were in Angola. As promised, the authorities took no retaliatory action. ' Issue of 19 January. 10 Star, 14 March. 11 Star, 8 February. 12 See 1974 Survey, page 409. 13 Sunday Times, 27 July. 14 Rand Daily Mail, 23 May. 15 Natal Mercury, 16 May. 336

SOUTH WEST AFRICA (b) Floggings in Owambo It was reported on pages 410 et seq of last year's Survey that, towards the end of 1973, the Ondangwa and Kwanyama tribal courts imposed severe sentences of flogging on political opponents, mainly for having participated in activities of Swapo or Demkop. Questioned in the Republic's House of Assembly, the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development replied that he had not ordered any enquiry, since the matter was one in the exclusive jurisdiction of the tribal authorities. The then Anglican BishopSuffragan, Richard Wood, together with Bishop Leonard Auala of the Evangelical Lutheran Ovambo-Kavango Church, and a layman, brought several actions before the courts for an interdict against the two tribal authorities. A provisional interdict by the Supreme Court, Windhoek, was not confirmed on the return date, but leave was granted to appeal to the Appellate Division. During February, the Appellate Division upheld the appeal, with costs. It ordered that the tribal authorities be interdicted from arresting, detaining, and inflicting punishment on any person on the ground that he was, or was suspected of being, a member of Denkop or Swapo, or on the ground that he had or was suspected of having carried out lawful activities of these organisations.1 A little later, in May,2 the Commissioner-General for the Indigenous Peoples announced that the Owambo Cabinet had agreed to introduce four further limitations on the powers of tribal courts (besides the ban on flogging anyone for his political views). These were that: (i) women might not be flogged; (ii) floggings would no longer be in public; (iii) floggings would no longer be administered on a victim in the nude; and (iv) if a man was sentenced to flogging, he might appeal against the sentence to a five-man appeal court appointed by the Owambo Minister of Justice. This court must have a chairman with at least the qualifications of a magistrate, while two of the remaining members must be representatives of the tribe of the victim. (c) Security matters During 1974, little use was made of the provisions of the emergency regulations relating to detention without trial. The Minister of Police said in the Assembly on 14 February3 that only one person had been detained during the course of that year. He was released without charges having been laid. There were no persons in detention at the end of that year. 1 Rand Daily Mail, 25 February. 2 Star, 23 May. 3 Hansard 2 col. 132. 337

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Early in August the members of the Owambo Cabinet met the SA Prime Minister and senior officials of the Republic. It was reported" that the Owambo Minister of Justice asked for continued assistance in upholding law and order. Mr. Vorster promised that SA troops and police would remain in the territory for as long as the Owambo authorities considered this to be necessary. He also agreed, at the request of the Ovambo leaders, that a permit system would be introduced for movement between SWA and Angola (in spite of the fact that the Kwanyama tribe straddled the border). It was only eleven days after this meeting that, as reported later, Chief Elifas was murdered. Two months thereafter there was an incursion of Swapo guerrillas from Angola. Kavango The Kavango constitution, and the elections held in 1973, were described on page 391 of the Survey for that year. There was a 66,2 per cent poll. No political parties had emerged, candidates being free to express their own points of view. Mr. A. Majavero was elected Chief Minister. During May,' Mr. Majavero told a party of visiting SA journalists that he rejected the idea of Kavango, becoming a sovereign independent state. It was part of SWA. It could take care of its own domestic affairs, but not of wider matters. The Chief Minister was opposed to any interference by the UN. It was reported in May2 that a Finish nun's vehicle had been fired upon from the Angola side of the border. Thereupon, the Kavango Cabinet arranged a meeting with leaders of the three Angolan liberation movements, inviting the Commissioner-General to be present as an observer. The Angolans offered their apologies. At a meeting of the Legislative Council in April,3 SA'S Minister of Defence said that Kavango was to have its own armed force. As in the case of the Transkei, members would be trained by SA Defence Force instructors and be supplied with weapons and equipment by the SA Government. East Caprivians As mentioned on page 332, early in the year under review had a non- self-governing Legislative Council, with no elected members. It was announced in the Press on 23 July that this homeland was to be placed on the same constitutional level as Owambo and Kavango. Besides chiefs nominated by the tribes, there would be 12 elected members of the Council. The powers of this body would be increased. 4 Rand Daily Mail, 7 August. 1 Rand Daily Mail, 23 May. 2 Ibid, 25 May. 3 Ibid, 19 April. 338

SOUTH WEST AFRICA A draft of the new constitution would be placed before a joint meeting of the two tribes of the -homeland for approval, it was stated. Damaras The Damara people have been very much divided amongst themselves. They have no traditional chiefs. A minority of the people, living in the homeland allocated to this group, have eleven elected ward councils, members of which meet together to form the Damara Advisory Council. This body has, for years, urged the repeal of racially discriminatory laws and is reported' to have said, in February, that unless Black and Brown were given equal status with Whites in terms of internationally acceptable principles, it would favour UN supervision, in addition to South African, when the inhabitants conferred on their political future. Some years ago, most of the Damaras living outside the homeland rejected the authority of the Advisory Council and, instead, set up a Damara Tribal Executive. It is reported,2 however, that a split developed, some people veering to support the Advisory Council's representations, while others adhered to the views of the more radical Namibia National Convention (described later). Two, minor splinter groups were said3 to be the Damara United Front and an organisation called the Voice of the People, which also claimed support among the Namas. Mr. Dirk Mudge, leader of the White Legislative Assembly, was stated4 to have invited leaders of the principal groups to dinner during December 1974 in an endeavour to unite the factions. In April,' the Advisory Council suggested that the problem be solved by holding a democratic election for all Damaras in SWA. This suggestion was supported by the Damara United Front. It was reported during July' that the Advisory Council had demanded three pre- conditions for a constitutional conference. Such a conference should take place under international supervision. Political exiles should be allowed to return freely to participate in the discussions. Whites living in SWA should renounce their SA citizenship. A copy of these demands was sent to the Secretary-General of the UN. At the constitutional talks the Damara people were represented only by one of the splinter groups: the Damara United Front. 1 Star, 4 February. 2 Ibid, 19 March. 3 Ibid, 16 December 1974. 4 Ibid. 5 Ibid, 10 April; and Rand Daily Mail, 23 July. 6 Star, 8 July; Rand Daily Mail, 22 July. 7 Sunday Times, 31 August. 339

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Hereros The Herero people have for long been divided in their views. The largest group lives in the west of SWA. In 1970 the Chief's Council elected Clemens Kapuuo to be their chief, an appointment which had been approved by the previous chief before his death. Chief Kapuuo is the leader of the National Unity Democratic Organisation (Nudo), and the moving spirit in the National Convention of Freedom Parties (described later). When meeting Dr. Kurt Waldheim, the UN Secretary-General, in 1972, the National Convention was reported to have pressed for SA's withdrawal, the preservation of the territory as one identity, an end to racial segregation, the release of political prisoners, and the abolition of -the labour recruitment system. At the -time, the locally-based Swapo and Swanu (SWA National Union) adhered to the Convention. As mentioned elsewhere in - this Survey, and in previous years, Chief Kapuuo has several times appeared before UN bodies and officials, urging the recognition of the National Convention, rather than Swapo-in-exile, as the organisation most representative of the peoples of Namibia. Chief Kapuuo's claim to the chieftainship has been disputed by the Association for the Preservation of the Tjamuaha/ Maharero royal house, which regards Chief Jephta Maharero as -being the rightful heir. A third group, living in the east of the territory, consists of the Mbanderos, who successfully negotiated for the SA Government's recognition of a chief of their own, Chief Munjuko Nguvauva. This group accepted the SA Bantu Authorities system. There is a -still further division. Swanu, a radical group which rejects dialogue with Whites, and claims support among the Herero youth and intellectuals. The first three bodies mentioned were for long unable to agree upon a representative Herero delegation to participate in constitutional talks. During 1974, when the Prime Minister's Advisory Council' was being formed, Chief Kapuuo rejected talks on an ethnic basis and stood out for the inclusion of political groups such as the Convention instead of Government-appointed chiefs and headmen. During July, however (after a split had taken place in the National Convention), Chief Kapuuo is reported' to have handed to Mr. Mudge the names of 32 men, headed by himself, who would represent the Hereros in constitutional talks. A week later, the Association for the Preservation of the Tjamuaha/Maharero royal house named its own seven-man delegation, to be headed by Mr. Maharero. I See 1974 Survey, page 408. 2 Rand Daily Mail, 4 and 14 July. 340

SOUTH WEST AFRICA Further persons apparently represented other factions: the Herero people sent about 50 delegates to the constitutional talks. National Convention and NNC The composition of the National Convention of Freedom Parties was described on page 409 of the 1973 Survey. Its aim was to provide a united front against the Nationalist Government's apartheid policy, bringing the various opposition groups together to work towards a free, multi-racial society. At the beginning of 1975, Swapo resigned from the Convention, followed by Swanu, the Rehoboth Baster Volksparty, some of the members of the Damara Tribal Executive, the Democratic Co-operative Party, and the Namib African People's Democratic Organisation. This breakaway group named itself the Namibia National Convention (NNC). It elected as president a Swanu supporter, Mr. Jephta Tjozongogo. Remaining with the National Convention were Nudo, the Herero Chiefs Council, some of the Nama chiefs, and, it appears, dissident groups among some of the NNC organisations. This body, still led by Chief Clemens Kapuuo, maintained the original aims of the Convention, and did not rule out talks with Whites. The NNC, on the other hand, stood for a non-racial, unitary, independent Namibia. It rejected any discussion of federalism, multi-nationalism, or separate development, and was totally opposed to constitutional talks held on an ethnic basis. Major blows to the new NNC were the Rehoboth Baster and Owambo elections. Moreover, splits developed within the organisation. Swapo, whose members are mainly Ovambos, echoed the views of Swapo-in-exile, claiming to be the only authentic voice of the people of Namibia. Its national chairman was Mr. David Meroro. Swanu, led by Mr. Gerson Veii, was a militant, Chineseorientated body. It, strongly opposed the UN decision to channel funds to Swapo only. During June, the NNC planned a march through the streets of Windhoek to protest against SA's presence in Namibia. SA's Minister of Justice prohibited this, on the ground that the march was likely to disturb the public peace. In the face of a massive show of force by police and army units the march was called off. About fifteen NNC members, who did stage a protest on the steps of the main post office, were arrested. The Swapo Youth League planned a meeting in the centre of Windhoek for the following week, but this was prohibited by the Chief Magistrate. During July, the NNC launched a campaign against ethnicallybased constitutional talks.' 1 Rand Daily Mail, 30 July; Star, 28 July.

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 STATEMENTS BY SA AUTHORITIES In an address given in Windhoek on 20 May,' Mr. Vorster said that although SA had at no time recognised the right which the UN arrogated to itself to supervise the administration of SWA, the Republic had repeatedly through the years endeavoured to find an acceptable basis for negotiation with the UN with a view to a solution of the problem. The UN, he continued, laid emphasis on the separate status of the territory. "We are in agreement on this. We respect the separate status of the territory. We do not claim an inch of the territory of South West Ari'ca... "It has also been demanded that the inhabitants of South West Africa should be given the opportunity as quickly as possible freely to express their views on their constitutional development. This also is in accordance with our policy... The South African Government seriously trusts that constitutional consultations will be held as soon as possible and that representatives of the various nations will, as soon as possible, reach a decision on their future . . . We will not interfere in the reaching of decisions . . . The inhabitants of South West Africa themselves and no one else will decide their future ... All options are open to them." Commenting on a London Times report of the discussions he had held with President Tolbert of Liberia, Mr. Vorster said, "I told him that I can give the nations of South West Africa experience in self-government, and thereafter it depends on themselves". In the course of a speech in the Assembly in April,' Mr. Vorster stated that he had consistently shown his preparedness to have discussions on SWA, and had made use of every opportunity to discuss 'the territory with leaders of Africa, but he was not prepared to have such discussions through Swapo or on the conditions laid down in the resolution of the OAU taken at Dar-esSalaam. Earlier," the Prime Minister had made it clear that in no circumstances would he have dealings with Mr. Sam Najoma of Swapo-in-exile. Speaking in the Assembly on 3 February,5 the Minister of Foreign Affairs, Dr. Hildgard Muller, said that because of new developments in SWA, it was the view of his government that the population of the territory could reach the stage where it would be prepared to exercise its right of self-determination considerably sooner than the ten years which were envisaged during the discussions with Dr. Waldheim a few years previously. Mr. Vorster, too, referred to this matter in his Assembly speech, quoted earlier. I Rand Daily Mail, 21 May. 2 Star, 18 February. 3 Hansard 11 cols. 4511-3. ' Hansard 10 cols. 4382-6. 5 Hansard 1 col. 45. 342

SOUTH WEST AFRICA With the developments taking place, he said, it could be accepted that the time would be shorter than ten years. But the Government was dealing with peoples who had to go through a development process, and who had to designate their leaders. He could not at that stage forecast whether the envisaged conference would be explanatory or a constitutional conference. Mr. Vorster told the Press on 18 February that he had proposed to President Tolbert that if the latter wished to see the leaders of the people of SWA he would gladly send them to Liberia at Government expense. By this, he had meant the real, natural and elected leaders. Mr. Nujoma, he emphasized, was not such a leader. Adding to this in the Assembly on 21 April,6 the Prime Minister said that any leader from any country in Africa who wished to make himself acquainted with - the facts and circumstances in SWA, or wished to have discussions with the peoples of the territory, was free to approach him, and he would make the necessary arrangements. He had personally conveyed this invitation to the leaders of African states whom he had met. Leaders of states could come personally, or by way of representatives. In the course of his Windhoek speech, Mr. Vorster said that he would also be prepared to exchange ideas with a committee of the OAU (although he could not accept the role the OAU proposed for Swapo). "If the African chairman of the SWA Committee and the special committee of the OAU therefore are really interested in coming to South Africa to discuss with me the progress of the nations of the territory, I shall meet them. I shall also ask the true leaders of the nations of the territory to receive them. If, furthermore, they are anxious to receive the leaders of the nations in their own countries in order to get first-hand information they are free to invite them and we shall do everything in our power to assist in making such visits possible." SA, Mr. Vorster continued, was prepared to continue negotiations with the UN Secretary-General or his personal representative about the constitutional development of SWA and the progress being made in the process of self- determination. But it should be understood clearly that SA was not prepared to accept UN supervision. Mr. Vorster remarked that the UN had "demanded that the human rights of everyone irrespective of colour or race must be maintained and promoted. We agree," he said. "In fact, an important recent development in this field was the acceptance by the Legislative Assembly in Windhoek of a motion giving unanimous support to the Executive Committee in its efforts to 6 Op. ds. 343

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 promote good human relations between the inhabitants of the territory. The Legislative Assembly also requested the Executive Committee to give attention to measures and practices which stand in the way of good relations between White and Non-White. In consequence of this resolution the Executive Committee appointed a study group consisting of five members of the Legislative Assembly to investigate the matter thoroughly . . . We in South Africa welcome the initiative." The Prime Minister stated that from what he had said it "appears that basically we are in agreement with the most important aspects of the points of view put at the UN. Also, as far as the OAU is concerned we have, in principle, and subject to what I have already said, no fault to find with their attitude relating to self- determination, independence, and the establishment of the territorial integrity of the territory. Where we differ, and differ very clearly, is about the roles demanded for the UN and Swapo." MOVES BY THE SWA AUTHORITIES TO EASE TENSIONS Study group appointed by the Legislative Assembly The study group mentioned by Mr. Vorster was headed by Mr. Franz van Zijl, M.L.A., the editor of a Windhoek newspaper. It met for a first time early in May, and planned to consult with leaders of other population groups. According to an official announcement, all legislation which affected race relations-upwards of 100 Ordinances and Acts-was being reviewed administratively. The findings would be submitted to the study group from time to time.1 The group's first interim report was submitted to the Legislative Assembly early in June.2 "Orientation Courses" A carefully selected team of about a hundred public servants and officials, including senior teachers, was appointed to launch an intensive campaign to prepare the Whites in particular to expect major political and social changes. The team first met on 5 May. On 12 May this team, together with about 350 officials in the SWA Administration, State departments, local authorities, and semi-state and statutory bodies met for an all-day symposium in Windhoek. They were addressed by Mr. "Pik" Botha, SA's Ambassador to the UN, and by Mr. Dirk Mudge and Mr. Eben van Zijl of the SWA Executive Committee. I Star, 1 May. 2 Rand Daily Mail, 6 June. 344

SOUTH WEST AFRICA The plan was that, thereafter, members of the team would address opinion-makers in bodies such as churches, teachers' and farmers' associations and others on the necessity for change.3 The "pass laws" One of -the decisions based on the study group's first interim report was that the regulations relating to the documents needed by Africans should be revised. They would, where necessary, be brought into line with the labour contract system introduced for migrant Ovambo workers in 1972.1 In terms of Proclamation 105 of 9 May, the Masters and Servants' Proclamation, 1920 (SWA), and relevant clauses of related measures dealing with labour control, were repealed. According to various Press reports,' migrant workers from the northern territories would, in future, be required to carry service contract documents instead of identification passes. Penalties for breaches of the regulations were made less severe than those that had pertained to identification passes. Visitors from the northern homelands would still require permits. Most Africans resident in the White-ruled South would continue to need permits to visit or seek work in a municipal area or magisterial district other than the one in which they were domiciled, although further categories of persons might be exempted. Control of influx to the towns would remain. Africans in urban areas might at any time be required to produce their employment registration certificates. Hotels and restaurants Also as a result of the interim report, it was decided by the Legislative Assembly's Executive Committee that legislation should be introduced allowing proprietors of hotels and restaurants to open their premises on a voluntary basis to persons of all racial groups, subject to Executive Committee approval. (This legislation was enacted in September, in the form of amendments to the Liquor Ordinance.) Even if some owners did not choose to open their premises to everyone, they might be required "in certain circumstances" to accommodate Blacks." Signboards A further decision was that "apartheid" signboards should be removed from public buildings. Local authorities and the private sector would be urged to follow suit. 3 Star, 13 May; Sunday Times, 18 May. 4 See 1972 Survey, page 436. 5 Star, 29 May; Rand Daily Mail, 30 May. 6 Rand Daily Mail and Star of 6 June. 345

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Tribal system in Owambo The Commissioner-General for the Indigenous Peoples announced7 that a special committee had been established to review the whole tribal system in Owambo to make it more democratic. Announcement made at the UN The announcement of impending changes as decided upon by the Executive Committee was transmitted by the SA Government to the SA Mission at the UN during the Security Council's debate on the future of the territory. UN SECURITY COUNCIL MEETING, JUNE Shortly before the Security Council again met, SA's Minister of Foreign Affairs, Dr. Hilgard Muller, sent a letter to the UN Secretary-General dealing with the resolution of December 1974, summarized on page 328. The text of his letter was released to the Press.1 Dr. Muller repeated much of what Mr. Vorster had said in Windhoek on 20 May and in the House of Assembly on 21 April, described earlier. Dr. Muller reiterated that it was for the people of SWA themselves to determine their own political and constitutional future. This presupposed that they should exercise their choice freely and without interference from SA, the UN, or any other outside entity. All options were open to them, including independence as a unitary state. Any political group in the territory was free to campaign for any constitutional changes it liked, Mr. Muller said, and to participate in any peaceable political activities, including the election of representatives to the proposed constitutional conference, provided only that such activities were conducted within the requirements of law and order. South Africa's presence in the territory was not and could not be seen as that of an occupation force, but was that of an administering power which was there with the consent of and at the wish of the people concerned. It would be highly irresponsible if SA were to withdraw prematurely without considering the wishes of the people, and were thereby to create the risk of disorder, and even internal strife "which have been and are being experienced in certain other countries". Mention was made of the major financial and other contributions which SA had made to the development of the territory. Stalemate was reached in the Security Council. Debate on the desirability or otherwise of continued contact with SA with a view to internationally-supervised elections in SWA was shelved 7 Sunday Times, 25 May. e.g. Rand Daily Mail and Star of 28 May. 346

SOUTH WEST AFRICA when various nations contended that SA had not met the demands made by the Council in December 1974. The Afro-Asians insisted that a mandatory arms embargo should be imposed on SA if this country had not acceded to UN demands by the time that the Council next met. Western powers made it clear that they did not regard the situation in SWA as one presenting a threat to international peace and thus justifying mandatory action under Chapter VII of the UN Charter. The Afro-Asian bloc then tabled a motion calling for an immediate mandatory arms embargo, which motion was vetoed by the United States, United Kingdom, and France. Mr. Sean MacBride, the UN Commissioner for Namibia, told the Press that he would continue with his plan, put to the General Assembly in 1974, to secure a UN decree for the seizure of cargoes from SWA. Mention of this plan was made in working papers put before the Security Council, but was deleted from the draft resolution when it was realized that the latter was likely to be vetoed.' EXPULSION OF CHURCH LEADERS FROM SWA It was announced on 17 June3 that Bishop Richard Wood, leader of the Anglican Church in SWA, and Mr. Rolf Friede, director of the Christian Centre in Windhoek, had been ordered, under the 1920 Undesirables Removal Act, to leave SWA within a week. Bishop Wood was the third Anglican Bishop to be expelled in seven years. He was acting for Bishop Colin Winter (expelled in 1972). Earlier, in 1968, Bishop Robert Mize had been ordered to leave. Bishop Wood was replaced by a Vicar- General, the Rev. Edward Morrow. ASSASSINATION OF CHIEF ELIFAS, AND SUBSEQUENT ARRESTS On 17 August Chief Filemon Elifas was shot while in his car, driving in the evening to visit a friend near Ondangwa, the Owambo capital, and died on the way to hospital. His assailants escaped in the darkness. Mr. Jannie de Wet, Commissioner-General for the Indigenous Peoples, is reported' to have said that Swapo was clearly one of the prime suspects, as it had repeatedly threatened assassination. The police arrested a number of Swapo and NNC leaders in Owambo and in Windhoek, holding them for questioning. Police protection was provided for the Herero Chief Clemens Kapuuo and other leaders who had agreed to attend the constitutional talks. It was stated that Herero vigilante squads abducted several 2 From various Press reports, 3 to 9 June. 3 Rand Daily Mail of that date. I Rand Daily Mail, 18 August. 347

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Swapo officials, handing them over to the police. According to the Press, at least fifteen persons were in detention at the beginning of September. Some were released after questioning, but among those still under arrest at the time of writing was Mr. Axel Johannes, the Windhoek secretary of Swapo.2 Other people, stated to number at least nineteen by 28 August, were detained in Owambo under the quasi-emergency Proclamation 17/1972.1 Mr. David Meroro, Swapo's national chairman, went into hiding when the arrests began, and then escaped via Botswana to Lusaka." SA's Minister of Police, Mr. J. T. Kruger, is reported5 to have told an annual congress of the NP in Windhoek, on 15 September, that the "real person" responsible for the murder was not as yet in the hands of the police. CONSTITUTIONAL TALKS Preparations' Arrangements were made by the authorities for the constitutional talks to begin on 1 September in the Turnhalle of Windhoek. Translation facilities into seven languages were provided, with communications microphones for delegates. Hotel accommodation was arranged. Eleven population groups were represented, their delegates numbering 156. As mentioned earlier, the Herero groups sent 50 delegates. No limitation was placed on the numbers, the aim being to reach agreement by consensus. The Herero brought an American lawyer to advise them. Some of the other groups objected to this; but it was eventually agreed that the lawyer could remain, but must sit in a separate cubicle, not with the delegation, and that other groups might, if they so wished, appoint advisers to operate on a similar basis. The White delegation consisted solely of Messrs. Mudge and Van Zijl.2 The Press commented3 that it seemed that the White, Coloured, Kavango and possibly Herero, Rehoboth Baster, and Tswana delegations were based on majority support, but this was not necessarily the case so far as the Ovambo, Damara, East Caprivian, Nama, and Bushman delegations were concerned. The Rehoboth Baster leader, Dr. Benjamin Africa, was unanimously elected chairman of the credentials committee, which consisted of two members from each of the eleven population groups. The committee accepted the credentials of all the delegates. 2 Various Press reports. 18 August to 16 September. 3 See 1972 Survey, page 439. 4 Star, 16 September; Sunday Times, 5 October. Rand Daily Mail. 16 September. 1 Account compiled from numerous Press reports between 31 August and 9 September. 2 See page 331. 3 Star, 1 9-ptember. 348

SOUTH WEST AFRICA It was agreed that the chairman of the assembly would be appointed on a daily basis by the delegations in rctation, in alphabetical order, until all had had a turn. The procedure would then be reviewed. Declaration of Intent The assembly's first task was to draw up a Declaration of Intent. An original draft referred several times to the "peoples" of SWA. Several delegations objected on the grounds that the term seemed to emphasise population differences at the expense of national unity. As a compromise, the term "population groups" was used instead. According to a number of Press reports the Declaration, as finally approved, stated that the delegates described themselves as the true and authentic representatives of the inhabitants of SWA. They had gathered together voluntarily in the exercise of their right to self-determination and independence. They were firmly resolved to determine their own future, by peaceful negotiation and co- operation. They strongly condemned and rejected the use of force, or any improper interference, employed in order to overthrow the existing order or enforce a new dispensation. While delegates recognised "the particular circumstances" of population groups, they acknowledged their interdependence and pledged themselves to serve "the interests of SWA in its entirety". They resolved to create a form of government which would guarantee to every population group the greatest possible say in its own and national affairs, would protect the rights of minorities, and would do right and justice to all. Human fights and fundamental freedoms would be promoted for everyone, without discrimination on grounds of race, colour, or creed. Continuous attention would be devoted to social and economic conditions which would best promote the welfare, interests, and peaceful co-existence of all the inhabitants of SWA and their posterity. The delegates resolved to draft a constitution for SWA as soon as appropriate, and if possible within three years, and to devote continuous attention to measures implementing all the aims specified in the declaration. No full record of the proceedings was published: the Press was excluded, and the delegates adopted, by consensus, a resolution that the proceedings would not be divulged outside the Council chamber. ' On 12 September the conference was adjourned until 10 November. Committees of inquiry were then appointed to submit recommendations in regard, respectively, to education, social upliftment, economic development, and employment practices, after which t' e conference again adjourned. 349

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Tour by some of the delegates During October, 34 of the delegates representing all the eleven population groups visited the United States and Britain as a group, all expenses being paid by the SA Government. They encountered difficulties because of the UN General Assembly's 1974 resolution,4 which they were endeavouring to refute, that Swapo was "the authentic representative of the Namibian people", and earlier resolutions declaring SA to be in illegal occupation of Namibia (and, thus, not entitled to hold conferences there or send delegates abroad). In Washington DC they were received by comparatively junior officials at the State Department. Some of the delegations at the UN received them, but not at ambassadorial level. While in the United States the delegates were shown farming operations in Texas, Arizona and Colorado, regions chosen because of their climatic and physical similarity to SWA. In Britain they were received by the Minister of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs, Mr. David Ennals, and Foreign Office and Commonwealth Office officials. Members told the Press that they had received a fair hearing.5 Resumption of Conference When the conference reassembled on 10 November, the White delegation was enlarged to include all sixteen members of the SWA Legislative Assembly (all of whom were National Party members) and the leader of the NP in the territory, Mr. A. H. du Plessis, on condition (acceptable to him) that he resigned his portfolio of Minister of Public Works and Community Development in the SA Government. Mr. Billy Marais, secretary to the conference, told the Press it was unlikely that there would be more than six White delegates present at any one time. MILITARY ACTION Defence Headquarters in Pretoria announced on 13 October that Swapo guerrillas, coming from South Angola, had raided two villages across the international border, near Oshikango, murdering a deputy headman and his wife and seven tribal policemen. They then fled back to Angola. "The SA Defence Force has been instructed to take appropriate action," it was stated. Apparently on the day following this raid, a SA national serviceman was killed, and two others injured, in a landmine explosion in the Caprivi Strip, to -the east. The Owambo Cabinet met and made an urgent request to the SA Prime Minister to ensure that its territory's boundaries were respected. 4 See 1974 Survey, page 406. 5 Account compiled from various Press reports, 4 to 22 October 350

SOUTH WEST AFRICA On 17 October Defence Headquarters announced that SA troops had made a reprisal raid, destroying two Swapo camps in S. Angola, killing seven Swapo guerrillas, and seizing military equipment. The SA Defence Force had suffered no casualties during the operation. It was officially announced, too, that with the concurrence of the Kwanyama tribal authority and Owambo Cabinet, a strip of land along the border, about 250 km long and up to 3 km deep, was to be cleared as a security precaution. The people would be resettled further to the south, and the area patrolled. The Press speculated that the guerrillas who had attacked the two Owambo villages were possibly the men responsible for the assassination of Chief Elifas.6 In mid-November, two SA officers were killed by land-mine explosions on the border, a private was fatally wounded by a mortar bomb, and two privates were killed in a Swapo attack. About ten of the attackers were killed in the fighting, and a number injured. As the fighting between the rival African groups in Angola intensified, the SA Government sent reinforcements of troops to guard the border and to protect the Cunene River project, which is described later. In further actions late in November, a SA officer, two NCO's, and three troopers were killed. The guerrillas suffered a number of casualties. A light, unarmed aircraft, in which three SA officers were travelling, failed to return from a mission in the border area. NOTES ON AREA OF HOMELANDS IN SWA The Minister of Coloured, Rehoboth, and Nama Relations said in the Republic's Assembly on 28 February and 24 April' that, in terms of the Odendaal Commission's recommendations (1962-3) the Nama Reserves of Bondelswarts and Warmbad, measuring 209 052 ha, had been deproclaimed. About 379 Namas would have to move from these areas. The land purchased from Whites and added to the Nama homeland was 1 004 372 ha in extent. The cost to the State had been R12 119 187. The area of the land purchased from Whites to add to the Rehoboth Gebiet was 73790 ha. This had cost the State R1 875 060. The Minister of Bantu Administration and Development reported on 14 February2 that the "Native" homelands of SWA contained large tracts of unsurveyed land. The total areas were approximately as follows: o Rand Daily Mail accounts. 14 to 20 October. I Hansard 4 col. 314; Hansard 11 cols. 799-800. 2 Hansard 2 col. 109.

352 A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Hectares Owambo ...... 5607000 Kaokoland ...... 4898 000 Kavango ...... 4 170 000 East Caprivi ...... 1153000 Damaraland ...... 4799 000 Hereroland ...... 5 899 000 The total area of land that had been bought from Whites for additions to these homelands was 3 227 754 ha, the cost of these purchases being' 554 785. Only small further adjustments were being considered. FINANCING OF DEVELOPMENT OF HOMELANDS It is impossible, from published accounts, to calculate the total amounts spent by the SA Government on the development of the "homelands" of SWA. Some indications only can be given here. Reports of the Controller and Auditor-General for 1973-4 In Part II of his report for the 1973-4 fiscal year,3 the Controller and Auditor- General reported on the following amounts spent in SWA: Dept. of Coloured Relations and Rehoboth Affairs ... Dept. of Bantu Education ...... Dept. of Bantu Administration and Development ... R 7 797 652 4518500 19662185 The last item included a grant-in-aid of R15 546 000 to the SA Bantu Trust. The Trust's expenditure was not shown. Further information is available only in respect of the three partially self- governing territories of Owambo, Kavango and East Caprivi,4 as follows. Some of the amounts shown are included in the figures given above. Dept. of Bantu Education ...... Dept. of Bantu Administration and Development .. SA Bantu Trust ...... Other Government Departments (Railways and Postal Administration excluded) ... Ordinary revenue of homeland governments (including taxes paid by citizens) ...... R 543 813 4 346 552 11 891 975 1496493 611 909 3 RP 53/1974 pages 305, 270, 269. 4 Part I of the Report, page 25, and the separate accounts of each homeland government. Totals calculated by the writer.

SOUTH WEST AFRICA Official Estimates of Expenditure from South West Africa Account, 1975-6 The official Estimates of Expenditure from the SWA Account for the 1975-6 fiscal year5 include the following amounts: R Coloured, Rehoboth and Nama Relations ...... 11 930 000 Bantu Education ...... 3072 000 Bantu Administration and Development and SA Bantu Trust ...... 46 124 000 Public Works (school buildings) ...... 943 200 Because of changes in the system of accounting, these totals are not strictly comparable with those given for 1973-4. NOTES ON IRRIGATION AND AGRICULTURAL DEVELOPMENT On 9 May the Financial Mail reported that during 1973 the SA Government, at its own expense, completed the Gov Dam on the Upper Cunene River (within Angola) and commenced pumping water into canals from a regulating dam at Calueque in Angola to Oshakati in SA. The arrangement had been that SA would pay royalties for the use of this water. But both Angola and SWA would receive power from a hydro-electric power station being built at the Ruacana Falls (just within SWA), and both could use the stored water for irrigation schemes. Owing to the current political situation in Angola, the future of this scheme is impossible to predict. In its annual report for the year ended 31 March 1974 the Bantu Investment Corporation (BIC) stated that during 1973 it launched a cattle ranching project on 250000 ha of land leased for ten years from the Kavango Government. The BIC had undertaken to erect game-proof and interior fencing, to sink boreholes, and at each borehole to provide cattle kraals and housing units. It would train Kavangos in ranching, so that they could eventually take over the project. By the end of the year reviewed, employment had been created for 160 male labourers, of whom 30 were accompanied by their families. The BIC was also undertaking the erection of a modem meat canning factory in Owambo. Replying to a question in the Assembly on 18 February,6 the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development said that an agricultural school had been opened in Owambo. The 1975 enrolment was likely to total 47. A second agricultural school would be opened in Kavango in 1976. RP 4/1975. 6 Hansar i 3 col. 183. 353

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 MINING Notes on mining in homelands of SWA are included in the general report on page 144. COMMERCE AND INDUSTRY IN NATIVE HOMELANDS The Deputy Minister of Bantu Development said in the Assembly that during the year ended 31 March 1974 the BIC granted 48 loans to Native8 businessmen or light industrialists in SWA, to a total amount of R303 511. The BIC had, since its inception, established the following concerns in Native homelands: Wholesale trade 8 general dealers (3 transferred to Native ownership) 2 bottle stores Retail trade 2 hardware shops 4 bottle stores (all transferred to Native ownership) 6 general dealers (4 transferred to Native ownership) 9 workshops and service stations 3 butcheries 2 curio dealers 2 tourist rest camps Industrial 4 building sections 1 furniture factory 4 bakeries 1 soft drink factory 1 engineering works 2 saw mills. The Corporation was employing the following persons as at 31 March 1974: Whites Natives Building operations ...... 27 556 Trading concerns ...... 96 379 Industrial concerns ...... 20 299 The BIC had erected 55 business premises for letting to Natives. 7 Hanuard 3 col. 238. s The "Native" groups arm defined on page 331.

SOUTH WEST AFRICA 355 EDUCATION AND OTHER SOCIAL SERVICES Statistics on education and other social services are included with those for the Republic, given in earlier chapters of this Survey. In terms of Government Notices 3, 129 and 130 of 3 and 17 January, every Coloured, Rehoboth Baster, or Nama child who enrols in a school class at the beginning of an academic year must attend regularly until the end of that year. A start has, in consequence, been made with the introduction of compulsory education for the population groups concerned.

357 INDEX A African home ownership in urban areas-82 African Homelands-see Homelands and names of individual areas African National Congress-in-exile-28, 299 African political affairs-26 African political exiles-26, 28 African professional persons in urban areas-83 African States: aid given by SA-287 African States: diplomatic relations with SA-288 African States: trade with SA-286 African traders in urban areas-83, 194 African women: influx control-106 African women: legal status-Ill (Also see Bantu, Blacks, etc.) Afrikaanse Studentebond-264 Aged persons, homes for-276 Aged persons, social pensions-277 Agriculture-see Farming Aid centres-100 All Africa Conference of Churches-29 Amenities for Black people in towns-67 Anglican Church-see Church of the Province Angola-304 et seq Apartheid, "petty"--97, 98 Apprentices-see Employment Austria, investment in SA-159 Banishment of Africans-46 Banning of persons--44 Banning of publications-47 Bantu Affairs Administration Boards-81 Bantu Affairs Administration Boards, censoring of plays by-49 Bantu Education, adult-228 Bantu Education, bursaries- 266 et seq Bantu Education, curricula and school classes, restructuring of-22i Bantu Education, disturbances at schools-229 Bantu Education, double sessions- 218 Bantu Education, examination results-223 Bantu Education, expenditure on- 216 Bantu Education, media of instruction-222 Bantu Education, pupils-219 Bantu Education, schools-216 Bantu Education, special education-224 Bantu Education, teachers-225 Bantu Education, technical and vocational-246 et seq Bantu Education, technical, industrial training centres-250 Bantu Education, technical training of factory operatives-250, 253

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Bantu Education, textbooks-223 Bantu Education, trade schools-246 Bantu Education, universities-see Universities Bantu Education, vocational, for girls-248 Bantu Laws Amendment Act, No. 9/1975-81, 121, 126, 335 (Also see Africans, and Black) Basotho Qwaqwa-see Q Basson, Mr. Japie D. du P., M.P.-4 Bergins, Mr. W. J.-19 Black People's Convention-27, 58 Black Renaissance Convention-27 Black Sash-59, 64, 102, 105, 109, 167 Black spots- 116, 117 BophuthaTswana, consolidation plan-120 BophuthaTswana, constitutional developments-134 BophuthaTswana, resettlement scheme-136 BophuthaTswana, squatters-137 (Also see Homelands) Border industrial areas-see Employment Botha, Mr. R. F. "Pik"--283 Botswana, relations with SA-288, 291, 312 et seq Breytenbach, Mr. Breyten--64 Britain, investments in SA-154 Britain, relations with SA-283, 329 Britain, Simonstown Agreement--43 Brown, Rev. Brian-32 Building industry, employment in-171, 190 Bureau of Literacy and Literature-228, 275 Bureau of Market Research-162 Bursary (scholarship) funds-266 et seq Buthelezi, Chief Gatsha-26, 27, 103, 120, 131 et seq, 148 C Callaghan, Mr. James--43 Cape Peninsula, group areas and housing-76, 85 Cape Peninsula, squatters-76, 86 Cape Town-abolition of certain racial restrictions-98 Capital punishment-51 Central African Republic-294 Children, homes for-276 Chinese traders, effects of Group Areas Act-73 Christian Institute of Southern Africa-32 Christian Institute declared an "affected organisation"--35 Christian Institute, Le Grange Commission report-34 Church of the Province of SA-30 Churches-29 et seq (Also see under names of individual churches) Ciskei, consolidation plan-1 18 Ciskei, constitutional developments-129 (Also see Homelands) Civil Rights League of SA-46 Cleminshaw, Mrs. D.-33 Coloured cadets-Ill Coloured Development Corporatior-li I2 Coloured education, adult-235 Coloured education, bursaries-266 Coloured education, examination results-232 358

INDEX Coloured education, expenditure on-230 Coloured education, pupils-231 Coloured education, schools and platoon system-230 Coloured education, teachers-233 Coloured education, technical and vocational-254 Coloured education, university-see Universities Coloured Federal Party-see Federal Coloured Labour Party-see Labour Coloured local government-79 Coloured people, appointment to statutory Boards and Commissions12, 67 Coloured Persons' Representative Council, adjournment of-19 Coloured Persons' Representative Council, Amendment Act, No. 32/1975 -14 Coloured Persons' Representative Council, budget-12, 15, 20 ff Coloured Persons' Representative Council, elections-13 Coloured Persons' Representative Council, future of Council, Prime Minister's proposals-1l Coloured Persons' Representative Council, nominations by the Government-18 Coloured Persons' Representative Council, proposed inter-Cabinet Council-12, 19 Coloured Persons' Representative Council, revocation of appointment of Mr. Leon-21 Coloured population group, political affairs-ll et seq Coloured rural areas-lil3 Commerce, African traders in urban areas-83, 194 Commerce, employment in-see Employment Commerce, in African homelands-145 et seq Commerce, Indian and Chinese traders-73 Committees Drift-87 Commonwealth Prime Ministers' Conference-297, 329 Community Development Amendment Act, No. 19/1975-67 Congregational Church-see United Conscientious objection to military service-30 Construction-see Employment, Building industry Cost of living and minimum living standards-159 Council of Churches-see SA, International, and World Crime, capital punishment-51 Crime, corporal punishment-53 Crime, in Black townships of Johannesburg and in Cape Peninsula-53 Criminal statistics-50 et seq Curry, Mr. David-17 D Dar-es-Salaam Declaration of OAU-296, 317 Decentralisation of industry-see Employment Defence, expenditure and equipment-41 Defence Force, employment in-42, 197 Democratic Party (Mr. Gerdener)-9 Denmark, investment in SA-158 Dentists-273 Detention under security laws-58 et seq, 63 et seq D6tente policy-1 et seq, 286, 296 et seq Doctors-see Medical Practitioners Domestic workers-203 Durban, group areas and housing-78 Dutch Reformed Church-see Nederduitse

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 E East London bus boycott-88 Economic situation-I50 Education, per capita costs- 214 Education, students taking secondary school courses-214 Education, teachers' salary scales-214 (Also see Bantu, Coloured, Indian, White) Eglin, Mr. Colin, M.P.-6, 15, 16, 58, 70 Elifas, the late Chief Filemon-see South West Africa Employment, Africans entering the labour market annually-174 Employment, agriculture-141, 184, 217 Employment, apprentices-174 (Also see education, technical, for each population group) Employment, Bantu labour relations-211 Employment, border industries-183 Employment, building industry-171, 190 Employment, charter for workers proposed-167 Employment, commerce and finance-83, 192 Employment, contract labour-167 Employment, cost of living-159 Employment, decentralisation of industry-73, 179 et seq Employment, Defence Force-42, 197 Employment, domestic workers-203 Employment, economic development plan-172 Employment, economic situation-150 Employment, economically active persons- 165 Employment, foreign investment-i 51 Employment, governmental services- 194 Employment, homelands-see Homelands Employment, income levels and wages-163 Employment, industrial committees for African workers-205 Employment, labour bureaux for Africans-166 Employment, labour contracts attested in homelands-149 Employment, labour productivity-172 Employment, local authorities-199 Employment, manpower and labour shortages-172 Employment, manufacturing industry-175 et seq, 179 et seq Employment, manufacturing industry, Indians-74 Employment, migrant workers-102, 167 (Also see Pass laws) Employment, mining-144, 186 ff Employment, Physical Development Plan for SA-72, 182 Employment, Physical Planning Act-i82 Employment, Police Force- 196 Employment, Posts and Telegraphs-202 Employment, Prisons Department- 55, 198 Employment, professional Africans in urban areas-8" Employment, provincial administrations-198 Employment, Railways and Harbours Administration-199 Employment, reservation of work-170 Employment, sheltered employment-213 Employment, strikes and -work stoppages-210 Employment, trade unions-204 et seq Employment, trade unions for Africans-205, 206 Employment, training of Africans-see Bantu Education Employment, unemployment-168 Employment, wage levels-12, 163 360

INDEX Employment, workers' service and educational organisations-209 Employment, Workmen's Compensation-212 Employment, works and liaison committees-205, 211 Entertainments, control of--47 F Farming, employment in-184 Farming, housing for farm workers, loans available- 184 Farming, in African homelands-141 Farming, schools for children of African workers-217 Federal Coloured People's Party-14 Federal Coloured People's Party, meeting with the Prime Minister-l Federal Theological Seminary-31 Feeding schemes, fortified food-270 Fischer, the late Mr. "Bram"-58 Foreign Africans-107 Foreign investment in SA-151 France, investment in SA-158 France, relations with SA-283, 329 G Gazankulu, consolidation plan-120 Gazankulu, constitutional developments-139 (Also see Homelands) General Law Amendment Act, No. 57/1975-24, 44 Gerdener, Mr. T. J. A.-9 Germany (Federal Republic) investment in SA-157 Glen Grey-117 Graaff, Sir De Villiers, M.P.--16, 297 Grahamstown, housing for Africans-86 Group Areas Amendment Act, No. 22/1975-67 Group Areas, depreciation and appreciation contributions-72 Group Areas, effects of Act on Indians and Chinese traders-73 Group Areas, families displaced and resettled-68 H Healthy education-275 Health, medical personnel-see under name of profession concerned Health, para-medical personnel-274 Health services in the homelands- 269 Herschel-I 17 Herstige Nasionale Party-2 Holland, investment in SA-,159 Home ownership by Africans in urban areas--82 Homelands, African, afforestation-143 Homelands, African, area of-i 15 Homelands, African, black spots-i i6, 117 Homelands, African, commercial development-145 et seq Homelands, African, consolidation plans-i i5 Homelands, African, Development Corporations-126, 148. Homelands, African, employment opportunities needed and created-, 147, 167 Homelands, African, farming-141 Homelands, African, financing of development-121 et seq Homelands, African, health services-269

362 A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Homelands, African, investment in (private)-147 Homelands, African, labour contracts attested-149 Homelands, African, leaders, meetings with Prime Minister-26, 103 Homelands, African, manufacturing industry-145 et seq Homelands, African, mining-144 Homelands, African, secondment of White officials-124 Homelands, African, transport services for Africans-88, 147 (Also see names of individual homelands) Hospitals-269 Hotels, accommodation of Black guests-90 Housing Amendment Act, No. 40/1975-66 Housing for farm workers, loans available-184 Housing, home ownership by Africans in urban areas-82 Housing loans and income limits-71 Housing provided in 1974-69 Housing, provision of by Development Companies- 71 Housing, shortage and provision of--69 et seq Housing, types of houses provided for Africans-83 Human Rights Committee-64 I Indian affairs-22 et seq Indian Council-see SA Indian Council Indian education, adult-240 Indian education, bursaries-267 Indian education, examination results- 238 Indian education, financing of-236 Indian education, pupils-237 Indian education, schools and platoon system-236 Indian education, teachers-239 Indian education, technical and vocational-256 Indian education, universities-see Universities Indian Labour Party-24 Indian local government-79 Indian manufacturing concerns-74 Indian traders, effects of Group Areas Act-73 Indians, assisted emigration terminated-24 Indians, citizenship of-24 Indians, immigration of-24 Indians, inter-provincial movement-25 Indians, naturalisation of-22 Industrial Aid Society-210 Influx control-see Pass laws Institute for Industrial Education-209 Institute of Race Relations-37, 59, 64, 76, 87, 102, 105, 111, 267 International Council of Christian Churches-29 International Labour Organisation-153, 210, 298 0 Ivory Coast, relations with SA-290 J Job reservation-see Employment Johannesburg Civic Theatre-95 Johannesburg, easing by municipality of racial restrictions-97 Johannesburg, group areas and housing-75, 84 Johannesburg Indian Social Welfare Association-278 Johannesburg, Lenasia Management Committee-80 Johannesburg, minimum living standards in Soweto-161 Johannesburg, transport for Africans-87

INDEX K Kleinschmidt, Mr. Horst-32, 64, 65 Kotze, Rev. Theo-32, 33 KwaZulu consolidation plan-119 KwaZulu, constitutional developments-130 KwaZulu, operation of bus services-89 (Also see Homelands, and Buthelezi) L Labour bureaux-166 Labour contracts attested in homelands-149 Labour Party, attitude to CRC-14, 17 Labour Party, decision in regard to CRC's budget-20 Labour Party, election results-14 Labour Party, meeting with Prime Minister-19 Labour Party, views on proposed inter-Cabinet council-18 Lebowa, consolidation plan-120 Lebowa, constitutional developments-138 (Also see Homelands) Le Grange Commission-32, 34, 36 Lenasia Management Committee-80 Leon, Mr. Sonny-i 1, 14, 17 et seq, 70 Lesotho, relations with SA-288 Liberia, relations with SA-293 Liquor Amendment Act, No. 58/1975-90 Local authorities, employees of-199 Local authorities, petty apartheid measures relaxed-97, 98 Local government for Coloured and Indian communities-79 M Malawi, relations with SA-290 Mandela, Mr. Nelson-58 Mandela, Mrs. Winnie-- 45 Mangope, Chief Lucas M.-134 et seq Manufacturing-see Employment, and Homelands Matanzima, Paramount Chief K.-118 Mayen Reserve-136 Medical practitioners-262, 271 Medical practitioners, school to be established for Africans-262 Medical practitioners, training of-271 Methodist Church-30 Meyer, Rev. Roelf-32 Migrant labour system-102, 167 Migrant labour system between independent homelands and Republic-103 Mineworkers, disturbances among-186 Mining, employment in-186 Mining in African homelands-144 Mining in Coloured rural areas-il13 Mitchell, Mr. M. L., M.P.-92 Moolla, Mr. A. M.-22 Mopeli, Mr. Kenneth-140 Mozambique, events during the year-302 et seq Mozambique, relations with SA-291 et seq

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 N Namibia-see South West Africa National Party-1 ff National Union of SA Students (Nusas)-263 National Youth Organisation-63 Naudd, Rev. Dr. C. F. Beyers-32, 33, 35 Ndebele people-120, 140 Nederduitse Gereformeerde Church- 31 Newcastle bus boycott-88 Nico Malan Theatre-94 Nigeria, relations with SA- 294, 300 Nurses-273 Nusas-see National Union 0 Old age-see Aged Operation Upgrade-229 Organisation of African Unity-295, 300 Ovambo-see South West Africa P Pass laws, aid centres-100 Pass laws, foreign Africans-107 Pass laws, influx control-26, 102 Pass laws, migrant labour-102, 167 Pass laws, production of reference books on demand-101 Pass laws, prosecution under-99 Pass laws, travel between independent homelands and the Republic-103 Pass laws, women-106 Passports-46 Pensions-see Social Petty apartheid measures in local authority areas-97, 98 Pharmacists-274 Phatudi, Dr. C. N.-138 Physical Planning-see Employment Pietermaritzburg, abolition of certain racial restritions-98 Police, conduct of-56 Police Force, employment in-19, Police Force, expenditure on--41 Police Force, serving in Rhodesia-see Rhodesia Population registration-see Race Population, size and distribution-38 Population, vital statistics-39 Port Elizabeth, group areas and housing-77, 86 Poverty datum line-see Cost of Living Presbyterian Church- 30 Pretoria, abolition of certain racial restrictions-98 Prison labour, use of-54 Prison warders-55 Prisoners, assaults on-55 Prisoners, education-55 Prisoners, numbers and classification of-51 Prisoners, photographs and sketches of-55 Prisons service, employment in-198 Professions, employment of Africans in urban areas-83 364

INDEX Progressive Party-6 Progressive Reform Party-6, 93 Progressive Reform Party, Joint declaration with certain Black leaders-8 (Also see Eglin, Schwarz, Suzman) Publications, control of--47 Q Qwaqwa-120, 140 R Rabie, Mr. J. A.-1ll Race classification-40 Railways Administration, employment in-199 Ramusi, Mr. Collins-138 et seq Randall, Mr. Peter-32, 33 Recreational facilities in Black urban areas-66 Reddy, Mr. J. N.-22 Rees, Rev. John-29 Reference books, production by Africans on demand-101 Reform Party-5 Rehabilitation centres proposed-104 Reservation of work-see Employment Restaurants, accommodation for Black guests-90 Restaurants at airports, apartheid in-93 Restriction orders on persons-see Banning Rhodesia-291 et seq, 308 et seq Rhodesia, ANC split-323 Rhodesia, Botswana's efforts to promote a peaceful solution, numerous references, e.g.-312 Rhodesia, Callaghan, Mr. James-312 Rhodesia, Chikerema, Mr. James, various references, e.g.-309 Rhodesia, Chitepo, the late Mr. Herbert-314, 317 Rhodesia, Conservative groups of Whites-312 Rhodesia, Efforts to promote a peacefull settlement, numerous references, e.g.-291 et seq Rhodesia, Ennals, the Rt. Hon. David-320 Rhodesia, Guerrilla activities-311, 313, 314, 316, 319, 327 Rhodesia, Kaunda, President K., efforts to promote a peaceful settlement, numerous references, e.g.-309, 318, 320. 322 (Also see Zambia) Rhodesia, Lusaka agreement, Dec. 1974-308, 309, 313, 314, 316 Rhodesia, Muzorewa, Bishop Abel, numerous references, e.g.-292, 309, 319, 324, 325 Rhodesia, Nkomo, Mr. Joshua, numerous references, e.g.-292, 309, 323, 325, 327 Rhodesia, Population-308 Rhodesia, Pretoria agreement-321 Rhodesia, Sithole, Rev. Ndabaningi, numerous references, e.g.-292, 296, 308, 309, 311, 315, 323 Rhodesia, Smith, Mr. Ian, numerous references, e.g.-310, 318, 323, 325, 327 Rhodesia, SA Police units-293, 311, 313, 315, 321 Rhodesia, Tanzania, efforts to promote a peaceful settlement, numerous references, e.g.-312, 325 Rhodesia, Victoria Falls conference-328 Rhodesia, Vorster, the Hon. B. J., numerous -references, e.g.-309, 313, 318, 322, 326

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 Rhodesia, Zambia, efforts to promote a peaceful settlement, numerous references, e.g.-312, 325 Roman Catholic Church-30, 35, 36 S Scheepers, Senator Anna-160, 176, 204 Schlebusch/Le Grange Commission-see Le Grange Scholarships-see Bursaries Schwarz, Mr. Harry, M.P.-5, 6, 15, 16 Sebe, Mr. Lennox-129 Security, expenditure on-41 Security laws, detentions and trials under-57 et seq Security matters-41 et seq Senegal, relations with SA-291 Simonstown Naval Base--43 Sobukwe, Mr. Robert-45 Social pensions-276 SA Confederation of Labour-208 SA Congress of Trade Unions-299 SA Council of Churches-29, 32, 35, 36, 64 SA Indian Council, constitution of-22, 24 SA Indian Council, meetings with Prime Minister-22, 23 SA Indian Council, proposed inter-Cabinet council-23 SA Indian Council, sessions of-23 SA Institute of Race Relations-see Institute SA Progressive Reform Party-see Progressive SA Students' Organisation (Saso)-27, 58, 263 South West Africa, Bantu Laws Amendment Act, No. 9/1975-335 South West Africa, Church leaders expelled- 347 South West Africa, Coloured group-333 South West Africa, Commonwealth Prime Ministers' conference-329 South West Africa, Constitutional talks-331, 348 South West Africa, Damaras-339 et seq South West Africa, East Caprivi-338 et seq South West Africa, Elifas, the late Chief Filemon-334 et seq, 347 South West Africa, Hereros-340 et seq South West Africa, Homelands, agricultural development-353 South West Africa, Homelands, 351 South West Africa, Homelands, commerce and industry-354 South West Africa, Homelands, education-355 South West Africa, Homelands, financing of development-352 South West Africa, Kapuuo, Chief Clemens-330, 340 South West Africa, Kavango-318 South West Africa, Legislative Assembly plans to improve race relations -344 South West Africa, Namas-334 et seq South West Africa, Namibia National Convention-341, 347 South West Africa, National Convention of Freedom Parties-340, 341 South West Africa, Ovambo-334 et seq South West Africa, Owambo floggings-337 South West Africa, population-331 South West Africa, Rehoboth Basters-333 et seq South West Africa, Swanu-341 South West Africa, Swapo-341, 347 et seq, 338, 350 f South West Africa, Swapo-in-exile-330 South West Africa, UN Commission on Namibia-329 South West Africa, UN Security Council-328, 346 South West Africa, Vorster, the Hon. B. J., numerous references, e.g. -328. 342 366

INDEX Sport-279 et seq Strikes and work stoppages-see Employment Suzman, Mrs. Helen, M.P.--59, 84, 106, 111 Swart, Mr. Ray--6 Swazi area, consolidation plans-120 Swaziland, relations with SA-290 Sweden, investments in SA-158 T Tanzania, relations with SA-291 et seq Taxation-I 10 Theatres, apartheid in-94 et seq Trade between SA and other African States-286 Trade Union Council of SA-207 et seq, 299 Trade unionism-204 et seq Traders- see Commerce Transkei civil service-127 Transkei consolidation plans-l17, 118 Transkei constitutional developments-126 Transkei emergency regulations-58 Transkei, employment of citizens-128 Transkei, zoning of towns-128 (Also see Homelands) Transport, bus services for Coloured and Indian people-78 Transport, services for African commuters-87 Transport, services for Africans in homelands-147 Transport, services for Africans on luxury trains-93 Trials under security laws, Breytenbach---64 Trials under security laws, Bloem-62 Trials under security laws, Molobi--62 Trials under security laws, Molokeng and others-64 Trials under security laws, Saso and BPC members--60 Trials under security laws, Seleone and Ngalo---61 Trials under security laws, Suttner-62 Trials under security laws, Varieva-61 Tuberculosis-270 U Uganda, relations with SA-300 Unemployment Insurance-169 (Also see Employment) United Congregational Church-30 United Kingdom-see Britain United Nations General Assembly-284, 301 United Nations Security Council-283, 328, 346 United Nations, SA's membership-284, 285 United Nations, SA's payments to- 284 United Nations, SWA-see South West Africa United Party-3, 4 f, 16, 92, 123 (Also see Graaff) United States, investments in SA-156 United States, relations with SA-283, 329 Universities, degrees and diplomas awarded-259 Universities, enrolment at-259 Universities, salary scales of academic staff-261 University Christian Movement- 36 University of Cape Town-63, 263, 272

A SURVEY OF RACE RELATIONS, 1975 University of Durban/Westville-261, 272 University of Fort Hare-31, 262 University of Natal-263, 272 University of Orange Free State-272 University of Port Elizabeth-161 University of Pretoria-272 University of Stellenbosch-272, 273 University of the North-58, 262, 263 University of the Western Cape-261, 273 University of the Witwatersrand-63, 263, 272 Urban Bantu Councils-89 Urban Training Project-209 V Venda, consolidation plans-120 Venda, constitutional development-140 (Also see Homelands) Vital statistics-39 Vorster, the Hon. B. J., M.P., numerous references, e.g.-1 et seq Vorster, the Hon. B. J., M.P., meetings with Coloured leaders- l, 19 Vorster, the Hon. B. J., M.P., meetings with homeland leaders-26, 103 Vorster, the Hon. B. J., M.P., meeting with Indians-22, 23 Vorster, the Hon. B. J., M.P., Nigel speech ("give SA six months")-283, 328 Vorster, the Hon. B. J., M.P., policy statement in Senate, Oct. 1974-283 Vorster, the Hon. B. J., M.P., statement on OAU-296 Vorster, the Hon. B. J., M.P., statements on Rhodesia-see Rhodesia Vorster, the Hon. B. J., M.P., statements on SWA-328, 342, etc. Vorster, the Hon. B. J., M.P., statement on UN membership- 285 Vorster, the Hon. B. J., M.P., visits to and personal contact with other African states-290, 291, 293 (Also see Rhodesia) w Wages and income levels-163 (Also see Employment) White people's education, expenditure on-241 White people's education, curriculum-242 White people's education, pupils-241 White people's education, student teachers-244 White people's education, teachers-243 White people education, technical and vocational-258 White people's education, universities-see Universities Workmen's Compensation-212 Works and Liaison committees-see Employment World Council of Churches-29 z Zambia, relations with SA-29 1 et seq 368

SOUTH AFRICAN INSTITUTE OF RACE RELATIONS ENROLMENT FORM Please accept my cheque/postal order for R ...... in payment of: Donor/Ordinary/Student/Associate/Affiliated Membership. (Mark whichever is - applicable.) Donation R ...... ; ...... i.... Signed: ...... N AM E: (Block letters) ...... (Professor/Dr.]The Rev./Mr./Mrs./Miss) ADDRESS: (Block letters) ...... ! ...... 1......

SA INSTITUTE OF RACE RELATIONS HEAD OFFICE Auden House, Johannesburg. 68 De Korte St. (2001), or P.O. Box Q7 (2000). REGIONAL OFFICES Cape Town: (temporary) Ground Floor, Leeusig, 4 Leeuwen St. (8001). Durban: 8 Guildhall Arcade, Leslie St. (off Gardiner St.) (4001), or P.O. Box 803 (4000). East London: 116 Medina House, 40 Cambridge St. (5201), or P.O. Box 1162 (5200). r I Port Elizabeth: 217 ABC Bank Building, 153 Main St. (6001), or P.O. Box 1748 (6000). Southern Transvaal: Auden House (as above). BRANCHES AND LOCAL COMMITTEES Grahamstown: c/o Mrs. S. Fold, P.O. Box 319 (6140). Kokstad: c/o Mrs. Fay Rennie, P.O. Box 42 (4700). Pietermaritzburg: The Old Mill, Printing Office St. (3201). Queenstown: c/o Mr. W. B. Lamb, P.O. Box 277 (5320). Rhodesia: c/o Prof. D. H. Reader, University of Rhodesia, P/Bag 167H, Salisbury. LOCAL REPRESENTATIVES AND CORRESPONDING MEMBERS Bloemfontein: Dr. D. W. Engel, 9 John Knox St. (9301). Greytown: The Rev. M. M. Tatham, P.O. Box 112 (3500). Zambia: Dr.Robert Molteno, Dept. of Political Science, University of Zambia, P.O. Box 2379, Lusaka. MEMBERSHIP The minimum subscriptions are: Associate members (South Africa only): R2,50 annually Student members: R2,50 annually Ordinary members: R6 annually Affiliated organisations: R25 annually Donor members: R25 annually Donor life members: R210 Associate members receive Race Relations News monthly, and the Annual Report on request. They do not have voting rights. All other members have voting rights. Ordinary and Student members receive Race Relations News monthly, and the Annual Report on request. Each may buy one copy of the current Survey of Race Relations (cost R6) at 50 per cent discount.

THE NATURE AND AIMS OF THE SA INSTITUTE OF RACE RELATIONS The Institute furthers inter-racial peace, harmony, and co-operation. The Institute seeks the facts, and makes them known. The Institute is concerned with all the people of the country. It promotes discussion and understanding; it opposes discrimination and injustice; and it works to further the social, economic, and political development of all communities. The Institute is not a political body, nor is it allied to or given financial help by any political party or government. Membership is open to all, irrespective of race, colour, or creed, and within or outside South Africa.